- Prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b)(3) (424B3)
January 14 2011 - 4:51PM
Edgar (US Regulatory)
Use these links to rapidly review the document
TABLE OF CONTENTS
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Table of Contents
Filed Pursuant to Rule 424(b)(3)
Registration No. 333-171365
PROSPECTUS
OFFER TO EXCHANGE
$310,000,000 principal amount of its 9.5% First Priority Senior Secured Notes due 2018,
which have been registered under the Securities Act,
for any and all of its outstanding 9.5% First Priority Senior Secured Notes due 2018
(CUSIP Nos. 00439T AD9, U0045X AB7 and 00439T AF4)
We are offering to exchange our 9.5% First Priority Senior Secured Notes due 2018, which we refer to as the "exchange
notes," for our currently outstanding 9.5% First Priority Senior Secured Notes due 2018, which we refer to as the "outstanding notes." The exchange notes are substantially identical to the outstanding
notes, except that the exchange notes have been registered under the federal securities laws and will not bear any legend restricting their transfer, will bear a different CUSIP number than the
outstanding notes and will not be entitled to certain registration rights and related provisions for additional interest applicable to the outstanding notes. The exchange notes will represent the same
debt as the outstanding notes, and we will issue the exchange notes under the same indenture. We refer to the outstanding notes and the exchange notes collectively as the
"notes."
The
principal features of the exchange offer are as follows:
-
-
The exchange offer expires at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on February 14, 2011,
unless extended.
-
-
We will exchange all outstanding notes that are validly tendered and not validly withdrawn prior to the expiration of the
exchange offer.
-
-
You may withdraw tendered outstanding notes at any time prior to the expiration of the exchange offer.
-
-
The exchange of exchange notes for outstanding notes pursuant to the exchange offer will not be a taxable event for U.S.
federal income tax purposes.
-
-
The exchange offer is subject to the conditions set forth under "The Exchange OfferConditions to the Exchange
Offer."
-
-
We will not receive any proceeds from the exchange offer.
-
-
We do not intend to apply for the listing of the exchange notes on any securities exchange or automated quotation system.
The
exchange notes will be our senior secured obligations. The exchange notes will be guaranteed on a senior basis by all of our existing and future domestic subsidiaries that guarantee
any of our indebtedness or indebtedness of any subsidiary guarantor, whom we refer to as the "guarantors," including any indebtedness under our senior secured asset based revolving credit facility,
which we refer to as the "ABL Facility."
The
exchange notes and the guarantees will be secured by first-priority liens on substantially all of our and the guarantors' owned real property and tangible and intangible assets
(other than accounts receivable and inventories), including all of the guarantors' outstanding capital stock, subject to certain exceptions and permitted liens, which we refer to as the "Notes
Priority Collateral." The exchange notes and the guarantees also will be secured by second-priority liens on substantially all of our and the guarantors' accounts receivable and inventories that
secure our and the guarantors' obligations under the ABL Facility on a first-priority basis, subject to certain exceptions and permitted liens, which we refer to as the "ABL Priority Collateral." We
refer to the Notes Priority Collateral together with the ABL Priority Collateral as the "Collateral." For a more detailed discussion, see "Description of Exchange NotesSecurity for the
Exchange Notes."
Each
broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for its own account pursuant to the exchange offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of
such exchange notes. The letter of transmittal delivered with this prospectus states that by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an
"underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. This prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with
resales of exchange notes received in exchange for outstanding notes where such outstanding notes were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading
activities. We have agreed that, for a period of 180 days after the expiration date, we will make this prospectus available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale. See
"Plan of Distribution."
Investing in the exchange notes involves risks. See "Risk Factors" beginning on page 21 of this prospectus.
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or
determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
The
date of this prospectus is January 14, 2011.
Table of Contents
TABLE OF CONTENTS
All
dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers'
obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.
We have not authorized any dealer, salesman or other person to give any information or to make any representation other than those contained or incorporated by
reference in this prospectus. You must not rely upon any information or representation not contained or incorporated by reference in this prospectus as if we had authorized it. This prospectus does
not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities other than the registered securities to which it relates, nor does this prospectus constitute an offer to sell or a
solicitation of an offer to buy securities in any jurisdiction to any person to whom it is unlawful to make such offer or solicitation in such jurisdiction.
i
Table of Contents
WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
We file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the Securities and Exchange Commission,
which we refer to as the "SEC." Our reports and other information filed with the SEC are not incorporated by reference into this prospectus. You may read and copy any document we file with the SEC at
the SEC's Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington D.C., 20549. Please call 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the operation
of the Public Reference Room. Our SEC filings are also available to the public from the SEC's website at www.sec.gov. Other information about us is also on our website at www.accuridecorp.com.
However, the information on the SEC's website and the information on our website do not constitute a part of this prospectus.
This
prospectus includes a summary of the terms of the indenture governing the exchange notes, but reference is made to the actual document, and the summary is qualified in its entirety
by this reference. For so long as any notes remain outstanding, we will make available, upon request, to any noteholder the information required pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities
Act of 1934, as amended, which we refer to as the "Securities Act," during any period in which we are not subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended,
which we refer to as the "Exchange Act."
We
will provide you, free of charge, with a copy of the exchange notes and the indenture governing the exchange notes. You may request a copy of these documents by writing or telephoning
us at the following address:
Accuride
Corporation
7140 Office Circle
Evansville, Indiana 47715
Tel.: (812) 962-5000
You
should rely only upon the information provided in this document. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with different information. You should not assume that the information
in this document is accurate as of any date other than the date indicated on the front cover.
MARKET SHARE, RANKING AND OTHER DATA
This prospectus contains certain market and industry data, primarily from reports published by America's Commercial Transportation
Publications, which we refer to as "ACT," and FTR Associates, which we refer to as "FTR," and from internal company surveys, studies and research, related to the truck components industry and its
segments, as well as the truck industry in general. This data includes estimates and forecasts regarding future growth in these industries, truck freight growth and the historical average age of
active U.S. heavy-duty trucks. Such data have been published in industry publications that typically indicate that they have derived the data from sources believed to be reasonable, but do
not guarantee the accuracy or completeness of the data. While we believe these industry publications to be reliable, we have not independently verified the data or any of the assumptions on which the
estimates and forecasts are based. Similarly, while we believe internal company surveys, studies and research cited or used herein are reliable, they have not been verified by any independent sources.
While we are not aware of any misstatements regarding any
market, industry or similar data presented herein, such data involves risks and uncertainties and is subject to change based on various factors, including those discussed under the headings
"Forward-Looking Statements" and "Risk Factors" in this prospectus.
ii
Table of Contents
FINANCIAL INFORMATION
On February 26, 2010, which we refer to as the "Effective Date," our Third Amended Joint Plan of Reorganization, which we refer
to as our "Plan of Reorganization," under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code became effective, and we emerged from Chapter 11 bankruptcy proceedings. See "Unaudited Pro Forma
Condensed Consolidated Financial Information." As a result of the consummation of the Plan of Reorganization, on February 26, 2010, we adopted fresh start accounting, which we refer to as
"Fresh Start Accounting," in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification No. 852, "Reorganizations," which we refer to as "ASC 852." Accordingly, the financial statements on or prior to
February 26, 2010 are not comparable with the financial statements for periods after February 26, 2010. Any reference to the "Successor Company" for the period from February 26,
2010 through September 30, 2010 reflects the operations of post-emergence Accuride from February 26, 2010 through September 30, 2010. References to the "Predecessor
Company" refer to the operations of pre-emergence Accuride on or prior to February 26, 2010, except for the Predecessor Company's statement of operations through February 26,
2010, which reflects the effect of the plan adjustments and Fresh Start Accounting as of February 26, 2010.
In
addition, on November 18, 2010, we completed a 1-for-10 reverse stock split of our common stock. Unless otherwise stated herein, the financial
statements contained in this prospectus have not been adjusted to reflect the reverse stock split.
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This prospectus includes "forward-looking statements" within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act and
Section 21E of the Exchange Act. All statements other than statements of historical fact are "forward-looking statements" for purposes of this prospectus, including, without limitation,
statements regarding the exchange offer and any other transactions described herein; any predictions of earnings, revenue, expenses or other financial items; any statements of the plans, strategies
and objectives of management for future operations; any statements concerning proposed
new products; any statements regarding future economic conditions; any statements concerning our future operations, financial condition, prospects and the industry in which we operate; and any
statements of assumptions underlying the foregoing. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as "may," "would," "could," "should," "expects," "intends," "plans,"
"anticipates," "believes," "estimates," "predicts," "projects," "seeks," "potential," "likely," "continue," or similar words, or expressions of the negative of these terms. These forward-looking
statements are only predictions and, accordingly, are subject to substantial risks, uncertainties and assumptions.
Some
of the factors that might cause actual results to differ materially from the forward-looking statements made in this prospectus or that might cause us to modify our plans or
objectives include, but are not limited to, the following:
-
-
substantial leverage and significant debt service obligations;
-
-
ability to generate cash, which depends on many factors beyond our control;
-
-
subject to a number of restrictive covenants, which if breached, may restrict our business and financing activities;
-
-
current economic conditions, including those related to the credit markets and the commercial vehicle industry;
-
-
industry data and forecasts that may prove to be inaccurate;
-
-
failure to realize cost savings under our cost restructuring plan;
iii
Table of Contents
-
-
future operating losses and net income losses which may hinder our ability to meet our debt service or working capital
requirements;
-
-
dependence on sales to a small number of our major customers and on our status as standard supplier on certain truck
platforms of each of our major customers;
-
-
increases in cost or reduced supply of raw materials and purchased components;
-
-
the seasonality and regulatory nature of the industries and markets that we serve;
-
-
cost reduction and quality improvement initiatives by OEMs;
-
-
highly competitive markets;
-
-
exposure to foreign business and operational risks, including foreign exchange rate fluctuations;
-
-
failure to meet our customers' demands for our products and services;
-
-
changes in regulatory, legislative or industry requirements which may render our products obsolete or unattractive;
-
-
equipment failures, delays in deliveries or catastrophic loss at any of our facilities which could lead to production or
service curtailments or shutdowns;
-
-
product liability, warranty and product recall costs;
-
-
work stoppages or other labor issues at our facilities or at our customers' facilities;
-
-
environmental laws and regulations (including proposed climate change regulation) that may require us to make substantial
expenditures or cause us to incur substantial liabilities;
-
-
further climate change regulation may require us to make substantial expenditures or cause us to incur substantial
liabilities;
-
-
failure to adequately protect our intellectual property or third party assertions that our technologies infringe on their
intellectual property;
-
-
litigation against us could be costly and time consuming to defend;
-
-
an acquisition by a person unaffiliated with us of a substantial amount of our common stock or convertible notes;
-
-
failure to retain our executive officers;
-
-
triggering of the severance arrangements with certain of our senior management employees; and
-
-
our strategic initiatives may be unsuccessful, may take longer than anticipated, or may result in unanticipated costs.
Additional
information regarding the factors that may cause our actual results to differ from the forward-looking statements contained herein and that may affect our prospects in general
are included under the heading "Risk Factors" in this prospectus.
We
caution you that any forward-looking statement reflects only our belief at the time the statement is made. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in the forward-looking
statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee our future results, levels of activity, performance or achievements or that these matters will in fact occur. Except as required by law, we undertake no
obligation to update or revise any of the forward-looking statements to reflect events or developments after the date of this prospectus.
iv
Table of Contents
TRADEMARKS AND TRADENAMES
We own or have rights to use certain trademarks or tradenames that we use in conjunction with the sale of our products, including,
without limitation, each of the following: Accuride®, Bostrom®, Brillion
TM
, Fabco
TM
, Gunite®, Highway Original® and
Imperial
TM
.
v
Table of Contents
SUMMARY
The following summary contains basic information about us and the exchange offer. It does not contain all of
the information that may be important to you. For a more complete understanding of the exchange offer, we encourage you to read this entire prospectus and the documents to which we have referred you.
The following summary should be read in conjunction with, and is qualified in its entirety by, the more detailed information and financial statements (including the notes to the financial statements)
appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. Because this is a summary, it does not contain all the information you should consider before deciding whether to exchange your outstanding notes for exchange
notes in the exchange offer. You should read this entire prospectus carefully, including the section titled "Risk Factors," before making your investment decision.
Our Company
We are one of the largest manufacturers and suppliers of commercial vehicle components in North America, offering one of the broadest
product lines to the commercial vehicle industry. We believe that we have the number one or number two market position in a variety of heavy- and medium-duty commercial vehicle products
including: steel wheels, forged aluminum wheels, brake drums, disc wheel hubs, metal bumpers and seating assemblies. We market our products under some of the most recognized brand names in the
industry, including Accuride, Bostrom, Brillion, Fabco, Gunite, Highway Original and Imperial. We have long-standing relationships with the leading original equipment manufacturers, which
we refer to as "OEMs," and the related aftermarket channels in most major segments of the commercial vehicle market, including heavy- and medium-duty trucks, commercial trailers, light
trucks, buses, as well as specialty and military vehicles. For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008, we reported net sales of $931.4 million, a net loss of $328.3 million and Adjusted
EBITDA of $79.0 million. For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009, we reported net sales of $570.2 million, a net loss of $140.1 million and Adjusted EBITDA of
$23.7 million. For the nine-month period ended September 30, 2010, we generated net sales of $570.3 million, net income $35.1 million and Adjusted EBITDA of
$51.1 million. For a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to the closest related GAAP measure, net income (loss), see footnote (d) to "Summary Historical and Pro Forma
Financial Information and Other Data."
Our
primary product lines are designated as standard equipment by a majority of North American heavy- and medium-duty truck OEMs, providing us with a significant competitive
advantage. We believe that a majority of all heavy- and medium-duty truck models manufactured in North America contain one or more of our components. For the fiscal year ended
December 31, 2009, we sold approximately 51% of our products to heavy- and medium-duty truck and commercial trailer OEMs and approximately 32% to the related aftermarkets.
The remainder of our sales were made to customers in the light truck, specialty and military vehicle and other industrial markets. We continue to pursue growth in sales to the aftermarket, which we
believe complements our original equipment business due to its relative stability and higher profit margins. In addition, we continue to pursue increased sales to military OEMs, particularly sales of
wheel assemblies and wheel-end components, which we believe provide a robust growth opportunity as well as the opportunity to partially offset the cyclicality of our primary commercial
vehicle market.
Our
diversified customer base includes substantially all of the leading commercial vehicle OEMs, such as Daimler Truck North America, LLC, which we refer to as "DTNA," with its
Freightliner and Western Star brand trucks, PACCAR, Inc., which we refer to as "PACCAR," with its Peterbilt and Kenworth brand trucks, Navistar, Inc., which we refer to as "Navistar,"
with its International brand trucks, and Volvo Truck Corporation, which we refer to as "Volvo/Mack," with its Volvo and Mack brand trucks. Our primary commercial trailer customers include leading
commercial trailer OEMs, such as Great Dane Limited Partnership, which we refer to as "Great Dane," Wabash National, Inc., which we refer to as "Wabash," and Utility Trailer, Inc., which
we refer to as "Utility." Our major light truck
1
Table of Contents
customer
is General Motors Company. We have established relationships of more than 20 years with many of these leading OEM customers. Our product portfolio is supported by strong sales,
marketing and design engineering capabilities with 17 strategically located, technologically-advanced manufacturing facilities across the United States, Mexico and Canada.
Our Products
The following table provides a summary of our key products and brands:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Product Category
|
|
2009 Net Sales
|
|
% of
Total Net
Sales
|
|
Principal Product Lines
|
|
Brands
|
|
|
(dollars in millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Wheels
|
|
$
|
238.8
|
|
|
42
|
%
|
Steel and forged aluminum wheels for heavy- and medium-duty vehicles; military and specialty wheels
|
|
Accuride
|
Wheel-end components
and assemblies
|
|
$
|
153.7
|
|
|
27
|
%
|
Brake drums, disc wheel hubs, spoke wheels, disc brake rotors and automatic slack adjusters
|
|
Gunite
|
Truck body and chassis
parts
|
|
$
|
72.4
|
|
|
13
|
%
|
Bumpers, fuel tanks, bus components and chassis assemblies, battery boxes and toolboxes, front-end crossmembers, muffler assemblies, crown assemblies and components
|
|
Imperial and Highway Original
|
Seating assemblies
|
|
$
|
22.8
|
|
|
4
|
%
|
Air suspension and static seating assemblies: high-back, mid-back, low-back, three-man and two-man bench seats, school bus, transit bus and mechanical seats
|
|
Bostrom
|
Other components
|
|
$
|
82.5
|
|
|
14
|
%
|
Fabco: steerable drive axles and gearboxes; Brillion: flywheels, transmission and engine-related housing and chassis brackets
|
|
Fabco, Brillion and Highway Original
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
570.2
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Our Industry
We compete in the North American commercial vehicle components industry and serve the following markets: (1) the
heavy-duty, or Class 8, truck market; (2) the medium-duty, or Class 5-7, truck market; (3) the commercial trailer market; (4) the
light, or Class 3-4, truck market; (5) the bus market; and (6) the specialty and military vehicle markets. Heavy- and medium-duty trucks are used for local
and long-haul commercial trucking and are classified by gross vehicle weight. The heavy-duty truck market is comprised of trucks with gross weight in excess of 33,000 lbs. and
the medium-duty truck market is comprised of trucks with gross weight from 16,001 lbs. to 33,000 lbs. The commercial vehicle components industry is cyclical and, in large part, depends on
the overall strength of the demand for heavy- and medium-duty trucks. This industry has historically experienced significant fluctuations in demand based on factors such as general
economic conditions, fuel prices, interest rates,
2
Table of Contents
government
regulations, and consumer spending, together with the resulting impact of equipment utilization, freight rates, operating costs, and new and used equipment prices. Demand for our products
is driven by demand for these vehicles, which is itself driven largely by the following key factors:
Class 8 / Class 5 - 7 demand drivers
-
-
The macro economic cycle.
Growth in the commercial
vehicle industry tends to grow in-line with the broader economy. As a result, the trucking industry generally correlates well with economic indicators, including gross domestic product,
which we refer to as "GDP," housing starts and industrial production indicators, such as the Industrial Production Index, which we refer to as IP Index. As evidenced by the charts below, a general
improvement in the economy is expected. In past cycles, such an improvement would precede an uptick in commercial vehicle demand.
|
|
|
ISM Manufacturing Index
|
|
Industrial Production (IP) Index
|
|
|
|
Source: Institute for Supply Management
|
|
Source: The Federal Reserve Board
|
U.S. Economic Forecast Summary Table
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
Q3 2010
|
|
2010E
|
|
2011E
|
|
Real GDP
|
|
|
(2.6
|
)%
|
|
2.5
|
%
|
|
2.8
|
%
|
|
2.7
|
%
|
Industrial Production (IP)
|
|
|
(9.3
|
)%
|
|
5.3
|
%
|
|
5.4
|
%
|
|
4.9
|
%
|
Consumer Price Index (CPI)
|
|
|
(0.3
|
)%
|
|
1.2
|
%
|
|
1.5
|
%
|
|
0.8
|
%
|
Source: BEA, Federal Reserve, CBO, FTR Associates as of November 2010
-
-
Increasing ton-miles.
Increasing
ton-miles (the number of miles driven multiplied by the number of tons transported), which is correlated to economic expansion and a shift in share from other modes of transportation
(
i.e.
, rail, pipeline, etc.), leads to an increased demand for commercial vehicles. After shrinking for seven consecutive quarters due to the widespread
economic recession, U.S. freight volumes began to recover in the second half of 2009. Truck tonnage climbed 6% in October 2010 compared to October 2009, which is the eleventh consecutive month of
growth on a year-over-year basis according to the American Trucking Association. In November 2010, the Cass Freight Shipment Index, a measure of U.S. shipment level activity,
increased for the eleventh consecutive month, providing support for the improvement in truck demand.
-
-
Truck utilization.
Levels remain low from a historical
perspective but have rebounded from the trough in 2009 and, according to FTR, are expected to reach 81% in Q1 2011.
3
Table of Contents
Class 8 Truck Utilization
Note: Solid line equals historical average (~87%)
Source: FTR Associates (September
2010)
-
-
The replacement cycle.
Typically, most leading national
freight companies replace their vehicles every three to six years. According to ACT, at the end of 2009, the average age of existing heavy-duty truck fleets was 6.5 years and is
expected to peak in 2010 and 2011 at 6.7 years, relative to the 25-year median of 5.9 years. Typically, vehicle demand increases as trucking fleets revert to a normal age
level for their vehicles.
-
-
Emissions regulations.
U.S. federally-mandated emissions
regulations have historically impacted the replacement cycle by driving commercial vehicle purchases in advance of the implementation of stricter regulations governing emissions levels of new
vehicles. In 2006, commercial vehicle orders benefited from the new emissions standards implemented in 2007. New emissions standards were implemented in 2010, and we expect emissions standards to be
made more strict in the future, which we believe will affect the replacement cycle.
Class 8 / Class 5 - 7 demand
Demand for Class 8 and Class 5 - 7 vehicles grew from 2001 to 2006 with growth accelerating
from 2004 to 2006 relative to the 2001 to 2003 time period. This was primarily due to broader economic growth, the need to replace aging truck fleets and pre-buying of new fleet in
anticipation of enactment of stricter EPA emissions standards becoming effective in 2007. During 2007, the demand subsided as a result of 2006 pre-buy. As the recession hit in 2008, demand
for Class 8 and Class 5 - 7 vehicles decreased significantly. According to ACT, demand starts to recover in 2010 setting the stage for a healthy rebound in 2011
/ 2012.
4
Table of Contents
The
following chart illustrates actual and forecast North American Class 5 - 7 and Class 8 truck builds for the years 2001 through 2014 according
to ACT:
Source: ACT as of December 10, 2010
Commercial vehicle supplier / OEM dynamics
The relationship between suppliers and OEMs in the industry generally tends to be close, cooperative and long-term
in nature. In contrast to the automotive industry, commercial vehicle end customers generally have the ability to choose the specific components used in the original production of a commercial
vehicle, which increases the importance of brand recognition. Frequently, higher-quality components are designated as "standard" equipment on an OEM's product line. Accordingly, any truck ordered in
that line will come with the standard components unless the end-user specifically requests a different component, usually at an increased price. As a result, once an OEM designates a
product as a standard component, the demand for that component in both the OEM market and the aftermarket generally remains steady.
Commercial vehicle aftermarket
The heavy- and medium-duty commercial vehicle components aftermarket typically has less cyclical sales and higher profit
margins than the OEM market. The heavy- and medium-duty truck and trailer parts aftermarket enjoys more muted cyclicality because the purchase of replacement parts is nondiscretionary and
truck maintenance is usage-driven. Additionally, customers in this aftermarket come from a broad range of end-markets, which helps reduce fluctuations in demand related to any one
end-market. According to the Automotive Aftermarket Industry Association, which we refer to as "AAIA," the heavy- and medium-duty vehicle parts aftermarket in the United States
generated sales of approximately $69.5 billion in 2009. Further, the heavy- and medium-duty aftermarket has experienced steady growth over the past decade, with total sales
increasing nine out of the past ten years. Demand in the aftermarket is primarily driven by the number of trucks in operation and the number of miles driven. We believe that the growth and stability
of the aftermarket therefore correlates with the number of ton-miles driven in the overall trucking industry. As of November 2010, FTR projects that ton-miles will increase by
7% from 2009 to 2011.
Our Competitive Strengths
Leading market positions and strong brands.
We are among North America's largest companies serving the heavy- and medium-duty truck
OEMs and the related aftermarkets, supplying a broad range
5
Table of Contents
of
commercial vehicle components. We expect our broad product portfolio, established brand names and dedicated sales force to help us maintain and improve our strong market position by enhancing our
ability to cross-sell products, increase our content per vehicle and market ourselves as a broad-based provider of commercial vehicle components to our customers. Our leading market shares
and longstanding relationships with our customers provide us the opportunity to further build upon our content per vehicle. We offer an extensive portfolio of products for commercial vehicles that we
believe to be technologically superior and, as a broad-based provider, have the ability to serve many of our customers' needs. We seek to continue to increase the number of truck platforms on which
our products are designated as standard equipment, which also contributes to the growth of our aftermarket business. Based on internal market data, we believe that we have leading market share
positions in several of our business segments. For example, we believe that we have the number one or number two market position in heavy- and medium-commercial vehicle products with respect to the
following products:
Estimated Market Position in Key Products
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Product Line
|
|
Brand
|
|
Rank
|
|
Steel wheels
|
|
Accuride
|
|
|
#1
|
|
Forged aluminum wheels
|
|
Accuride
|
|
|
#2
|
|
Brake drums
|
|
Gunite
|
|
|
#1
|
|
Disc wheel hubs
|
|
Gunite
|
|
|
#2
|
|
Metal bumpers
|
|
Imperial
|
|
|
#2
|
|
Seating assemblies
|
|
Bostrom
|
|
|
#2
|
|
With
regard to our wheels product segment, we believe that steel wheels represent approximately two-thirds of the total North American market (by volume) for commercial
vehicle wheels.
Broad-based product portfolio.
We believe we have one of the broadest product portfolios in the North American commercial vehicle
components
industry. This product diversity provides us with a competitive advantage because it allows us to meet more of our customers' needs as they increasingly outsource production and seek to streamline
their supplier base. Our diversification also enables us to capitalize on growth in different end markets while limiting exposure to any one product line, technology, end-market or
customer. The following charts describe our approximate 2009 net sales by end market and customer.
|
|
|
By End Market
|
|
By Customer
|
|
|
|
Strong, long-term customer relationships.
We have successfully developed strong relationships with all of the primary North American
commercial vehicle OEMs by offering a broad range of high quality products through targeted sales and marketing efforts. We have a dedicated sales force located near major customers such as
DTNA, PACCAR, Volvo/Mack and Navistar with additional field personnel
6
Table of Contents
positioned
throughout North America to service other OEMs, independent distributors and trucking fleets. In addition, our research and development personnel work closely with customer engineering
groups to develop new proprietary products and improve existing products and manufacturing processes. The strength of our customer relationships is reflected by the fact that for over ten years our
largest and most important products, wheel products, have been designated as standard equipment by the majority of the North American heavy- and medium-duty truck OEMs. We have
long-term relationships with our larger customers, many of whom have purchased components from us or our predecessors for more than 45 years. We garner repeat business through our
reputation for quality and our position as standard equipment on a variety of truck platforms.
Significant and growing aftermarket presence.
The respective aftermarket portions of our business represent a less cyclical, recurring
and higher
margin portion of our business, and we have recently increased our efforts to further penetrate this market and gain market share. In 2009, we created a new aftermarket division as part of our
operational restructuring initiatives. This initiative consolidated our aftermarket facilities into one business unit, improving our ability to service customers of all sizes. Within this
newly-created division, we have a group of salespeople who provide aftermarket sales coverage for our various products, particularly wheels, wheel-ends, and seating assemblies.
Modern and strategically located manufacturing facilities.
Our facilities are strategically located within relatively close proximity
of many of our
customers, facilitating more effective and efficient customer service, while reducing customer freight charges. Since 2006, we have invested over $80 million to expand, improve and optimize our
facilities, including the wide use of robotics and increased automation. These investments have significantly lowered overall labor costs while still producing components of high quality. Our enhanced
facilities have available capacity to meet projected demand for the vast majority of our products and require only modest capital expenditures to increase capacity selectively and lower overall
manufacturing costs.
Significant barriers to entry.
Our businesses have considerable barriers to entry, including the following: significant capital
investment and
research and development requirements; stringent OEM technical and manufacturing requirements; just-in-time delivery requirements to meet OEM volume demand; and strong
name-brand recognition. Competition from non-U.S. manufacturers is constrained in the markets in which we compete due to factors including high shipping costs, quality concerns
given the safety aspect of many of our products, the need to be responsive to order changes on short notice, unique North American design requirements and the small labor component of most of our
products.
Proven and experienced management team.
Our senior management team has almost 150 years of combined experience, including strong
execution
experience in cyclical manufacturing environments. The expertise and strength of our management team has resulted in tangible successes carrying out our restructuring program and maintaining our
strong market presence and reputation as an industry leader.
Our Strategy
We believe that our strong competitive position, in combination with the restructuring initiatives that we have implemented, will
enable us to significantly benefit from the anticipated growth in the North American commercial vehicle market as the economy recovers. We are committed to enhancing our sales, profitability and cash
flows through the following strategies:
Enhance market position through organic growth and further product diversification.
We have a multi-pronged growth strategy that includes
initiatives to continue to increase market share, add new products and increase customer penetration. Our strategy is focused on providing customer-driven solutions that will strengthen our customer
relationships and drive higher organic growth. We intend to leverage our position as a diverse supplier of commercial vehicle components to sell a broader line of
7
Table of Contents
products
to existing customers and increase content per vehicle. We have and will continue to seek to expand our product offering to provide customers with value-added solutions, which we expect will
include new technologies that improve performance and reliability when compared to existing product offerings. We intend to continue to diversify our end market exposure and further expand into
adjacent markets such as bus, military and construction where we can add value to those businesses.
Increase products under standard supplier arrangements.
We provide standard content to a majority of truck platforms at each of DTNA,
PACCAR, and
Navistar and trailer platforms at Wabash, Great Dane and Utility. We continue to focus on these relationships in order to become the standard supplier for additional products and truck platforms. We
believe that we have opportunities to increase the number of platforms on which we are the standard supplier as well as the number of products for which we are the primary supplier. Such an increase
in content per vehicle would allow us to gain market share and drive revenue growth both with and without increased OEM production levels. We also expect that an increase in our standard supplier
positions will contribute to the continued growth of our aftermarket business.
Expand truck aftermarket penetration.
The aftermarket segment represents a less cyclical, recurring and higher profit margin portion of
our business.
Effective May 2009, we implemented a consolidated aftermarket distribution strategy for our wheels, wheel-ends, seating, and newly-created Highway Original aftermarket brand. As a result,
customers can now order steel and aluminum wheels, brake drums/rotors, automatic slack adjusters, seats, bumpers, fuel tanks, and battery boxes on one
purchase order, improving freight efficiencies and inventory turns for our customers. We believe this capability provides a strategic advantage over our single product line competitors. The new
aftermarket infrastructure enables us to expand direct shipments from our manufacturing plant to larger aftermarket customers utilizing a virtual distribution strategy that allows us to maintain and
enhance our competitiveness by eliminating unnecessary freight and handling through the new distribution center. We seek to continue to expand our aftermarket penetration to leverage the large
installed base for our products and increase the use of our replacement parts.
Growth opportunities in military and specialty markets.
We have opportunities to broaden our product offering and leverage existing
customer
relationships to include additional truck parts, military applications and other industrial products using similar manufacturing processes. We believe these markets provide a robust growth opportunity
as well as the opportunity to offset the cyclicality of our primary commercial vehicle market. Over the past five years, we have developed, tested and qualified approximately two dozen different
military and specialty application wheels. We are currently a wheel supplier on several military and specialty platforms within the FHTV (Family of Heavy Tactical Vehicles), FMTV (Family of Medium
Tactical Vehicles), and MRAP (Mine Resistant Ambush Protected) military vehicle categories, as well as ARFF (Airport Rescue Firefighting) vehicle platforms. Sales in the military and specialty markets
increased from approximately $5 million in 2006 to over $30 million in 2009. We continue to vigorously pursue new business awards on additional military and specialty platforms and to
broaden content on existing platforms beyond wheels to include other products. This growth initiative leverages our sales, engineering, and production resources to drive growth in the military and
specialty segments. This initiative further aims to capture additional content at new and current customers producing military and specialty vehicles and equipment.
Expand our geographic footprint through growth opportunities in international markets.
We intend to expand our geographic footprint to
provide
Accuride products to customers in Europe, South America and Asia. We believe that there are significant growth opportunities in these markets and we are currently exploring different alternatives. For
instance, we have introduced our aluminum wheels in Europe and we are looking to expand our strong Accuride brand in Asia through potential joint ventures and strategic partnerships.
8
Table of Contents
Continue to improve operational efficiency and cost position through business optimization.
We believe that we have a highly
competitive cost
structure. Over the past several years, we have reduced our fixed costs and increased our operating efficiencies, resulting in a lower fixed cost structure. We have streamlined operations through the
addition of more efficient manufacturing capabilities, the
consolidation and integration of some of our manufacturing plants and reduced headcount. Efficiency improvements have increased our manufacturing capacity, positioning us more favorably to meet the
projected growth in North American truck demand. After emerging from Chapter 11 bankruptcy proceedings, we continue to be focused and disciplined in the management of our costs, working
capital, and cash balance. One near-term objective is to improve average payment terms on our accounts payable to our vendors, which would lead to a significant cash flow improvement.
Going forward, we plan to continue to lower our cost structure by focusing on initiatives to further reduce our fixed cost base as well as material and labor costs which may include continued
rationalization and optimization of facilities, new product designs and automation. We expect that these actions will improve our competitive position and should enable us to improve profitability and
cash flow as the market recovers.
Recent Developments
Reverse Stock Split
On November 18, 2010, we completed a 1-for-10 reverse stock split of our common stock, which we refer to
as the "reverse stock split." Pursuant to the reverse stock split, our stockholders received one share of our post-split common stock for every 10 shares of pre-split common
stock held prior to the effectiveness of the reverse stock split and, if entitled, cash in lieu of any fractional shares that would otherwise have been issuable. In connection with the reverse stock
split, we also proportionately reduced the number of authorized shares of our common stock and our preferred stock.
Conversion Offer
On November 29, 2010, we settled a conversion offer, which we refer to as the "conversion offer," for our outstanding 7.5%
Senior Convertible Notes due 2020, which we refer to as the "convertible notes," pursuant to which 97.1% of the then outstanding convertible notes were surrendered in the conversion. Convertible notes
accepted for conversion in the conversion offer were converted at a conversion rate of 238.2119 shares of common stock per $1,000 principal amount of convertible notes, rounded down to the nearest
whole number of shares, plus cash paid in lieu of fractional shares. Upon settlement of the conversion offer, an aggregate of 33,606,177 shares of common stock were issued to the surrendering
noteholders. As of November 29, 2010, after completion
of the conversion offer, $4,173,035 aggregate principal amount of convertible notes remained outstanding. On December 22 and 29, 2010, we completed two separate exchanges for a total of
$4,172,628 aggregate principal amount of convertible notes and issued 993,968 shares of common stock to the holders of those convertible notes in connection therewith. As of January 13, 2011,
$407 aggregate principal amount of convertible notes remain outstanding.
Listing on the New York Stock Exchange
As of December 22, 2010, our common stock trades on the New York Stock Exchange, which we refer to as the "NYSE," under the
symbol "ACW." Prior to December 22, 2010, our common stock traded on the OTC Bulletin Board under the symbols "ACUZ" and "ACUZD."
Corporate Information
We are a Delaware-based corporation and the address of our principal executive office is 7140 Office Circle, Evansville, Indiana
47715. Our telephone number is (812) 962-5000. Our website address is www.accuridecorp.com. Information contained on our website is not part of this prospectus.
9
Table of Contents
The Exchange Offer
The material terms of the exchange offer are summarized below. In addition, we urge you to read the detailed
descriptions in the section of this prospectus titled "The Exchange Offer."
|
|
|
Outstanding Notes
|
|
We sold the outstanding notes to Credit Suisse Securities (USA), LLC, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and SunTrust Robinson Humphrey on July 29, 2010, whom we refer to collectively as the
"initial purchasers." The initial purchasers subsequently resold the outstanding notes to qualified institutional buyers pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act and to non-U.S. persons outside the United States in reliance on
Regulation S under the Securities Act.
|
Registration Rights Agreement
|
|
In connection with the sale of the outstanding notes, we and the guarantors entered into a registration rights
agreement with the initial purchasers. Under the terms of that agreement, we agreed, to the extent not prohibited by any applicable law or applicable interpretations of the SEC staff, to:
|
|
|
use commercially reasonable efforts to
file a registration statement for the exchange offer after the closing of the offering of outstanding notes within 150 days after the issuance of the outstanding notes and to have such registration statement remain effective until
180 days after the exchange date;
|
|
|
use commercially reasonably efforts to
have the registration statement for the exchange offer declared effective by the SEC; and
|
|
|
use commercially reasonable efforts to
complete the exchange of notes for all outstanding notes tendered in the exchange offer within 270 days after the issuance of the outstanding notes.
|
10
Table of Contents
|
|
|
|
|
If (i) by December 27, 2010, an exchange offer registration statement or a shelf registration statement has not been
filed with the SEC, or (ii) by March 28, 2011, neither the exchange offer is consummated nor, if required in lieu thereof, a shelf registration has not been declared effective by the SEC, or (iii) after either the exchange offer
registration statement or the shelf registration statement is declared effective and then subsequently ceases to be effective or usable for the periods specified in the registration rights agreement, we must pay additional interest on the outstanding
notes at a rate of an additional 0.25% per annum for the first 90-day period, increasing by an additional 0.25% per annum for each subsequent 90-day period until the exchange offer is completed or the shelf registration statement is declared
effective, up to a maximum increase of 0.5% per annum, which we refer to as the "Additional Interest." The exchange offer is being made pursuant to the registration rights agreement and is intended to satisfy the rights granted under the registration
rights agreement.
|
Exchange Notes Offered
|
|
$310.0 million aggregate principal amount of 9.5% first priority senior secured notes due 2018.
|
Exchange Offer
|
|
The exchange notes are being offered in exchange for a like principal amount of outstanding notes. We will accept
any and all outstanding notes validly tendered and not withdrawn prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on February 14, 2011. Holders may tender some or all of their outstanding notes pursuant to the exchange offer. However, outstanding
notes may be tendered only in minimum denominations of $2,000 in principal amount and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. The form and terms of the exchange notes are the same as the form and terms of the outstanding notes except
that:
|
|
|
the exchange notes have been registered
under the federal securities laws and will not bear any legend restricting their transfer;
|
|
|
the exchange notes bear a different CUSIP
number than the outstanding notes; and
|
|
|
the holders of the exchange notes will
not be entitled to certain rights under the registration rights agreement, including the provisions for an increase in the interest rate on the outstanding notes in some circumstances relating to the timing of the exchange offer. See "The Exchange
OfferPurpose and Effect."
|
Expiration Date
|
|
The exchange offer will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on February 14, 2011, unless we decide
to extend the exchange offer.
|
11
Table of Contents
|
|
|
Conditions to the Exchange Offer
|
|
The exchange offer is subject to certain conditions, some of which we may waive. See "The Exchange OfferConditions to the
Exchange Offer."
|
Procedures for Tendering Outstanding Notes
|
|
Each holder of outstanding notes that wishes to exchange outstanding notes for exchange notes pursuant to the
exchange offer must follow the procedures set forth in this prospectus and the related letter of transmittal, which require that each holder, before the exchange offer expires, either:
|
|
|
transmit a properly completed and duly
executed letter of transmittal, together with all other documents required by the letter of transmittal, including the outstanding notes, to the exchange agent; or
|
|
|
if outstanding notes are to be exchanged
in accordance with book-entry procedures, arrange with The Depository Trust Company, which we refer to as "DTC," to cause to be transmitted to the exchange agent an agent's message indicating, among other things, the holder's agreement to be bound by
the letter of transmittal and deliver a timely confirmation of book-entry transfer of outstanding notes into the exchange agent's account; or
|
|
|
comply with the procedures described
below under "The Exchange OfferGuaranteed Delivery Procedures."
|
|
|
By executing the letter of transmittal, you will represent to us that, among other things:
|
|
|
any exchange notes to be received by you
will be acquired in the ordinary course of business;
|
|
|
you have no arrangement or understanding
with any person to participate in the distribution (within the meaning of the Securities Act) of the exchange notes in violation of the provisions of the Securities Act;
|
|
|
you are not an "affiliate" (within the
meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act) of the Company; and
|
|
|
if you are a broker-dealer that will
receive exchange notes for your own account in exchange for outstanding notes that were acquired as a result of market-making or other trading activities, that you will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of the exchange
notes.
|
|
|
See "The Exchange OfferProcedures for Tendering Outstanding Notes" and "Plan of Distribution." If you
beneficially own outstanding notes that are held in the name of a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee or custodian and wish to tender your outstanding notes in the exchange offer, you should promptly contact that nominee
as soon as possible and instruct it to exchange the outstanding notes on your behalf.
|
12
Table of Contents
|
|
|
Effect of Not Tendering
|
|
Participation in the exchange offer is voluntary, and any outstanding notes that are not tendered or that are tendered but not
accepted will remain subject to the restrictions on transfer. Since the outstanding notes have not been registered under the federal securities laws, they bear a legend restricting their transfer absent registration or the availability of a specific
exemption from registration. Upon the completion of the exchange offer, we will have no further obligations, except under limited circumstances, to provide for registration of the outstanding notes under the federal securities laws. See "The Exchange
OfferPurpose and Effect."
|
Interest on Exchange Notes and the Outstanding Notes
|
|
The exchange notes will bear interest from the most recent interest payment date to which interest has been paid
on the notes or, if no interest has been paid, from July 29, 2010. Interest on the outstanding notes accepted for exchange will cease to accrue upon the issuance of the exchange notes.
|
Withdrawal Rights
|
|
Tenders of outstanding notes may be withdrawn at any time prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the
expiration date.
|
Federal Tax Consequences
|
|
The exchange of the outstanding notes for the exchange notes pursuant to the exchange offer will not be a taxable
exchange for U.S. federal income tax purposes. See "Material United States Federal Income Tax Considerations."
|
Accounting Treatment
|
|
We will not recognize any gain or loss for accounting purposes upon the completion of the exchange offer. The
expenses of the exchange offer that we pay will be recognized in our statement of operations in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. See "The Exchange OfferAccounting Treatment."
|
Regulatory Approval
|
|
Other than the federal securities laws, we are not aware of any federal or state regulatory requirements that we
must comply with and we are not aware of any approvals that we must obtain in connection with the exchange offer.
|
No Appraisal Rights
|
|
Holders of the outstanding notes do not have any appraisal or dissenters' rights in the exchange
offer.
|
Use of Proceeds
|
|
We will not receive any proceeds from the issuance of exchange notes pursuant to the exchange offer.
|
Exchange Agent
|
|
Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, which we refer to as "Deutsche Bank,", the notes priority collateral agent,
registrar, paying agent and transfer agent under the indenture, is serving as exchange agent in connection with the exchange offer.
|
13
Table of Contents
Terms of the Exchange Notes
The following is a brief summary of the terms of the exchange notes. The financial terms and covenants of the
exchange notes are the same as the outstanding notes. For a more complete description of the terms of the exchange notes, please refer to the section entitled "Description of Exchange
Notes."
|
|
|
Issuer
|
|
Accuride Corporation.
|
Exchange Notes Offered
|
|
$310.0 million aggregate principal amount of 9.5% first priority senior secured notes due 2018.
|
Maturity Date
|
|
August 1, 2018.
|
Interest Rate
|
|
Interest will be payable in cash in arrears on February 1 and August 1, commencing February 1,
2011. The exchange notes will bear interest at a rate per annum of 9.5%.
|
Guarantees
|
|
The exchange notes will be guaranteed on a senior basis by all of our existing and future domestic subsidiaries
that guarantee any of our indebtedness or indebtedness of any guarantor, including any of our indebtedness under our ABL Facility.
|
Collateral
|
|
The exchange notes and the guarantees will be secured by first-priority liens on the Notes Priority Collateral,
which consists of substantially all of our and the guarantors' owned real property and tangible and intangible assets (other than accounts receivable and inventories), including all of the guarantors' outstanding capital stock, subject to certain
exceptions and permitted liens.
|
|
|
The exchange notes and the guarantees will also be secured by second priority liens on the ABL Priority
Collateral, which consists of substantially all of our and the guarantors' accounts receivable and inventories that secure our and the guarantors' obligations under the ABL Facility on a first priority basis, subject to certain exceptions and
permitted liens.
|
|
|
See "Description of Exchange NotesSecurity for the Notes."
|
Ranking
|
|
The exchange notes and the guarantees will:
|
|
|
be our general secured
obligations;
|
|
|
rank equally in right of payment with all
of our and the guarantors' existing and future senior indebtedness, including amounts outstanding under our ABL Facility and our convertible notes;
|
|
|
rank equally to our and the guarantors'
obligations under any other pari passu lien obligations incurred after the issue date to the extent of the value of the Notes Priority Collateral;
|
14
Table of Contents
|
|
|
|
|
be effectively subordinated to our
indebtedness and the guarantors' obligations under the ABL Facility, any other debt incurred after the issue date that has a first-priority security interest in the ABL Priority Collateral, any permitted hedging obligations and all cash management
obligations incurred with any lender or any of its affiliates under the ABL Facility, in each case to the extent of the value of the ABL Priority Collateral;
|
|
|
be effectively senior to our and the
guarantors' obligations under the ABL Facility and any other debt incurred after the issue date that does not have a first-priority security interest in the Notes Priority Collateral, to the extent of the value of the Notes Priority
Collateral;
|
|
|
be senior in right of payment to all of
our existing and future debt that is expressly subordinated;
|
|
|
be effectively senior to our existing and
future senior unsecured indebtedness, including our convertible notes, and other liabilities (including trade payables), to the extent of the value of the Collateral (after giving effect to any senior liens on the Collateral); and
|
|
|
be structurally subordinated to all of
the existing and future liabilities (including trade payables) of each of our subsidiaries that do not guarantee the exchange notes.
|
|
|
As of September 30, 2010, we had approximately $587.0 million of total debt, which consists of
$301.7 million of outstanding notes and $145.3 million of convertible notes recorded with a market valuation of $285.3 million, which would not have been subordinated to the notes. After completion of the conversion offer on
November 29, 2010, which reduced the outstanding amount of convertible notes to $4,173,035 principal amount, the carrying value of our total indebtedness is approximately $310.0 million.
|
|
|
For the nine-month period ended September 30, 2010, we and the guarantors represented approximately
$487.1 million of our combined net sales of $570.3 million, approximately $6.3 million of operating losses reducing our combined operating profit to $0.2 million and approximately $41.3 million of our combined Adjusted EBITDA
of $51.1 million. For a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to the closest related GAAP measure, net income (loss), see footnote (d) to "Summary Historical and Pro Forma Financial Information and Other Data."
|
Optional Redemption
|
|
The exchange notes will be redeemable at our option, in whole or in part, at any time on or after August 1,
2014, at the redemption prices set forth under "Description of Exchange NotesOptional Redemption," together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of redemption.
|
15
Table of Contents
|
|
|
|
|
Prior to August 1, 2014, we may redeem all or a part of the exchange notes at a redemption price equal to 100% of the
principal amount of notes redeemed plus the applicable premium set forth under "Description of Exchange NotesOptional Redemption," together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of redemption.
|
|
|
In addition, prior to August 1, 2013, but not more than once in any twelve-month period, we may redeem up to
10% of the exchange notes at a redemption price of 103% plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any.
|
|
|
At any time prior to August 1, 2013, subject to certain exceptions, we may redeem up to 35% of the aggregate
principal amount of the exchange notes with the proceeds of one or more equity offerings of our common stock, par value $0.01 per share, which we refer to as "common stock," at a redemption price of 109.5% of the aggregate principal amount of the
exchange notes redeemed, together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of redemption.
|
|
|
See "Description of Exchange NotesOptional Redemption."
|
Mandatory Offers to Purchase
|
|
The occurrence of a change of control will be a triggering event requiring us to offer to purchase all of the
exchange notes at a price equal to 101% of their principal amount, together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase. See "Description of Exchange NotesRepurchase at the Option of Holders."
|
|
|
If we sell assets under certain circumstances, we will also be required to make an offer to purchase the exchange
notes at their face amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the purchase date. See "Description of Exchange NotesCertain CovenantsLimitation on Sales of Assets."
|
Covenants
|
|
We will issue the exchange notes under an indenture with Wilmington Trust FSB, as trustee. The indenture, among
other things, limits our ability and the ability of our restricted subsidiaries to:
|
|
|
incur, assume or guarantee additional
debt;
|
|
|
issue redeemable stock and preferred
stock;
|
|
|
repurchase capital stock;
|
|
|
make other restricted payments including,
without limitation, paying dividends and making investments;
|
|
|
create liens;
|
|
|
redeem debt that is junior in right of
payment to the notes;
|
|
|
sell or otherwise dispose of assets,
including capital stock of subsidiaries;
|
16
Table of Contents
|
|
|
|
|
enter into agreements that restrict
dividends from subsidiaries;
|
|
|
enter into mergers or consolidations
and/or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of our assets; and
|
|
|
enter into transactions with
affiliates.
|
|
|
These covenants will be subject to a number of important exceptions and qualifications. See "Description of
Exchange NotesCertain Covenants."
|
Original Issue Discount
|
|
The exchange notes will be treated as issued with original issue discount, which we refer to as "OID," for U.S.
federal income tax purposes. Thus, in addition to the stated interest on the exchange notes, a U.S. holder (as defined in "Material United States Federal Income Tax Considerations") will be required to include such OID in gross income as it accrues,
in advance of the receipt of cash attributable to such income and regardless of the U.S. holder's regular method of accounting for U.S. federal income tax purposes. See "Material United States Federal Income Tax Considerations."
|
Absence of Public Market for the Notes
|
|
The exchange notes are a new issue of securities and there is currently no established trading market for the
exchange notes. Although the exchange notes generally will be freely transferable, we cannot assure you as to the development or liquidity of any market for the exchange notes.
|
Use of Proceeds
|
|
We will not receive any proceeds from the exchange offer.
|
17
Table of Contents
Summary Historical and Pro Forma Financial Information and Other Data
The following table sets forth a summary of our historical consolidated financial information for each of the periods or at each date
indicated. The summary historical consolidated statement of operations data for each of the fiscal years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 and the balance sheet information as of
December 31, 2008 and 2009 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements. The summary historical financial information for each of the nine-month periods
ended September 30, 2009 and September 30, 2010 has been derived from our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements and reflects all adjustments that, in the opinion of our
management, are necessary for a fair presentation of such information. In the opinion of our management, all adjustments consisting of normal recurring accruals considered necessary for a fair
presentation have been included. The results of operations for interim periods are not necessarily indicative of the operating results that may be expected for the entire year or any future period.
In
connection with our emergence from Chapter 11 bankruptcy proceedings and the implementation of the Plan of Reorganization, we implemented Fresh Start Accounting in accordance
with ASC 852. We elected to adopt February 26, 2010 as the month end for our financial reporting purposes for
application of Fresh Start Accounting. In accordance with the ASC 852 rules governing reorganizations, the midpoint of the range of our reorganization value was allocated to our assets and liabilities
in conformity with the procedures specified by ASC 805, "Business Combinations." As a result of the application of Fresh Start Accounting, our financial statements prior to and including
February 26, 2010 represent the operations of the Predecessor Company and are presented separately from the financial statements of the Successor Company. As a result of the application of
Fresh Start Accounting, the financial statements prior to and including February 26, 2010 are not fully comparable with the financial statements for periods after February 26, 2010.
As
discussed in "Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information," our initial Fresh Start Accounting valuations are preliminary and have been made for purposes of
developing the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial information. The allocations of fair value are based upon preliminary valuation information and other studies that have not yet been
completed due to the timing of the emergence from Chapter 11 bankruptcy proceedings and the volume and complexity of the analysis required. It is anticipated that these studies will conclude
during the fourth quarter of 2010.
We
have prepared the summarized unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial information for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009 and the nine-month period
ended September 30, 2010 to give pro forma effect to (a) the Plan of Reorganization and adoption of Fresh Start Accounting and (b) the conversion offer as if these events had
occurred on January 1, 2009.
The
summary historical unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial information set forth below are presented for informational purposes only, should not be considered indicative
of actual results of operations that would have been achieved had the Plan of Reorganization and related events, our July 29, 2010 refinancing, which we refer to as the "refinancing," and the
conversion offer have been consummated on the dates indicated, and do not purport to be indicative of our results of operations for any future period.
All
information included in the following tables should be read in conjunction with the sections titled "Capitalization," "Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial
Information" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," and with
18
Table of Contents
our
audited and unaudited consolidated financial statements and related notes and other financial information, included elsewhere in this prospectus.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Predecessor
Period from
January 1
through
February 26,
2010
|
|
Successor
Period from
February 26
through
September 30,
2010
|
|
Pro
Forma(b)(c)
Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
2010
|
|
|
|
Predecessor(a)
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
Pro
Forma(b)(c)
Ended
December 31,
2009
|
|
Predecessor
Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
2009
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
2007
|
|
2008
|
|
2009
|
|
Statement of Operations Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
1,013,686
|
|
$
|
931,409
|
|
$
|
570,193
|
|
$
|
590,193
|
|
$
|
423,991
|
|
$
|
104,059
|
|
$
|
466,243
|
|
$
|
570,302
|
|
Gross profit (loss)
|
|
|
86,494
|
|
|
55,600
|
|
|
(2,302
|
)
|
|
10,561
|
|
|
(7,107
|
)
|
|
4,482
|
|
|
42,723
|
|
|
52,220
|
|
Operating expenses
|
|
|
55,798
|
|
|
55,202
|
|
|
59,463
|
|
|
48,557
|
|
|
47,086
|
|
|
7,595
|
|
|
39,455
|
|
|
41,394
|
|
Intangible asset impairment expenses
|
|
|
1,100
|
|
|
277,041
|
|
|
3,330
|
|
|
3,330
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) from operations
|
|
|
29,596
|
|
|
(276,643
|
)
|
|
(65,095
|
)
|
|
(41,326
|
)
|
|
(54,193
|
)
|
|
(3,113
|
)
|
|
3,268
|
|
|
10,826
|
|
Interest expense, net
|
|
|
48,344
|
|
|
51,400
|
|
|
59,753
|
|
|
29,876
|
|
|
47,025
|
|
|
7,496
|
|
|
24,452
|
|
|
22,172
|
|
Gain (loss) on extinguishment of debt
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(5,389
|
)
|
|
(5,389
|
)
|
|
(5,389
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unrealized loss on mark to market valuation of convertible notes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,623
|
|
|
|
|
Other income (expense), net
|
|
|
6,978
|
|
|
(4,821
|
)
|
|
6,888
|
|
|
6,888
|
|
|
5,585
|
|
|
566
|
|
|
4,588
|
|
|
5,154
|
|
Reorganization items
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
14,379
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(59,311
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income tax (expense) benefit
|
|
|
3,131
|
|
|
4,598
|
|
|
(2,384
|
)
|
|
(28,914
|
)
|
|
567
|
|
|
1,534
|
|
|
(4,694
|
)
|
|
14,190
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
(8,639
|
)
|
$
|
(328,266
|
)
|
$
|
(140,112
|
)
|
|
(98,617
|
)
|
$
|
(100,455
|
)
|
$
|
50,802
|
|
$
|
(15,667
|
)
|
|
7,998
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by (used in):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating activities
|
|
$
|
82,942
|
|
$
|
(9,165
|
)
|
$
|
(39,312
|
)
|
|
|
|
$
|
(53,527
|
)
|
$
|
(20,773
|
)
|
$
|
(15,725
|
)
|
|
|
|
Investing activities
|
|
|
(36,366
|
)
|
|
(35,307
|
)
|
|
(34,873
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
(12,009
|
)
|
|
(2,012
|
)
|
|
5,118
|
|
|
|
|
Financing activities
|
|
|
(65,845
|
)
|
|
77,213
|
|
|
7,030
|
|
|
|
|
|
(33,123
|
)
|
|
46,611
|
|
|
(18,376
|
)
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA(d)
|
|
|
113,405
|
|
|
79,012
|
|
|
23,671
|
|
$
|
23,671
|
|
|
13,060
|
|
|
4,683
|
|
|
46,434
|
|
$
|
51,117
|
|
Depreciation, amortization, and impairment
|
|
|
62,686
|
|
|
323,203
|
|
|
55,665
|
|
|
48,912
|
|
|
38,270
|
|
|
7,532
|
|
|
30,728
|
|
|
34,186
|
|
Capital expenditures
|
|
|
36,499
|
|
|
29,685
|
|
|
20,364
|
|
|
|
|
|
16,122
|
|
|
1,457
|
|
|
8,148
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Predecessor(a)
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Predecessor
Period Ended
September 30,
2009
|
|
Successor
Period Ended
September 30,
2010
|
|
Pro Forma(b)
Period Ended
September 30,
2010
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
2007
|
|
2008
|
|
2009
|
|
Balance Sheet Data (at period end):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
90,935
|
|
$
|
123,676
|
|
$
|
56,521
|
|
$
|
25,017
|
|
$
|
51,364
|
|
$
|
46,970
|
|
Working capital(e)
|
|
|
72,476
|
|
|
58,465
|
|
|
65,803
|
|
|
67,545
|
|
|
65,537
|
|
|
65,537
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
1,113,634
|
|
|
808,550
|
|
|
671,670
|
|
|
663,362
|
|
|
866,412
|
|
|
862,018
|
|
Total debt
|
|
|
572,725
|
|
|
651,169
|
|
|
397,472
|
|
|
631,693
|
|
|
587,037
|
|
|
301,768
|
|
Liabilities subject to compromise
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
302,114
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
-
(a)
-
See
the footnotes accompanying the financial data in "Selected Financial Information and Other Data" for further information.
-
(b)
-
Gives
effect to the Plan of Reorganization and related events. For details regarding these pro forma adjustments, see the notes to the unaudited pro forma
condensed consolidated financial information in "Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information." Pro forma financial information included in this table is presented, where
applicable, in accordance with Article 11 of Regulation S-X.
-
(c)
-
Gives
effect to the conversion offer and refinancing. For details regarding these pro forma adjustments, see the notes to the unaudited pro forma condensed
consolidated financial information in "Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information."
-
(d)
-
Adjusted
EBITDA is a non-GAAP measure. We define Adjusted EBITDA as our net income or loss before income tax expense or benefit, interest
expense, net, depreciation and amortization, restructuring, severance, and other charges, impairment, and currency losses, net. Our reconciliation of net income (loss) to Adjusted EBITDA is as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Predecessor
Period from
January 1
through
February 26,
2010
|
|
Successor
Period from
February 26
through
September 30,
2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
Predecessor
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
Predecessor
Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
2009
|
|
Pro Forma(c)
Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
2010
|
|
|
|
Pro Forma
Year Ended
December 31,
2009
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
2007
|
|
2008
|
|
2009
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
(8,639
|
)
|
$
|
(328,266
|
)
|
$
|
(140,112
|
)
|
|
(98,617
|
)
|
$
|
(100,455
|
)
|
$
|
50,802
|
|
$
|
(15,667
|
)
|
|
7,998
|
|
|
Income tax expense (benefit)
|
|
|
(3,131
|
)
|
|
(4,598
|
)
|
|
2,384
|
|
|
28,914
|
|
|
(567
|
)
|
|
(1,534
|
)
|
|
4,694
|
|
|
(14,190
|
)
|
|
Interest expense, net
|
|
|
48,344
|
|
|
51,400
|
|
|
65,142
|
(1)
|
|
35,2645
|
(1)
|
|
52,414
|
(1)
|
|
7,496
|
|
|
24,452
|
|
|
22,172
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
61,583
|
|
|
46,162
|
|
|
52,335
|
|
|
45,582
|
|
|
38,270
|
|
|
7,532
|
|
|
30,728
|
|
|
34,186
|
|
|
Goodwill & intangible asset impairment
|
|
|
1,100
|
|
|
277,041
|
|
|
3,330
|
|
|
3,330
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Restructuring, severance and other charges(3)
|
|
|
17,919
|
|
|
29,665
|
|
|
46,867
|
|
|
15,473
|
|
|
28,521
|
|
|
(59,092
|
)
|
|
11,456
|
|
|
5,078
|
|
|
Other items related to our credit agreement(4)
|
|
|
(3,774
|
)
|
|
7,608
|
|
|
(6,275
|
)
|
|
(6,275
|
)
|
|
(5,123
|
)
|
|
(521
|
)
|
|
(9,229
|
)
|
|
(4,127
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA
|
|
$
|
113,405
|
|
$
|
79,012
|
|
$
|
23,671
|
|
$
|
23,671
|
|
$
|
13,060
|
|
$
|
4,683
|
|
$
|
46,434
|
|
$
|
51,117
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
-
(1)
-
Includes
$5.4 million of loss on extinguishment of debt.
19
Table of Contents
-
(2)
-
Includes
$50.6 million of mark to market loss on our convertible notes.
-
(3)
-
Restructuring,
severance and other charges, are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Predecessor
Period from
January 1
through
February 26,
2010
|
|
Successor
Period from
February 26
through
September 30,
2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
Predecessor
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
Predecessor
Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
2009
|
|
Pro Forma(c)
Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
2010
|
|
|
|
Pro Forma
Year Ended
December 31,
2009
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
2007
|
|
2008
|
|
2009
|
|
Restructuring, severance, and curtailment charges
|
|
$
|
17,227
|
|
$
|
15,698
|
|
$
|
11,573
|
|
$
|
11,573
|
|
$
|
10,701
|
|
$
|
219
|
|
$
|
6
|
|
$
|
225
|
|
Business interruption costs less recoveries(i)
|
|
|
(3,225
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Strike avoidance costs(ii)
|
|
|
2,141
|
|
|
7,653
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss on sale of assets(iii)
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,057
|
|
|
256
|
|
|
256,
|
|
|
256
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other unusual items(iv)
|
|
|
1,776
|
|
|
3,257
|
|
|
35,038
|
|
|
3,644
|
|
|
17,564
|
|
|
(59,311
|
)
|
|
11,450
|
|
|
4,853
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
17,919
|
|
$
|
29,665
|
|
$
|
46,867
|
|
$
|
15,473
|
|
|
28,521
|
|
$
|
(59,092
|
)
|
|
11,456
|
|
$
|
5,078
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
-
(i)
-
Business
interruption costs related to equipment failures at our Erie, Pennsylvania facility in 2006 were offset by insurance proceeds of
$9.1 million in 2007 upon settlement of insurance claims.
-
(ii)
-
In
2008 and 2007, we incurred $7.7 million and $2.1 million, respectively, for lockout related costs associated with the expiration of the
labor contract at our facility in Rockford, Illinois.
-
(iii)
-
In
2008, we recognized a loss on the sale of assets at our Anniston, Alabama, facility of $3.1 million and charges of $0.3 million were
recognized in 2009 as part of the 2008 sale of assets.
-
(iv)
-
Other
unusual items in 2007 included $0.5 million for fees associated with our secondary stock offerings. Other unusual items in 2008 included
$3.3 million for product development costs in our seating business. Other unusual items in 2009 included $31.6 million of reorganization and prepetition professional fees and
$3.4 million for warehouse abandonment costs associated with the consolidation of our Taylor and Bristol warehouses. Other unusual items in the period from February 26, 2010 through
September 30, 2010 included $3.0 million of inventory fair value amortized during the period.
-
(4)
-
Items
related to our credit agreement refer to other amounts utilized in the calculation of financial covenants in our Fourth Amended and Restated Credit
Agreement, which we refer to as our "prepetition senior credit facility," and our postpetition senior credit facility. Items related to our credit agreement that are included in this summary are
primarily currency gains or losses and non-cash related charges for share-based compensation.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Predecessor
Period from
January 1
through
February 26,
2010
|
|
Successor
Period from
February 26
through
September 30,
2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
Predecessor
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
Predecessor
Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
2009
|
|
Pro Forma
Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
2010
|
|
|
|
Pro Forma
Year Ended
December 31,
2009
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
2007
|
|
2008
|
|
2009
|
|
Currency (gains) and losses
|
|
$
|
(6,493
|
)
|
$
|
5,174
|
|
$
|
(6,608
|
)
|
$
|
(6,608
|
)
|
$
|
(5,372
|
)
|
$
|
(521
|
)
|
$
|
(4,199
|
)
|
$
|
(4,720
|
)
|
Non-cash mark-to-market valuation (gains) and losses on convertible debt
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(5,623
|
)
|
|
|
|
Non-cash share-based compensation
|
|
|
2,719
|
|
|
2,434
|
|
|
333
|
|
|
333
|
|
|
249
|
|
|
|
|
|
593
|
|
|
593
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
(3,774
|
)
|
$
|
7,608
|
|
$
|
(6,275
|
)
|
$
|
(6,275
|
)
|
$
|
(5,123
|
)
|
$
|
(521
|
)
|
$
|
(9,229
|
)
|
$
|
(4,127
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA has been included in this prospectus because we believe that it is useful for us and our investors to measure our ability to provide cash flows to
meet debt service. Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered an alternative to net income (loss) or other traditional indicators of operating performance and cash flows determined in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles in the U.S., which we refer to as "GAAP." We present the table of Adjusted EBITDA because covenants in the agreements governing our material indebtedness
contain ratios based on this measure on a quarterly basis beginning June 30, 2011. While Adjusted EBITDA is used as a measure of liquidity and the ability to meet debt service requirements, it
is not necessarily comparable to other similarly titled captions of other companies due to differences in methods of calculations.
The use of Adjusted EBITDA instead of net income has limitations as an analytical tool including the ability to determine overall profitability, the exclusion of
interest expense and associated significant cash requirements, and the exclusion of income tax expenses or benefits which will ultimately be realized through the receipt or payment of cash. Additional
limitations include:
-
-
Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect our cash expenditures, or future requirements, for capital expenditures or contractual
commitments;
-
-
Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs;
-
-
Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect the interest expense, or the cash requirements necessary to service debt requirements,
including required or discretionary principal and interest payments;
-
-
Although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the tangible and intangible assets being
depreciated and amortized may need to be replaced in the future; and
-
-
Other companies in our industry may calculate Adjusted EBITDA differently than we do, limiting their usefulness as a
comparative measure.
Because of these limitations, Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered as a measure of discretionary cash available to us to invest in the growth of our
businesses. We compensate for these limitations by relying primarily on our GAAP results and using Adjusted EBITDA only as a supplementary tool. See our consolidated financial statements elsewhere in
this prospectus to view the GAAP results, including net income and cash flows from operating activities among others.
-
(e)
-
Working
capital represents current assets less cash and current liabilities, excluding debt. For a reconciliation of working capital and a discussion of why
we use working capital, see "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of OperationsChanges in Financial Condition."
20
Table of Contents
RISK FACTORS
You should consider carefully each of the following risks and all of the other information set forth in this
prospectus before deciding whether to exchange outstanding notes for exchange notes in the exchange offer. If any of the following risks and uncertainties develops into actual events, those events
could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
Risks Related to Our Business and Industry
Our substantial leverage and significant debt service obligations could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or our ability to fulfill our obligations
and make it more difficult for us to fund our operations.
As of September 30, 2010, the carrying value of our total indebtedness was $587.0 million, which includes
$301.8 million of outstanding notes and $145.3 million of convertible notes recorded with a market valuation of $285.3 million. After completion of the conversion offer on
November 29, 2010, which reduced the outstanding amount of convertible notes to approximately $4.2 million, the carrying value of our total indebtedness is approximately
$310.0 million. Our substantial level of indebtedness could have important negative consequences to us, including:
-
-
we may have difficulty satisfying our obligations with respect to our indebtedness;
-
-
we may have difficulty obtaining financing in the future for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions or other
purposes;
-
-
our debt level increases our vulnerability to general economic downturns and adverse industry conditions;
-
-
our debt level could limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and in our industry in
general;
-
-
our leverage could place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors that have less debt; and
-
-
our debt level and debt service obligations could limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our
business and industry.
Despite our substantial leverage, we and our subsidiaries will be able to incur more indebtedness. This could further exacerbate the risk immediately described above,
including our ability to service our indebtedness.
We and our subsidiaries may be able to incur additional indebtedness in the future. Although our ABL Facility and the indenture
governing the outstanding notes contain restrictions on the incurrence of additional indebtedness, such restrictions are subject to a number of qualifications and exceptions, and under certain
circumstances indebtedness incurred in compliance with such restrictions could be substantial. For example, we may incur additional debt to, among other things, finance future acquisitions, expand
through internal growth, fund our working capital needs, comply with regulatory requirements, respond to competition or for general financial reasons alone. As of September 30, 2010, not giving
effect to the conversion offer, our ABL Facility would have provided for additional borrowings of approximately $54.4 million. To the extent new debt is added to our and our subsidiaries'
current debt levels, the risks described above would increase.
To service our indebtedness, we will require a significant amount of cash. Our ability to generate cash depends on many factors beyond our control.
Our ability to make payments on and to refinance our indebtedness, including the exchange notes, and to fund planned capital
expenditures and research and development efforts will depend on our
21
Table of Contents
ability
to generate cash in the future. This, to a certain extent, is subject to general economic, financial, competitive, legislative, regulatory, and other factors that are beyond our control.
Our
business may not, however, generate sufficient cash flow from operations. Our currently anticipated cost savings and operating improvements may not be realized on schedule or at all.
Also, future borrowings may not be available to us under our ABL Facility in an amount sufficient to enable us to pay our indebtedness or to fund other liquidity needs. If our cash flows and capital
resources are insufficient to fund our debt service obligations, we may be forced to reduce or delay capital expenditures, sell material assets or operations, obtain additional equity capital or
refinance all or a portion of our indebtedness, including these notes. We are unable to predict the timing of such sales or the proceeds which we could realize from such sales, or whether we would be
able to refinance any of our indebtedness, including our ABL Facility, the convertible notes and the notes, on commercially reasonable terms or at all.
We are subject to a number of restrictive covenants, which, if breached, may restrict our business and financing activities.
Our ABL Facility and the indenture that governs our outstanding notes impose, and the terms of any future indebtedness may impose,
operating and other restrictions on our business operations. Such restrictions will affect, and in many respects limit or prohibit, among other things, our ability to:
-
-
incur additional debt;
-
-
pay dividends and make distributions;
-
-
issue stock of subsidiaries;
-
-
make certain investments;
-
-
repurchase stock;
-
-
create liens;
-
-
enter into affiliate transactions;
-
-
merge or consolidate; and
-
-
transfer and sell assets.
In
addition, our ABL Facility includes other more restrictive covenants and prohibits us from prepaying our other indebtedness, including the convertible notes, while borrowings under
our ABL Facility are outstanding. Our ABL Facility also contains a financial covenant which requires us to maintain a fixed charge coverage ratio during any compliance period, which is anytime when
the excess availability is less than or equal to the greater of $10,000,000 or 15% of the total commitment under the ABL Facility. Due to the amount of our excess availability (as calculated under the
ABL Facility), we are not currently in a compliance period and, therefore, we do not have to maintain a fixed charge coverage ratio, which is subject to change.
Current economic conditions, including those related to the credit markets and the commercial vehicle industry may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of
operations or financial condition.
Recent global market and economic conditions have been unprecedented and challenging with tighter credit conditions and recession in
most major economies continuing into 2010. Continued concerns about the systemic impact of potential long-term and wide-spread recession, energy costs, geopolitical issues, the
availability and cost of credit, and the global housing and mortgage markets have contributed to increased market volatility and diminished expectations for Western and emerging economies.
22
Table of Contents
Furthermore,
the commercial vehicle supply industry in which we operate has traditionally been highly competitive and cyclical, and, as a result, has experienced significant downturns in
connection with, or in anticipation of, declines in general economic conditions. Accordingly, the general economic conditions have resulted in a severe downturn in the commercial vehicle supply
industry resulting in a significant decline in our sales volume and necessitating our Chapter 11 bankruptcy filing in October 2009. We cannot accurately predict how prolonged this downturn may
be.
These
economic conditions may impact our business in a number of ways, including:
-
-
Limited Access to Capital
Markets.
As a result of these overall market conditions, the cost and availability of credit has been and may continue to be adversely
affected by illiquid credit markets and wider credit spreads. Renewed turbulence in the U.S. and international markets and economies and prolonged declines in business and consumer spending may affect
our ability to refinance maturing liabilities and access the capital markets to meet our liquidity needs.
-
-
Availability of Trade
Credit.
We currently maintain trade credit with certain of our key suppliers and utilize such credit to purchase significant amounts of
raw materials and other supplies with payment terms. As conditions in the commercial vehicle supply industry have become less favorable, key suppliers have been seeking to shorten trade credit terms
or to require cash in advance for payment. If a significant number of our key suppliers were to shorten or eliminate our trade credit, our inability to finance large purchases of our key supplies and
raw materials would increase our costs and negatively impact our liquidity and cash flow.
-
-
Lower Sales
Uncertainty.
Current and future economic conditions may cause our customers to defer purchases or our customers may be unable to obtain
sufficient credit to finance purchases of our products and meet their payment obligations to us. Certain of our customers may also need us to extend additional credit commitments. A continuation of
the current credit crisis could require us to make difficult decisions between increasing our level of customer financing or potentially losing sales to these customers.
-
-
Reduced
Pricing.
Any continued reduction in consumer and commercial spending and competitive threats may drive us to reduce product pricing,
which would have a negative impact on gross profit. Moreover, reduced revenues as a result of a softening of the economy may also reduce our working capital and interfere with our short term and long
term strategies.
The
risks outlined above could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.
We rely on, and make significant operational decisions based in part upon, industry data and forecasts that may prove to be inaccurate.
We continue to operate in a challenging economic environment and our ability to maintain liquidity may be affected by economic or other
conditions that are beyond our control and which are difficult to predict. The 2011 production forecasts by ACT Publications for the significant commercial vehicle markets that we serve, as of
December 10, 2010, are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
North American Class 8
|
|
|
235,313
|
|
North American Classes 5-7
|
|
|
125,110
|
|
U.S. Trailers
|
|
|
203,950
|
|
Based
on the these production builds, we expect that our liquidity will be sufficient to fund currently anticipated working capital, capital expenditures, and debt service requirements
for at least the next twelve months. However, if our net sales are significantly less than expectations, given the volatility and the calendarization of the production builds as well as the other
markets that we serve, or
23
Table of Contents
due
to the challenging credit markets, we could have insufficient liquidity, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.
The failure to realize cost savings under our cost restructuring plan could adversely affect our business.
During 2008 and 2009, and continuing into 2010, we implemented various cost reduction initiatives in response to, among other things,
significant downturns in our industry. These initiatives have included aligning our workforce in response to slowdowns in the industry and consolidating certain of our facilities. We have recorded
pre-tax restructuring expenses
to cover costs associated with our cost reduction initiatives. We cannot assure you that these cost reduction initiatives will sufficiently help in returning us to profitability. Because our
restructuring activities involve changes to many aspects of our business, the cost reductions could adversely impact productivity and sales to an extent we have not anticipated. Even if these
activities generate the anticipated cost savings, there may be other unforeseeable and unintended factors or consequences that could adversely impact our profitability and business, including
unintended employee attrition.
We have experienced significant historical, and may experience significant future, operating losses and net income losses which may hinder our ability to meet our debt
service or working capital requirements.
As of September 30, 2010, we had stockholders' equity of $34.3 million (and after giving completion of the conversion
offer on November 29, 2010, we had stockholders' equity of $307.4 million). We had operating income of $29.6 million in 2007 and operating losses of $276.6 million in 2008
and $65.1 million in 2009 and net income loss of $8.6 million in 2007, $328.3 million in 2008 and $140.1 million in 2009. Even with the reduction in indebtedness through
our recent reorganization under Chapter 11 and the conversion offer, future losses may continue. We cannot assure you that we will recognize net income in future periods. If we cannot generate
net income or sufficient operating profitability, we may not be able to meet our debt service or working capital requirements.
We are dependent on sales to a small number of our major customers and on our status as standard supplier on certain truck platforms of each of our major customers.
Sales, including aftermarket sales, to Navistar, PACCAR, DTNA, and Volvo/Mack, constituted approximately 19%, 16%, 14%, and 7%,
respectively, of our 2009 net sales. No other customer accounted for more than 5% of our net sales for this period. The loss of any significant portion of sales to any of our major customers would
likely have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.
We
are a standard supplier of various components at a majority of our major customers, which results in recurring revenue as our standard components are installed on most trucks ordered
from that platform, unless the end user specifically requests a different product, generally at an additional charge. The selection of one of our products as a standard component may also create a
steady demand for that product in the aftermarket. We may not maintain our current standard supplier positions in the future, and may not become the standard supplier for additional truck platforms.
The loss of a significant standard supplier position or a significant number of standard supplier positions with a major customer could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of
operations or financial condition.
We
are continuing to engage in efforts intended to improve and expand our relations with each of Navistar, PACCAR, DTNA and Volvo/Mack. We have supported our position with these
customers through direct and active contact with end users, trucking fleets, and dealers, and have located certain of our marketing personnel in offices near these customers and most of our other
major customers. We may not be able to successfully maintain or improve our customer relationships so that these customers will continue to do business with us as they have in the past or be able to
supply these customers or
24
Table of Contents
any
of our other customers at current levels. The loss of a significant portion of our sales to Navistar, PACCAR, DTNA or Volvo/Mack could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of
operations or financial condition. In addition, the delay or cancellation of material orders from, or problems at, Navistar, PACCAR, DTNA or Volvo/Mack, or any of our other major customers could have
a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.
Increased cost or reduced supply of raw materials and purchased components may adversely affect our business, results of operations or financial condition.
Our business is subject to the risk of price increases and fluctuations and periodic delays in the delivery of raw materials and
purchased components that are beyond our control. Our operations require substantial amounts of raw steel, aluminum, steel scrap, pig iron, electricity, coke, natural gas, sheet and formed steel,
bearings, purchased components, fasteners, foam, fabrics, silicon sand, binders, sand additives, coated sand, and tube steel. Fluctuations in the delivery of these materials may be driven by the
supply/demand relationship for material, factors particular to that material or governmental regulation for raw materials such as electricity and natural gas. In addition, if any of our suppliers
seeks bankruptcy relief or otherwise cannot continue its business as anticipated or we cannot renew our supply contracts on favorable terms, the availability or price of raw materials could be
adversely affected. Fluctuations in prices and/or availability of the raw materials or purchased components used by us, which at times may be more pronounced during periods of higher truck builds, may
affect our profitability and, as a result, have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition. In addition, as described above, a shortening or elimination of
our trade credit by our suppliers may affect our liquidity and cash flow and, as a result, have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.
We
use substantial amounts of raw steel and aluminum in our production processes. Although raw steel is generally available from a number of sources, we have obtained favorable sourcing
by negotiating and entering into high-volume contracts with third parties with terms ranging from one to two years. We obtain raw steel and aluminum from various third-party suppliers. We
may not be successful in renewing our supply contracts on favorable terms or at all. A substantial interruption in the supply of raw steel or aluminum or inability to obtain a supply of raw steel or
aluminum on commercially desirable terms could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition. We are not always able, and may not be able in the future,
to pass on increases in the price of raw steel or aluminum to our customers on a timely basis or at all. In particular, when raw material prices increase rapidly or to significantly higher than normal
levels, we may not be able to pass price increases through to our customers on a timely basis, if at all, which could adversely affect our operating margins and cash
flow. Any fluctuations in the price or availability of raw steel or aluminum may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.
Steel
scrap and pig iron are also major raw materials used in our business to produce our wheel-end and industrial components. Steel scrap is derived from, among other
sources, junked automobiles, industrial scrap, railroad cars, agricultural and heavy machinery, and demolition steel scrap from obsolete structures, containers and machines. Pig iron is a
low-grade cast iron that is a product of smelting iron ore with coke and limestone in a blast furnace. The availability and price of steel scrap and pig iron are subject to market forces
largely beyond our control, including North American and international demand for steel scrap and pig iron, freight costs, speculation and foreign exchange rates. Steel scrap and pig iron availability
and price may also be subject to governmental regulation. We are not always able, and may not be able in the future, to pass on increases in the price of steel scrap and pig iron to our customers. In
particular, when raw material prices increase rapidly or to significantly higher than normal levels, we may not be able to pass price increases through to our customers on a timely basis, if at all,
which could have a material adverse effect on our operating
25
Table of Contents
margins
and cash flow. Any fluctuations in the price or availability of steel scrap or pig iron may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.
Our business is affected by the seasonality and regulatory nature of the industries and markets that we serve.
Our operations are typically seasonal as a result of regular customer maintenance and model changeover shutdowns, which typically occur
in the third and fourth quarter of each calendar year. This seasonality may result in decreased net sales and profitability during the third and fourth fiscal quarters and have a material adverse
effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition. In addition, federal and state regulations (including engine emissions regulations, tariffs, import regulations and other taxes)
may have a material adverse effect on our business and are beyond our control.
Cost reduction and quality improvement initiatives by OEMs could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.
We are primarily a components supplier to the heavy- and medium-duty truck industries, which are characterized by a small
number of OEMs that are able to exert considerable pressure on components suppliers to reduce costs, improve quality and provide additional design and engineering capabilities. Given the
fragmented nature of the industry,
OEMs continue to demand and receive price reductions and measurable increases in quality through their use of competitive selection processes, rating programs, and various other arrangements.
We may be unable to generate sufficient production cost savings in the future to offset such price reductions. OEMs may also seek to save costs by relocating production to countries with lower
cost structures, which could in turn lead them to purchase components from local suppliers with lower production costs. Additionally, OEMs have generally required component suppliers to provide
more design engineering input at earlier stages of the product development process, the costs of which have, in some cases, been absorbed by the suppliers. Future price reductions, increased quality
standards and additional engineering capabilities required by OEMs may reduce our profitability and have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.
We operate in highly competitive markets.
The markets in which we operate are highly competitive. We compete with a number of other manufacturers and distributors that produce
and sell similar products. Our products primarily compete on the basis of price, manufacturing and distribution capability, product design, product quality, product delivery and product service. Some
of our competitors are companies, or divisions, units or subsidiaries of companies that are larger and have greater financial and other resources than we do. For these reasons, our products may not be
able to compete successfully with the products of our competitors. In addition, our competitors may foresee the course of market development more accurately than we do, develop products that are
superior to our products, have the ability to produce similar products at a lower cost than we can, or adapt more quickly than we do to new technologies or evolving regulatory, industry, or customer
requirements. As a result, our products may not be able to compete successfully with their products. In addition, OEMs may expand their internal production of components, shift sourcing to
other suppliers, or take other actions that could reduce the market for our products and have a negative impact on our business. We may encounter increased competition in the future from existing
competitors or new competitors. We expect these competitive pressures in our markets to remain strong.
In
addition, potential competition from foreign truck components suppliers, especially in the aftermarket, may lead to an increase in truck components imports into North America,
adversely affecting our market share and negatively affecting our ability to compete. At present, competition from non-U.S. manufacturers is constrained in the markets in which we compete
due to factors such as
26
Table of Contents
high
shipping costs. However, if the cost of fuel goes down, shipping costs would be significantly reduced, increasing the likelihood that foreign manufacturers will seek to increase their sales of
truck components in North American markets. Foreign truck components suppliers, including those in China, may in the future increase their currently modest share of the markets for truck components in
which we compete. Some of these foreign suppliers may be owned, controlled or subsidized by their governments, and their decisions with respect to production, sales and exports may be influenced more
by political and economic policy considerations than by prevailing market conditions. In addition, foreign truck components suppliers may be subject to less restrictive regulatory and environmental
regimes that could provide them with a cost advantage relative to North American suppliers. Therefore, there is a risk that some foreign suppliers, including those in China, may increase their sales
of truck components in North American markets despite decreasing profit margins or losses. If future trade cases do not provide relief from such potential trade practices, U.S. protective trade laws
are weakened or international demand for trucks and/or truck components decreases, an increase of truck component imports into the U.S. may occur, which could have a material adverse effect on our
business, results of operations or financial condition.
We face exposure to foreign business and operational risks, including foreign exchange rate fluctuations, and if we were to experience a substantial fluctuation, our
profitability may change.
In the normal course of doing business, we are exposed to risks associated with changes in foreign exchange rates, particularly with
respect to the Canadian dollar. From time to time, we use forward foreign exchange contracts, and other derivative instruments, to help offset the impact of the variability in exchange rates on our
operations, cash flows, assets and liabilities. We had no outstanding foreign exchange forward contract instruments open at September 30, 2010. Factors that could further impact the risks
associated with changes in foreign exchange rates include the accuracy of our sales estimates, volatility of currency markets and the cost and availability of derivative instruments.
In
addition, changes in the laws or governmental policies in the countries in which we operate could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial
condition.
We may not be able to continue to meet our customers' demands for our products and services.
We must continue to meet our customers' demand for our products and services. However, we may not be successful in doing so. If our
customers' demand for our products and/or services exceeds our ability to meet that demand, we may be unable to continue to provide our customers with the products and/or services they require to meet
their business needs. Factors that could result in our inability to meet customer demands include an unforeseen spike in demand for our products and/or services, a failure by one or more of our
suppliers to supply us with the raw materials and other resources that we need to operate our business effectively or poor management of our company or one or more divisions or units of our company,
among other factors. Our ability to provide our customers with products and services in a reliable and timely manner, in the quantity and quality desired and with a high level of customer service, may
be severely diminished as a result. If this happens, we may lose some or all of our customers to one or more of our competitors, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, results of
operations or financial condition.
In
addition, it is important that we continue to meet our customers' demands in the truck components industry for product innovation, improvement and enhancement, including the continued
development of new-generation products, design improvements and innovations that improve the quality and efficiency of our products. Developing product innovations for the truck components
industry has been and will continue to be a significant part of our strategy. However, such development will require us to continue to invest in research and development and sales and marketing. Our
recent financial condition has constrained our ability to make such investments. In the future, we may not have sufficient resources to make such necessary investments, or we may be unable to make the
27
Table of Contents
technological
advances necessary to carry out product innovations sufficient to meet our customers' demands. We are also subject to the risks generally associated with product development, including
lack of market acceptance, delays in product development and failure of products to operate properly. We may, as a result of these factors, be unable to meaningfully focus on product innovation as a
strategy and may therefore be unable to meet our customers' demand for product innovation.
Our products may be rendered obsolete or less attractive by changes in regulatory, legislative or industry requirements.
Changes in regulatory, legislative or industry requirements may render certain of our products obsolete or less attractive. Our ability
to anticipate changes in these requirements, especially changes in regulatory standards, will be a significant factor in our ability to remain competitive. We may not be able to comply in the future
with new regulatory, legislative and/or industrial standards that may be necessary for us to remain competitive and certain of our products may, as a result, become obsolete or less attractive to our
customers.
Equipment failures, delays in deliveries or catastrophic loss at any of our facilities could lead to production or service curtailments or shutdowns.
We manufacture our products at 17 facilities and provide logistical services at our just-in-time sequencing
facilities in the U.S. An interruption in production or service capabilities at any of these facilities as a result of equipment failure or other reasons could result in our inability to produce our
products, which would reduce our net sales and earnings for the affected period. In the event of a stoppage in production at any of our facilities, even if only temporary, or if we experience delays
as a result of events that are beyond our control, delivery times to our customers could be severely affected. Any significant delay in deliveries to our customers could lead to increased returns or
cancellations, expose us to damage claims from our customers and cause us to lose future sales. Our facilities are also subject to the risk of catastrophic loss due to unanticipated events such as
fires, explosions or violent weather conditions. We may experience plant shutdowns or periods of reduced production as a result of equipment failure, delays in
deliveries or catastrophic loss, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.
We may incur potential product liability, warranty and product recall costs.
We are subject to the risk of exposure to product liability, warranty and product recall claims in the event any of our products
results in property damage, personal injury or death, or does not conform to specifications. We may not be able to continue to maintain suitable and adequate insurance in excess of our
self-insured amounts on acceptable terms that will provide adequate protection against potential liabilities. In addition, if any of our products proves to be defective, we may be required
to participate in a recall involving such products. A successful claim brought against us in excess of available insurance coverage, if any, or a requirement to participate in any product recall,
could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.
Work stoppages or other labor issues at our facilities or at our customers' facilities could have a material adverse effect on our operations.
As of September 30, 2010, unions represented approximately 58% of our workforce. As a result, we are subject to the risk of work
stoppages and other labor relations matters. Any prolonged strike or other work stoppage at any one of our principal unionized facilities could have a material adverse effect on our business, results
of operations or financial condition. We have collective bargaining agreements with different unions at various facilities. These collective bargaining agreements expire at various times over the next
few years, with the exception of our union contract at our Monterrey, Mexico facility, which expires on an annual basis. The 2010 negotiations in Monterrey, Elkhart, Erie
28
Table of Contents
and
Rockford facilities have been completed. In 2011, we have collective bargaining agreements expiring at our Monterrey, Brillion, Elkhart and Livermore facilities. Any failure by us to reach a new
agreement upon expiration of other union contracts may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.
In
addition, if any of our customers experience a material work stoppage, that customer may halt or limit the purchase of our products. This could cause us to curtail or shut down
production facilities relating to these products, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.
We are subject to a number of environmental laws and regulations that may require us to make substantial expenditures or cause us to incur substantial liabilities.
Our operations, facilities, and properties are subject to extensive and evolving laws and regulations pertaining to air emissions,
wastewater and stormwater discharges, the handling and disposal of solid and hazardous materials and wastes, the investigation and remediation of contamination, and otherwise relating to health,
safety, and the protection of the environment and natural resources. The violation of such laws can result in significant fines, penalties, liabilities or restrictions on operations. From time to
time, we are involved in administrative or legal proceedings relating to environmental, health and safety matters, and have in the past incurred and will continue to incur capital costs and other
expenditures relating to such matters. For example, we are involved in proceedings regarding alleged violations of air regulations at our Rockford facility and stormwater regulations at our Brillion
facility, which could subject us to fines, penalties or other liabilities. In connection with such matters, we are negotiating with state authorities regarding certain capital improvements related to
the underlying allegations. Based on current information, we do not expect that these matters will have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial conditions;
however, we cannot assure you that these or any other future environmental compliance matters will not have such an effect.
In
addition to environmental laws that regulate our ongoing operations, we are also subject to environmental remediation liability. Under the federal Comprehensive Environmental
Response, Compensation, and Liability Act, which we refer to as "CERCLA," and analogous state laws, we may be liable as a result of the release or threatened release of hazardous materials into the
environment regardless of when the release occurred. We are currently involved in several matters relating to the investigation and/or remediation of locations where we have arranged for the disposal
of foundry and other wastes. Such matters include situations in which we have been named or are believed to be potentially responsible parties in connection with the contamination of these sites.
Additionally, environmental remediation may be required to address soil and groundwater contamination identified at certain of our facilities.
As
of September 30, 2010, we had an environmental reserve of approximately $1.5 million, related primarily to our foundry operations. This reserve is based on management's
review of potential liabilities as well as cost estimates related thereto. The reserve takes into account the benefit of a contractual indemnity given to us by a prior owner of our
wheel-end subsidiary. The failure of the indemnitor to fulfill its obligations could result in future costs that may be material. Any expenditures required for us to comply with applicable
environmental laws and/or pay for any remediation efforts will not be reduced or otherwise affected by the existence of the environmental reserve. Our environmental reserve may not be adequate to
cover our future costs related to the sites associated with the environmental reserve, and any additional costs may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial
condition. The discovery of additional environmental issues, the modification of existing laws or regulations or the promulgation of new ones, more vigorous enforcement by regulators, the imposition
of joint and several liability under CERCLA or analogous state laws, or other unanticipated events could also result in a material adverse effect.
29
Table of Contents
The Iron and Steel Foundry National Emission Standard for Hazardous Air Pollutants, which we refer to as the "NESHAP," was developed pursuant to
Section 112(d) of the Clean Air Act and requires major sources of hazardous air pollutants to install controls representative of maximum achievable control technology. Based on currently
available information, we do not anticipate material costs regarding ongoing compliance with the NESHAP; however if we are found to be out of compliance with the NESHAP, we could incur liability that
could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.
Future climate change regulation may require us to make substantial expenditures or cause us to incur substantial liabilities.
Many scientists, legislators and others attribute climate change to increased emissions of greenhouse gases, which we refer to as
"GHGs," which has led to significant legislative and regulatory efforts to limit GHGs. There are bills pending in Congress that would limit and reduce GHG emissions through a
cap-and-trade system of allowances and credits, under which emitters would be required to buy allowances to offset emissions. In addition, in late 2009, the U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency, which we refer to as the "EPA," promulgated a rule requiring certain emitters of GHGs to monitor and report data with respect to their GHG emissions and in June 2010 promulgated a
rule regarding future regulation of GHG emissions from stationary sources. Also, several states, including states in which we have facilities, are considering or
have begun to implement various GHG registration and reduction programs. Certain of our facilities use significant amounts of energy and may emit amounts of GHGs above certain existing and/or proposed
regulatory thresholds. GHG laws and regulations could increase the price of the energy we purchase, require us to purchase allowances to offset our own emissions, require us to monitor and report our
GHG emissions or require us to install new emission controls at our facilities, any one of which could significantly increase our costs or otherwise negatively affect our business, results of
operations or financial condition. In addition, future efforts to curb transportation-related GHGs could result in a lower demand for our products, which could negatively affect our business, results
of operation or financial condition. While future GHG regulation appears increasingly likely, it is difficult to predict how these regulations will affect our business, results of operations or
financial condition.
We might fail to adequately protect our intellectual property or third parties might assert that our technologies infringe on their intellectual property.
The protection of our intellectual property is important to our business. We rely on a combination of trademarks, copyrights, patents,
and trade secrets to provide protection in this regard, but this protection might be inadequate. For example, our pending or future trademark, copyright and patent applications might not be approved
or, if allowed, they might not be of sufficient strength or scope. Conversely, third parties might assert that our technologies or other intellectual property infringe on their proprietary rights. Any
intellectual property-related litigation could result in substantial costs and diversion of our efforts and, whether or not we are ultimately successful, the litigation could have a material adverse
effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.
Litigation against us could be costly and time consuming to defend.
We are regularly subject to legal proceedings and claims that arise in the ordinary course of business, such as workers' compensation
claims, OSHA investigations, employment disputes, unfair labor practice charges, customer and supplier disputes, and product liability claims arising out of the conduct of our business. Litigation may
result in substantial costs and may divert management's attention and resources from the operation of our business, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or
financial condition.
30
Table of Contents
If a person unaffiliated with us were to acquire a substantial amount of our common stock or convertible notes, a change of control could occur.
If a person is able to acquire a substantial amount of our common stock, a change of control could be triggered under Delaware General
Corporation Law, our ABL Facility, the convertible notes indenture, or the indenture governing the notes. If a change of control under our ABL Facility, the convertible notes indenture or the
indenture governing the notes was to occur, we would need to obtain a waiver from our lenders, holders of our convertible notes or holders of our notes, as applicable, or amend such debt instruments.
Otherwise, the lenders or noteholders, as applicable, could accelerate the debt outstanding under such debt instruments. If we are unable to obtain a waiver or otherwise refinance this debt, our
liquidity and capital resources would be significantly limited, and our business operations could be materially and adversely impacted.
If we fail to retain our executive officers, our business could be harmed.
Our success largely depends on the efforts and abilities of our executive officers. Their skills, experience and industry contacts
significantly contribute to the success of our business and our results of operations. The loss of any one of them could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or
financial condition. All of our executive officers are at will, but each of them has a severance agreement, as discussed directly below, other than our current Interim President and Chief Executive
Officer. In addition, our future success and profitability will also depend, in part, upon our continuing ability to attract and retain highly qualified personnel throughout our company, including a
permanent Chief Executive Officer.
We have entered into typical severance arrangements with certain of our senior management employees, which may result in certain costs associated with strategic
alternatives.
Severance and retention agreements with certain senior management employees provide that the participating executive is entitled to a
regular severance payment if we terminate the participating executive's employment without "cause" or if the participating executive terminates his or her employment with us for "good reason" (as
these terms are defined in the agreement) at any time other than during a "Protection Period." The regular severance benefit is equal to the participating executive's base salary for one year. A
Protection Period begins on the date on which a "change in control" (as defined in the agreement) occurs and ends 18 months after a "change in control." A change in control within the meaning
of the agreements occurred as a result of the implementation of the Plan of Reorganization for all then outstanding severance and retention agreements, which did not include the severance and
retention agreement with Mr. Woodward entered into after our emergence from Chapter 11 bankruptcy proceedings.
The
change in control severance benefit is payable to an executive if his or her employment is terminated during the Protection Period either by the participating executive for "good
reason" or by us without "cause." The change in control severance benefits for Tier II executives (Messrs. Gulda, Maniatis, Schomer, Woodward and Wright) consist of a payment equal to
200% of the executive's salary plus 200% of the greater of (i) the annualized incentive compensation to which the executive would be entitled as of the date on which the change of control
occurs or (ii) the average incentive compensation award over the three years prior to termination. The change in control severance benefits for Tier III executives (other key executives)
consist of a payment equal to 100% of the executive's salary and 100% of the greater of (i) the annualized incentive compensation to which the executive would be entitled as of the date on
which the change of control occurs or (ii) the average incentive compensation award over the three years prior to termination. If the participating executive's termination occurs during the
Protection Period, the severance and retention agreement also provides for the continuance of certain other benefits, including reimbursement for forfeitures under qualified plans and continued
health, disability, accident and dental insurance coverage for the lesser of 18 months (or 12 months in the case of Tier III executives) from the date of termination or the date
31
Table of Contents
on
which the executive receives such benefits from a subsequent employer. There are currently no Tier I executives with severance and retention agreements.
Neither
the regular severance benefit nor the change in control severance benefit is payable if we terminate the participating executive's employment for "cause," if the executive
voluntarily terminates his or her employment without "good reason" or if the executive's employment is terminated as a result of disability or death. Any payments to which the participating executive
may be entitled under the agreement will be reduced by the full amount of any payments to which the executive may be entitled due to termination under any other severance policy offered by us. These
agreements would make it costly for us to terminate certain of our senior management employees and such costs may also discourage potential acquisition proposals, which may negatively affect our stock
price.
Our strategic initiatives may be unsuccessful, may take longer than anticipated, or may result in unanticipated costs.
Future strategic initiatives could include divestitures, acquisitions, and restructurings, the success and timing of which will depend
on various factors. Many of these factors are not in our control. In addition, the ultimate benefit of any acquisition would depend on the successful integration of the acquired entity or assets into
our existing business. Failure to successfully identify, complete, and/or integrate future strategic initiatives could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or
financial condition.
Additionally,
our strategy contemplates significant growth in international markets in which we have significantly less market share and experience than we have in our domestic
operations and markets. An inability to penetrate these international markets could adversely affect our results of operations.
Risks Related to Our Emergence from Chapter 11 Bankruptcy Proceedings
Our actual financial results may vary significantly from the projections filed with the bankruptcy court, and investors should not rely on the projections.
Neither the projected financial information that we previously filed with the bankruptcy court in connection with the Chapter 11
bankruptcy proceedings nor the financial information included in the Disclosure Statement filed with the bankruptcy court in connection with our Chapter 11 bankruptcy proceedings, which we
refer to as the "Disclosure Statement," should be considered or relied on in connection with the exchange offer. We were required to prepare projected financial information to demonstrate to the
bankruptcy court the feasibility of the Plan of Reorganization and our ability to continue operations upon emergence from Chapter 11 bankruptcy proceedings. This projected financial information
was filed with the bankruptcy court as part of our Disclosure Statement approved by the bankruptcy court. The projections reflect numerous assumptions concerning our anticipated future performance and
prevailing and anticipated market and economic conditions that were and continue to be beyond our control and that may not materialize. Projections are inherently subject to uncertainties and to a
wide variety of significant business, economic and competitive risks. Our actual results will vary from those contemplated by the projections for a variety of reasons. Furthermore, the projections
were limited by the information available to us as of the date of the preparation of the projections, including production forecasts published by ACT, which have substantially been revised (the
revised numbers being included in this prospectus). Therefore, variations from the projections may be material, and investors should not rely on such projections.
32
Table of Contents
Because of the adoption of Fresh Start Accounting and the effects of the transactions contemplated by the Plan of Reorganization, financial information subsequent to
February 26, 2010, will not be comparable to financial information prior to February 26, 2010.
Upon our emergence from Chapter 11 bankruptcy proceedings, we adopted Fresh Start Accounting in accordance with the provisions
of ASC 852, pursuant to which the midpoint of the range of our reorganization value was allocated to our assets and liabilities in conformity with the procedures specified by ASC 805, "Business
Combinations." Accordingly, our
financial statements subsequent to February 26, 2010 may not be comparable in many respects to our financial statements prior to February 26, 2010. The lack of comparable historical
financial information may discourage investors from purchasing our securities.
Our emergence from Chapter 11 bankruptcy proceedings may limit our ability to offset future U.S. taxable income with tax losses and credits incurred prior to
emergence from Chapter 11 bankruptcy proceedings.
In connection with our emergence from Chapter 11 bankruptcy proceedings, we were able to retain a portion of our U.S. net
operating loss and tax credit carryforwards, which refer to, collectively, as Tax Attributes. However, Internal Revenue Code, which we refer to as "IRC," Sections 382 and 383 provide an annual
limitation with respect to the ability of a corporation to utilize its Tax Attributes against future U.S. taxable income in the event of a change in ownership. Our emergence from Chapter 11
bankruptcy proceedings is considered a change in ownership for purposes of IRC Section 382. In our situation, the limitation under the IRC will be based on the value of our equity (for purposes
of the applicable tax rules) on or around the time of emergence, and increased to take into account the recognition of built-in gains. As a result, our future U.S. taxable income may not
be fully offset by the Tax Attributes if such income exceeds our annual limitation, and we may incur a tax liability with respect to such income. In addition, subsequent changes in ownership for
purposes of the IRC could further diminish our ability to utilize Tax Attributes.
We may be subject to claims that were not discharged in the Chapter 11 bankruptcy proceedings, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations
and profitability.
Substantially all of the claims against us that arose prior to the date of our bankruptcy filing were resolved during our
Chapter 11 bankruptcy proceedings or are in the process of being resolved in the bankruptcy court as part of the claims reconciliation process. Although we anticipate that the remaining claims
will be handled in due course with no material adverse effect to our business, financial operations or financial conditions, we cannot assure you that this will be the case or that the resolution of
such claims will occur in a timely manner or at all. Subject to certain exceptions (such as certain employee and customer claims) and as set forth in the Plan of Reorganization, all claims against and
interests in us and our domestic subsidiaries that arose prior to the initiation of our Chapter 11 bankruptcy proceedings are (1) subject to compromise and/or treatment under the Plan of
Reorganization and (2) discharged, in accordance with the Bankruptcy Code and terms of the Plan of Reorganization. Pursuant to the terms of the Plan of Reorganization, the provisions of the
Plan of Reorganization constitute a good faith compromise or settlement of all such claims and the entry of the order confirming the Plan of Reorganization or other orders resolving objections to
claims constitute the bankruptcy court's approval of the compromise or settlement arrived at with respect to all such claims. Circumstances in which claims and other obligations that arose prior to
our bankruptcy filing may not have been discharged include instances where a claimant had inadequate notice of the bankruptcy filing.
33
Table of Contents
Risks Related to the Exchange Notes and Other Indebtedness
The exchange notes will be structurally subordinated to all indebtedness of our existing or future subsidiaries that do not become guarantors of the notes.
You will not have any claim as a creditor against any of our existing subsidiaries that are not guarantors of the exchange notes or
against any of our future subsidiaries that do not become guarantors of the exchange notes. Debt and other liabilities, including trade payables, whether secured or unsecured, of those subsidiaries
will be effectively senior to your claims against those subsidiaries. The exchange notes are not secured by any of the assets of non-guarantor subsidiaries.
For
the nine-month period ended September 30, 2010, as adjusted to give effect to the refinancing, we and the guarantor subsidiaries collectively represented
approximately $487.1 million of our combined net sales of $570.3 million, approximately $6.3 million of operating losses reducing our combined operating profit to
$0.2 million and approximately $41.3 million of our combined Adjusted EBITDA of $51.1 million. At September 30, 2010, we and the guarantor subsidiaries collectively
represented 83.5% of our total assets and 91.7% of our total liabilities, including trade payables, but excluding intercompany liabilities. For a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to the closest
related GAAP measure, net income (loss), see footnote (d) to "Summary Historical and Pro Forma Financial Information and Other Data."
In
addition, the indenture governing the exchange notes will, subject to some limitations, permit these subsidiaries to incur additional indebtedness and will not contain any limitation
on the amount of other liabilities, such as trade payables, that may be incurred by these subsidiaries.
The pledge of the capital stock or other securities of our subsidiaries that will secure the exchange notes will automatically be released from the lien on them and no
longer constitute Collateral for so long as the pledge of such capital stock or such other securities would require the filing of separate financial statements with the SEC for that subsidiary.
The exchange notes and the guarantees will be secured by a first-priority security interest pledge of the stock of the guarantors.
Under the SEC regulations in effect as of the issue date of the exchange notes, if the par value, book value as carried by us or market value (whichever is greatest) of the capital stock or other
securities of a subsidiary pledged as part of the Collateral is greater than or equal to 20% of the aggregate principal amount of the notes then outstanding, such a subsidiary would be required to
provide separate financial statements to the SEC. Therefore, the indenture governing the notes and the collateral documents provide that any capital stock and other securities of any of our
subsidiaries will be excluded from the Collateral for so long as, and only to the extent that, the pledge of such capital stock or other securities to secure the notes would cause such subsidiary to
be required to file separate financial statements with the SEC pursuant to Rule 3-16 of Regulation S-X (as in effect from time to time).
As
a result, holders of the exchange notes could lose a portion or all of their security interest in the capital stock or other securities of those subsidiaries during such period. It
may be more difficult, costly and time-consuming for holders of the exchange notes to foreclose on the assets of a subsidiary than to foreclose on its capital stock or other securities, so
the proceeds realized upon any such foreclosure could be significantly less than those that would have been received upon any sale of the capital stock or other securities of such subsidiary. See
"Description of Exchange NotesSecurity for the Notes."
Other secured indebtedness, including under our ABL Facility, will be effectively senior to the exchange notes to the extent of the value of the ABL Priority Collateral.
Our ABL Facility is collateralized by a first-priority lien in the ABL Priority Collateral. We may also incur additional future
indebtedness permitted by the indenture that is secured by a first priority lien on the ABL Priority Collateral. We have $75.0 million of undrawn availability under the ABL
34
Table of Contents
Facility.
Under certain circumstances, the ABL Facility may be increased. See "Description of Other IndebtednessABL Facility." The exchange notes and the related guarantees will be
secured, subject to permitted liens, by a second-priority lien in the ABL Priority Collateral. Holders of the indebtedness under our ABL Facility and any other indebtedness collateralized by a
first-priority lien in the ABL Priority Collateral will be entitled to receive proceeds from the realization of value of the ABL Priority Collateral to repay such indebtedness in full before the
holders of the exchange notes will be entitled to any recovery from such collateral. Accordingly, holders of the exchange notes will
only be entitled to receive proceeds from the realization of value of the ABL Priority Collateral after all indebtedness and other obligations under our ABL Facility and any other obligations secured
by first-priority liens on the ABL Priority Collateral are repaid in full. As a result, the exchange notes will be effectively junior in right of payment to indebtedness under our ABL Facility and any
other indebtedness collateralized by a first-priority lien in the ABL Priority Collateral, to the extent of the realizable value of such collateral.
In
addition, we have the ability to incur debt that ranks equally with the exchange notes and, subject to certain limitations, secured equally and ratably with the exchange notes. If we
incur any additional indebtedness that ranks equally with the exchange notes and is, subject to certain limitations, secured equally and ratably with the notes, the holders of that debt will be
entitled to share ratably with holders of the exchange notes in any proceeds distributed in connection with any insolvency, liquidation, reorganization, dissolution or other winding-up of
us. This may have the effect of reducing the amount of proceeds paid to you.
There may not be sufficient Collateral to pay all or any of the exchange notes.
No appraisal of the value of the Collateral has been made in connection with this exchange offer and the fair market value of the
Collateral in the event of liquidation will depend on market and economic conditions, the availability of buyers and other factors. Consequently, liquidating the Collateral securing the exchange notes
may not produce proceeds in an amount sufficient to pay any amounts due on the exchange notes.
The
fair market value of the Collateral is subject to fluctuations based on factors that include, among others, the condition of our facilities, the conditions of the commercial vehicle
components industry, the ability to sell the Collateral in an orderly sale, general economic conditions, the availability of buyers and similar factors. The amount received upon a sale of the
Collateral would be dependent on numerous factors, including but not limited to the actual fair market value of the Collateral at such time and the timing and the manner of the sale. By its nature,
portions of the Collateral may be illiquid and may have no readily ascertainable market value. In the event of a foreclosure, liquidation, bankruptcy or similar proceeding, we cannot assure you that
the proceeds from any sale or liquidation of this Collateral will be sufficient to pay our obligations under the exchange notes. The rights of the holders of the exchange notes with respect to the
Collateral securing the exchange notes will also be materially limited pursuant to the terms of an intercreditor agreement.
To
the extent that pre-existing liens, liens permitted under the indenture governing the notes and other rights, including liens on excluded assets, such as those securing
purchase money obligations and capital lease obligations granted to other parties (in addition to the holders of obligations secured by first-priority liens), encumber any of the Collateral securing
the exchange notes and the guarantees, those parties have or may exercise rights and remedies with respect to the Collateral that could adversely affect the value of the Collateral and the ability of
the notes collateral agent, the trustee under the indenture governing the exchange notes or the holders of the exchange notes to realize or foreclose on the Collateral.
If there is a foreclosure on the Collateral securing the exchange notes, you may be subject to claims and liabilities under environmental laws and regulations.
Lenders that hold a security interest in real property may be held liable under environmental laws and regulations for the costs of
remediating or preventing releases or threatened releases of hazardous
35
Table of Contents
materials
at or from the mortgaged property. While lenders that neither foreclose on nor participate in the management of a mortgaged property generally have not been subject to liability, lenders
that take possession of a mortgaged property or that participate in the management of a mortgaged property may be liable for such costs of remediation and must carefully and strictly adhere to federal
and state laws to avoid environmental liability. In this regard, the trustee for the exchange notes would need to evaluate the impact of these potential liabilities before determining to foreclose on
the mortgaged facilities securing the exchange notes and exercising other available remedies. In addition, the notes collateral agent may decline to foreclose upon the mortgaged facilities or exercise
other remedies available to the extent that it does not receive indemnification to its satisfaction from the holders of the notes.
The lien ranking provisions of the indenture governing the exchange notes and other agreements relating to the ABL Priority Collateral securing the exchange notes will limit
the rights of holders of the exchange notes with respect to certain collateral, even during an event of default.
The rights of the holders of the exchange notes with respect to the ABL Priority Collateral will be substantially limited by the terms
of the lien ranking agreements set forth in the indenture governing the exchange notes and the intercreditor agreement, even during an event of default. Under the indenture governing the exchange
notes and the intercreditor agreement, at any time that obligations that have the benefit of first-priority liens are outstanding, any actions that may be taken with respect to (or in respect of) such
collateral, including the ability to cause the commencement of enforcement proceedings against such collateral and to control the conduct of such proceedings, and the approval of amendments to,
releases of such collateral from the lien of, and waivers of past defaults under, such documents relating to such collateral, are at the direction of the holders of the obligations secured by the
first-priority liens, and the holders of the exchange notes secured by lower priority liens may be adversely affected. See "Description of Exchange NotesControl of Enforcement With
Respect to the ABL Priority Collateral and Application of Proceeds of ABL Priority Collateral" and "Description of Exchange NotesAmendment, Supplement and Waiver." Under the terms of the
intercreditor agreement, at any time that obligations that have the benefit of the first-priority liens on the ABL Priority Collateral are outstanding, if the holders of such indebtedness release the
ABL Priority Collateral for any reason whatsoever (other than any such release granted following the discharge of obligations with respect to the ABL Facility), including, without limitation, in
connection with any sale
of assets, the second-priority security interest in such ABL Priority Collateral securing the exchange notes will be automatically and simultaneously released without any consent or action by the
holders of the exchange notes, subject to certain exceptions. The ABL Priority Collateral so released will no longer secure our and the guarantors' obligations under the exchange notes and the
guarantees.
In
addition, because the holders of the indebtedness secured by first-priority liens in the ABL Priority Collateral control the disposition of the ABL Priority Collateral, such holders
could decide not to proceed against the ABL Priority Collateral, regardless of whether there is a default under the documents governing such indebtedness or under the indenture governing the exchange
notes. In such event, the only remedy available to the holders of the exchange notes would be to sue for payment on the exchange notes and the related guarantees. The indenture governing the exchange
notes and the intercreditor agreement contain certain provisions benefiting holders of indebtedness under our ABL Facility, including provisions prohibiting the trustee and notes collateral agent from
objecting following the filing of a bankruptcy petition to a number of important matters regarding the collateral and the financing to be provided to us. After such filing, the value of this
collateral could materially deteriorate and holders of the exchange notes would be unable to raise an objection. In addition, the right of holders of obligations secured by first-priority liens to
foreclose upon and sell such collateral upon the occurrence of an event of default also would be subject to limitations under applicable bankruptcy laws if we or any of our subsidiaries become subject
to a bankruptcy proceeding. The intercreditor agreement also gives the holders of first-priority liens on the ABL Priority Collateral the right to access
36
Table of Contents
and
use the collateral that secures the exchange notes to allow those holders to protect the ABL Priority Collateral and to process, store and dispose of the ABL Priority Collateral.
The
ABL Priority Collateral is also subject to any and all exceptions, defects, encumbrances, liens and other imperfections as may be accepted by the lenders under our ABL Facility and
other creditors that have the benefit of first-priority liens on such collateral from time to time, whether on or after the date the notes and guarantees were issued. The existence of any such
exceptions, defects, encumbrances, liens and other imperfections could adversely affect the value of the ABL Priority Collateral securing the exchange notes as well as the ability of the notes
collateral agent to realize or foreclose on such collateral.
The trustee under the indenture governing the exchange notes may be unable to foreclose on the Collateral, or exercise associated rights, and pay you any amount due on the
exchange notes.
Under the indenture governing the exchange notes, if an event of default occurs, including defaults in payment of interest or principal
on the exchange notes when due at maturity or otherwise, the trustee may accelerate the notes and, among other things, the notes collateral agent may initiate proceedings to foreclose on the
Collateral and exercise associated rights. The right of the notes collateral agent to repossess and dispose of the Collateral after the occurrence
of an event of default is likely to be significantly impaired or, at a minimum, delayed by applicable U.S. bankruptcy laws if a bankruptcy proceeding involving us or any of the guarantors were to be
commenced prior to the trustee's disposition of the Collateral. For example, under applicable U.S. bankruptcy laws, a secured creditor is prohibited from repossessing and selling its collateral from a
debtor in a bankruptcy case without bankruptcy court approval. Additionally, the consents of any third parties and approvals by government entities may not be given when required to facilitate a
foreclosure on such assets and certain permits and licenses that are required to operate the facilities may not be transferable. Under any of these circumstances, you may not be fully compensated for
your investment in the exchange notes in the event of a default by us.
The waiver in the intercreditor agreement of rights of marshaling may adversely affect the recovery rates of holders of the exchange notes in a bankruptcy or foreclosure
scenario.
The exchange notes and the guarantees will be secured on a second-priority lien basis by the ABL Priority Collateral. The intercreditor
agreement provides that, at any time obligations having the benefit of the first-priority liens on the ABL Priority Collateral are outstanding, the holders of the exchange notes, the trustee under the
indenture governing the exchange notes and the notes collateral agent may not assert or enforce any right of marshaling accorded to a junior lienholder, as against the holders of such indebtedness
secured by first-priority liens in the ABL Priority Collateral. Without this waiver of the right of marshaling, holders of such indebtedness secured by first-priority liens in the ABL Priority
Collateral would likely be required to liquidate collateral on which the exchange notes did not have a lien, if any, prior to liquidating the ABL Priority Collateral, thereby maximizing the proceeds
of the ABL Priority Collateral that would be available to repay our obligations under the exchange notes. As a result of this waiver, however, the proceeds of sales of the ABL Priority Collateral
could be applied to repay any indebtedness secured by first-priority liens in the ABL Priority Collateral before applying proceeds of other collateral securing indebtedness, and the holders of
exchange notes may recover less than they would have if such proceeds were applied in the order most favorable to the holders of the exchange notes.
Your ability to transfer the exchange notes may be limited by the absence of an active trading market, and there is no assurance that any active trading market will develop
for the exchange notes.
The exchange notes are a new issue of securities for which there is no established public market. We do not intend to have the exchange
notes listed on a national securities exchange or to arrange for quotation on any automated dealer quotation systems. Therefore, we cannot assure you as to the
37
Table of Contents
development
or liquidity of any trading market for the exchange notes. The liquidity of any market for the exchange notes will depend on a number of factors, including:
-
-
the number of holders of exchange notes;
-
-
our operating performance and financial condition;
-
-
the market for similar securities;
-
-
the interest of securities dealers in making a market in the exchange notes; and
-
-
prevailing interest rates.
Historically,
the market for non-investment grade debt has been subject to disruptions that have caused substantial volatility in the prices of securities similar to the
exchange notes. We cannot assure you that the market, if any, for the exchange notes will be free from similar disruptions
or that any such disruptions may not adversely affect the prices at which you may sell your exchange notes. Therefore, we cannot assure you that you will be able to sell your exchange notes at a
particular time or the price that you receive when you sell will be favorable.
If a bankruptcy petition were filed by or against us, holders of exchange notes might receive less for their bankruptcy claim than they would have been entitled to receive
under the indenture governing the exchange notes.
The exchange notes will be treated as issued with original issue discount. In similar circumstances, bankruptcy courts have held that
the amount of the original issue discount constitutes interest that accrues over the term of the notes. If a bankruptcy petition were filed by or against us under the United States Bankruptcy Code,
the claim by any holder of the exchange notes for the principal amount of the exchange notes may be limited to an amount equal to the sum of:
-
-
the original issue price for the exchange notes; and
-
-
that portion of any original issue discount that does not constitute "unmatured interest" for purposes of the United
States Bankruptcy Code.
Any
original issue discount that was not amortized as of the date of the bankruptcy filing would constitute unmatured interest. Accordingly, holders of the exchange notes under these
circumstances may receive a lesser amount than they would be entitled to under the terms of the indenture governing the exchange notes, even if sufficient funds are available.
In the event of a bankruptcy of us or any of the guarantors, holders of the notes may be deemed to have an unsecured claim to the extent that our obligations in respect of
the notes exceed the fair market value of the Collateral securing the notes.
In any bankruptcy proceeding with respect to us or any of the guarantors, it is possible that the bankruptcy trustee, the
debtor-in-possession or competing creditors will assert that the fair market value of the Collateral with respect to the notes on the date of the bankruptcy filing was less
than the then-current principal amount of the notes. Upon a finding by the bankruptcy court that the notes are under-collateralized, the claims in the
bankruptcy proceeding with respect to the notes would be bifurcated between a secured claim in an amount equal to the value of the Collateral and an unsecured claim with respect to the remainder of
its claim which would not be entitled to the benefits of security in the Collateral. Other consequences of a finding of under-collateralization would be, among other things, a lack of entitlement on
the unsecured portion of the notes to receive post-petition interest and a lack of entitlement on the part of the unsecured portion of the notes to receive "adequate protection" under
federal bankruptcy laws. In addition, if any payments of post-petition interest had been made at any time prior to such a finding of under-collateralization, those payments would be
recharacterized by the bankruptcy court as a reduction of the principal amount of the secured claim with respect to the notes.
38
Table of Contents
Your rights in the Collateral may be adversely affected by the failure to perfect security interests in certain Collateral acquired in the future.
Applicable law requires that certain property and rights acquired after the grant of a general security interest can be perfected only
at the time the property and rights are acquired and identified. There can be no assurance that the collateral or security agent under our ABL Facility, the trustee or the notes collateral agent will
monitor, or that we will inform the collateral or security agent under our ABL Facility or the trustee or the notes collateral agent of the future acquisition of property and rights that constitute
Collateral, and that the necessary action will be taken to properly perfect the security interest in such after-acquired Collateral. The notes collateral agent has no obligation to monitor the
acquisition of additional property or rights that constitute Collateral or the perfection of any security interest in favor of the notes against third parties.
State law may limit the ability of the notes collateral agent, trustee and the holders of the notes to foreclose on the real property and improvements included in the
Collateral.
The exchange notes will be secured by, among other things, liens on real property and improvements located in the states of Indiana,
Illinois, Kentucky, Ohio, Tennessee, Texas, Virginia, Washington and Wisconsin. The laws of those states may limit the ability of the trustee and the holders of the exchange notes to foreclose on the
improved real property Collateral located in those states. Laws of those states govern the perfection, enforceability and foreclosure of mortgage liens against real property interests which secure
debt obligations such as the notes. These laws may impose procedural requirements for foreclosure different from and necessitating a longer time period for completion than the requirements for
foreclosure of security interests in personal property. Debtors may have the right to reinstate defaulted debt (even if it has been accelerated) before the foreclosure date by paying the past due
amounts and a right of redemption after foreclosure. Governing laws may also impose security first and one form of action rules, which rules can affect the ability to foreclose or the timing of
foreclosure on real and personal property collateral regardless of the location of the collateral and may limit the right to recover a deficiency following a foreclosure.
You
and the trustee also may be limited in your ability to enforce a breach of the "no liens" and "no transfers or assignments" covenants. Some decisions of state courts have placed
limits on a lender's ability to prohibit and to accelerate debt secured by real property upon breach of covenants prohibiting sales or assignments or the creation of certain junior liens or leasehold
estates, and the lender may need to demonstrate that enforcement of such covenants is reasonably necessary to protect against impairment of the lender's security or to protect against an increased
risk of default. Although the foregoing court decisions may have been preempted, at least in part, by certain federal laws, the scope of such preemption, if any, is uncertain. Accordingly, a court
could prevent the trustee and the holders of the notes from declaring a default and accelerating the notes by reason of a breach of this covenant, which could have a material adverse effect on the
ability of holders to enforce the covenant.
The mortgages and title policies with respect to real property constituting Collateral are subject to certain exceptions.
The mortgages and title insurance policies with respect to the real property constituting Collateral are subject to certain exceptions,
which exceptions may have a significant adverse effect on the value of the Collateral or any recovery under the title insurance policies that were delivered for the mortgaged real properties.
39
Table of Contents
Your rights in the Collateral may be adversely affected by the failure to perfect security interests in such collateral and other issues generally associated with the
realization of security interests in such Collateral.
Generally, a security interest or valid lien in tangible and intangible assets can only be granted and properly perfected, and the
priority of such security interest or lien can only be retained, if certain actions are undertaken by the applicable secured party. The security interests and liens in all Collateral from time to time
owned by us or the guarantors may not be validly created, perfected, or the priority retained, with respect to the exchange notes and the guarantees if the notes collateral agent has not taken the
actions necessary to validly create, perfect or retain priority of any of those security interests or liens. The inability or failure of the notes collateral agent to take all actions necessary to
validly create, properly perfect and retain priority of security interests or liens on the Collateral may result in the loss of, or the loss of priority of, the security interest or lien for your
benefit, to which you would have been entitled had such valid creation and perfection of such security interests or liens been effectuated, or the priority of such security interests or liens been
retained, by the notes collateral agent.
In the event of a bankruptcy, the ability of the holders of the exchange notes to realize upon the Collateral will be subject to certain bankruptcy law limitations.
The ability of holders of the exchange notes to realize upon the Collateral will be subject to certain bankruptcy law limitations in
the event of a bankruptcy. Under applicable federal bankruptcy laws, secured creditors are prohibited from repossessing their security from a debtor in a bankruptcy case, or from disposing of security
repossessed from a debtor in a bankruptcy case, without bankruptcy court approval. Moreover, applicable federal bankruptcy laws generally permit the debtor to continue to retain collateral even though
the debtor is in default under the applicable debt instruments, provided generally that the secured creditor is given "adequate protection." The meaning of the term "adequate protection" may vary
according to the circumstances, but is intended in general to protect the value of the secured creditor's interest in the collateral at the commencement of the bankruptcy case and may include cash
payments or the granting of additional security, if and at such times as the presiding court in its discretion determines, for any diminution in the value of the collateral as a result of the stay of
repossession or disposition of the collateral during the pendency of the bankruptcy case. In view of the lack of a precise definition of the term "adequate protection" and the broad discretionary
powers of a U.S. bankruptcy court, we cannot predict whether payments under the exchange notes would be made following commencement of and during a bankruptcy case, whether or when the trustee under
the indenture governing the exchange notes could foreclose upon or sell the Collateral or whether or to what extent holders of exchange notes would be compensated for any delay in payment or loss of
value of the Collateral through the provision of "adequate protection."
There are circumstances other than repayment or discharge of the notes under which the Collateral securing the exchange notes and guarantees will be released automatically,
without your consent or the consent of the trustee.
Under various circumstances, all or a portion of the Collateral may be released, including:
-
-
to enable the sale, transfer or other disposal of such Collateral in a transaction not prohibited under the indenture
governing the notes or the ABL Facility, including the sale of stock or assets of any entity that owns or holds such Collateral;
-
-
with respect to Collateral held by a guarantor, upon the release of such guarantor from its guarantee (including upon a
sale of the guarantor); and
-
-
as disclosed above, with respect to any ABL Priority Collateral, upon any release by the lenders under our ABL Facility of
their first-priority security interest in such ABL Priority Collateral
40
Table of Contents
The
indenture governing the exchange notes also permits us to designate one or more of our restricted subsidiaries that is a guarantor of the exchange notes as an unrestricted
subsidiary. If we designate a guarantor as an unrestricted subsidiary, all of the liens on any Collateral owned by such subsidiary or any of its subsidiaries and any guarantees of the exchange notes
by such subsidiary or any of its subsidiaries will be released under the indenture governing the exchange notes but not under the ABL Facility. Designation of an unrestricted subsidiary will reduce
the aggregate value of the Collateral securing the exchange notes to the extent that liens on the assets of the unrestricted subsidiary and its subsidiaries are released. In addition, the creditors of
the unrestricted subsidiary and its subsidiaries will have a senior claim on the assets of such unrestricted subsidiary and its subsidiaries. See "Description of Exchange Notes."
The Collateral is subject to casualty risks.
We intend to maintain insurance or otherwise insure against hazards in a manner appropriate and customary for our business. There are,
however, certain losses that may be either uninsurable or not economically insurable, in whole or in part. Insurance proceeds may not compensate us fully for our losses. If there is a complete or
partial loss of any of the pledged Collateral, the insurance proceeds may not be sufficient to satisfy all of the secured obligations, including the exchange notes and the guarantees.
In
the event of a total or partial loss to any of the mortgaged facilities, certain items of equipment and inventory may not be easily replaced. Accordingly, even though there may be
insurance coverage, the extended period needed to manufacture replacement units or inventory could cause significant delays. In addition, certain factors may prevent rebuilding facilities
substantially as they exist today in the event of a casualty, which may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.
The Collateral is subject to condemnation risks, which may limit your ability to recover as a secured creditor for losses to the Collateral consisting of mortgaged
facilities, and which may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.
It is possible that all or a portion of the mortgaged facilities securing the exchange notes may become subject to a condemnation
proceeding. In such event, we may be compensated for any total or partial loss of property but it is possible that such compensation will be insufficient to fully compensate us for our losses. In
addition, a total or partial condemnation may interfere with our ability to use and operate all or a portion of the affected facility, which may have a material adverse effect on our business, results
of operations or financial condition.
We may not be able to repurchase the exchange notes upon a change of control.
Upon the occurrence of specific kinds of change of control events, we will be required to offer to repurchase all outstanding notes at
101% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest. We may not be able to repurchase the notes upon a change of control because we may not have sufficient funds. Further, we may be
contractually restricted under the terms of our ABL Facility or other future senior debt from repurchasing all of the notes tendered by holders upon a change of control. Accordingly, we may not be
able to satisfy our obligations to purchase your exchange notes unless we are able to refinance or obtain waivers under our ABL Facility or other senior debt, as applicable. Our failure to repurchase
the notes upon a change of control would cause a default under the indenture governing the notes and a cross-default under our ABL Facility. Our ABL Facility also provides that a change of control
under the ABL Facility will be a default that permits lenders to
41
Table of Contents
accelerate
the maturity of borrowings under the ABL Facility and, if that debt is not paid, to enforce security interests in the collateral securing that debt, thereby limiting our ability to raise
cash to purchase the exchange notes, and reducing the practical benefit of the offer-to-purchase provisions to the holders of the exchange notes. Any of our future debt
agreements may contain similar provisions.
In
addition, the change of control provisions in the indenture governing the exchange notes may not protect you from certain important corporate events, such as a leveraged
recapitalization (which would increase the level of our indebtedness), reorganization, restructuring, merger or other similar transaction, unless such a transaction constitutes a "Change of Control"
under the indenture governing the exchange notes. Such a transaction may not involve a change in voting power or beneficial ownership or, even if it does, may not involve a change that constitutes a
"Change of Control," as defined in the indenture governing the exchange notes, which would trigger our obligation to repurchase the exchange notes. Therefore, if an event occurs that does not
constitute a "Change of Control," as defined in the indenture governing the exchange notes, we will not be required to make an offer to repurchase the exchange notes and you may be required to
continue to hold your exchange notes despite the event.
Furthermore,
the definition of "Change of Control" includes a disposition of all or substantially all of our assets. Although there is a limited body of case law interpreting the phrase
"substantially all," there is no precise established definition of the phrase under applicable law. Accordingly, in certain circumstances there may be a degree of uncertainty as to whether a
particular transaction would involve a disposition of "all or substantially all" of our assets. As a result, it may be unclear as to whether a change of control has occurred and whether you may
require us to make an offer to repurchase the exchange notes in this circumstance.
For
further information on these limitations, see "Description of Other Indebtedness" and "Description of Exchange NotesRepurchase at the Option of
HoldersChange of Control."
Federal and state fraudulent transfer laws may permit a court to void the exchange notes and the guarantees. If that occurs, you may not receive any payments on the exchange
notes.
The issuance of the exchange notes and the guarantees may be subject to review under federal and state fraudulent transfer and
conveyance statutes. While the relevant laws may vary from state to state, under these laws the payment of consideration will be a fraudulent conveyance if (1) we paid the consideration with
the intent of hindering, delaying or defrauding creditors or (2) we or any of our guarantors, as applicable, received less than reasonably equivalent value or fair consideration in return for
issuing either the exchange notes or a guarantee and, in the case of (2) only, any of the following is also true:
-
-
we or any of our guarantors were or was insolvent or rendered insolvent by reason of the incurrence of the indebtedness;
or
-
-
payment of the consideration left us or any of our guarantors with an unreasonably small amount of capital to carry on the
business; or
-
-
we or any of our guarantors intended to, or believed that we or it would, incur debts beyond our or its ability to pay as
they mature.
If
a court were to find that the issuance of the exchange notes or a guarantee was a fraudulent conveyance, the court could void the payment obligations under the exchange notes or
guarantee or subordinate the exchange notes or guarantee to presently existing and future debt that we or the guarantor may owe, or require the holders of the exchange notes to repay any amounts
received with respect to the exchange notes or guarantee. In the event of a finding that a fraudulent conveyance occurred, you may not receive any repayment on the exchange notes. Further, the
voidance of the
42
Table of Contents
exchange
notes could result in an event of default with respect to our other debt and that of our guarantors that could result in acceleration of the debt.
Generally,
an entity would be considered insolvent if, at the time it incurred debt:
-
-
the sum of its debts, including contingent liabilities, was greater than the fair saleable value of all its assets; or
-
-
the present fair saleable value of its assets was less than the amount that would be required to pay its probable
liability on its existing debts and liabilities, including contingent liabilities, as they become absolute and mature; or
-
-
it could not pay its debts as they become due.
We
cannot be certain as to the standards a court would use to determine whether or not we or the guarantors were solvent at the relevant time, or, regardless of the standard that a court
were to use, that the issuance of the exchange notes and the guarantees would not be subordinated to our or any guarantor's other debt.
If
the guarantees were legally challenged, any guarantee could also be subject to the claim that, since the guarantee was incurred for our benefit, and only indirectly for the benefit of
the guarantor, the obligations of the applicable guarantor were incurred for less than fair consideration. A court could thus void the obligations under the guarantees, subordinate them to the
applicable guarantor's other debt or take other action detrimental to the holders of the exchange notes.
The exchange notes will be treated as issued with original issue discount.
The exchange notes will be treated as issued with original issue discount. U.S. holders will be required to include the original issue
discount in gross income as ordinary income for U.S. federal income tax purposes in advance of the receipt of cash payments to which the income is attributable, regardless of a holder's method of tax
accounting. See "Material United States Federal Income Tax ConsiderationsU.S. HoldersOriginal Issue Discount."
Risks Related to the Exchange Offer
You may have difficulty selling the outstanding notes you do not exchange.
If you do not exchange your outstanding notes for exchange notes in the exchange offer, you will continue to be subject to the
restrictions on transfer of your outstanding notes as described in the legend on the global notes representing the outstanding notes. There are restrictions on transfer of your outstanding notes
because we issued the outstanding notes under an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws. In
general, you may only offer or sell the outstanding notes if they are registered under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws or offered and sold under an exemption from, or in a
transaction not subject to, these requirements. We do not intend to register any outstanding notes not tendered in the exchange offer and, upon consummation of the exchange offer, except under limited
circumstances, you will not be entitled to any rights to have your untendered outstanding notes registered under the Securities Act. In addition, the trading market, if any, for the remaining
outstanding notes may be adversely affected depending on the extent to which outstanding notes are tendered and accepted in the exchange offer.
Broker-dealers and others may need to comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act.
Any broker-dealer that (1) exchanges its outstanding notes in the exchange offer for the purpose of participating in a
distribution of the exchange notes or (2) resells exchange notes that were received
43
Table of Contents
by
it for its own account in the exchange offer may be deemed to have received restricted securities and will be required to comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the
Securities Act in connection with any resale transaction by that broker-dealer. Any profit on the resale of the exchange notes and any commission or concessions received by a broker-dealer may be
deemed to be underwriting compensation under the Securities Act.
You may not receive exchange notes in the exchange offer if the exchange offer procedure is not followed.
We will issue the exchange notes in exchange for your outstanding notes only if you tender the outstanding notes and deliver a properly
completed and duly executed letter of transmittal and other required documents before expiration of the exchange offer. You should allow sufficient time to ensure timely delivery of the necessary
documents. Neither the exchange agent nor we are under any duty to give notification of defects or irregularities with respect to the tenders of outstanding notes for exchange. If you are the
beneficial holder of outstanding notes that are registered in the name of your broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee, and you wish to tender outstanding notes in the exchange
offer, you should promptly contact the person in whose name your outstanding notes are registered and instruct that person to tender your outstanding notes on your behalf.
44
Table of Contents
THE EXCHANGE OFFER
Purpose and Effect
In connection with the sale by us of the outstanding notes on July 29, 2010, we and the guarantors entered into a registration
rights agreement, dated July 29, 2010, with the initial purchasers of the outstanding notes, which requires that we use our commercially reasonable efforts to file with the SEC within
150 days of the issuance of the outstanding notes, and to cause to become effective within 240 days of the issuance of the outstanding notes a registration statement under the
Securities Act with respect to the exchange notes and, upon effectiveness of that registration statement, to offer to the holders of the outstanding notes the opportunity to exchange their outstanding
notes for a like principal amount of exchange notes. The exchange notes will be issued without a restrictive legend and generally may be reoffered and resold without registration under the Securities
Act. The registration rights agreement further provides that we must use our commercially
reasonable efforts to complete the exchange offer within 270 days after the effective date of our registration statement.
Except
as described below, upon the completion of the exchange offer, our obligations with respect to the registration of the outstanding notes will terminate. A copy of the registration
rights agreement has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, and below is a summary of the material provisions of the registration rights agreement.
For a more complete understanding of the registration rights agreement, we encourage you to read the actual agreement as it, and not this description, governs your rights as holders of the outstanding
notes. As a result of the timely filing and the effectiveness of the registration statement, we will not have to pay certain additional interest on the outstanding notes provided in the registration
rights agreement, provided that the exchange offer is completed by March 28, 2011. Following the completion of the exchange offer, holders of outstanding notes that are not tendered will not
have any further registration rights other than as set forth in the paragraphs below, and those outstanding notes will continue to be subject to certain restrictions on transfer. Accordingly, the
liquidity of the market for the outstanding notes could be adversely affected upon consummation of the exchange offer.
In
order to participate in the exchange offer, a holder must represent to us, among other things, that:
-
-
any exchange notes to be received by the holder will be acquired in the ordinary course of business;
-
-
the holder has no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution (within the meaning of
the Securities Act) of the exchange notes in violation of the provisions of the Securities Act;
-
-
the holder is not an "affiliate" (within the meaning of Rule 405 under Securities Act) of us; and
-
-
if the holder is a broker-dealer that will receive exchange notes for its own account in exchange for outstanding notes
that were acquired as a result of market-making or other trading activities, then the holder will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of the exchange notes.
In
the event that:
-
-
we and the guarantors are not permitted to consummate the exchange offer because the exchange offer is not permitted by
applicable law or SEC policy;
-
-
the exchange offer is not for any other reason completed by 270 days after the issuance of the outstanding notes;
or
-
-
any holder (other than a broker-dealer electing to exchange outstanding notes, acquired for its own account as a result of
market making activities or other trading activities, for exchange notes, who we refer to as an "exchanging dealer") is not eligible to participate in the exchange
45
Table of Contents
offer
or, in the case of any holder (other than an exchanging dealer) that participates in the exchange offer, the holder does not receive freely tradable exchange notes on the date of the exchange,
we
must use commercially reasonable efforts to cause to be filed a "shelf" registration statement for a continuous offering in connection with the outstanding notes pursuant to Rule 415 under
the Securities Act.
Based
on an interpretation by the SEC's staff set forth in no-action letters issued to third parties unrelated to us, we believe that, with the exceptions set forth below,
exchange notes issued in the exchange offer may be offered for resale, resold and otherwise transferred by the holder of exchange notes without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery
requirements of the Securities Act, unless the holder:
-
-
acquired the exchange notes other than in the ordinary course of the holder's business;
-
-
has an arrangement with any person to engage in the distribution of exchange notes;
-
-
is an "affiliate" of ours within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act; or
-
-
is a broker-dealer who purchased outstanding notes directly from us for resale under Rule 144A or
Regulation S or any other available exemption under the Securities Act.
Any
holder who tenders in the exchange offer for the purpose of participating in a distribution of the exchange notes cannot rely on this interpretation by the SEC's staff and must
comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with a secondary resale transaction. Each broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for its own
account in exchange for outstanding notes, where the outstanding notes were acquired by the broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, must acknowledge that it
will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of the exchange notes. See "Plan of Distribution." Broker-dealers who acquired outstanding notes directly from us and not as a result of
market-making activities or other trading activities may not rely on the SEC's staff's interpretations discussed above or participate in the exchange offer and must comply with the prospectus delivery
requirements of the Securities Act in order to sell the outstanding notes.
Terms of the Exchange Offer
Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this prospectus and in the letter of transmittal, we will accept any and all
outstanding notes validly tendered and not withdrawn prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on February 14, 2011 or such date and time to which we extend the offer. Outstanding notes
may be tendered only in minimum denominations of $2,000 in principal amount and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. We will issue $1,000 in principal amount of exchange notes in exchange
for each $1,000 principal amount of outstanding notes accepted in the exchange offer. Holders may tender some or all of their outstanding notes pursuant to the exchange offer.
The
exchange notes will evidence the same debt as the outstanding notes and will be issued under the terms of, and entitled to the benefits of, the applicable indenture relating to the
outstanding notes.
As
of the date of this prospectus, $310.0 million aggregate principal amount of outstanding notes were outstanding and there was one registered holder, a nominee of The Depository
Trust Company. This prospectus, together with the letter of transmittal, is being sent to the registered holder and to others believed to have beneficial interests in the outstanding notes. We intend
to conduct the exchange offer in accordance with the applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated under the Exchange Act.
46
Table of Contents
We
will be deemed to have accepted validly tendered outstanding notes when, as and if we have given written notice thereof to Deutsche Bank, the exchange agent. The exchange agent will
act as agent for the tendering holders for the purpose of receiving the exchange notes from us. If any tendered outstanding notes are not accepted for exchange because of an invalid tender, the
occurrence of certain other events set forth under the heading "Conditions to the Exchange Offer" or otherwise, certificates for any such unaccepted outstanding notes will be returned,
without expense, to the tendering holder of those outstanding notes promptly after the expiration date unless the exchange offer is extended.
Holders
who tender outstanding notes in the exchange offer will not be required to pay brokerage commissions or fees or, subject to the instructions in the letter of transmittal,
transfer taxes with respect to the exchange of outstanding notes in the exchange offer. We will pay all charges and expenses, other than certain applicable taxes, applicable to the exchange offer. See
"Fees and Expenses."
Expiration Date; Extensions; Amendments
The expiration date shall be 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on February 14, 2011, unless we, in our sole discretion,
extend the exchange offer, in which case the expiration date shall be the latest date and time to which the exchange offer is extended. In order to extend the exchange offer, we will notify the
exchange agent and each registered holder of any extension by press release or other public announcement prior to 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on the next business day after the previously
scheduled expiration date. We reserve the right, in our sole discretion:
-
-
to delay accepting any outstanding notes, to extend the exchange offer or, if any of the conditions set forth under
"Conditions to Exchange Offer" shall not have been satisfied, to terminate the exchange offer, by giving written notice of that delay, extension or termination to the exchange agent, or
-
-
to amend the terms of the exchange offer in any manner.
If
we make a fundamental change to the terms of the exchange offer, we will file a post-effective amendment to the registration statement.
Procedures for Tendering Outstanding Notes
The tender to us of outstanding notes by a holder pursuant to one of the procedures set forth below and the acceptance thereof by us
will constitute a binding agreement between such holder and us in accordance with the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this prospectus and in the letter of transmittal.
Except
as set forth below, a holder that wishes to tender outstanding notes for exchange notes must transmit, on or prior to the expiration date, a properly completed and duly executed
letter of transmittal, or an "agent's message" in lieu of a letter of transmittal, and all other documents required by the letter of transmittal to the exchange agent at the address set forth below
under the heading "Exchange Agent." In addition, either:
-
-
the exchange agent must receive certificates for such outstanding notes along with the letter of transmittal; or
-
-
the exchange agent must receive, a timely confirmation of a book-entry transfer, which we refer to as a
"book-entry confirmation," of such outstanding notes into the exchange agent's account at DTC pursuant to the book-entry transfer procedure described below under the caption
"Book-Entry Transfer"; or
-
-
the holder must comply with the guaranteed delivery procedures described below.
47
Table of Contents
Letters
of transmittal, certificates for outstanding notes and other documents must be sent to the exchange agent and not to us.
The
term "agent's message" means a message, transmitted by DTC to and received by the exchange agent and forming a part of a book-entry confirmation, which states that DTC
has received an express acknowledgement from the tendering participant that such participant has received and agrees to be bound by the letter of transmittal and that we may enforce such letter of
transmittal against such participant.
The method of delivery of outstanding notes, the letter of transmittal and other required documents to the exchange agent is at the option and sole risk of the
holder, and delivery will be deemed made only when these items are actually received by the exchange agent. If delivery is to be made other than by hand or facsimile transmission, registered mail with
return receipt requested, properly insured, or overnight delivery service is recommended. In all cases, sufficient time should be allowed to ensure timely delivery to the exchange
agent.
Any
beneficial owner whose outstanding notes are registered in the name of a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company, or other nominee and who wishes to tender should contact the
registered holder promptly and instruct the registered holder to tender on the beneficial owner's behalf.
Signatures
on a letter of transmittal must be guaranteed unless the outstanding notes tendered pursuant thereto are tendered (1) by the registered holder(s) of such outstanding
notes and the box entitled "Special Issuance Instructions" or "Special Delivery Instructions" on the letter of transmittal has not been completed or (2) for the account of any firm that is an
"eligible institution." An eligible institution includes, among others, a commercial bank, broker, dealer, credit union and national securities exchange. In all other cases, an eligible institution
must guarantee signatures on a letter of transmittal.
If
the letter of transmittal is signed by a person other than a registered holder (or less than all registered holders) of any outstanding notes tendered therewith, the certificates for
such outstanding notes must be endorsed or accompanied by appropriate bond powers, in either case signed exactly as
the name of the registered holder(s) appears on the outstanding notes, and such signatures must be guaranteed by an eligible institution.
If
the letter of transmittal or any certificates for outstanding notes or bond powers are signed by trustees, executors, administrators, guardians,
attorneys-in-fact, officers of corporations or others acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, such persons should so indicate when signing and must submit proper
evidence satisfactory to us of their authority to act in such a capacity.
All
questions as to the validity, form, eligibility (including time of receipt) and acceptance of tendered outstanding notes will be resolved by us, and our determination of such
questions will be final and binding on all parties. We reserve the absolute right to reject any or all tenders that are not in proper form or the acceptance of which would, in the opinion of our
counsel, be unlawful. We also reserve the right to waive any irregularities or conditions in any tender of particular outstanding notes, whether or not we waive similar irregularities or conditions in
tenders of other outstanding notes. Our interpretation of the terms and conditions of the exchange offer (including the instructions in the letter of transmittal) will be final and binding on all
parties. Neither we or our affiliates or assigns nor the exchange agent or any other person will be under any duty to give notification of any irregularities in tenders or will incur any liability for
any failure to give such notification. Tenders of outstanding notes will not be deemed to have been made until all irregularities have been cured or waived. Any outstanding notes received by the
exchange agent that are not properly tendered and as to which the irregularities have not been cured or waived will be promptly returned by the exchange agent to the tendering holder, unless otherwise
provided in the letter of transmittal.
48
Table of Contents
Each
broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for its own account in exchange for outstanding notes, where such outstanding notes were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of
market-making activities or other trading activities, must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such exchange notes. See "Plan of Distribution."
Book-Entry Transfer
The exchange agent will make a request to establish an account with respect to the outstanding notes at DTC for purposes of the
exchange offer within two business days after the date of the Exchange Agent Agreement entered into between the Company and the exchange agent. Any financial institution that is a participant in DTC's
systems may make
book-entry delivery of outstanding notes by causing DTC to transfer those outstanding notes into the exchange agent's account at DTC in accordance with DTC's procedures for transfer.
Although delivery of outstanding notes may be effected through book-entry transfer into the exchange agent's account at DTC, an agent's message must in any case be transmitted to and
received by the exchange agent on or prior to the expiration date, or the guaranteed delivery procedures described below must be complied with. DTC's Automated Tender Offer Program, which we refer to
as "ATOP," is the only method of processing exchange offers through DTC. To accept the exchange offer through ATOP, participants in DTC must send electronic instructions to DTC through DTC's
communication system instead of sending a signed, hard copy letter of transmittal. DTC is obligated to communicate those electronic instructions to the exchange agent (the agent's message). To tender
outstanding notes through ATOP, the electronic instructions sent to DTC and transmitted by DTC to the exchange agent must contain the character by which the participant acknowledges its receipt of and
agrees to be bound by the letter of transmittal. Delivery of documents to DTC in accordance with DTC's procedures does not constitute delivery to the exchange agent.
Guaranteed Delivery Procedures
If a registered holder of the outstanding notes desires to tender outstanding notes and the outstanding notes are not immediately
available, or time will not permit that holder's outstanding notes or other required documents to reach the exchange agent before the expiration date, or the procedure for book-entry
transfer cannot be completed on a timely basis, a tender may be effected if:
-
-
the tender is made through an eligible institution;
-
-
prior to the expiration date, the exchange agent receives from that eligible institution a properly completed and duly
executed notice of guaranteed delivery, substantially in the form provided by us, by telegram, fax transmission, mail or hand delivery, setting forth the name and address of the holder of outstanding
notes and the amount of outstanding notes tendered, stating that the tender is being made by guaranteed delivery and guaranteeing that within three NYSE trading days after the date of execution of the
notice of guaranteed delivery, the letter of transmittal (or a copy thereof), together with certificates for all physically tendered outstanding notes (or a book-entry confirmation and an
agent's message, as the case may be), in proper form for transfer, will be deposited by the eligible institution with the exchange agent; and
-
-
a properly executed letter of transmittal (or a copy thereof), as well as the certificates for all physically tendered
outstanding notes, in proper form for transfer, or a book-entry confirmation and an agent's message, as the case may be, are received by the exchange agent within three NYSE trading days
after the date of execution of the notice of guaranteed delivery.
Withdrawal Rights
Tenders of outstanding notes may be withdrawn at any time prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date.
49
Table of Contents
For
a withdrawal of a tender of outstanding notes to be effective, a written notice of withdrawal or, for DTC participants, an electronic ATOP transmission, must be received by the
exchange agent at its address set forth under the heading "Exchange Agent" prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date. Any such notice of withdrawal
must:
-
-
specify the name of the person having deposited the outstanding notes to be withdrawn, whom we refer to as the
"depositor";
-
-
identify the outstanding notes to be withdrawn, including the certificate number or numbers and principal amount of the
outstanding notes;
-
-
be signed by the holder in the same manner as the original signature on the letter of transmittal by which the outstanding
notes were tendered, including any required signature guarantees, or be accompanied by documents of transfer sufficient to have the trustee register the transfer of the outstanding notes into the name
of the person withdrawing the tender; and
-
-
specify the name in which any the outstanding notes are to be registered, if different from that of the depositor.
If
the outstanding notes to be withdrawn have been delivered or otherwise identified to the exchange agent, a signed notice of withdrawal is effective immediately upon written or
facsimile notice of such withdrawal even if physical release is not yet effected.
Any
permitted withdrawal of outstanding notes may not be rescinded. Any outstanding notes properly withdrawn will thereafter be deemed not validly tendered for purposes of the exchange
offer. However, properly withdrawn outstanding notes may be retendered by following one of the procedures described in this prospectus under the caption "The Exchange OfferProcedures for
Tendering Outstanding Notes" at any time prior to the expiration date.
All
questions as to the validity, form, eligibility and time of receipt of the notices will be determined by us, whose determination shall be final and binding on all parties. Any
outstanding notes that have been tendered for exchange but that are not exchanged for any reason will be returned to the holder of those outstanding notes without cost to that holder promptly after
withdrawal, rejection of tender, or termination of the exchange offer.
Conditions to the Exchange Offer
Notwithstanding any other provision of the exchange offer, we will not be required to accept for exchange, or to issue exchange notes
in exchange for, any outstanding notes and may terminate or amend the exchange offer if at any time before the acceptance of those outstanding notes for exchange or the exchange of the exchange notes
for those outstanding notes, we determine that the exchange offer violates any applicable law or applicable interpretation of the staff of the SEC.
The
foregoing conditions are for our sole benefit and may be asserted by us regardless of the circumstances giving rise to any such condition or may be waived by us in whole or in part
at any time and from time to time prior to the expiration of the exchange offer in our sole discretion. The failure by us at any time to exercise any of the foregoing rights shall not be deemed a
waiver of any of those rights and each of those rights shall be deemed an ongoing right that may be asserted at any time and from time to time prior to the expiration of the exchange offer.
In
addition, we will not accept for exchange any outstanding notes tendered, and no exchange notes will be issued in exchange for those outstanding notes, if at the time any stop order
shall be threatened or in effect with respect to the registration statement of which this prospectus constitutes a part. We are required to use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the withdrawal
of any stop order at the earliest possible time.
50
Table of Contents
Accounting Treatment
The exchange notes will be recorded at the same carrying value as the outstanding notes as reflected in our accounting records on the
date of the exchange. Accordingly, we will not recognize any gain or loss for accounting purposes upon the completion of the exchange offer. The expenses of the exchange offer that we pay will be
recognized in our statement of operations in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.
Exchange Agent
All executed letters of transmittal should be directed to the exchange agent. Deutsche Bank has been appointed as exchange agent for
the exchange offer. Questions, requests for assistance and requests for additional copies of this prospectus or of the letter of transmittal should be directed to the exchange agent addressed as
follows:
By
Registered or Certified Mail, Hand Delivery or Overnight Courier:
DB
Services Americas, Inc.
MS JCK01-0218
5022 Gate Parkway, Suite 200
Jacksonville, FL 32256
DB.Reorg@db.com
Fax: (615) 866-3889
Information: (800) 735-7777 (Option #1)
Originals
of all documents sent by facsimile should be sent promptly by registered or certified mail, by hand or by overnight delivery service.
Fees and Expenses
We will not make any payments to brokers, dealers or others soliciting acceptances of the exchange offer. The principal solicitation is
being made by mail; however, additional solicitations may be made in person or by telephone by our officers and employees. The estimated cash expenses to be incurred in connection with the exchange
offer will be paid by us and will include accounting, legal, printing, and related fees and expenses.
Transfer Taxes
Holders who tender their outstanding notes for exchange will not be obligated to pay any transfer taxes in connection with that tender
or exchange, except that holders who instruct us to register exchange notes in the name of, or request that outstanding notes not tendered or not accepted in the exchange offer be returned to, a
person other than the registered tendering holder will be responsible for the payment of any applicable transfer tax on those outstanding notes.
Effect of Not Tendering
Holders of the outstanding notes do not have any appraisal or dissenters' rights in the exchange offer. Participation in the exchange
offer is voluntary, and any outstanding notes that are not tendered or that are tendered but not accepted will remain subject to the restrictions on transfer. Since the outstanding notes have not been
registered under the federal securities laws, they bear a legend restricting their transfer absent registration or the availability of a specific exemption from registration. Upon the completion of
the exchange offer, we will have no further obligations, except under limited circumstances, to provide for registration of the outstanding notes under the federal securities laws. See "The Exchange
OfferPurpose and Effect."
51
Table of Contents
USE OF PROCEEDS
The exchange offer is intended to satisfy our obligations under the registration rights agreement, dated July 29, 2010, by and
among us, the guarantors and the initial purchasers of the outstanding notes. We will not receive any proceeds from the issuance of the exchange notes in the exchange offer. We will receive in
exchange outstanding notes in like principal amount. We will retire or cancel all of the outstanding notes tendered in the exchange offer.
On
July 29, 2010, we used the net proceeds from the offering of the outstanding notes to refinance existing indebtedness and to pay related fees and expenses.
52
Table of Contents
CAPITALIZATION
The following table sets forth our cash position and capitalization as of September 30, 2010, on an unaudited actual basis and
on an as adjusted basis giving effect to (a) our previously completed Refinancing and (b) the conversion offer. You should read this table in conjunction with "Management's Discussion
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and the consolidated financial statements and related notes and other financial information included elsewhere in this prospectus.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of September 30,
2010
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
Actual
|
|
Pro forma,
as adjusted
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
51.4
|
|
$
|
47.4
|
(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long term debt (including current portion):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ABL Facility(2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding Notes(3)
|
|
|
301.8
|
|
|
301.8
|
|
|
Convertible Notes
|
|
|
285.3
|
(4)
|
|
8.2
|
(5)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total long term debt (including current portion)
|
|
|
587.0
|
|
|
310.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stockholders' equity
|
|
|
34.3
|
|
|
307.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total capitalization
|
|
$
|
621.3
|
|
$
|
617.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
-
(1)
-
Cash
balance reflects fees associated with the completion of conversion offer.
-
(2)
-
Our
ABL Facility provides for borrowings of up to $75.0 million. Under certain circumstances, the ABL Facility may be increased to up to
$100.0 million in the aggregate. See "Description of Other Indebtedness."
-
(3)
-
Represents
$310.0 million aggregate principal amount of the senior secured notes less approximately $8.2 million of original issue discount.
-
(4)
-
Represents
$145.3 million aggregate principal amount of convertible notes outstanding recorded at fair value of $285.3 million in accordance
with GAAP.
-
(5)
-
Represents
$4.2 million aggregate principal amount of convertible notes outstanding after completion of the conversion offer on November 29,
2010 recorded at fair value of $8.2 million.
53
Table of Contents
RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES
The following table presents our historical ratios of earnings to fixed charges for the periods indicated.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Predecessor
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
Predecessor Period
from January 1
through
February 26,
2010
|
|
Successor Period
from February 26
through
September 30,
2010
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
2006
|
|
2007
|
|
2008
|
|
2009
|
|
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges(1)
|
|
|
2.19
|
|
|
2.84
|
|
|
|
(2)
|
|
|
(2)
|
|
|
(2)
|
|
7.57
|
|
|
|
(3)
|
-
(1)
-
The
term "fixed charges" means the sum of (a) interest expensed and capitalized and (b) amortized premiums, discounts and capitalized expenses
related to indebtedness. The term "earnings" means the sum of (a) pre-tax income from continuing operations and (b) fixed charges.
-
(2)
-
Earnings
were inadequate to cover fixed charges by $11.8 million, $332.9 million, $137.7 million for the years ended
December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively.
-
(3)
-
Earnings
were inadequate to cover fixed charges by $11.0 million for the Successor Period from February 26, 2010 through September 30,
2010.
54
Table of Contents
SELECTED FINANCIAL INFORMATION AND OTHER DATA
The following table sets forth our selected historical consolidated financial information for each of the periods or as of the date
indicated. The selected historical consolidated statement of operations data for each of the fiscal years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 and the balance sheet data as of
December 31, 2008 and 2009 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements. The selected statement of operations data for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2005
and 2006 and the balance sheet data as of December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements not included herein. The selected financial
information for each of the nine-month periods ended September 30, 2009 and September 30, 2010 has been derived from our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements
and reflects all adjustments that, in the opinion of our management, are necessary for a fair presentation of such information. In the opinion of our management, all adjustments consisting of normal
recurring accruals considered necessary for a fair presentation have been included. The results of operations for interim periods are not necessarily indicative of the operating results that may be
expected for the entire year or any future period.
In
connection with our emergence from Chapter 11 bankruptcy proceedings and the implementation of the Plan of Reorganization, we implemented Fresh Start Accounting in accordance
with ASC 852. We elected to adopt February 26, 2010 as the month end for our financial reporting purposes for application of Fresh Start Accounting. In accordance with the ASC 852
rules governing reorganizations, the midpoint of the range of
our reorganization value was allocated to our assets and liabilities in conformity with the procedures specified by ASC 805, "Business Combinations." As a result of the application of Fresh
Start Accounting, our financial statements prior to and including February 26, 2010 represent the operations of the Predecessor Company and are presented separately from the financial
statements of the Successor Company. As a result of the application of Fresh Start Accounting, the financial statements prior to and including February 26, 2010 are not fully comparable with
the financial statements for periods after February 26, 2010.
On
November 18, 2010, after approval by our stockholders at a special meeting of our stockholders, we completed the reverse stock split. Pursuant to the reverse stock split, the
number of shares of our common stock outstanding was reduced from approximately 126.3 million to approximately 12.6 million. Our earnings per share and outstanding share information is
adjusted to reflect the effect of the 1-for-10 reverse stock split.
All
information included in the following tables should be read in conjunction with the sections titled "Use of Proceeds," "Capitalization," and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations," and with our audited and unaudited consolidated financial statements and related convertible notes and other financial information, included elsewhere
in this prospectus.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Predecessor
Period from
January 1
through
February 26,
2010
|
|
Successor
Period from
February 26
through
September 30,
2010
|
|
|
|
Predecessor
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
Predecessor
Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
2009
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
2005
|
|
2006
|
|
2007
|
|
2008
|
|
2009
|
|
Statement of Operations Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
1,229,311
|
|
$
|
1,408,155
|
|
$
|
1,013,686
|
|
$
|
931,409
|
|
$
|
570,193
|
|
$
|
423,991
|
|
$
|
104,059
|
|
$
|
466,243
|
|
Gross profit (loss)(a)
|
|
|
201,136
|
|
|
196,897
|
|
|
86,494
|
|
|
55,600
|
|
|
(2,302
|
)
|
|
(7,107
|
)
|
|
4,482
|
|
|
42,723
|
|
Operating expenses(b)
|
|
|
51,601
|
|
|
53,458
|
|
|
55,798
|
|
|
55,202
|
|
|
59,463
|
|
|
47,086
|
|
|
7,595
|
|
|
39,455
|
|
Intangible asset impairment expenses(c)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,100
|
|
|
277,041
|
|
|
3,330
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) from operations(d)
|
|
|
149,535
|
|
|
143,439
|
|
|
29,596
|
|
|
(276,643
|
)
|
|
(65,095
|
)
|
|
(54,193
|
)
|
|
(3,113
|
)
|
|
3,268
|
|
Interest expense, net(e)
|
|
|
66,643
|
|
|
50,910
|
|
|
48,344
|
|
|
51,400
|
|
|
59,753
|
|
|
47,025
|
|
|
7,496
|
|
|
24,452
|
|
Gain (loss) on extinguishment of debt
|
|
|
(4,474
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(5,389
|
)
|
|
(5,389
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unrealized loss on mark to market valuation of convertible notes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,623
|
|
Equity in earnings of affiliates(f)
|
|
|
455
|
|
|
621
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Book Value/Share
|
|
|
59.57
|
|
|
76.89
|
|
|
77.83
|
|
|
(20.77
|
)
|
|
(58.49
|
)
|
|
(47.52
|
)
|
|
10.39
|
|
|
2.72
|
|
Cash dividends declared per common share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other income (expense), net(g)
|
|
|
465
|
|
|
602
|
|
|
6,978
|
|
|
(4,821
|
)
|
|
6,888
|
|
|
5,585
|
|
|
566
|
|
|
4,588
|
|
Reorganization items(d)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
14,379
|
|
|
|
|
|
(59,311
|
)
|
|
|
|
Income tax (expense) benefit
|
|
|
(28,209
|
)
|
|
(28,619
|
)
|
|
3,131
|
|
|
4,598
|
|
|
(2,384
|
)
|
|
567
|
|
|
1,534
|
|
|
(4,694
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
51,229
|
|
$
|
65,133
|
|
$
|
(8,639
|
)
|
$
|
(328,266
|
)
|
$
|
(140,112
|
)
|
$
|
(100,455
|
)
|
$
|
50,802
|
|
$
|
(15,667
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
55
Table of Contents
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Predecessor
Period from
January 1
through
February 26,
2010
|
|
Successor
Period from
February 26
through
September 30,
2010
|
|
|
|
Predecessor
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
Predecessor
Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
2009
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
2005
|
|
2006
|
|
2007
|
|
2008
|
|
2009
|
|
Weighted average common shares outstandingbasic(k)
|
|
|
2,950
|
|
|
3,428
|
|
|
3,518
|
|
|
3,554
|
|
|
3,903
|
|
|
3,620
|
|
|
4,758
|
|
|
12,630
|
|
Basic income (loss) per share(k)
|
|
$
|
17.37
|
|
$
|
19.00
|
|
$
|
(2.46
|
)
|
$
|
(92.37
|
)
|
$
|
(35.90
|
)
|
$
|
(27.75
|
)
|
$
|
10.68
|
|
$
|
(1.24
|
)
|
Weighted average common shares outstandingdiluted(k)
|
|
|
3,008
|
|
|
3,467
|
|
|
3,518
|
|
|
3,554
|
|
|
3,903
|
|
|
3,620
|
|
|
4,758
|
|
|
12,630
|
|
Diluted income (loss) per share(k)
|
|
$
|
17.03
|
|
$
|
18.79
|
|
$
|
(2.46
|
)
|
$
|
(92.37
|
)
|
$
|
(35.90
|
)
|
$
|
(27.75
|
)
|
$
|
10.68
|
|
$
|
(1.24
|
)
|
Other Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by (used in):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating activities
|
|
$
|
91,915
|
|
$
|
151,013
|
|
$
|
82,942
|
|
$
|
(9,165
|
)
|
$
|
(39,312
|
)
|
|
(53,527
|
)
|
|
(20,773
|
)
|
|
(15,725
|
)
|
Investing activities
|
|
|
(47,606
|
)
|
|
(40,795
|
)
|
|
(36,366
|
)
|
|
(35,307
|
)
|
|
(34,873
|
)
|
|
(12,009
|
)
|
|
(2,012
|
)
|
|
5,118
|
|
Financing activities
|
|
|
(67,737
|
)
|
|
(48,429
|
)
|
|
(65,845
|
)
|
|
77,213
|
|
|
7,030
|
|
|
(33,123
|
)
|
|
46,611
|
|
|
(18,376
|
)
|
Adjusted EBITDA(h)
|
|
|
202,019
|
|
|
218,870
|
|
|
113,405
|
|
|
79,012
|
|
|
23,671
|
|
|
13,060
|
|
|
4,683
|
|
|
46,434
|
|
Depreciation, amortization, and impairment(i)
|
|
|
45,552
|
|
|
67,029
|
|
|
62,686
|
|
|
323,203
|
|
|
55,665
|
|
|
38,270
|
|
|
7,532
|
|
|
30,728
|
|
Capital expenditures
|
|
|
39,958
|
|
|
42,189
|
|
|
36,499
|
|
|
29,685
|
|
|
20,364
|
|
|
16,122
|
|
|
1,457
|
|
|
8,148
|
|
Balance Sheet Data (at period end):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
48,415
|
|
$
|
110,204
|
|
$
|
90,935
|
|
$
|
123,676
|
|
$
|
56,521
|
|
|
25,017
|
|
|
80,347
|
|
|
51,364
|
|
Working capital(j)
|
|
|
106,256
|
|
|
101,137
|
|
|
72,476
|
|
|
58,465
|
|
|
65,803
|
|
|
67,545
|
|
|
40,160
|
|
|
65,537
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
1,220,354
|
|
|
1,233,187
|
|
|
1,113,634
|
|
|
808,550
|
|
|
671,670
|
|
|
663,362
|
|
|
883,345
|
|
|
866,412
|
|
Total debt
|
|
|
697,725
|
|
|
642,725
|
|
|
572,725
|
|
|
651,169
|
|
|
397,472
|
|
|
631,693
|
|
|
593,751
|
|
|
587,037
|
|
Liabilities subject to compromise(d)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
302,114
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stockholders' equity (deficiency)
|
|
|
175,743
|
|
|
263,582
|
|
|
273,800
|
|
|
(73,815
|
)
|
|
(228,266
|
)
|
|
(172,022
|
)
|
|
49,396
|
|
|
34,307
|
|
-
(a)
-
Gross
profit for 2005 reflects $0.7 million of pension curtailment costs associated with our facility in Rockford, Illinois. Gross profit for 2006
was impacted by a $10.4 million increase in revenue from a resolution of a commercial dispute with a customer, accelerated depreciation expense of certain light wheel assets in our London,
Ontario, and Monterrey, Mexico, facilities of $16.3 million, a loss of $1.4 million from a sale of property in Columbia, Tennessee, an impairment of tooling assets in our Piedmont,
Alabama, facility of $2.3 million and a non-cash pension curtailment charge of $2.5 million in our London, Ontario, facility. Gross profit for 2007 was impacted by a
$10.6 million increase in revenue from a 2006 resolution of a commercial dispute with a customer, depreciation expense of certain wheel assets of $12.8 million associated the
acceleration of depreciation in 2006, a non-cash post-employment benefit curtailment charge of $1.2 million and a $9.8 million reduction of our benefit obligation
due to a plan amendment at our Erie, Pennsylvania facility, and a non-cash curtailment charge of $9.1 million in our London, Ontario, facility. Gross profit for 2008 was impacted by
$7.7 million of costs related to a labor disruption at our Rockford, Illinois, facility, a $7.4 million charge for restructuring that was primarily severance-related, $3.1 million
non-cash charge for the loss on a sale of assets at our Anniston, Alabama, facility, and $2.8 million in other severance charges unrelated to our restructuring activities. Gross
profit for 2009 was impacted by non-cash pension curtailment charges of $2.2 million in our London, Ontario facility, operational restructuring related charges of
$5.2 million primarily due to warehouse abandonment charges and employee severance related items, and $5.8 million in other severance charges unrelated to our restructuring activities.
-
(b)
-
Includes
$0.3 million, $2.4 million and $2.7 million of stock-based compensation expense during the fiscal years ended
December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. Operating expenses for 2009 reflect $25.9 million of charges related to our prepetition senior credit facility and Chapter 11
bankruptcy proceedings.
-
(c)
-
During
2007, an intangible asset impairment of $1.1 million was recorded related to our Gunite brand name. During 2008, a goodwill and intangible
asset impairment charge of $277.0 million was recognized. In 2009, an intangible asset impairment of $3.3 million was recorded related to our components trade names. (See Note 4
to our Consolidated Financial Statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2010.)
-
(d)
-
As
a result of the Chapter 11 bankruptcy proceedings, the payment of prepetition indebtedness is subject to compromise or other treatment under our
Plan of Reorganization. In accordance with applicable accounting standards, we are required to segregate and disclose all prepetition liabilities that are subject to compromise. In addition, the
standards require the recognition of certain transactions directly related to the reorganization as reorganization expense in the statement of operations. We recorded reorganization expenses of
$14.4 million for 2009. We also incurred $17.0 million of prepetition professional fees during 2009 related to our Plan of Reorganization.
-
(e)
-
Includes
$20.0 million of refinancing costs incurred during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005. Includes $1.6 million for fees
related to amending our prepetition senior credit facility during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007.
-
(f)
-
Includes
our income from AOT Inc., a joint venture in which we owned a 50% interest through October 31, 2006. On October 31, 2006, we
acquired the remaining interest from Goodyear, making AOT Inc. our wholly-owned subsidiary.
-
(g)
-
Consists
primarily of realized and unrealized gains and losses related to the changes in foreign currency exchange rates.
-
(h)
-
See
footnote (d) "SummarySummary Historical and Pro Forma Financial Information and Other Data" for information regarding Adjusted
EBITDA.
-
(i)
-
During
2007 and 2006, we recorded $12.8 million and $16.3 million, respectively, of accelerated depreciation of certain wheel assets as a
result of a reduction of the useful lives of the assets in 2006. During 2007, an intangible asset impairment loss of $1.1 million was recorded related to our Gunite trade name. During 2008, we
recognized impairment losses of $277.0 million. (See Note 4 to our Consolidated Financial Statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009 and for the nine months ended
September 30, 2010.)
-
(j)
-
Working
capital represents current assets less cash and current liabilities, excluding debt. For a reconciliation of working capital and a discussion as to
why we use working capital, see "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of OperationChanges in Financial Condition."
-
(k)
-
Our
earnings per share and outstanding share information is adjusted to reflect the effect of the reverse stock split.
56
Table of Contents
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
We have prepared the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial information of Accuride for the fiscal year ended
December 31, 2009 and for the nine-month period ended, and as of, September 30, 2010 in accordance with Article 11 of Regulation S-X. The unaudited
pro forma condensed consolidated statement of operations is derived from the historical consolidated financial statements of Accuride and gives pro forma effect to (a) the Plan of
Reorganization and adoption of Fresh Start Accounting and (b) the conversion offer as if these events had occurred on January 1, 2009.
Basis of Presentation
The following information should be read in conjunction with "Selected Financial Information and Other Data," "Management's Discussion
and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations," "Risk Factors," "Capitalization" and the consolidated financial statements and related notes and other financial information, included elsewhere in this
prospectus. The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial information is not necessarily indicative of operating results that would have been achieved if the transactions identified above
had occurred on the dates indicated, nor does it purport to represent the results we will obtain in the future.
Our
initial Fresh Start Accounting valuations are preliminary and have been made solely for purposes of developing the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial information.
The allocations of fair value are based upon preliminary valuation information and other studies that have not yet been completed due to the timing of the emergence from Chapter 11 bankruptcy
proceedings and the volume and complexity of the analysis required. It is anticipated that these studies will conclude during the fourth quarter of 2010. Due to the status of the allocation of our
enterprise value, the revaluation of our assets and liabilities is subject to change from the presentation in the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements below.
Management
has prepared the accompanying unaudited pro forma statement of operations for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009 and for the nine-month period ended
September 30, 2010 in accordance with Article 11 of Regulation S-X for inclusion in this prospectus.
The
accounting policies used in the preparation of the unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements are those disclosed in the unaudited condensed consolidated financial
statements of Accuride for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009 and for the nine-month period ended, and as of, September 30, 2010.
Chapter 11 Proceedings
On October 8, 2009, Accuride and its domestic subsidiaries filed voluntary petitions for relief under Chapter 11 of the
Bankruptcy Code with the bankruptcy court. On November 18, 2009, we filed our Plan of Reorganization and the related disclosure statement with the bankruptcy court. All classes of creditors
entitled to vote voted to approve the Plan of Reorganization. On February 18, 2010, the bankruptcy court confirmed the Plan of Reorganization and on the Effective Date we emerged from
Chapter 11 bankruptcy proceedings.
Under
the Plan of Reorganization, as of the Effective Date:
-
-
Our prepetition common stock, all other equity interests and the $275.0 million aggregate principal amount of our
prepetition senior subordinated notes were cancelled.
-
-
We emerged with a new capital structure, consisting of the following:
-
-
Our postpetition senior credit facility of approximately $311.1 million (including undrawn letters of credit, which
undrawn letters of credit would be converted to loans if they are drawn);
57
Table of Contents
-
-
$140.0 million aggregate principal amount of convertible notes, for which the first six interest payments will be
PIK interest; and
-
-
126,294,882 shares of common stock and warrants to purchase an additional 22,058,824 shares of common stock, exercisable
at an exercise price of $2.10 per share through February 26, 2012, which we refer to as the "warrants."
Our
convertible notes were issued pursuant to a rights offering offered to the holders of our prepetition senior subordinated notes. The rights offering enjoyed broad participation with
99% of the $140.0 million convertible notes successfully subscribed to by participants in the rights offering. The backstop providers received the remaining unsubscribed portion.
As
a result of the implementation of the Plan of Reorganization, our overall debt was reduced from $690.5 million to $593.8 million (which includes our
$140.0 million convertible notes with a market valuation of $284.8 million as of the Effective Date), or approximately 14%, and our annual cash interest payments were reduced from
$41.1 million to $30.1 million, or approximately 27%.
Impact of Emergence from Chapter 11 Proceedings
In connection with our emergence from Chapter 11 bankruptcy proceedings and the implementation of the Plan of Reorganization, we
implemented Fresh Start Accounting in accordance with ASC 852. We elected to adopt February 26, 2010 as the month end for our financial reporting purposes for application of Fresh Start
Accounting. In accordance with the ASC 852 rules governing reorganizations, the midpoint of the range of our reorganization value was allocated to our assets and liabilities in conformity with the
procedures specified by ASC 805, "Business Combinations." As a result of the application of Fresh Start Accounting, our financial statements prior to and including February 26, 2010 represent
the operations of the Predecessor Company and are presented separately from the financial statements of the Successor Company. Also as a result of the application of Fresh Start Accounting, the
financial statements prior to and including February 26, 2010 are not fully comparable with the financial statements for periods after February 26, 2010.
We
have prepared the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial data for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009 and for the nine-month period ended
September 30, 2010 to give pro forma effect to the Plan of Reorganization, Fresh Start Accounting and related events as if they had occurred at the beginning of the period presented with
respect to consolidated statements of operations data. The summary historical unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial data set forth below are presented for informational purposes only,
should not be considered indicative of actual results of operations that would have been achieved had the Plan of Reorganization, Fresh Start Accounting and related events been consummated on the
dates indicated, and do not purport to be indicative of our results of operations for any future period.
Impact of the Conversion Offer and Refinancing
On November 29, 2010, we completed the conversion offer for our outstanding convertible notes. Prior to the completion of the
conversion offer, on November 18, 2010, we completed the reverse stock split, which reduced the number of shares of our common stock from approximately 126.3 million to approximately
12.6 million. Convertible notes accepted for conversion in the conversion offer were converted at a conversion rate of 238.2119 shares of common stock per $1,000 principal amount of convertible
notes, rounded down to the nearest whole number of shares, plus cash paid in lieu of fractional shares, which we refer to as the "conversion offer." Upon settlement of the conversion offer, an
aggregate of 33,606,177 shares of common stock were issued to the surrendering noteholders and $141,076,966 principal amount of the convertible notes were cancelled, constituting approximately 97.1%
of the outstanding principal amount of the convertible notes. As of November 29, 2010, $4,173,035 aggregate principal amount of convertible notes remains outstanding. According to ASC
58
Table of Contents
470-20,
Debt with Conversion and Other Options
, this inducement is required to be recognized as an expense in the statement of operations.
The
convertible notes are not listed on any national securities exchange and there is no established trading market for the convertible notes. Our common stock currently trades on the
NYSE under the symbol "ACW." Prior to December 22, 2010, our common stock traded on the OTC Bulletin Board under the symbols "ACUZ" and "ACUZD."
In
connection with the conversion offer and the refinancing, we have prepared the unaudited pro forma, as adjusted, condensed consolidated financial data for the fiscal year ended
December 31, 2009 and for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2010 to give pro forma effect to the conversion offer and the refinancing as if they had occurred at the
beginning of the period presented with respect to consolidated statements of operations data. Excluded from the pro forma statements of operations is the inducement charge, as described above, since
it is a non-recurring charge. The summary historical unaudited pro forma, as further adjusted, condensed consolidated financial data set forth below are presented for informational
purposes only, should not be considered indicative of actual results of operations that would have been achieved had the conversion offer and the refinancing been consummated on the dates indicated,
and do not purport to be indicative of our results of operations for any future period.
59
Table of Contents
The
preliminary effects of the conversion offer on our unaudited condensed consolidated balance sheet as of September 30, 2010 are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
Successor
Period as of
September 30,
2010
|
|
Adjustments for
Conversion Offer
|
|
Pro Forma,
Period as of
September 30,
2010
|
|
ASSETS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents(1)
|
|
|
51,364
|
|
|
(3,932
|
)
|
|
47,432
|
|
|
Customer receivables, net
|
|
|
98,201
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
98,201
|
|
|
Other receivables
|
|
|
4,997
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
4,997
|
|
|
Inventories
|
|
|
64,693
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
64,693
|
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
2,811
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
2,811
|
|
|
Income tax receivable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
|
|
|
4,990
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
4,990
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
|
227,056
|
|
|
(3,932
|
)
|
|
223,124
|
|
Property, plant and equipment, net
|
|
|
256,980
|
|
|
|
|
|
256,980
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
128,741
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
128,741
|
|
Other intangible assets, net
|
|
|
234,518
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
234,518
|
|
Other
|
|
|
19,117
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
19,117
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
866,412
|
|
|
(3,932
|
)
|
|
862,480
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
|
58,699
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
58,699
|
|
|
Accrued payroll and compensation
|
|
|
18,468
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
18,468
|
|
|
Accrued interest payable
|
|
|
5,196
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
5,196
|
|
|
Accrued workers compensation
|
|
|
7,746
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
7,746
|
|
|
Accrued and other liabilities
|
|
|
20,046
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
20,046
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities
|
|
|
110,155
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
110,155
|
|
Long-term debt(2)
|
|
|
587,037
|
|
|
(276,996
|
)
|
|
310,041
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
13,375
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
13,375
|
|
Non-current income taxes payable
|
|
|
8,283
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
8,283
|
|
Other postretirement benefit plan liability
|
|
|
74,240
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
74,240
|
|
Pension benefit plan liability
|
|
|
33,114
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
33,114
|
|
Other liabilities
|
|
|
5,901
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
5,901
|
|
Stockholders' equity(3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock and additional paid in capital
|
|
|
49,974
|
|
|
437,910
|
|
|
487,884
|
|
|
Accumulated deficiency
|
|
|
(15,667
|
)
|
|
(164,846
|
)
|
|
(180,513
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stockholders' equity
|
|
|
34,307
|
|
|
273,064
|
|
|
307,371
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
866,412
|
|
|
(3,932
|
)
|
|
862,480
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
-
(1)
-
Cash
used for the conversion offer includes fees incurred of $3.9 million.
-
(2)
-
The
adjustment to debt for the conversion offer included the elimination of approximately 97.1% of the convertible notes that converted into equity.
-
(3)
-
Stockholders'
equity was impacted for the conversion offer due to the issuance of common stock less fees incurred of $3.9 million and a
non-cash charge related to the inducement in the conversion offer of $1160.9 million, assuming the common stock price of $11.70 as of November 29, 2010 for the approximately
97.1% of the convertible notes are converted into equity.
60
Table of Contents
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
Predecessor
Year Ended
December 31,
2009
|
|
Fresh Start
Accounting
Adjustments
|
|
Conversion
Offer and
Refinancing
Adjustments
|
|
Pro Forma(a)
Year Ended
December 31,
2009
|
|
Predecessor
Period from
January 1
through
February 26,
2010
|
|
Successor
Period from
February 26
through
September 30,
2010
|
|
Fresh Start
Accounting
Adjustments
|
|
Conversion
Offer and
Refinancing
Adjustments
|
|
Pro Forma(a)
Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
2010
|
|
Operating Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
570,193
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
570,193
|
|
$
|
104,059
|
|
$
|
466,243
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
570,302
|
|
Gross profit (loss)(b)
|
|
|
(2,302
|
)
|
$
|
12,863
|
|
|
|
|
|
10,561
|
|
|
4,482
|
|
|
42,723
|
|
$
|
5,015
|
|
|
|
|
|
52,220
|
|
Operating expenses(c)(d)
|
|
|
59,463
|
|
|
(10,905
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
48,557
|
|
|
7,595
|
|
|
39,455
|
|
|
(5,656
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
41,394
|
|
Intangible asset impairment expenses
|
|
|
3,330
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,330
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) from operations
|
|
|
(65,095
|
)
|
|
23,768
|
|
|
|
|
|
(41,327
|
)
|
|
(3,113
|
)
|
|
3,268
|
|
|
10,671
|
|
|
|
|
|
10,826
|
|
Interest expense, net(e)
|
|
|
59,753
|
|
|
(17,451
|
)
|
|
(12,426
|
)
|
|
29,876
|
|
|
7,496
|
|
|
(24,452
|
)
|
|
153
|
|
|
(9,623
|
)
|
|
22,172
|
|
Loss on extinguishment of debt
|
|
|
(5,389
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(5,389
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unrealized gain on mark to market valuation of convertible notes(f)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,623
|
|
|
|
|
|
(5,623
|
)
|
|
|
|
Other income (expense), net
|
|
|
6,888
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,888
|
|
|
566
|
|
|
4,588
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,154
|
|
Reorganization items(g)
|
|
|
14,379
|
|
|
(14,379
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(59,311
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
59,311
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income tax (expense) benefit(h)
|
|
|
(2,384
|
)
|
|
(21,684
|
)
|
|
(4,846
|
)
|
|
(28,914
|
)
|
|
1,534
|
|
|
(4,694
|
)
|
|
18,910
|
|
|
(1,560
|
)
|
|
14,190
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
(140,112
|
)
|
$
|
33,915
|
|
$
|
7,580
|
|
$
|
(98,617
|
)
|
$
|
50,802
|
|
$
|
(15,667
|
)
|
$
|
(29,577
|
)
|
$
|
2,440
|
|
|
7,998
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average common shares outstandingbasic(i)
|
|
|
3,903
|
|
|
20,440
|
|
|
14,160
|
|
|
38,503
|
|
|
4,757
|
|
|
12,630
|
|
|
20,440
|
|
|
14,160
|
|
|
47,230
|
|
Basic income (loss) per share(i)
|
|
$
|
(35.90
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(2.56
|
)
|
$
|
10.68
|
|
$
|
(1,24
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.17
|
|
Weighted average common shares outstandingdiluted(i)
|
|
|
3,903
|
|
|
20,440
|
|
|
14,160
|
|
|
38,503
|
|
|
4,757
|
|
|
12,630
|
|
|
20,440
|
|
|
14,160
|
|
|
47,230
|
|
Diluted income (loss) per share(i)
|
|
$
|
(35.90
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(2.56
|
)
|
$
|
10.68
|
|
$
|
(1,24
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.17
|
|
Other Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by (used in):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating activities
|
|
$
|
(39,312
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(20,773
|
)
|
$
|
(15,725
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Investing activities
|
|
|
(34,873
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,012
|
)
|
|
5,118
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Financing activities
|
|
|
7,030
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
46,611
|
|
|
(18,376
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA
|
|
|
23,671
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
23,671
|
|
|
4,683
|
|
|
46,434
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
51,117
|
|
Depreciation, amortization, and impairment
|
|
|
55,665
|
|
$
|
(6,753
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
48,912
|
|
|
7,532
|
|
|
30,728
|
|
$
|
(4,044
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
34,186
|
|
Capital expenditures
|
|
|
20,364
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,457
|
|
|
8,148
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
-
(a)
-
Pro
forma financial information included in this table is presented, where applicable, in accordance with Article 11 of
Regulation S-X.
-
(b)
-
Depreciation
expense for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009 and for the nine month period ended September 30, 2010, have been revised to
reflect the preliminary allocations of fair values and increases the useful lives of our assets, as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation Expense
|
|
(in thousands, except for years)
|
|
Fair
Value
|
|
Useful
Life
|
|
Year Ended
December 31,
2009
|
|
Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
2010
|
|
Land
|
|
$
|
17,461
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
Building
|
|
|
39,280
|
|
8 - 14 years
|
|
$
|
3,571
|
|
$
|
2,678
|
|
Machinery and Equipment
|
|
|
216,851
|
|
4 - 10 years
|
|
|
30,979
|
|
|
23,234
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total pro forma depreciation expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
34,550
|
|
|
25,912
|
|
Less historical depreciation expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(47,413
|
)
|
|
(30,927
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(12,863
|
)
|
$
|
(5,015
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The fair values above are based upon preliminary valuation information and other studies that have not yet been completed due to the timing of the emergence from
Chapter 11 bankruptcy proceedings and the volume and complexity of the analysis required. It is anticipated that these studies will conclude during the fourth quarter of 2010.
61
Table of Contents
-
(c)
-
Amortization
expense for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009 and for the nine month period ended September 30, 2010, have been revised to
reflect the preliminary allocations of intangible assets at fair value, as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization Expense
|
|
(in thousands, except for years)
|
|
Fair
Value
|
|
Useful
Life
|
|
Year Ended
December 31,
2009
|
|
Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
2010
|
|
Trade Names
|
|
$
|
34,000
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
Technology
|
|
|
40,900
|
|
15 years
|
|
$
|
2,727
|
|
$
|
2,045
|
|
Customer relationships
|
|
|
166,100
|
|
20 years
|
|
|
8,305
|
|
|
6,229
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total pro forma amortization expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11,032
|
|
|
8,274
|
|
Less historical amortization expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4,922
|
)
|
|
(7,303
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
6,110
|
|
$
|
971
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The fair values above are based upon preliminary valuation information and other studies that have not yet been completed due to the timing of the emergence from
Chapter 11 bankruptcy proceedings and the volume and complexity of the analysis required. It is anticipated that these studies will conclude during the fourth quarter of 2010.
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009, operating expenses were adjusted to remove the $17,015 of prepetition
professional fees and expenses we incurred related to our prepetition senior credit facility.
For the nine months ended September 30, 2010, operating expenses were adjusted to remove $6,627 of professional
fees and expenses we incurred related to the bankruptcy.
-
(d)
-
For
the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009, operating expenses were adjusted to remove $17,015 of prepetition professional fees and bankruptcy
related expenses.
-
(e)
-
For
the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009 and for the nine month period ended September 30, 2010, reflects pro forma interest expense
resulting from our new capital structure upon emergence from Chapter 11 bankruptcy proceedings based on an assumed LIBOR of 400 basis points as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest Expense
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
Year Ended
December 31,
2009
|
|
Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
2010
|
|
Postpetition senior credit facility(1)
|
|
$
|
30,225
|
|
$
|
22,669
|
|
Convertible notes(2)
|
|
|
12,797
|
|
|
9,312
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total pro forma interest expense
|
|
|
43,022
|
|
|
31,981
|
|
Less historical interest expense
|
|
|
(60,473
|
)
|
|
(32,134
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
(17,451
|
)
|
$
|
(153
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) Reflects
pro forma interest expense on our postpetition senior credit facility assuming an initial outstanding balance of $309.0 million at an interest rate of
9.75%.
(2) Reflects
pro forma interest expense on our convertible notes offered at an interest rate of 7.5%, net of the amortized discount, and accretion of the debt discount.
62
Table of Contents
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009 and for the nine month period ended September 30, 2010, reflects pro forma interest expense resulting
from the conversion offer as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest Expense
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
Year Ended
December 31,
2009
|
|
Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
2010
|
|
Total pro forma interest expense due to the conversion offer and refinancing(1)
|
|
$
|
30,596
|
|
$
|
22,358
|
|
Less pro forma interest expense from our postpetition credit facility
|
|
|
(42,926
|
)
|
|
(31,981
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
(12,426
|
)
|
$
|
(9,623
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
-
(f)
-
Represents
elimination of gains and losses due to the application of Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 133 to our convertible notes.
-
(g)
-
For
the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009, reorganization items were adjusted to remove the professional fees and expenses incurred related to our
Plan of Reorganization. For the nine month period ended September 30, 2010, reorganization items were adjusted to remove the net benefit recognized due to our discharge of debt on the Effective
Date, net of other professional fees and expenses incurred.
-
(h)
-
Tax
effect of pro forma adjustments at 39%.
-
(i)
-
Share
and earnings per share are shown after giving effect to the 1-for-10 reverse stock split.
63
Table of Contents
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations describes matters we
consider important to understanding our results of operations for each of the fiscal years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 and each of the nine-month periods ended
September 30, 2009 and 2010, and our capital resources and liquidity as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, and September 30, 2010. The results of operations for the
nine-month period ended September 30, 2010 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the full fiscal year ending December 31, 2010 or any interim
period. This discussion should be read in conjunction with "Selected Financial Information and Other Data" and our consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto, all included elsewhere in
this prospectus. This discussion and analysis contains forward-looking statements that involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions. Many factors could cause actual results to differ from those
contained in the forward-looking statements including, but not limited to, those discussed in "Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure about Market Risk," "Risk Factors" and elsewhere in
this prospectus.
General Overview
We are one of the largest manufacturers and suppliers of commercial vehicle components in North America, offering one of the broadest
product lines in the commercial vehicle industry. We believe that we have the number one or number two market position in a variety of heavy- and medium-duty commercial vehicle products
including: steel wheels, forged aluminum wheels, brake drums, disc wheel hubs, metal bumpers and seating assemblies. We market our products under some of the most recognized brand names in the
industry, including Accuride, Bostrom, Brillion, Fabco, Gunite, Highway Original and Imperial. We have long-standing relationships with the leading OEMs and the related aftermarket
channels in most major segments of the commercial vehicle market, including heavy- and medium-duty trucks, commercial trailers, light trucks, buses, as well as specialty and military
vehicles.
Our
primary product lines are standard equipment used by a majority of North American heavy- and medium-duty truck OEMs, providing us with a significant competitive
advantage. We believe that a majority of all heavy- and medium-duty truck models manufactured in North America contain one or more of our components.
Our
diversified customer base includes substantially all of the leading commercial vehicle OEMs, such as DTNA, PACCAR, Navistar and Volvo/Mack. Our primary commercial trailer customers
include leading commercial trailer OEMs, such as Great Dane, Wabash and Utility. Our major light truck customer is General Motors Corporation. We have built relationships of more than 20 years
with many of these leading OEM customers. Our product portfolio is supported by strong sales, marketing and design engineering capabilities with 17 strategically located, technologically-advanced
manufacturing facilities across the U.S., Mexico and Canada.
Business Outlook
Recent global market and economic conditions have been unprecedented and challenging with tighter credit conditions and recession in
most major economies which have continued into 2010. As a result of these market conditions, the cost and availability of credit has been, and may continue to be, adversely affected by illiquid credit
markets and wider credit spreads. Concern about the stability of the markets generally and the strength of counterparties specifically has led many lenders and institutional investors to reduce, and
in some cases, cease to provide credit to businesses and consumers. These factors have led to a decrease in spending by businesses and consumers alike. Continued turbulence in the U.S. and
international markets and economies and prolonged declines in business and consumer spending may adversely affect our liquidity and financial condition, and the liquidity and financial condition of
our customers, including our ability to access the capital markets to meet liquidity needs.
64
Table of Contents
The
heavy- and medium-duty truck and commercial trailer markets and the related aftermarket are the primary drivers of our sales. These markets are, in turn, directly
influenced by conditions in the North American truck industry generally by conditions in other industries which indirectly impact the truck industry, such as the home-building industry,
and by overall economic growth and consumer spending. Accordingly, the current economic conditions described above have led to a severe and ongoing downturn in the North American truck and vehicle
supply industries, which resulted in a significant decline in our sales volume and necessitated our bankruptcy filings in October 2009, as described in "Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated
Financial InformationChapter 11 Proceedings." Although current industry forecasts predict an increase in commercial vehicle production in 2010, we cannot accurately predict how
prolonged the current downturn may be. This downturn may lead to further reduced spending and deterioration in the North American truck and vehicle supply industries for the foreseeable future. We
emerged from Chapter 11 bankruptcy proceedings with reduced financial leverage and an improved capital structure, which we believe will better enable us to operate in this economic environment.
However, we continue to be a highly leveraged company, and a delayed or failed economic recovery would continue to have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial
condition.
Using
the commercial vehicle industry production forecasts by industry experts, we expect results from operations to improve in 2010 compared to 2009 due to increased demand for our
product, improved operational efficiencies, and reduced fees and expenses related to our senior credit facilities.
Operational Restructuring
During 2008, in response to the slow commercial vehicle market and the decline of sales, our management undertook a review of current
operations that led to a comprehensive restructuring plan. During 2008, we approved a restructuring plan to more appropriately align our workforce in response to the relatively slow commercial vehicle
market. In 2009, we announced additional restructuring actions that focused on the consolidation of several of our facilities.
65
Table of Contents
Costs
incurred in accordance with ASC 420-10, "Exit or Disposal Cost Obligations" are shown below by reportable segment:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
Year Ended
December 31,
2009
|
|
Year Ended
December 31,
2008
|
|
Wheels
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Employee severance costs
|
|
$
|
606
|
|
$
|
3,819
|
|
|
Pension curtailment
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,063
|
|
|
Lease and other contractual commitments
|
|
|
141
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Subtotal
|
|
|
747
|
|
|
4,882
|
|
Components
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Employee severance costs
|
|
|
182
|
|
|
1,863
|
|
|
Lease and other contractual commitments
|
|
|
3,219
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other asset disposals
|
|
|
|
|
|
252
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Subtotal
|
|
|
3,401
|
|
|
2,115
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Employee severance costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
95
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Subtotal
|
|
|
|
|
|
95
|
|
Corporate
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Employee severance costs
|
|
|
1,037
|
|
|
2,226
|
|
|
Impaired investments and other charges
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,094
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Subtotal
|
|
|
1,037
|
|
|
5,320
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
5,185
|
|
$
|
12,412
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Of
the $12.4 million restructuring expenses recognized in 2008, $7.4 million was recorded in cost of goods sold and the remaining $5.0 million was recorded in
selling, general and administrative operating expenses. Of the $5.2 million restructuring expenses recorded in 2009, $4.2 million was recorded in cost of goods sold and the remaining
$1.0 million was recorded in selling, general, and administrative operating expenses.
The
following is a reconciliation of the beginning and ending restructuring reserve balances for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008 and 2009:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
Employee
Severance
Costs
|
|
Lease
and Other
Contractual
Costs
|
|
Total
|
|
Balance January 1, 2008
|
|
$
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
Costs incurred and charged to operating expenses
|
|
|
1,914
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,914
|
|
|
Costs incurred and charged to cost of goods sold
|
|
|
6,089
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,089
|
|
|
Costs paid or otherwise settled
|
|
|
(3,722
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
(3,722
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance December 31, 2008
|
|
$
|
4,281
|
|
$
|
|
|
$
|
4,281
|
|
|
Costs incurred and charged to operating expenses
|
|
|
1,037
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,037
|
|
|
Costs incurred and charged to cost of goods sold
|
|
|
788
|
|
|
3,360
|
|
|
4,148
|
|
|
Adjustments(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
59
|
|
|
59
|
|
|
Costs paid or otherwise settled
|
|
|
(5,420
|
)
|
|
(259
|
)
|
|
(5,679
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2009
|
|
$
|
686
|
|
$
|
3,160
|
|
$
|
3,846
|
|
-
(1)
-
Represents
accretion of interest on discounted restructuring liabilities.
The
remaining accrued liabilities as of December 31, 2009 will be paid during 2010.
66
Table of Contents
Results of Operations
Allocations of fair value to tangible and intangible assets, goodwill, pension obligations and deferred taxes are based upon
preliminary valuation information. The analysis will be completed during the fourth quarter of 2010.
In
connection with our emergence from Chapter 11 bankruptcy proceedings and the adoption of Fresh Start Accounting, the results of operations for 2010 separately present the 2010
Successor Period and the 2010 Predecessor Period. Although the 2010 Successor Period and the 2010 Predecessor Period are distinct reporting periods, the effects of emergence and Fresh Start Accounting
did not have a material impact on the comparability of our results of operations between the periods. Accordingly, references to 2010 results of operations for the nine months ended
September 30, 2010 combine the two periods in order to enhance the comparability of such information to the prior year. A summary of our operating results for the nine months ended
September 30, 2010 and 2009 and as a percentage of net sales is shown below;
Comparison of Nine Months Ended September 30, 2010 to the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands except per share data)
|
|
Nine-Months Ended
September 30, 2010
|
|
Nine-Months Ended
September 30, 2009
|
|
Net sales:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Wheels
|
|
$
|
210,649
|
|
|
37.0
|
%
|
$
|
174,609
|
|
|
41.2
|
%
|
|
Components
|
|
|
307,598
|
|
|
53.9
|
%
|
|
222,535
|
|
|
52.5
|
%
|
|
Other
|
|
|
52,055
|
|
|
9.1
|
%
|
|
26,847
|
|
|
3
|
%
|
Total net sales
|
|
|
570,302
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
423,991
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
Gross profit (loss):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Wheels
|
|
|
27,965
|
|
|
13.3
|
%
|
|
10,557
|
|
|
6.0
|
%
|
|
Components
|
|
|
5,294
|
|
|
1.7
|
%
|
|
(22,379
|
)
|
|
(10.1
|
)%
|
|
Other
|
|
|
16,167
|
|
|
31.1
|
%
|
|
6,663
|
|
|
24.8
|
%
|
|
Corporate
|
|
|
(2,221
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
(1,948
|
)
|
|
|
|
Total gross profit (loss)
|
|
|
47,205
|
|
|
8.3
|
%
|
|
(7,107
|
)
|
|
(1.7
|
)%
|
Operating expenses
|
|
|
47,050
|
|
|
8.3
|
%
|
|
47,086
|
|
|
11.1
|
%
|
Loss from operations
|
|
|
155
|
|
|
0.0
|
%
|
|
(54,193
|
)
|
|
(12.8
|
)%
|
Interest (expense), net
|
|
|
(31,948
|
)
|
|
(5.6
|
)%
|
|
(47,025
|
)
|
|
(11.1
|
)%
|
Loss on extinguishment of debt
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(5,389
|
)
|
|
(1.3
|
)%
|
Non-cash market valuationconvertible notes
|
|
|
5,623
|
|
|
1.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other income, net
|
|
|
5,154
|
|
|
0.9
|
%
|
|
5,585
|
|
|
1.3
|
%
|
Reorganization items (gain)
|
|
|
(59,311
|
)
|
|
(10.4
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income tax expense (benefit)
|
|
|
3,160
|
|
|
0.6
|
%
|
|
(567
|
)
|
|
(0.1
|
)%
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
35,135
|
|
|
6.2
|
%
|
$
|
(100,455
|
)
|
|
(23.7
|
)%
|
Net Sales.
Combined net sales for the nine months ended September 30, 2010, were $570.3 million, which was an increase of
34.5%,
compared to net sales of $424.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2009. The increase was due to increased product demand from both our OEM and aftermarket customers.
Gross Profit.
Gross profit increased $54.3 million to $47.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 due to
the
contribution from increased net sales, better capacity utilization with higher sales volumes and improvements in operating efficiencies.
Interest Expense.
Net interest expense decreased $15.1 million to $31.9 million for the nine months ended September 30,
2010
from $47.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2009. This was mostly due to not recognizing interest related to our prepetition senior subordinated notes
67
Table of Contents
that
were cancelled as part of our Plan of Reorganization and having a reduced net debt position as a result of our Plan of Reorganization.
Market ValuationConversion Option on Convertible Notes.
In connection with accounting guidance following the emergence from
Chapter 11, we record the conversion option on our convertible notes at fair value. Due to the change in value of the conversion option, we recorded income of $5.6 million during 2010.
We expect these unrealized, non-cash gains or losses to continue for so long as the convertible notes remain outstanding as the fair value of the conversion options fluctuates.
Reorganization Items.
ASC 852 requires the recognition of certain transactions directly related to the reorganization as reorganization
expense or
income in the statement of operations. The reorganization gain of $59.3 million for 2010 consisted of $25.0 million professional fees directly related to reorganization and an
$84.3 million gain on the discharge and issuance of our debt instruments.
Net Income.
We had net income of $35.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 compared to a net loss of
$100.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2009. The primary
reasons for the improvement are the improved gross profit on higher sales volumes, the net of one-time items related to the debt discharge, and the non-cash market valuation
income for the conversion option on our convertible notes.
Comparison of Fiscal Years Ended December 31, 2009 and 2008
The following table sets forth certain income statement information for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in thousands, except for percentages)
|
|
Year Ended
December 31, 2009
|
|
Year Ended
December 31, 2008
|
|
Net sales:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Wheels
|
|
$
|
238,745
|
|
|
41.9
|
%
|
$
|
391,433
|
|
|
42.1
|
%
|
|
Components
|
|
|
298,726
|
|
|
52.4
|
%
|
|
492,025
|
|
|
52.8
|
%
|
|
Other
|
|
|
32,722
|
|
|
5.7
|
%
|
|
47,951
|
|
|
5.1
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total net sales
|
|
$
|
570,193
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
$
|
931,409
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
Gross profit (loss):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Wheels
|
|
|
21,052
|
|
|
8.8
|
%
|
|
65,018
|
|
|
16.6
|
%
|
|
Components
|
|
|
(27,823
|
)
|
|
(9.3
|
)%
|
|
(18,728
|
)
|
|
(3.8
|
)%
|
|
Other
|
|
|
8,259
|
|
|
25.2
|
%
|
|
13,226
|
|
|
27.6
|
%
|
|
Corporate
|
|
|
(3,790
|
)
|
|
|
%
|
|
(3,916
|
)
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total gross profit (loss)
|
|
|
(2,302
|
)
|
|
(0.4
|
)%
|
|
55,600
|
|
|
6.0
|
%
|
Operating expenses (selling, general and administrative)
|
|
|
42,448
|
|
|
7.4
|
%
|
|
55,202
|
|
|
5.9
|
%
|
Prepetition professional fees
|
|
|
17,015
|
|
|
3.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
%
|
Goodwill and intangible asset impairments
|
|
|
3,330
|
|
|
0.6
|
%
|
|
277,041
|
|
|
29.7
|
%
|
Loss from operations
|
|
|
(65,095
|
)
|
|
(11.4
|
)%
|
|
(276,643
|
)
|
|
(29.7
|
)%
|
Interest (expense), net
|
|
|
(59,753
|
)
|
|
(10.5
|
)%
|
|
(51,400
|
)
|
|
(5.5
|
)%
|
Loss on extinguishment of debt
|
|
|
(5,389
|
)
|
|
(0.9
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
%
|
Other income (loss), net
|
|
|
6,888
|
|
|
1.2
|
%
|
|
(4,821
|
)
|
|
(0.5
|
)%
|
Reorganization items
|
|
|
14,379
|
|
|
2.5
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
%
|
Income tax provision (benefit)
|
|
|
2,384
|
|
|
0.4
|
%
|
|
(4,598
|
)
|
|
(0.5
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss
|
|
$
|
(140,112
|
)
|
|
(24.6
|
)%
|
$
|
(328,266
|
)
|
|
(35.2
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Sales.
Net sales for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009 were $570.2 million, which is a decrease of 38.8% compared
to net
sales of $931.4 million for the fiscal year ended December 31,
68
Table of Contents
2008.
The decreases in our Wheels and Components segments were primarily a result of the significantly reduced demand in the commercial vehicle industry, caused by the deepening economic recession
during 2009.
Gross Profit (Loss).
Gross profit decreased $57.9 million to a loss of $2.3 million for the fiscal year ended
December 31, 2009
from $55.6 million for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008 primarily due to reduced sales and operating inefficiencies related to low production volume. Gross profit as a percent of
sales dropped from 6.0% to (0.4)% due to our Wheels segment's gross margin of 16.6% in 2008 dropping to 8.8% in 2009 primarily due to production inefficiencies caused by reduced sales. Included in
2009 in our Components segment were $3.2 million of costs related to lease abandonment charges recognized related to consolidating our warehouses.
Operating Expenses.
Operating expenses decreased $12.8 million to $42.4 million for the fiscal year ended December 31,
2009 from
$55.2 million for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008. This decrease was primarily due to reduced salary and incentive compensation due to lower headcount in 2009 as well as charges
incurred in 2008 relating to $5.2 million of restructuring costs and $6.8 million of research and development costs.
Interest Expense.
Net interest expense increased $8.4 million to $59.8 million for the fiscal year ended December 31,
2009 from
$51.4 million for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008. The increase was due to having a higher net debt position in 2009 along with higher interest rates and also related to bank
fees for amendment and temporary waivers to our senior credit facilities in 2009. No interest expense was recognized subsequent to October 8, 2009 for our prepetition senior subordinated notes.
Reorganization Items.
ASC 852 requires the recognition of certain transactions directly related to our Chapter 11 reorganization
as
reorganization expense in the statement of operations. The reorganization expense of $14.4 million for 2009 consisted of $10.8 million professional fees directly related to
reorganization and a $3.6 million loss on deferred financing fees related to our prepetition senior subordinated notes that have been included in Liabilities Subject to Compromise. In addition,
we incurred $17.0 million of prepetition professional fees in 2009 directly related to our reorganization, which we reported separately in the statement of operations.
Income Tax Provision.
Income tax expense increased $7.0 million to $2.4 million in 2009 from a tax benefit recorded in 2008
of
$4.6 million. Our provision for income taxes was significantly impacted by the recognition of additional valuation allowance of $54.1 million.
Net Loss.
We had a net loss of $140.1 million for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009 compared to a net loss of
$328.3 million for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008. The decrease to our Net Loss was primarily due to the pre-tax $277.0 million impairment recognized during
2008 partially offset by lower gross profits due to reduced net sales as well as reorganization costs recognized in 2009.
69
Table of Contents
Comparison of Fiscal Years Ended December 31, 2008 and 2007
The following table sets forth certain income statement information for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in thousands, except for percentages)
|
|
Year Ended December 31, 2008
|
|
Year Ended December 31, 2007
|
|
Net sales:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Wheels
|
|
$
|
391,433
|
|
|
42.1
|
%
|
$
|
477,115
|
|
|
47.1
|
%
|
|
Components
|
|
|
492,025
|
|
|
52.8
|
%
|
|
491,324
|
|
|
48.5
|
%
|
|
Other
|
|
|
47,951
|
|
|
5.1
|
%
|
|
45,247
|
|
|
4.4
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total net sales
|
|
$
|
931,409
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
$
|
1,013,686
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
Gross profit:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Wheels
|
|
|
65,018
|
|
|
16.6
|
%
|
|
69,555
|
|
|
14.6
|
%
|
|
Components
|
|
|
(18,728
|
)
|
|
(3.8
|
)%
|
|
7,108
|
|
|
1.4
|
%
|
|
Other
|
|
|
13,226
|
|
|
27.6
|
%
|
|
11,676
|
|
|
25.8
|
%
|
|
Corporate
|
|
|
(3,916
|
)
|
|
|
%
|
|
(1,845
|
)
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total gross profit
|
|
|
55,600
|
|
|
6.0
|
%
|
|
86,494
|
|
|
8.5
|
%
|
Operating expenses (selling, general and administrative)
|
|
|
55,202
|
|
|
5.9
|
%
|
|
55,798
|
|
|
5.5
|
%
|
Goodwill and intangible asset impairments
|
|
|
277,041
|
|
|
29.7
|
%
|
|
1,100
|
|
|
0.1
|
%
|
Income (loss) from operations
|
|
|
(276,643
|
)
|
|
(29.7
|
)%
|
|
29,596
|
|
|
2.9
|
%
|
Interest (expense), net
|
|
|
(51,400
|
)
|
|
(5.5
|
)%
|
|
(48,344
|
)
|
|
(4.8
|
)%
|
Other income (loss), net
|
|
|
(4,821
|
)
|
|
(0.5
|
)%
|
|
6,978
|
|
|
0.7
|
%
|
Income tax benefit
|
|
|
(4,598
|
)
|
|
(0.5
|
)%
|
|
(3,131
|
)
|
|
(0.3
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss
|
|
$
|
(328,266
|
)
|
|
(35.2
|
)%
|
$
|
(8,639
|
)
|
|
(0.9
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Sales.
Net sales for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008 were $931.4 million, which decreased 8.1% compared to net
sales of
$1,013.7 million for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007. The decrease in net sales in our Wheels segment was primarily a result of the reduced demand in the commercial vehicle
industry along with approximately $10.0 million of reduced pricing. Our Components segment increased net sales mostly due to approximately $42.0 million of price increases realized to
offset increased material costs. The Other segment's revenues also increased due to other price increases realized to offset increased material costs.
Gross Profit.
Gross profit decreased $30.9 million to $55.6 million for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008 from
$86.5 million for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007 primarily due to reduced sales and operating inefficiencies related to low production volume. Gross profit as a percent of sales
dropped from 8.5% to 6.0%, due to our Components segment's gross margin of 1.4% in 2007 dropping to a loss of 3.8% in 2008 primarily due to production inefficiencies caused by reduced sales. Included
in 2008 were $7.4 million of severance and other expenses related to restructuring. Included in 2008 and 2007 in our Components segment were $7.7 million and $2.1 million,
respectively, of costs related to a labor
disruption at our Rockford, Illinois facility. Included in 2007 results in our Wheels segment are additional severance and other charges of $16.7 million primarily related to a
reduction-in-force in our Canadian facility, accelerated depreciation of $12.8 million, and recognition of a gain of $3.8 million from an insurance settlement.
Operating Expenses.
Operating expenses decreased $0.6 million to $55.2 million for the fiscal year ended December 31,
2008 from
$55.8 million for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007. This was primarily due to reduced salary and incentive compensation, partially offset by $5.0 million of restructuring
costs and $4.3 million of research and development costs recognized in 2008 that are not expected to continue. During 2007, we incurred start-up costs for our facility in Alabama of
70
Table of Contents
$1.4 million
and expenses of $0.5 million related to the secondary stock offerings by selling shareholders in 2007.
Goodwill and Intangible Asset Impairments.
Due to the significant decline in our stock price resulting from overall economic and
industry conditions,
we determined that an indicator of impairment existed for both goodwill and other intangible assets as of June 30, 2008, and we recognized impairment charges of $212.2 million. Our
annual impairment test was performed as of November 30, 2008, which also indicated impairment and resulted in recognizing additional impairment charges totaling $64.8 million. Such
charges were non-cash and did not affect our liquidity, tangible equity or debt covenant ratios.
Interest Expense.
Net interest expense increased $3.1 million to $51.4 million for the fiscal year ended December 31,
2008 from
$48.3 million for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007. The increase of expense is attributable to $5.7 million of losses from our interest rate swap agreements in 2008
compared to $0.3 million of gains in 2007, partially offset by a decrease in interest expense related to reduced debt and $1.6 million of costs incurred in 2007 related to amending our
credit agreements.
Income Tax Provision.
The $4.6 million of income tax benefits recorded in the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008, was
$1.5 million higher than the $3.1 million income tax benefit recorded in the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007, which was mainly due to recognizing a valuation allowance against
our deferred tax assets in 2008, partially offset by the decrease in pre-tax earnings. The differences between the effective rates and statutory rates for our U.S. and Mexico tax
jurisdictions have not changed significantly.
Net Loss.
We had a net loss of $328.3 million for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008 compared to a net loss of
$8.6 million
for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007. This was primarily a result of the lower gross profit due to the reduction in sales demand and the goodwill and other intangible asset impairments
recognized during 2008.
Changes in Financial Condition
At September 30, 2010, the Successor Company had total assets of $866.4 million, as compared to the Predecessor Company's
total assets of $671.7 million at December 31, 2009. The $194.7 million, or 29.0%, increase in total assets primarily resulted from changes from the fair valuation of our assets
by adopting Fresh Start Accounting in accordance with ASC 852, as well as changes in working capital. During the nine months ended September 30, 2010, property, plant and equipment increased by
$48.7 million, other intangible assets increased by $152.6 million, goodwill increased by $1.3 million and other assets decreased by $4.2 million for changes in the
allocation of fair values as of February 26, 2010. Since the allocation of fair value is still preliminary, additional changes are expected in the fourth quarter of this year.
At
December 31, 2009, we had total assets of $671.7 million, as compared to $808.6 million at December 31, 2008. The $136.9 million, or 16.9%, decrease
in total assets primarily resulted from the reduction of cash of $67.2 million, a net reduction of property, plant, and equipment of $29.1 million and reduction of inventory of
$28.1 million.
We
define working capital as current assets (excluding cash and debt) less current liabilities. We use working capital and cash flow measures to evaluate the performance of our
operations and our ability to meet our financial obligations. We require working capital investment to maintain our position as a leading manufacturer and supplier of commercial vehicle components. We
continue to strive to align our working capital investment with our customers' purchase requirements and our production schedules.
71
Table of Contents
The
following table summarizes the major components of our working capital as of the periods listed below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
September 30,
2010
|
|
December 31,
2009
|
|
December 31,
2008
|
|
Accounts receivable
|
|
$
|
103,198
|
|
$
|
66,301
|
|
$
|
78,219
|
|
Inventories
|
|
|
64,693
|
|
|
50,742
|
|
|
78,805
|
|
Deferred income taxes (current)
|
|
|
2,811
|
|
|
2,811
|
|
|
1,955
|
|
Other current assets
|
|
|
4,990
|
|
|
22,762
|
|
|
25,104
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
|
58,699
|
|
|
(31,277
|
)
|
|
(63,937
|
)
|
Accrued payroll and compensation
|
|
|
18,468
|
|
|
(14,318
|
)
|
|
(19,651
|
)
|
Accrued interest payable
|
|
|
5,196
|
|
|
(3,571
|
)
|
|
(12,505
|
)
|
Accrued workers compensation
|
|
|
7,746
|
|
|
(7,038
|
)
|
|
(7,969
|
)
|
Other current liabilities
|
|
|
20,046
|
|
|
(20,609
|
)
|
|
(21,556
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Working Capital
|
|
$
|
65,537
|
|
$
|
65,803
|
|
$
|
58,465
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Significant
changes in working capital from December 31, 2009 to September 30, 2010 included:
-
-
an increase in accounts receivable of $36.9 million due to the comparative increase in revenue in the months
leading up to the respective period-end dates;
-
-
an increase in inventory of $14.0 million due to increase in sales demand;
-
-
a decrease in other current assets of $17.8 million due to the adoption of a new accounting policy for supplies as
part of the Fresh Start Accounting; and
-
-
an increase of accounts payable of $27.4 million primarily due to the increase in raw material purchases in the
months leading up to the respective period-end dates.
Significant
changes in net working capital from December 31, 2008 to December 31, 2009 included:
-
-
a decrease in receivables of $11.9 million due to the reduction in sales;
-
-
a decrease in inventories of $28.1 million due to the reduction in sales demand;
-
-
a decrease in accounts payable of $32.6 million due to the reduction in amounts due related to inventory and other
purchases, as well as the impact of reduced terms with our suppliers;
-
-
a decrease in accrued payroll and compensation of $5.4 million primarily due to not having a liability in the
current year for certain incentive and other compensation programs; and
-
-
a decrease in accrued interest payable of $8.9 million primarily due to the Company not accruing interest on our
prepetition senior subordinated notes and PIK interest reflected in debt.
Capital Resources and Liquidity
Our primary sources of liquidity during the periods January 1, 2010 through February 26, 2010 for the Predecessor Company
and February 26, 2010 through September 30, 2010 for the Successor Company were cash reserves, the debt instruments entered into in connection with our emergence from bankruptcy and the
debt instruments entered into in connection with the refinancing. We believe that cash from operations, existing cash reserves, and availability under our senior secured facility will provide adequate
funds for our working capital needs, planned capital expenditures and debt service obligations through 2010 and the foreseeable future.
Our
ability to fund working capital needs, planned capital expenditures, scheduled debt payments, and to comply with any financial covenants under our senior secured facility, depends on
our future
72
Table of Contents
operating
performance and cash flow, which in turn, are subject to prevailing economic conditions and to financial, business and other factors, some of which are beyond our control.
Historically,
our primary sources of liquidity have been cash flows from operations and borrowings under our senior credit facilities. Due to the downturn in the commercial vehicle
supply industry and the economy in general, however, in 2009, we experienced a reduction in cash flows from operations and increasingly relied on borrowings under our prepetition senior credit
facility and the credit facility we entered in connection with our Chapter 11 filing, as well as cash reserves, to meet our liquidity requirements. Some of the cash reduction experienced in
2009, however, was offset by the implementation of our operational restructuring initiatives, for which we have seen a continued benefit in 2010, and a reduction in capital expenditures. On the
Effective Date, we emerged from Chapter 11 bankruptcy proceedings with a new capital structure which reduced our annual debt payments. We further reduced our outstanding debt and increased our
liquidity through our July 29 refinance and the completion of the conversion offer in November 2010. Based on the commercial vehicle industry production forecasts included in this prospectus,
we expect to generate sufficient cash to meet our future liquidity needs in 2010.
Operating Activities
Net cash used in operating activities during the nine months ended September 30, 2010 was $36.5 million. The primary
drivers of the use in cash were $12.2 million of cash payments for reorganization items, $22.4 million of cash payments related to bankruptcy, and
$16.1 million of increased working capital assets. During a period of increasing sales demand, our working capital needs also rise.
Net
cash used in operating activities during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009 amounted to $39.3 million compared to a use of $9.2 million for the fiscal year
ended December 31, 2008. This increase in funds used was primarily a result of reduced demand for our products during 2009 and approximately $23.0 million in fees and other expenses
related to our prepetition senior credit facility that were paid during 2009.
Investing Activities
Net cash provided by investing activities totaled $3.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010. During 2010,
we had cash inflows of $15.0 million related to issuance of letters of credit to replace restricted cash from previously drawn letters of credit. Our most significant cash outlays for investing
activities are the purchases of property, plant and equipment. Capital expenditures for 2010 are expected to be approximately $15 million, which will be funded through existing cash reserves.
Due to the continued challenges facing our industry and the economy as a whole, we are managing our capital expenditures very closely in order to preserve liquidity while still maintaining our
production capacity and making investments necessary to meet competitive threats and to seize upon growth opportunities.
Net
cash used in investing activities totaled $34.9 million for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009, compared to a use of $35.3 million for the fiscal year ended
December 31, 2008. Our capital expenditures in 2009 were $20.4 million compared to capital expenditures of $29.7 million in 2008. Cash generated from operations and existing cash
reserves funded these expenditures. In 2009 we had cash inflows of $3.9 million related to the sale of certain marketable securities during the year compared to cash use of $5.0 million
in 2008 for purchases of marketable securities. During 2009, we had cash outflows of $18.7 million related to restricted cash from drawn letters of credit.
73
Table of Contents
Financing Activities
Net cash provided by financing activities totaled $28.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010. Included in
this amount are the impacts from the Plan of Reorganization of satisfying our prepetition senior credit facility of $305.8 million, our revolving credit facility of $71.7 million, and
the DIP facility of $25.0 million. Also included are proceeds from the $140 million aggregate principal amount of convertible notes we issued and the $310.5 million postpetition
senior credit facility we entered into upon emergence from bankruptcy.
Net
cash provided by financing activities for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009 totaled $7.0 million, compared to net cash provided by financing activities of
$77.2 million for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008. During 2009, we received $21.5 million from our DIP credit facility and had net cash outflows for our prepetition
revolving credit facility of $3.7 million compared to increasing our borrowings of our prepetition revolving credit facility by $78.4 million in 2008. During 2009, we also incurred
$10.8 million in fees associated with amending our prepetition senior credit facility.
Bank Borrowing
Prepetition Senior Credit Facility
Effective January 31, 2005, and as most recently amended as of August 14, 2009, we entered into the prepetition senior
credit facility in conjunction with the acquisition of Transportation Technologies Industries, Inc., which we refer to as "TTI," to refinance substantially all of our credit facilities, as well
as the senior bank debt and subordinated debt of TTI. Our prepetition senior credit facility consisted of (i) a term loan facility in an aggregate principal amount of $550.0 million that
required annual amortization payments of 1.00% per year, which would have matured on January 31, 2012, and (ii) a revolving credit facility in an aggregate amount of
$100.0 million (comprised of a $76.0 million U.S. revolving credit facility and a $24.0 million Canadian revolving credit facility) which would have matured on January 31,
2011.
The
loans under our prepetition senior credit facility were secured by, among other things, a lien on substantially all of our U.S. properties, assets and domestic subsidiaries and a
pledge of 65% of the stock of our foreign subsidiaries. The loans under the Canadian revolving credit facility were secured by substantially all the properties and assets of Accuride
Canada Inc.
The
prepetition senior credit facility was amended and restated pursuant to the Plan of Reorganization on the Effective Date, as discussed below.
Debtor-in-Possession Credit Facility
In connection with our Chapter 11 filing, we entered into our DIP credit facility, which consisted of a superpriority secured
asset based revolving credit facility of $25.0 million and a term loan first-in, last-out facility of $25.0 million. The $25.0 million of asset based loans
under the DIP credit facility bore interest, at our election, at a rate of LIBOR + 6.50% (with a LIBOR floor of 2.50%) or Base Rate + 5.50% (with a Base Rate floor of
3.50%), and the $25.0 million of first-in, last-out term loans under the DIP credit facility bore interest, at our election, at a rate of LIBOR + 7.50%
(with a LIBOR floor of 2.50%) or Base Rate + 6.50% (with a Base Rate floor of 3.50%).
The
use of proceeds under the DIP credit facility were limited to working capital and other general corporate purposes consistent with a budget that we presented to the administrative
agent, including payment of costs and expenses related to the administration of the Chapter 11 bankruptcy proceedings and payment of other expenses as approved by the bankruptcy court.
Upon
the Effective Date, all amounts outstanding under the DIP credit facility were paid and the DIP credit facility was terminated in accordance with its terms.
74
Table of Contents
Postpetition Senior Credit Facility
On the Effective Date of the Plan of Reorganization, we entered into the fifth amendment and restatement to our prepetition senior
credit facility, which we refer to as the "postpetition senior credit facility." As of the Effective Date, under our postpetition senior credit facility, Accuride had outstanding term loans of
$287.0 million and outstanding letters of credit in the stated amount of $2.1 million and Accuride Canada Inc. had outstanding term loans of $22.0 million. The interest
rate for all loans was, at our option, LIBOR + 6.75% (with a LIBOR floor of 3.00%) or Base Rate + 5.75% (with a Base Rate floor of 4.00%). The maturity for all loans and
reimbursements of draws under the letters of credit was June 30, 2013.
With
certain exceptions, our postpetition senior credit facility required us to prepay loans with (i) 100% of excess cash flow (commencing with the fiscal year ending
December 31, 2010), (ii) 100% of net proceeds from asset sales, (iii) 100% of new proceeds from new debt issuances, (iv) 100% of net cash proceeds from equity issuances and
(v) 100% of cash received by us from third parties that are holding cash from letters of credit that they have drawn.
The
loans under our postpetition senior credit facility were secured by, among other things, a lien on substantially all of our U.S. and Canadian properties, assets and domestic
subsidiaries and a pledge of 65% of the stock of our foreign subsidiaries.
On
July 29, 2010, as described below under "Description of Other IndebtednessABL Facility," we refinanced the postpetition senior credit facility and the postpetition
senior credit facility was terminated.
Bond Financing
Prepetition Senior Subordinated Notes
On January 31, 2005, we issued $275.0 million aggregate principal amount of our senior subordinated notes in a private
placement transaction. Interest on the prepetition senior subordinated notes was payable on February 1 and August 1 of each year, beginning on August 1, 2005. The prepetition
senior subordinated notes would have matured on February 1, 2015 and were redeemable, at our option, in whole or in part, at any time on or before February 1, 2010 in cash at the
redemption prices set forth in the indenture, plus interest. The prepetition senior subordinated notes were general unsecured obligations ranking senior in right of payment to all of our existing and
future subordinated indebtedness. The prepetition senior subordinated notes were subordinated to all of our existing and future senior indebtedness including indebtedness incurred under any senior
credit facility. In May 2005, we successfully completed an exchange offer pursuant to which holders of our outstanding prepetition senior subordinated notes exchanged such notes for otherwise
identical 8.5% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015 which had been registered under the Securities Act.
Pursuant
to the Plan of Reorganization, the prepetition senior subordinated notes and the indenture that governs the prepetition senior subordinated notes were cancelled on the Effective
Date.
Postpetition Senior Convertible Notes
On the Effective Date, we issued $140 million aggregate principal amount of the convertible notes and entered into the
convertible notes indenture. Under the terms of the convertible notes indenture, the convertible notes bear interest at a rate of 7.5% per annum and will mature on February 26, 2020. The first
six interest payments will be PIK interest. Thereafter, beginning on August 26, 2013, interest on the convertible notes will be paid in cash.
On
August 26, 2010, we made a PIK interest payment with respect to the convertible notes by increasing the principal amount of the notes by $5.3 million. Pursuant to the
terms of the convertible
75
Table of Contents
notes
indenture, the conversion rate of the convertible notes was adjusted to 1407.2343 shares of common stock per $1,000 principal amount of convertible notes (equivalent to a conversion price of
$0.71 per share of common stock).
On
November 29, 2010, we completed a conversion offer for all of our outstanding convertible notes. Convertible notes accepted for conversion in the conversion offer were
converted at a conversion rate of 238.2119 shares of common stock per $1,000 principal amount of convertible notes, after giving effect to the reverse stock split, rounded down to the nearest whole
number of shares, plus cash paid in lieu of fractional shares. Upon settlement of the conversion offer, an aggregate of 33,606,177 shares of common stock were issued to the surrendering noteholders
and $141,076,966 principal amount of the convertible notes were cancelled, constituting approximately 97.1% of the outstanding principal amount of the convertible notes. As of November 29,
2010, $4,173,035 aggregate principal amount of convertible notes remains outstanding.
The
convertible notes that remain outstanding are currently redeemable by us, in whole or in part, at any time, subject to applicable law, at a price equal to 100% of the principal
amount of the convertible notes to be redeemed, plus any accrued and unpaid interest up to the redemption date.
Refinancing
On July 29, 2010, we completed an offering of $310.0 million aggregate principal amount of the outstanding notes and
entered into the ABL Facility. We used the net proceeds from the offering of the outstanding notes, $15.0 million of borrowings under the ABL Facility and cash on hand to refinance our
postpetition senior credit facility and to pay related fees and expenses.
ABL Facility
In connection with the refinancing, we entered into the ABL Facility. The ABL Facility is a senior secured asset based revolving credit
facility in an aggregate principal amount of up to $75.0 million, with the right, subject to certain conditions, to increase the availability under the facility by up to $25.0 million in
the aggregate (for a total aggregate availability of $100.0 million). The
four-year ABL Facility matures on July 29, 2014 and provides for loans and letters of credit in an aggregate amount up to the amount of the facility, subject to meeting certain
borrowing base conditions, with sub-limits of up to $10.0 million for swingline loans and $25.0 million to be available for the issuance of letters of credit. Loans under the
ABL Facility initially bear interest at an annual rate equal to either LIBOR plus 3.50% or Base Rate plus 2.50%, at our option, subject to changes based on our leverage ratio as defined in the ABL
Facility.
We
must also pay a commitment fee equal to 0.50% per annum to the lenders under the ABL Facility if utilization under the facility exceeds 50.0% of the total commitments under the
facility and a commitment fee equal to 0.75% per annum if utilization under the facility is less than or equal to 50.0% of the total commitments under the facility. Customary letter of credit fees are
also payable, as necessary.
The
obligations under the ABL Facility are secured by the ABL Priority Collateral and the Notes Priority Collateral.
Outstanding Notes
Also in connection with the refinancing, we issued $310.0 million aggregate principal amount of outstanding notes. Under the
terms of the indenture governing the outstanding notes, the outstanding notes bear interest at a rate of 9.5% per year and mature on August 1, 2018. Prior to maturity we may redeem the
outstanding notes on the terms set forth in the indenture that governs the outstanding notes. The outstanding notes are guaranteed by the guarantors, and the outstanding notes and the
76
Table of Contents
related
guarantees are secured by first priority liens on the Notes Priority Collateral and second priority liens on the ABL Priority Collateral.
Restrictive Debt Covenants
Our credit documents (the ABL Facility and the indenture governing the outstanding notes) contain operating covenants that limit the
discretion of management with respect to certain business matters. These covenants place significant restrictions on, among other things, the ability to incur additional debt, to pay dividends, to
create liens, to make certain payments and
investments and to sell or otherwise dispose of assets and merge or consolidate with other entities. In addition, the ABL Facility contains a financial covenant which requires us to maintain a fixed
charge coverage ratio during any compliance period, which is any time when the excess availability is less than or equal to the greater of $10.0 million or 15% of the total commitment under the
ABL Facility. Due to the amount of our excess availability (as calculated under the ABL Facility), we are not currently in a compliance period, and we do not have to maintain a fixed charge coverage
ratio, although this is subject to change.
We
continue to operate in a challenging economic environment and our ability to maintain liquidity and comply with our debt covenants may be affected by economic or other conditions that
are beyond our control and which are difficult to predict. The 2011 production forecasts by ACT Publications for the significant commercial vehicle markets that we serve, as of December 10,
2010, are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
North American Class 8
|
|
|
235,313
|
|
North American Classes 5-7
|
|
|
125,110
|
|
U.S. Trailers
|
|
|
203,950
|
|
Based
on the these production builds, we expect to comply with any financial covenants we may become subject to and believe that our liquidity will be sufficient to fund currently
anticipated working capital, capital expenditures, and debt service requirements for at least the next twelve months. However, if our net sales are significantly less than expectations, given the
volatility and the calendarization of the production builds as well as the other markets that we serve, or due to the challenging credit markets, we could violate any such financial covenants or have
insufficient liquidity. In the event of noncompliance, we would pursue an amendment or waiver. However, no assurances can be given that those forecasts will be accurate.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
We do not currently have any off-balance sheet arrangements that have or are reasonably likely to have a material current
or future effect on our financial condition, revenues or expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources. From time to time we may enter into operating leases,
letters of credit, or take-or-pay obligations related to the purchase of raw materials that would not be reflected in our balance sheet.
Contractual Obligations and Commercial Commitments
The following table summarizes our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2009 and the effect such obligations and
commitments are expected to have on our liquidity and cash flow in future periods. The table does not reflect the effects of our Plan of Reorganization (other than as described in the footnotes) and
does not reflect the July 2010 refinancing or the conversion offer. See "Unaudited
77
Table of Contents
Pro
Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information" for certain effects of the Plan of Reorganization, the refinancing and the conversion offer.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payments due by period
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
Total
|
|
Less than
1 year
|
|
1 - 3 years
|
|
3 - 5 years
|
|
More than
5 years
|
|
Long-term debt(a)
|
|
$
|
650.7
|
|
$
|
650.7
|
|
$
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
DIP credit facility
|
|
|
25.0
|
|
|
25.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest on debt(b)
|
|
|
1.3
|
|
|
1.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest rate swap agreement
|
|
|
1.1
|
|
|
1.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital leases
|
|
|
3.1
|
|
|
0.4
|
|
|
0.8
|
|
|
0.6
|
|
|
1.3
|
|
Operating leases(c)
|
|
|
38.1
|
|
|
8.7
|
|
|
9.8
|
|
|
6.9
|
|
|
12.7
|
|
Purchase commitments(d)
|
|
|
10.4
|
|
|
10.3
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other long-term liabilities(e)
|
|
|
169.7
|
|
|
16.0
|
|
|
29.6
|
|
|
32.2
|
|
|
91.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total obligations(f)
|
|
$
|
899.4
|
|
$
|
713.5
|
|
$
|
40.3
|
|
$
|
39.7
|
|
$
|
105.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
-
(a)
-
These
liabilities were subject to compromise under the Bankruptcy Code as of December 31, 2009. The total amount is reported under the "less than one
year" column in the table above due to the fact that we were in default with all of our prepetition debt, as a result of filing for Chapter 11. As of the Effective Date, our
long-term debt was reduced to $449.0 million, which is comprised of our $309.0 million postpetition senior credit facility and $140.0 million of convertible notes. As
of September 30, 2010, we had approximately $587.0 million of total debt, which consists of our $301.8 million of outstanding notes and $145.3 million of convertible notes
recorded with a market valuation of $285.3 million, which would not have been subordinated to the notes. After completion of the conversion offer on November 29, 2010, which reduced the
outstanding amount of convertible notes to $4,173,035 principal amount, the carrying value of our total indebtedness is approximately $310.0 million.
-
(b)
-
No
interest expense is included for items subject to compromise. Interest on debt presented is the interest calculated on our DIP credit facility, which
matured during 2010. This amount was paid on the Effective Date. Interest expense as of the Effective Date for the $449.0 million of our postpetition debt creates future obligations of
$205.8 million, which is comprised of $100.7 million for our postpetition senior credit facility and $105.1 million for our convertible notes.
-
(c)
-
Subsequent
to December 31, 2009, future obligations for certain leases were reduced by $9.0 million.
-
(d)
-
The
unconditional purchase commitments are principally take-or-pay obligations related to the purchase of certain materials,
including natural gas, consistent with customary industry practice.
-
(e)
-
Consists
primarily of estimated post-retirement and pension contributions for 2010 and estimated future post-retirement and pension
benefit payments for the years 2011 through 2019. Amounts for 2020 and thereafter are unknown at this time.
-
(f)
-
Since
it is not possible to determine in which future period it might be paid, excluded above is the $7.9 million uncertain tax liability recorded in
accordance with ASC 740-10, "Income Taxes."
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
Our consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes have been prepared in accordance with GAAP applied on a consistent basis.
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues, and expenses
during the reporting periods.
78
Table of Contents
We
continually evaluate our accounting policies and estimates used to prepare the consolidated financial statements. In general, management's estimates are based on historical
experience, on information from third party professionals and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the facts and circumstances. Actual results could differ from those
estimates made by management.
Critical
accounting policies and estimates are those where the nature of the estimates or assumptions is material due to the levels of subjectivity and judgment necessary to account for
highly uncertain matters or the susceptibility of such matters to change, and the impact of the estimates and assumptions on financial condition or operating performance is material. We believe our
critical accounting policies and estimates, as reviewed and discussed with the Audit Committee of our board of directors, include accounting for impairment of long-lived assets, goodwill,
pensions, and taxes.
Fresh Start Accounting
Upon our emergence from Chapter 11 bankruptcy proceedings, we adopted Fresh Start Accounting, which requires
additional
estimates and assumptions related to the fair value of our consolidated balance sheets. The allocations of fair value are based upon preliminary valuation information and other studies that have not
yet been completed due to the timing of the emergence from Chapter 11 bankruptcy proceedings and the volume and complexity of the analysis required. It is anticipated that these studies will
conclude during the third or fourth quarters of 2010.
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets
We evaluate long-lived assets whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the
carrying amount of an asset or asset group may not be recoverable. In performing the review of recoverability, we estimate future cash
flows expected to result from the use of the asset and our eventual disposition. The estimates of future cash flows, based on reasonable and supportable assumptions and projections, require
management's subjective judgments. The time periods for estimating future cash flows is often lengthy, which increases the sensitivity to assumptions made. Depending on the assumptions and estimates
used, such as the determination of the primary asset group, the estimated life of the primary asset, and projected profitability, the estimated future cash flows projected in the evaluation of
long-lived assets can vary within a wide range of outcomes. We consider the likelihood of possible outcomes in determining the best estimate of future cash flows.
Accounting for Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets
We review goodwill for impairment annually or more frequently if events or circumstances
indicate
that the carrying amount of goodwill may be impaired. Recoverability of goodwill is measured by a comparison of the carrying value to the implied fair value. If the carrying amount exceeds its fair
value, an impairment charge is recognized to the extent that the implied fair value exceeds its carrying value. The implied fair value of goodwill is the residual fair value, if any, after allocating
the fair value to all of the assets (recognized and unrecognized) and all of the liabilities. We estimate fair value using a combination of market value approach using quoted market prices of
comparable companies and an income approach using discounted cash flow projections.
The
income approach uses a projection of estimated cash flows that is discounted using a weighted-average cost of capital that reflects current market conditions. The projection uses
management's best estimates of economic and market conditions over the projected period including growth rates in sales, costs, estimates of future expected changes in operating margins and capital
expenditures. Other significant estimates and assumptions include terminal value growth rates, future estimates of capital expenditures and changes in future working capital requirements.
A
significant amount of judgment is involved in determining if an indicator of impairment has occurred. Such indicators may include, among others: a significant decline in our expected
future cash flows; a sustained, significant decline in our stock price and market capitalization; a significant adverse change in the business climate; unanticipated competition; and slower growth
rates. Any adverse
79
Table of Contents
change
in these factors could have a significant impact on the recoverability of these assets and could have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.
The
midpoint of the range of fair values of our reorganization values from our Plan of Reorganization, which was approved by the bankruptcy court, was used as our fair value. Based on
our allocation to our reporting units of the midpoint of reorganization values, step one of the annual impairment test passed, and we were not required to complete step two. Pursuant to the Fresh
Start Accounting we have adopted, the reorganization value was allocated to the assets of the Successor Company. Based on the
preliminary allocation, as reflected herein, goodwill and intangibles under Fresh Start Accounting were materially different from amounts recorded as of December 31, 2009.
We
review other intangibles for impairment annually or more frequently if events or circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of trademarks may be impaired. If the carrying amount
exceeds the fair value (determined by calculating a fair value based upon a discounted cash flow of an assumed royalty raterelief of royalty method), impairment of the trademark may exist
resulting in a charge to earnings to the extent of impairment.
Pensions and Other Post-Employment Benefits
We account for our defined benefit pension plans and other post-employment benefit
plans in accordance with ASC 715-30, "Defined Benefit PlansPensions," ASC 715-60, "Defined Benefit PlansOther Postretirement," and ASC
715-20, "Defined Benefit PlansGeneral," which require that amounts recognized in financial statements be determined on an actuarial basis. As permitted by ASC
715-30, we use a smoothed value of plan assets (which is further described below). ASC 715-30 requires that the effects of the performance of the pension plan's assets and
changes in pension liability discount rates on our computation of pension income (cost) be amortized over future periods. ASC 715-20 requires an employer to fully recognize the obligations
associated with single-employer defined benefit pension, retiree healthcare, and other postretirement plans in their financial statements.
The
most significant element in determining our pension income (cost) in accordance with ASC 715-30 is the expected return on plan assets and discount rates. In 2009,
we assumed that the expected long-term rate of return on plan assets would be 7.75% for our U.S. plans and 7.00% for our Canadian plans. The assumed long-term rate of return on
assets is applied to a calculated value of plan assets, which recognizes changes in the fair value of plan assets in a systematic manner over five years. This produces the expected return on plan
assets that is included in pension income (cost). The difference between this expected return and the actual return on plan assets is deferred. The net deferral of past asset gains (losses) affects
the calculated value of plan assets and, ultimately, future pension income (cost).
The
expected return on plan assets is reviewed annually, and if conditions should warrant, will be revised. If we were to lower this rate, future pension cost would increase. We
currently anticipate no change in our long-term rate of return assumption in 2010 for any of our U.S. and Canada plans.
At
the end of each year, we determine the discount rates to be used to calculate the present value of each of the plan liabilities. The discount rate is an estimate of the current
interest rate at which the pension liabilities could be effectively settled at the end of the year. In estimating this rate, we look to rates of return on high-quality, fixed-income
investments that receive one of the two highest ratings given by a recognized ratings agency. At December 31, 2009, we determined the blended
rate to be 6.11%. The net effect of changes in the discount rate, as well as the net effect of other changes in actuarial assumptions and experience, has been deferred, in accordance with ASC
715-30.
For
the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009, we recognized consolidated pretax pension cost of $6.5 million compared to $3.1 million in 2008. We currently expect to
contribute $12.3 million to our pension plans during 2010, however, we may elect to adjust the level of contributions based on a
80
Table of Contents
number
of factors, including performance of pension investments, changes in interest rates, and changes in workforce compensation.
For
the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009, we recognized a consolidated pre-tax post-retirement welfare benefit cost of $1.9 million compared to
$2.2 million in 2008. We expect to contribute $3.8 million during 2010 to our post-retirement welfare benefit plans.
Income Taxes
Management judgment is required in developing our provision for income taxes, including the determination of deferred tax assets,
liabilities and any valuation allowances recorded against the deferred tax assets. We evaluate quarterly the realizability of our net deferred tax assets by assessing the valuation allowance and
adjusting the amount of such allowance, if necessary. The factors used to assess the likelihood of realization are our forecast of future taxable income and the availability of tax planning strategies
that can be implemented to realize the net deferred tax assets. Failure to achieve forecasted taxable income might affect the ultimate realization of the net deferred tax assets. Factors that may
affect our ability to achieve sufficient forecasted taxable income include, but are not limited to, the following: increased competition, a decline in sales or margins, or loss of market share.
We
operate in multiple jurisdictions and are routinely under audit by federal, state and international tax authorities. Exposures exist related to various filing positions that may
require an extended period of time to resolve and may result in income tax adjustments by the taxing authorities. Reserves for these potential exposures that have been established represent
management's best estimate of the probable adjustments. On a quarterly basis, management evaluates the reserve amounts in light of any additional information and adjusts the reserve balances as
necessary to reflect the best estimate of the probable outcomes. We believe that we have established the appropriate reserve for these estimated exposures. However, actual results may differ from
these estimates. The resolution of these matters in a particular future period could have an impact on our consolidated statement of operations and provision for income taxes.
Recent Developments
New Accounting Pronouncements
In January 2010, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, which we refer to as "FASB," issued ASU 2010-6, "Improving
Disclosures about Fair Value Measurements," which requires interim disclosures regarding significant transfers in and out of Level 1 and Level 2 fair value measurements. Additionally,
this ASU requires disclosure for each class of assets and liabilities and disclosures about the valuation techniques and inputs used to measure fair value for both recurring and
non-recurring fair value measurements. These disclosures are required for fair value measurements that fall in either Level 2 or Level 3. Further, the ASU requires separate
presentation of Level 3 activity for the fair value measurements. We adopted the interim disclosure requirements under this standard during the nine-month period ended
September 30, 2010, with the exception of the separate presentation in the Level 3 activity rollforward, which is not effective until fiscal years beginning after December 15,
2010 and for interim periods within those fiscal years.
Compensation Programs and Policies Risk Assessment
We conducted a risk assessment of our compensation programs and policies from a legal, human resources, auditing and risk management
perspective and reviewed and discussed this assessment with the compensation committee. Based on this assessment we concluded that we do not have any compensation programs or practices which would
reasonably likely have a material adverse effect our business.
81
Table of Contents
Effects of Inflation
The effects of inflation were not considered material during fiscal years 2009, 2008, or 2007.
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure about Market Risk
In the normal course of doing business, we are exposed to the risks associated with changes in foreign exchange rates, raw
material/commodity prices, and interest rates. We use derivative instruments to manage these exposures. The objectives for holding derivatives are to minimize the risks using the most effective
methods to eliminate or reduce the impacts of these exposures.
Foreign Currency Risk
Certain forecasted transactions, assets, and liabilities are exposed to foreign currency risk. We monitor our foreign currency
exposures to maximize the overall effectiveness of our foreign currency derivatives. The principal currency of exposure is the Canadian dollar. From time to time, we use foreign currency financial
instruments to offset the impact of the variability in exchange rates on our operations, cash flows, assets and liabilities. At September 30, 2010, we had no open foreign exchange contracts.
Foreign
currency derivative contracts provide only limited protection against currency risks. Factors that could impact the effectiveness of our currency risk management programs include
accuracy of sales estimates, volatility of currency markets and the cost and availability of derivative instruments.
The
counterparty to the foreign exchange contracts is a financial institution with an investment grade credit rating. The use of forward contracts protects our cash flows against
unfavorable movements in exchange rates, to the extent of the amount under contract.
Raw Material/Commodity Price Risk
We rely upon the supply of certain raw materials and commodities in our production processes, and we have entered into firm purchase
commitments for certain metals and natural gas. Additionally, from time to time, we use commodity price swaps and futures contracts to manage the variability in certain commodity prices on our
operations and cash flows. At September 30, 2010, we had no open commodity price swaps or futures contracts.
Interest Rate Risk
We use long-term debt as a primary source of capital. The following table presents the principal cash repayments and
related weighted average interest rates by maturity date for our long-term fixed-rate debt and other types of long-term debt at September 30, 2010:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in thousands)
|
|
2010
|
|
2011
|
|
2012
|
|
2013
|
|
2014
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
Total
|
|
Fair Value
|
|
Long-term Debt:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fixed Rate
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
455,250
|
|
$
|
455,250
|
|
$
|
634,874
|
|
Average Rate
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8.86
|
%
|
|
8.86
|
%
|
|
|
|
Variable Rate
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Average Rate
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
|
The
carrying value of our $145.3 million aggregate principal amount of convertible notes is disclosed on our condensed consolidated balance sheet at $285.3 million, which
considers the fair value of the conversion option and accrued PIK interest, as of September 30, 2010. The table above represents the face value of the debt instrument with a fixed rate of
interest of 7.5%. After completion of the conversion offer on November 29, 2010, which reduced the outstanding amount of convertible
82
Table of Contents
notes
to $4,173,035 principal amount, the carrying value of our total indebtedness is approximately $310.0 million.
We
have used interest rate swaps to alter interest rate exposure between fixed and variable rates on a portion of our long-term debt. As of December 31, 2009, we had
one interest rate swap agreement to exchange, at specified intervals, the difference between 3.81% from March 2008 through March 2010, and the variable rate interest amounts calculated by reference to
the notional principal amount of $125 million. As of December 31, 2009, we had a liability of $1.1 million included in accrued and other liabilities on the consolidated balance
sheet. On March 10, 2010 we terminated the swap agreement and paid the outstanding liability.
Legal Proceedings
Neither we nor any of our subsidiaries is a party to any legal proceeding which, in the opinion of management, would have a material
adverse effect on our business or financial condition. However, we from time-to-time are involved in ordinary routine litigation incidental to our business, including actions
related to product liability, contractual liability, intellectual property, workplace safety and environmental claims. We establish reserves for matters in which losses are probable and can be
reasonably estimated. While we believe that we have established adequate accruals for our expected future liability with respect to our pending legal actions and proceedings, we cannot assure you that
our liability with respect to any such action or proceeding would not exceed our established accruals. Further, we cannot assure that litigation having a material adverse affect on our financial
condition will not arise in the future.
83
Table of Contents
BUSINESS
Our Company
We are one of the largest manufacturers and suppliers of commercial vehicle components in North America, offering one of the broadest
product lines to the commercial vehicle industry. We believe that we have the number one or number two market position in a variety of heavy- and medium-duty commercial vehicle products
including: steel wheels, forged aluminum wheels, brake drums, disc wheel hubs, metal bumpers and seating assemblies. We market our products under some of the most recognized brand names in the
industry, including Accuride, Bostrom, Brillion, Fabco, Gunite, Highway Original and Imperial. We have long-standing relationships with the leading OEM and the related aftermarket channels
in most major segments of the commercial vehicle market, including heavy- and medium-duty trucks, commercial trailers, light trucks, buses, as well as specialty and military vehicles. For
the fiscal year ended
December 31, 2008, we reported net sales of $931.4 million and Adjusted EBITDA of $79.0 million. For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009, we reported net sales of
$570.2 million and Adjusted EBITDA of $23.7 million. For the nine-month period ended September 30, 2010, we generated net sales of $570.3 million and Adjusted
EBITDA of $51.1 million. For a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to the closest related GAAP measure, net income (loss), see footnote (d) to "Summary Historical and Pro
Forma Financial Information and Other Data."
Our
primary product lines are designated as standard equipment by a majority of North American heavy- and medium-duty truck OEMs, providing us with a significant competitive
advantage. We believe that a majority of all heavy- and medium-duty truck models manufactured in North America contain one or more of our components. For the fiscal year ended
December 31, 2009, we sold approximately 51% of our products to heavy- and medium-duty truck and commercial trailer OEMs and approximately 32% to the related aftermarkets.
The remainder of our sales were made to customers in the light truck, specialty and military vehicle and other industrial markets. We continue to pursue growth in sales to the aftermarket, which we
believe complements our original equipment business due to its relative stability and higher profit margins. In addition, we continue to pursue increased sales to military OEMs, particularly sales of
wheel assemblies and wheel-end components, which we believe provide a robust growth opportunity as well as the opportunity to partially offset the cyclicality of our primary commercial
vehicle market.
Our
diversified customer base includes substantially all of the leading commercial vehicle OEMs, such as DTNA, with its Freightliner and Western Star brand trucks, PACCAR, with its
Peterbilt and Kenworth brand trucks, Navistar, with its International brand trucks, and Volvo/Mack, with its Volvo and Mack brand trucks. Our primary commercial trailer customers include leading
commercial trailer OEMs, such as Great Dane, Wabash and Utility. Our major light truck customer is General Motors Company. We have established relationships of more than 20 years with many of
these leading OEM customers. Our product portfolio is supported by strong sales, marketing and design engineering capabilities with 17 strategically located, technologically-advanced manufacturing
facilities across the United States, Mexico and Canada.
Our Competitive Strengths
Leading market positions and strong brands.
We are among North America's largest companies serving the heavy- and medium-duty truck
OEMs and the related aftermarkets, supplying a broad range of commercial vehicle components. We expect our broad product portfolio, established brand names and dedicated sales force to help us
maintain and improve our strong market position by enhancing our ability to cross-sell products, increase our content per vehicle and market ourselves as a broad-based provider of
commercial vehicle components to our customers. Our leading market shares and longstanding relationships with our customers provide us the opportunity to further build upon our content per vehicle. We
offer an extensive portfolio of products for commercial vehicles that we believe
84
Table of Contents
to
be technologically superior and, as a broad-based provider, have the ability to serve many of our customers' needs. We seek to continue to increase the number of truck platforms on which our
products are designated as standard equipment, which also contributes to the growth of our aftermarket business. Based on internal market data, we believe that we have leading market share positions
in several of our business segments. For example, we believe that we have the number one or number two market position in heavy- and medium-commercial vehicle products with respect to the following
products:
Estimated Market Position in Key Products
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Product Line
|
|
Brand
|
|
Rank
|
|
Steel wheels
|
|
Accuride
|
|
|
#1
|
|
Forged aluminum wheels
|
|
Accuride
|
|
|
#2
|
|
Brake drums
|
|
Gunite
|
|
|
#1
|
|
Disc wheel hubs
|
|
Gunite
|
|
|
#2
|
|
Metal bumpers
|
|
Imperial
|
|
|
#2
|
|
Seating assemblies
|
|
Bostrom
|
|
|
#2
|
|
With
regard to our wheels product segment, we believe that steel wheels represent approximately two-thirds of the total North American market (by volume) for commercial
vehicle wheels.
Broad-based product portfolio.
We believe we have one of the broadest product portfolios in the North American commercial vehicle
components
industry. This product diversity provides us with a competitive advantage because it allows us to meet more of our customers' needs as they increasingly outsource production and seek to streamline
their supplier base. Our diversification also enables us to capitalize on growth in different end markets while limiting exposure to any one product line, technology, end-market or
customer. The following charts describe our approximate 2009 net sales by end market and customer.
|
|
|
By End Market
|
|
By Customer
|
|
|
|
Strong, long-term customer relationships.
We have successfully developed strong relationships with all of the primary North American
commercial vehicle OEMs by offering a broad range of high quality products through targeted sales and marketing efforts. We have a dedicated sales force located near major customers such as
DTNA, PACCAR, Volvo/Mack and Navistar with additional field personnel positioned throughout North America to service other OEMs, independent distributors and trucking fleets. In addition, our research
and development personnel work closely with customer engineering groups to develop new proprietary products and improve existing products and manufacturing processes. The strength of our customer
relationships is reflected by the fact that for over ten years our largest and most important products, wheel products, have been designated as standard equipment by the majority of the North American
heavy- and medium-duty truck OEMs. We have long-term
85
Table of Contents
relationships
with our larger customers, many of whom have purchased components from us or our predecessors for more than 45 years. We garner repeat business through our reputation for quality
and our position as standard equipment on a variety of truck platforms.
Significant and growing aftermarket presence.
The respective aftermarket portions of our business represent a less cyclical, recurring
and higher
margin portion of our business, and we have recently increased our efforts to further penetrate this market and gain market share. In 2009, we created a new aftermarket division as part of our
operational restructuring initiatives. This initiative consolidated our aftermarket facilities into one business unit, improving our ability to service customers of all sizes. Within this
newly-created division, we have a group of salespeople who provide aftermarket sales coverage for our various products, particularly wheels, wheel-ends, and seating assemblies.
Modern and strategically located manufacturing facilities.
Our facilities are strategically located within relatively close proximity
of many of our
customers, facilitating more effective and efficient customer service, while reducing customer freight charges. Since 2006, we have invested over $80 million to expand, improve and optimize our
facilities, including the wide use of robotics and increased automation. These investments have significantly lowered overall labor costs while still producing components of high quality. Our enhanced
facilities have available capacity to meet projected demand for the vast majority of our products and require only modest capital expenditures to increase capacity selectively and lower overall
manufacturing costs.
Significant barriers to entry.
Our businesses have considerable barriers to entry, including the following: significant capital
investment and
research and development requirements; stringent OEM technical and manufacturing requirements; just-in-time delivery requirements to meet OEM volume demand; and strong
name-brand recognition. Competition from non-U.S. manufacturers is constrained in the markets in which we compete due to factors including high shipping costs, quality concerns
given the safety aspect of many of our products, the need to be responsive to order changes on short notice, unique North American design requirements and the small labor component of most of our
products.
Proven and experienced management team.
Our senior management team has almost 150 years of combined experience, including strong
execution
experience in cyclical manufacturing environments. The expertise and strength of our management team has resulted in tangible successes carrying out our restructuring program and maintaining our
strong market presence and reputation as an industry leader.
Our Strategy
We believe that our strong competitive position, in combination with the restructuring initiatives that we have implemented, will
enable us to significantly benefit from the anticipated growth in the North American commercial vehicle market as the economy recovers. We are committed to enhancing our sales, profitability and cash
flows through the following strategies:
Enhance market position through organic growth and further product diversification.
We have a multi-pronged growth strategy that includes
initiatives to continue to increase market share, add new products and increase customer penetration. Our strategy is focused on providing customer-driven solutions that will strengthen our customer
relationships and drive higher organic growth. We intend to leverage our position as a diverse supplier of commercial vehicle components to sell a broader line of products to existing customers and
increase content per vehicle. We have and will continue to seek to expand our product offering to provide customers with value-added solutions, which we expect will include new technologies that
improve performance and reliability when compared to existing product offerings. We intend to continue to diversify our end market exposure and further expand into adjacent markets such as bus,
military and construction where we can add value to those businesses.
86
Table of Contents
Increase products under standard supplier arrangements.
We provide standard content to a majority of truck platforms at each of DTNA,
PACCAR, and
Navistar and trailer platforms at Wabash, Great Dane and Utility. We continue to focus on these relationships in order to become the standard supplier for additional products and truck platforms. We
believe that we have opportunities to increase the number of platforms on which we are the standard supplier as well as the number of products for which we are the primary supplier. Such an increase
in content per vehicle would allow us to gain market share and drive revenue growth both with and without increased OEM production levels. We also expect that an increase in our standard supplier
positions will contribute to the continued growth of our aftermarket business.
Expand truck aftermarket penetration.
The aftermarket segment represents a less cyclical, recurring and higher profit margin portion of
our business.
Effective May 2009, we implemented a consolidated aftermarket distribution strategy for our wheels, wheel-ends, seating, and newly-created Highway Original aftermarket brand. As a result,
customers can now order steel and aluminum wheels, brake drums/rotors, automatic slack adjusters, seats, bumpers, fuel tanks, and battery boxes on one
purchase order, improving freight efficiencies and inventory turns for our customers. We believe this capability provides a strategic advantage over our single product line competitors. The new
aftermarket infrastructure enables us to expand direct shipments from our manufacturing plant to larger aftermarket customers utilizing a virtual distribution strategy that allows us to maintain and
enhance our competitiveness by eliminating unnecessary freight and handling through the new distribution center. We seek to continue to expand our aftermarket penetration to leverage the large
installed base for our products and increase the use of our replacement parts.
Growth opportunities in military and specialty markets.
We have opportunities to broaden our product offering and leverage existing
customer
relationships to include additional truck parts, military applications and other industrial products using similar manufacturing processes. We believe these markets provide a robust growth opportunity
as well as the opportunity to offset the cyclicality of our primary commercial vehicle market. Over the past five years, we have developed, tested and qualified approximately two dozen different
military and specialty application wheels. We are currently a wheel supplier on several military and specialty platforms within the FHTV (Family of Heavy Tactical Vehicles), FMTV (Family of Medium
Tactical Vehicles), and MRAP (Mine Resistant Ambush Protected) military vehicle categories, as well as ARFF (Airport Rescue Firefighting) vehicle platforms. Sales in the military and specialty markets
increased from approximately $5 million in 2006 to over $30 million in 2009. We continue to vigorously pursue new business awards on additional military and specialty platforms and to
broaden content on existing platforms beyond wheels to include other products. This growth initiative leverages our sales, engineering, and production resources to drive growth in the military and
specialty segments. This initiative further aims to capture additional content at new and current customers producing military and specialty vehicles and equipment.
Expand our geographic footprint through growth opportunities in international markets.
We intend to expand our geographic footprint to
provide
Accuride products to customers in Europe, South America and Asia. We believe that there are significant growth opportunities in these markets and we are currently exploring different alternatives. For
instance, we have introduced our aluminum wheels in Europe, and we are looking to expand our strong Accuride brand in Asia through potential joint ventures and strategic partnerships.
Continue to improve operational efficiency and cost position through business optimization.
We believe that we have a highly
competitive cost
structure. Over the past several years, we have reduced our fixed costs and increased our operating efficiencies, resulting in a lower fixed cost structure. We have streamlined operations through the
addition of more efficient manufacturing capabilities, the consolidation and integration of some of our manufacturing plants and reduced headcount. Efficiency improvements have increased our
manufacturing capacity, positioning us more favorably to meet the
87
Table of Contents
projected
growth in North American truck demand. After emerging from Chapter 11 bankruptcy proceedings, we continue to be focused and disciplined in the management of our costs, working
capital, and cash balance. One near-term objective is to improve average payment terms on our accounts payable to our vendors, which would lead to a significant cash flow improvement.
Going forward, we plan to continue to lower our cost structure by focusing on initiatives to further reduce our fixed cost base as well as material and labor costs which may include continued
rationalization and optimization of facilities, new product designs and automation. We expect that these actions will improve our competitive position and should enable us to improve profitability and
cash flow as the market recovers.
Product Overview
We believe we design, produce, and market one of the broadest portfolios of commercial vehicle components in the industry. We classify
our products under several categories, which include wheels, wheel-end components and assemblies, truck body and chassis parts, seating assemblies, and other commercial vehicle components.
The following describes our major product lines and brands.
Wheels (approximately 42% of our 2009 net sales, 42% of our 2008 net sales, and 47% of our 2007 net sales)
We are the largest North American manufacturer and supplier of wheels for heavy- and medium-duty trucks and commercial
trailers. We offer the broadest product line in the North American heavy- and medium-duty wheel industry and are the only North American manufacturer and supplier of both steel and forged
aluminum heavy- and medium-duty wheels. We also produce wheels for commercial trailers, light trucks, buses, as well as specialty and military vehicles. We market our wheels under the
Accuride brand. A description of each of our major products is summarized below:
-
-
Heavy- and medium-duty steel
wheels.
We offer the broadest product line of steel wheels for the heavy- and medium-duty truck and commercial trailer
markets. The wheels range in diameter from 17.5" to 24.5" and are designed for load ratings ranging from 2,400 to 13,000 lbs. We also offer a number of coatings and finishes
which we believe provide the customer with increased durability and exceptional appearance. We are the standard steel wheel supplier to most North American heavy- and medium-duty truck
OEMs and to a number of North American trailer OEMs.
-
-
Heavy- and medium-duty aluminum
wheels.
We offer a full product line of aluminum wheels for the heavy- and medium-duty truck and commercial trailer markets.
The wheels range in diameter from 19.0" to 24.5" and are designed for load ratings ranging from 7,000 to 13,000 lbs. Aluminum wheels are generally lighter in weight, more
readily stylized, and approximately 2.5 to 3.0 times as expensive as steel wheels.
-
-
Light truck steel
wheels.
We manufacture light truck single and dual steel wheels that range in diameter from 16" to 20" for
customers such as General Motors. We are focused on larger diameter wheels designed for select truck platforms used for carrying heavier loads.
-
-
Military
wheels.
We produce steel and aluminum wheels for military applications under the Accuride brand name.
With
regard to our wheels product segment, we believe that steel wheels represent approximately two-thirds of the total North American market (by volume) for commercial
vehicle wheels.
88
Table of Contents
Wheel-End Components and Assemblies (approximately 27% of our 2009 net sales, 23% of our 2008 net sales, and 20% of our 2007 net sales)
We are the leading North American supplier of wheel-end components and assemblies to the heavy- and medium-duty
truck markets and related aftermarket. We market our wheel-end components and assemblies under the Gunite brand. We produce four basic wheel-end assemblies: (1) disc
wheel hub/brake drum; (2) spoke wheel/brake drum; (3) spoke wheel/brake rotor; and (4) disc wheel hub/brake rotor. We also manufacture a full line of wheel-end
components for the heavy- and medium-duty truck markets, such as brake drums, disc wheel hubs, spoke wheels, rotors and automatic slack adjusters. The majority of these components are
critical to the safe operation of vehicles. A description of each of our major wheel-end components is summarized below:
-
-
Disc wheel
hubs.
We manufacture a complete line of traditional ferrous disc wheel hubs for heavy- and medium-duty trucks and commercial
trailers. A disc wheel hub is the connecting piece between the brake system and the axle upon which the wheel and tire are mounted. In addition, we offer a line of lightweight cast iron hubs that
provide users with improved operating efficiency. Our lightweight hubs utilize advanced metallurgy and unique structural designs to offer both significant weight savings and lower costs due to fewer
maintenance requirements. Our product line also includes finely machined hubs for anti-lock braking systems, or ABS, which enhance vehicle safety.
-
-
Spoke
wheels.
Due to their greater strength and reduced downtime, we manufacture a full line of spoke wheels for heavy- and
medium-duty trucks and commercial trailers. While disc wheel hubs have begun to displace spoke wheels, they are still popular for severe-duty applications such as
off-highway vehicles, refuse vehicles, and school buses. Our product line also includes finely machined wheels for ABS systems, similar to our disc wheel hubs.
-
-
Brake
drums.
We offer a variety of heavy- and medium-duty brake drums for truck, commercial trailer, bus, and
off-highway applications. A brake drum is a braking device utilized in a "drum brake" which is typically made of iron and has a machined surface on the inside. When the brake is applied,
air or brake fluid is forced, under pressure, into a wheel cylinder which, in turn, pushes a brake shoe into contact with the machined surface on the inside of the drum and stops the vehicle. Our
brake drums are custom-engineered to exact requirements for a broad range of applications, including logging, mining, and more traditional over-the-road vehicles. To ensure
product quality, we continually work with brake and lining manufacturers to optimize brake drum and brake system performance. Brake drums are our primary aftermarket product. The aftermarket
opportunities in this product line are substantial as brake drums continually wear with use and eventually need to be replaced, although the timing of such replacement depends on the severity of use.
-
-
Disc brake
rotors.
We develop and manufacture durable, lightweight disc brake rotors for a variety of heavy-duty truck applications. A
disc rotor is a braking device that is typically made of iron with highly machined surfaces. Once a disc brake is applied, brake fluid from the master cylinder is forced into a caliper where it
presses against a piston, which then squeezes two brake pads against the disc rotor and stops the vehicle. Disc brakes are generally viewed as more efficient, although more expensive, than drum brakes
and are often found in the front of a vehicle with drum brakes often located in the rear. We manufacture ventilated disc brake rotors that significantly improve heat dissipation as required for
applications on Class 7 and Class 8 vehicles. We offer one of the most complete lines of heavy-duty and medium-duty disc brake rotors in the industry.
-
-
Automatic slack
adjusters.
Automatic slack adjusters react to, and adjust for, variations in brake shoe-to-drum clearance and
maintain the proper amount of space between the shoe and drum. Our automatic slack adjusters automatically adjust the brake shoe-to-brake drum clearance,
89
Table of Contents
Truck Body and Chassis Parts (approximately 13% of our 2009 net sales, 12% of our 2008 net sales, and 14% of our 2007 net sales)
We are a leading supplier of truck body and chassis parts to heavy- and medium-duty truck manufacturers. We fabricate a
broad line of truck body and chassis parts under the Imperial and Highway Original brand names, including bumpers, battery and toolboxes, crown assemblies, fuel tanks, roofs, fenders, and
crossmembers. We also provide a variety of value-added services, such as chrome plating and polishing, hood assembly, and the kitting and assembly of exhaust systems.
We
specialize in the fabrication of components requiring a significant amount of tooling or customization. Our truck body and chassis parts manufacturing operations are characterized by
low-volume production runs. Additionally, because each truck is uniquely customized to end user specifications, we have developed flexible production systems that are capable of
accommodating multiple variations for each product design. A description of each of our major truck body and chassis parts is summarized below:
-
-
Bumpers.
We manufacture a wide variety of steel bumpers, as well as polish and chrome
these products with pre-plate and decorative polishing to meet specific OEM requirements, for our new Highway Original aftermarket brand and private label aftermarket requirements.
-
-
Fuel
tanks.
We manufacture and assemble aluminum and steel fuel tanks, fuel tank ends and fuel tank straps, as well as polish fuel tanks for
OEM and for our Highway Original aftermarket customers.
-
-
Battery boxes and
toolboxes.
We design and manufacture, as well as polish, steel and aluminum battery and toolboxes for our heavy-duty truck
OEM customers and our new Highway Original aftermarket brand.
-
-
Front-end
crossmembers.
We fabricate and assemble front-end crossmembers for heavy-duty trucks. A crossmember is a
structural component of a chassis. These products are manufactured from heavy steel and assembled to customer line-set schedules.
-
-
Muffler
assemblies.
We fabricate, assemble and polish muffler assemblies consisting of large diameter exhaust tubing assembled with a muffler
manufactured by a third party.
-
-
Crown assemblies and
components.
We manufacture multiple styles of crown assemblies and components. A crown assembly is the highly visible front grill and
nameplate of the truck. These products are fabricated from both steel and aluminum and are chrome-plated and polished.
-
-
Other
products.
We fabricate a wide variety of structural components/assemblies and chrome-plate and polish numerous other components for
truck manufacturers, bus manufacturers, OEM and aftermarket suppliers. These products include fenders, exhaust components, sun visors, windshield masts, step assemblies, quarter fender brackets,
underbells, fuel tank supports, hood inner panels, door assemblies, dash panel assemblies, outrigger assemblies, diesel particulate filter housings, and various other components.
Seating Assemblies (approximately 4% of our 2009 net sales, 4% of our 2008 net sales, and 5% of our 2007 net sales)
Under the Bostrom brand name, we design, engineer and manufacture air suspension and static seating assemblies for heavy- and
medium-duty trucks, the related aftermarket, and school and transit
90
Table of Contents
buses.
The majority of North American heavy-duty truck manufacturers offer our seats as standard equipment or as an option.
Seating
assemblies are primarily differentiated on comfort, price, and quality, with driver comfort being especially important given the substantial amount of time that truck drivers
spend on the road. Our seating assemblies typically utilize a "scissor-type" suspension, which we believe offers superior cushioning for the driver.
Other Components (approximately 14% of our 2009 net sales, 19% of our 2008 net sales, and 15% of our 2007 net sales)
We produce other commercial vehicle components, including steerable drive axles and gearboxes as well as engine and transmission
components.
-
-
Steerable drive axles and gear
boxes.
We believe we are a leading supplier of steerable drive axles, gearboxes and related parts for heavy- and medium-duty
on/off highway trucks, military and utility vehicles under the Fabco brand name. Our axles and gearboxes are used by most major North American heavy- and medium-duty truck manufacturers
and modification centers. We also supply replacement parts for all of our axles and gearboxes to OEMs and, in some cases, directly to end users. Our quick turnaround of such parts minimizes the
need for our customers to maintain their own parts inventory.
-
-
Transmission and engine-related
components.
We believe we are a leading manufacturer of transmission and engine-related components to the heavy- and
medium-duty truck markets under the Brillion brand name, including flywheels, transmission and engine-related housings and chassis brackets.
-
-
Industrial
components.
We produce components for a wide variety of applications to the industrial machinery and construction equipment markets
under the Brillion brand name, including flywheels, pump housings, small engine components, and other industrial components. Our industrial components are made to specific customer requirements and,
as a result, our product designs are typically proprietary to our customers.
-
-
Non-powered farm
equipment.
Effective November 2, 2010, we sold substantially all of the assets related to our Brillion Farm Equipment operating
segment. Prior to that time, we also designed, manufactured and marketed a line of non-powered farm equipment and landscaping products for the "behind-the-tractor"
market, including pulverizers, pulvi-mulchers, conservation tillage tools, sub soilers, strip-tillage, chisel plows, turn and agricultural grass seeders, field cultivators, and flail shredders under
the Brillion brand name.
Customers
We market our components to more than 1,000 customers, including a majority of the major North American heavy- and
medium-duty truck and commercial trailer OEMs, as well as to the major aftermarket suppliers, including OEM dealer networks, wholesale distributors, and aftermarket buying groups. Our
largest customers are Navistar, PACCAR, DTNA, and Volvo/Mack, which combined accounted for approximately 55% of our net sales in 2009, and individually constituted approximately 19%, 16%, 14%, and 7%,
respectively, of our 2009 net sales. We have long-term relationships with our larger customers, many of whom have purchased components from us or our predecessors for more than
45 years. We garner repeat business through our reputation for quality and position as a standard supplier for a variety of truck lines. We believe that we will continue to be able to
effectively compete for our customers' business due to the high quality of our products, the breadth of our product portfolio, and our continued product innovation.
91
Table of Contents
Sales and Marketing
We have an integrated, corporate-wide sales and marketing group. We have dedicated salespeople and sales engineers who
reside near the headquarters of each of the four major truck OEMs and who spend substantially all of their professional time coordinating new sales opportunities and developing our relationship
with the OEMs. These sales professionals function as a single point of contact with the OEMs, providing "one-stop shopping" for all of our products. Each brand has marketing
personnel who, together with applications engineers, have in-depth product knowledge and provide support to the designated OEM salespeople.
We
also have fleet sales personnel focused on our wheels, wheel-end and seating assembly markets who seek to develop relationships directly with fleets to create
"pull-through" demand for our products. This effort is intended to help convince the truck and trailer OEMs to designate our products as standard equipment and to create sales by
encouraging fleets to specify our products on the equipment that they purchase, even if our product is not standard equipment. This same group provides aftermarket sales coverage for our various
products, particularly wheels, wheel-end components, and seating assemblies. These salespeople promote and sell our products to the aftermarket, including OEM dealers, warehouse
distributors and aftermarket buying groups.
Effective
May 2009, we implemented a consolidated aftermarket distribution strategy for our wheels, wheel-ends, seating, and newly-created Highway Original aftermarket brand.
In support of this initiative, we closed two existing warehouses and opened a new distribution center strategically located in the Indianapolis, Indiana, metropolitan area. As a result, customers can
now order steel and aluminum wheels, brake drums/rotors, automatic slack adjusters, seats, bumpers, fuel tanks, and battery boxes on one purchase order, improving freight efficiencies and improved
inventory turns for our customers. We believe this capability provides a strategic advantage over our single product line competitors. The new aftermarket infrastructure enables us to expand our
manufacturing plant direct shipments to larger aftermarket customers utilizing a virtual distribution strategy that allows us to maintain and enhance our competitiveness by eliminating unnecessary
freight and handling through the new distribution center.
International Sales
We consider sales to customers outside of the U.S. as international sales. International sales for the years, ended December 31,
2009, 2008, and 2007 are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(dollars in millions)
|
|
International
Sales
|
|
Percent of
Net Sales
|
|
2009
|
|
$
|
80.0
|
|
|
14.0
|
%
|
2008
|
|
$
|
156.5
|
|
|
16.8
|
%
|
2007
|
|
$
|
192.3
|
|
|
19.0
|
%
|
For
additional information, see the consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.
Manufacturing
We operate 17 manufacturing facilities, which are characterized by advanced manufacturing capabilities, in North America. Our U.S.
manufacturing operations are located in Alabama, California, Illinois, Indiana, Kentucky, Ohio, Pennsylvania, Tennessee, Texas, Virginia, Washington, and Wisconsin. In addition, we have manufacturing
facilities in Canada and Mexico. These facilities are strategically located to meet our manufacturing needs and the demands of our customers.
All
of our significant operations are QS-9000/TS 16949 certified, which means that they comply with certain quality assurance standards for truck components suppliers. We
believe our manufacturing
92
Table of Contents
operations
are highly regarded by our customers, and we have received numerous quality awards from our customers including PACCAR's
Preferred Supplier
award and DTNA's
Masters of Quality
award.
Competition
We operate in highly competitive markets. However, no single manufacturer competes with all of the products manufactured and sold by us
in the heavy-duty truck market, and the degree of competition varies among the different products that we sell. In each of our markets, we compete on the basis of price, manufacturing and
distribution capabilities, product quality, product design, product line breadth, delivery, and service.
The
competitive landscape for each of our brands is unique. Our primary competitors in the wheel markets include Alcoa Inc. and Hayes Lemmerz International, Inc. The
competitors in the wheel-ends and assemblies markets for heavy-duty trucks and commercial trailers are ArvinMeritor, Inc., Consolidated Metco Inc., and Webb Wheel
Products Inc. The truck body and chassis parts markets are fragmented and characterized by many small private companies. The seating assemblies market has a limited number of competitors, with
National Seating Company as our main competitor. Our major competitors in the industrial components market include ten to twelve foundries operating in the Midwest and Southern regions of the U.S. and
Mexico. ArvinMeritor, Marmon Herrington and Cushman are the primary competitors in the steerable drive axle and gear box market.
Raw Materials and Suppliers
We typically purchase steel for our wheel products from a number of different suppliers by negotiating high-volume
contracts with terms ranging from one to two years. While we believe that our supply contracts can be renewed on acceptable terms, we may not be able to renew these contracts on such terms or at all.
However, we do not believe that we are overly dependent on long-term supply contracts for our steel requirements as we have alternative sources available if need requires. Furthermore, it
should be understood that the domestic steel industry, under normal circumstances, does not have the capacity to support the economy at large and the market thus depends on a certain level of imports.
Depending on market dynamics and raw
material availability, the market is occasionally in tight supply, which may result in occasional industry allocations and surcharges.
We
obtain aluminum for our wheel products through third-party suppliers. We believe that aluminum is readily available from a variety of sources. Aluminum prices have been volatile from
time-to-time. We attempt to minimize the impact of such volatility through selected customer supported hedge agreements, supplier agreements and contractual price adjustments
with customers.
Major
raw materials for our wheel-end and industrial component products are steel scrap and pig iron. The availability and price of steel scrap and pig iron are subject to
market forces largely beyond our control, including North American and international demand for steel scrap and pig iron, freight costs, speculation, foreign exchange rates and governmental
regulation. While we do not have any long-term contractual commitments with any steel scrap or pig iron suppliers, we do not anticipate having any difficulty in obtaining steel scrap or
pig iron due to the large number of potential suppliers and our position as a major purchaser in the industry. In addition, at present, a portion of the increases in steel scrap prices for our
wheel-ends and industrial components are passed-through to most of our customers by way of raw material price adjustments, which is calculated and adjusted on a periodic basis. However, we
are not always able, and may not be able in the future, to pass on increases in the price of raw steel or aluminum to our customers on a timely basis or at all. Other major raw materials include
silicon sand, binders, sand additives and coated sand, which are generally available from multiple sources. Coke and natural gas, the primary energy sources for our melting operations, have
historically been generally available from multiple sources, and electricity, another of these energy sources, has historically been generally available.
93
Table of Contents
The
main raw materials for our truck body and chassis parts are sheet and formed steel and aluminum. Price adjustments for these raw materials are passed- through to our largest
customers for those parts on a contractual basis. We purchase major fabricating and seating materials, such as fasteners, steel, foam, fabric and tube steel, from multiple sources, and these materials
have historically been generally available.
Employees and Labor Unions
As of September 30, 2010, we had approximately 3,022 employees, of which 657 were salaried employees with the remainder paid
hourly. Unions represent approximately
1,739 of our employees, which is approximately 58% of our total employees. We have collective bargaining agreements with several unions, including: (1) the United Auto Workers; (2) the
International Brotherhood of Teamsters; (3) the United Steelworkers; (4) the International Association of Machinists and Aerospace Workers; (5) the National Automobile, Aerospace,
Transportation, and General Workers Union of Canada; and (6) El Sindicato Industrial de Trabajadores de Nuevo Leon.
Each
of our unionized facilities has a separate contract with the union that represents the workers employed at such facility. The union contracts expire at various times over the next
few years with the exception of our union contract that covers the hourly employees at our Monterrey, Mexico, facility, which expires on an annual basis in January unless otherwise renewed. The 2010
negotiations in our Monterrey, Elkhart, Erie and Rockford facilities have been completed. In 2011, collective bargaining agreements at our Brillion, Elkhart, Livermore and Monterrey facilities expire,
and we plan to timely negotiate new agreements at each facility. We do not anticipate that the outcome of the 2011 negotiations will have a material adverse effect on our operating performance or
cost.
Intellectual Property
We believe the protection of our intellectual property is important to our business. Our principal intellectual property consists of
product and process technology, a number of patents, trade secrets, trademarks and copyrights. Although our patents, trade secrets, and copyrights are important to our business operations and in the
aggregate constitute a valuable asset, we do not believe that any single patent, trade secret, or copyright is critical to the success of our business as a whole. We also own registered or common law
trademarks in the U.S. and internationally for several of our brands, which we believe are valuable, including Accuride, Bostrom, Brillion, Fabco, Gunite, Highway Original and Imperial. Our practice
is to seek protection for our intellectual property as appropriate, including by means of patent, trademark and trade secret protection. From time to time, we grant licenses under our intellectual
property and receive licenses under intellectual property of others.
Backlog
Our production is based on firm customer orders and estimated future demand. Since firm orders generally do not extend beyond
15-45 days and we generally meet all requirements, backlog volume is generally not significant.
Cyclical and Seasonal Industry
The commercial vehicle components industry is highly cyclical and, in large part, depends on the overall strength of the demand for
heavy- and medium-duty trucks. This industry has historically experienced significant fluctuations in demand based on factors such as general economic conditions, fuel prices, interest
rates, government regulations, and consumer spending, together with the resulting impact of equipment utilization, freight rates, operating costs, and new and used equipment prices. From
mid-2000 through 2003, the industry was in a severe downturn. From 2004 though 2006, major OEM customers experienced an upturn in net orders, which resulted in stronger industry
conditions.
94
Table of Contents
Since
the second quarter of 2007, the commercial vehicle market has experienced a severe drop in production as predicted by analysts, including ACT Publications and FTR Publications. We expect demand
for our products to improve as economic conditions continue to improve.
The
heavy- and medium-duty truck commercial vehicle components aftermarket typically has less cyclical sales than the OEM market. The heavy- and medium-duty truck
and trailer parts aftermarket enjoys more muted cyclicality because the purchase of replacement parts is nondiscretionary and truck maintenance is usage-driven. Additionally, customers in this
aftermarket come from a broad range of end-markets, which helps reduce fluctuations in demand related to any one end-market. The heavy- and medium-duty aftermarket
has experienced steady growth over the past decade, with total sales increasing nine out of the past ten years.
In
addition, our operations are typically seasonal as a result of regular customer maintenance and model changeover shutdowns, which typically occur in the third and fourth quarter of
each calendar year. This seasonality may result in decreased net sales and profitability during the third and fourth fiscal quarters of each calendar year.
Properties
The table below sets forth certain information regarding our material owned and leased properties of as of September 30, 2010.
We believe these properties are suitable and adequate for our business.
95
Table of Contents
Facility Overview
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Location
|
|
Business function
|
|
Brands
Manufactured
|
|
Owned/
Leased
|
|
Size
(sq. feet)
|
|
Evansville, IN
|
|
Corporate Headquarters
|
|
Corporate
|
|
Leased
|
|
|
37,229
|
|
London, Ontario, Canada
|
|
Heavy- and Medium-duty Steel Wheels, Light Truck Steel Wheels
|
|
Accuride
|
|
Owned
|
|
|
536,259
|
|
Henderson, KY
|
|
Heavy- and Medium-duty Steel Wheels, R&D
|
|
Accuride
|
|
Owned
|
|
|
364,365
|
|
Monterrey, Mexico
|
|
Heavy- and Medium-duty Steel Wheels, Light Truck Wheels
|
|
Accuride
|
|
Owned
|
|
|
262,000
|
|
Erie, PA
|
|
Forging and Machining-Aluminum Wheels
|
|
Accuride
|
|
Leased(a)
|
|
|
421,229
|
|
Springfield, OH
|
|
Assembly Line and Sequencing
|
|
Accuride
|
|
Owned
|
|
|
136,036
|
|
Whitestown, IN
|
|
Warehouse
|
|
Various
|
|
Leased
|
|
|
364,000
|
|
Rockford, IL
|
|
Wheel-end Foundry, Warehouse, Administrative Office
|
|
Gunite
|
|
Owned
|
|
|
619,000
|
|
Elkhart, IN
|
|
Machining and Assembling-Hub, Drums and Rotors
|
|
Gunite
|
|
Owned
|
|
|
258,000
|
|
Brillion, WI
|
|
Molding, Finishing, Administrative Office
|
|
Brillion
|
|
Owned
|
|
|
451,740
|
|
Brillion, WI
|
|
Machining and Manufacturing, Administrative Office
|
|
Brillion
|
|
Owned
|
|
|
141,460
|
|
Portland, TN
|
|
Metal Fabricating, Stamping, Assembly, Administrative Office
|
|
Imperial
|
|
Leased
|
|
|
200,000
|
|
Portland, TN
|
|
Plating and Polishing
|
|
Imperial
|
|
Owned
|
|
|
86,000
|
|
Decatur, TX
|
|
Metal Fabricating, Stamping, Assembly, Machining and Polishing Shop
|
|
Imperial
|
|
Owned
|
|
|
122,000
|
|
Denton, TX
|
|
Assembly Line and Sequencing
|
|
Imperial
|
|
Leased
|
|
|
60,000
|
|
Dublin, VA
|
|
Tube Bending, Assembly and Line Sequencing
|
|
Imperial
|
|
Owned
|
|
|
122,000
|
|
Chehalis, WA
|
|
Metal Fabricating, Stamping, Assembly
|
|
Imperial
|
|
Owned
|
|
|
90,000
|
|
Piedmont, AL
|
|
Manufacturing, Administrative Office
|
|
Bostrom
|
|
Owned
|
|
|
200,000
|
|
Livermore, CA
|
|
Manufacturing, Warehouse, Administrative Office
|
|
Fabco
|
|
Leased
|
|
|
56,800
|
|
-
(a)
-
This
property is a leased facility for which we have an option to buy at any time.
Environmental Matters
Our operations, facilities, and properties are subject to extensive and evolving laws and regulations pertaining to air emissions,
wastewater and stormwater discharges, the handling and disposal of solid and hazardous materials and wastes, the investigation and remediation of contamination, and otherwise relating to health,
safety, and the protection of the environment and natural resources. The violation of such laws can result in significant fines, penalties, liabilities or restrictions on operations. From time to
time, we are involved in administrative or legal proceedings relating to environmental, health and safety
96
Table of Contents
matters,
and have in the past incurred and will continue to incur capital costs and other expenditures relating to such matters. For example, we are involved in proceedings regarding alleged
violations of air regulations at our Rockford facility and stormwater regulations at our Brillion facility, which could subject us to fines, penalties or other liabilities. In connection with such
matters, we are negotiating with state authorities regarding certain capital improvements related to the underlying allegations. Based on current information, we do not expect that these matters will
have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial conditions; however, we cannot assure you that these or any other future environmental compliance matters will not
have such an effect.
In
addition to environmental laws that regulate our ongoing operations, we are also subject to environmental remediation liability. Under the federal CERCLA and analogous state laws, we
may be liable as a result of the release or threatened release of hazardous materials into the environment regardless of when the release occurred. We are currently involved in several matters
relating to the investigation and/or remediation of locations where we have arranged for the disposal of foundry and other wastes. Such matters include situations in which we have been named or are
believed to be potentially responsible parties in connection with the contamination of these sites. Additionally, environmental remediation may be required to address soil and groundwater
contamination identified at certain of our facilities.
As
of September 30, 2010, we had an environmental reserve of approximately $1.5 million, related primarily to our foundry operations. This reserve is based on management's
review of potential liabilities as well as cost estimates related thereto. The reserve takes into account the benefit of a contractual indemnity given to us by a prior owner of our
wheel-end subsidiary. The failure of the indemnitor to fulfill its obligations could result in future costs that may be material. Any expenditures required for us to comply with applicable
environmental laws and/or pay for any remediation efforts will not be reduced or otherwise affected by the existence of the environmental
reserve. Our environmental reserve may not be adequate to cover our future costs related to the sites associated with the environmental reserve, and any additional costs may have a material adverse
effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition. The discovery of additional environmental issues, the modification of existing laws or regulations or the promulgation of new
ones, more vigorous enforcement by regulators, the imposition of joint and several liability under CERCLA or analogous state laws, or other unanticipated events could also result in a material adverse
effect.
The
Iron and Steel Foundry NESHAP was developed pursuant to Section 112(d) of the Clean Air Act and requires major sources of hazardous air pollutants to install controls
representative of maximum achievable control technology. Based on currently available information, we do not anticipate material costs regarding ongoing compliance with the NESHAP; however if we are
found to be out of compliance with the NESHAP, we could incur liability that could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.
Many
scientists, legislators and others attribute climate change to increased emissions of GHGs, which has led to significant legislative and regulatory efforts to limit GHGs. There are
bills pending in Congress that would limit and reduce GHG emissions through a cap-and-trade system of allowances and credits, under which emitters would be required to buy
allowances to offset emissions. In addition, in late 2009, the EPA promulgated a rule requiring certain emitters of GHGs to monitor and report data with respect to their GHG emissions and, in June
2010 promulgated a rule regarding future regulation of GHG emissions from stationary sources. Also, several states, including states in which we have facilities, are considering or have begun to
implement various GHG registration and reduction programs. Certain of our facilities use significant amounts of energy and may emit amounts of GHGs above certain existing and/or proposed regulatory
thresholds. GHG laws and regulations could increase the price of the energy we purchase, require us to purchase allowances to offset our own emissions, require us to monitor and report our GHG
emissions or require us to install new emission controls at our facilities, any one of which could significantly increase our costs or otherwise negatively affect our
97
Table of Contents
business,
results of operations or financial condition. In addition, future efforts to curb transportation-related GHGs could result in a lower demand for our products, which could negatively affect
our business, results of operation or financial condition. While future GHG regulation appears increasingly likely, it is difficult to predict how these regulations will affect our business, results
of operations or financial condition.
Research and Development Expense
Expenditures relating to the development of new products and processes, including significant improvements and refinements to existing
products, are expensed as incurred. The
amounts expensed in the fiscal years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007 totaled $6.8 million, $10.9 million and $7.3 million, respectively.
98
Table of Contents
MANAGEMENT
Identification of Directors
The names of the members of our board of directors, and certain information about them as of December 21, 2010, are set forth
below.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name
|
|
Age
|
|
Director
Since
|
|
Position
|
Michael J. Bevacqua(2)
|
|
|
44
|
|
|
2010
|
|
Director
|
Keith E. Busse(2)(3)
|
|
|
67
|
|
|
2010
|
|
Director
|
Benjamin C. Duster, IV(1)(2)
|
|
|
50
|
|
|
2010
|
|
Director
|
Robert J. Kelly(1)(2)
|
|
|
51
|
|
|
2010
|
|
Director
|
William M. Lasky
|
|
|
63
|
|
|
2007
|
|
Director, Chairman of the Board, Interim President & Chief Executive Officer
|
Stephen S. Ledoux(1)(3)
|
|
|
41
|
|
|
2010
|
|
Director
|
John W. Risner(3)
|
|
|
51
|
|
|
2010
|
|
Director, Lead Independent Director
|
-
(1)
-
Member
of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee.
-
(2)
-
Member
of the Compensation and Human Resources Committee.
-
(3)
-
Member
of the Audit Committee.
Director Information
The principal occupations and positions for at least the past five years of the current directors are described below, along with the
specific experience, qualifications, attributes or skills that led to the conclusion that each director is qualified to serve on our board of directors.
Michael J. Bevacqua
joined Sankaty Advisors, LLC in 1999 and currently is Managing Director with responsibility for distressed
investing and restructurings, which has provided Mr. Bevacqua with a unique understanding of the challenges facing a company after emerging from bankruptcy. Previously, Mr. Bevacqua was
Vice President of First Union Capital Markets, where he worked in the Asset Securitization Group. Mr. Bevacqua also worked as an Associate in Corporate Finance at NationsBanc Capital Markets
and spent four years as an officer in the U.S. Marine Corps. Mr. Bevacqua holds a B.S. in Finance from Ithaca College and an M.B.A. from Pennsylvania State University. Mr. Bevacqua's
familiarity with restructurings and capital markets, as well as his experience as an executive officer within the investment community qualify him to serve on our board of directors.
Keith E. Busse
has served as the Chairman and CEO of Steel Dynamics, Inc. since 2007. From 1993 to May 2007, Mr. Busse also
served as President and CEO of Steel Dynamics, Inc. Prior to 1993, Mr. Busse worked for Nucor Corporation for a period of twenty-one years, where he last held the office of
Vice President. Mr. Busse is a co-founder of Steel Dynamics and is also Chairman of the Board and a director of Tower Financial Corporation. From 2008 to 2009 Mr. Busse was
the American Iron and Steel Institute (AISI) Chairman and from 2004 to 2005 he served as Chairman of Steel Manufacturing Association. Mr. Busse has served on the board of directors of Tower
Financial Corporation, a publicly held bank holding company, since 1998. He has also served as a Trustee for the University of St. Francis and Tri-State University. Mr. Busse
holds a B.S. in Accounting from International Business College, a B.A. with a major in Business Finance and an Honorary Doctorate Degree in Business from St. Francis College, an M.B.A. from
Indiana University, and an Honorary Degree of Doctor of Engineering from Purdue University. Mr. Busse's extensive experience as an executive officer with public manufacturing companies, his
unique knowledge of the steel industry and prominent position in that industry's community and his accounting education and financial reporting expertise qualify him to serve on our board of
directors.
99
Table of Contents
Benjamin C. Duster, IV
owns and manages B. Duster & Company, LLC, a strategic and financial consulting firm, and is an
Executive Managing Director for Watermark Advisors, LLC, a broker-dealer headquartered in Greenville, South Carolina specializing in providing mergers and acquisitions, private capital
financing, valuation, and financial and strategic modeling solutions to middle market, privately-owned businesses. From October 2001 through May 2005, Mr. Duster was a partner with
Masson & Company, LLC, an interim and crisis management and financial restructuring firm and has extensive experience in turnaround management and restructuring. From 1997 to 2001 he was
a Managing Director for Wachovia Securities where he headed the Mergers & Acquisitions advisory business focusing on middle market companies. Previously, Mr. Duster held various
positions at Solomon Brothers from 1981 through 1997. Mr. Duster served as Chairman of the Board for Algoma Steel, Inc. from February 2002 through June 2007, and as a director for Neenah
Foundry from September 2003 through May 2006. Mr. Duster currently serves as a director of Catalyst Paper, RCN Corporation and Ormet Corporation. Through his board membership, Mr. Duster
has acquired substantial experience in corporate governance matters. Mr. Duster holds a B.A. in Economics from Yale College, an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School and a J.D. from Harvard Law
School. Mr. Duster's relevant experience with turnaround management and restructuring, his valuable financial expertise, familiarity with mergers and acquisitions, capital markets transactions
and private equity and his board experience and corporate governance knowledge qualify him to serve on our board of directors.
Robert J. Kelly
has been employed by Tinicum, the management company of Tinicum Capital Partners II, L.P., which we refer to as
"TCP II," since 1991. Tinicum is an investment company that has been a long-standing investor of ours. Mr. Kelly currently is an observer on the board of
X-Rite, Inc. and a Director of Penn Engineering and Manufacturing Corp, a leading manufacturer of specialty fasteners. Mr. Kelly has in the past served as a director of a
number of TCP II portfolio companies. Prior to joining Tinicum, Mr. Kelly held positions at Pacific Telesis and Bain & Company. Mr. Kelly is a graduate of Yale College and the
Stanford University Graduate School of
Business. Mr. Kelly's knowledge of restructuring transactions, his familiarity with our Company, his investment expertise and his experience on the boards of private and public companies
qualify him to serve on our board of directors.
William M. Lasky
has served as our Interim President and Chief Executive Officer since agreeing to serve in that capacity at the request
of our Board in September 2008 upon resignation of our former President and Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Lasky will continue serving in such capacity until a permanent President and Chief
Executive Officer is appointed. He has served as a director since October 2007 and as Chairman of the Board since January 2009. Mr. Lasky has served as the Chairman of the Board for
Stoneridge, Inc., a manufacturer of electronic components, modules and systems for various vehicles, since July 2006, and has been a director of Stoneridge, Inc., since January 2004.
Previously, Mr. Lasky served as the Chairman of the Board and President and Chief Executive Officer of JLG Industries, Inc., a manufacturer of aerial work platforms, telescopic material
handlers and related accessories, from 1999 through late 2006. Prior to joining JLG Industries, Mr. Lasky served in various senior capacities at Dana Corporation from 1977 to 1999.
Mr. Lasky holds a B.S. from Norwich University. Mr. Lasky's familiarity with the Company and ultimate responsibility for the day-to-day oversight of the Company,
his extensive experience as an executive officer of manufacturing companies and his board memberships qualify him to serve on our board of directors.
Stephen S. Ledoux
has served as Managing Director, Rothschild, Inc., one of the world's leading independent investment banking
organizations providing financial services to governments, corporations and individuals world wide, since 2001. Prior to joining Rothschild, Mr. Ledoux held the position of Portfolio Manager of
Morgens Waterfall and Vintiadas, an investment advisory firm focused on equity and distressed debt investing from 1999 to 2001, as well as various positions at Lehman Brothers, The Blackstone Group,
and Salomon Brothers. Mr. Ledoux holds a B.S. in Finance, Investments and Economics from Babson College. Mr. Ledoux's experience with distressed investing and his long career
100
Table of Contents
in
investment banking, along with his business leadership skills and management experience qualify him to serve on our board of directors.
John W. Risner
has served as President of The Children's Tumor Foundation since 2005, after joining the Foundation as Treasurer in 2002.
From 1997 to 2002, he served as a Senior Vice President and Senior Portfolio ManagerHigh Yield Bonds at AIG/Sun America Asset Management. From 1991to 1997 he was Vice President-Senior
Portfolio Manager at Value Line Asset Management. Through his long career in corporate finance, Mr. Risner has obtained significant financial experience. Mr. Risner serves on the board
of directors, audit and finance committees of NII Holdings, and previously served on the board of directors of Airgate PCS and UGC Europe. Mr. Risner has management and government relations
experience through work as an executive of a nonprofit organization, and he currently Chairs the Congressionally Directed Medical Research Program NFRP Integration Panel. He has experience serving on
audit, compensation, finance and special committees, and qualifies as an audit committee financial expert. Mr. Risner earned a B.S. from the University of Maryland, an M.B.A. from Fordham
University and is a Chartered Financial Analyst. Mr. Risner's
background in finance, directorship experiences and corporate governance expertise qualify him to serve on our board of directors.
Identification of Executive Officers
Set forth below is information concerning our executive officers as of December 21, 2010.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name
|
|
Age
|
|
Position(s)
|
William M. Lasky
|
|
|
63
|
|
Chairman, Interim President and Chief Executive Officer
|
James H. Woodward, Jr.
|
|
|
57
|
|
Senior Vice President/Chief Financial Officer
|
Edward J. Gulda
|
|
|
65
|
|
Senior Vice President/Components Operations
|
James J. Maniatis
|
|
|
61
|
|
Senior Vice President/Human Resources
|
Stephen A. Martin
|
|
|
41
|
|
Senior Vice President/General Counsel & Corporate Secretary
|
Gregory A. Risch
|
|
|
39
|
|
Vice President/Chief Accounting Officer
|
Richard F. Schomer
|
|
|
54
|
|
Senior Vice President/Marketing and Sales
|
Leigh A. Wright
|
|
|
53
|
|
Senior Vice President/Accuride Wheels
|
The
principal occupations and positions for at least the past five years of the executive officers named above are as follows:
William M. Lasky.
Please see Mr. Lasky's biography set forth in "Identification of Directors," presented above.
James H. Woodward, Jr.
has served as our Senior Vice President/Chief Financial Officer since May 17, 2010. Mr. Woodward was
previously the interim Senior Vice President/Chief Financial Officer from March 2009 to May 17, 2010. Mr. Woodward has more than thirty (30) years experience in corporate finance
and currently serves as an independent director on the board of Altra Holdings, Inc. From January 2007 through February 2008, Mr. Woodward served as the Executive Vice President, Chief
Financial Officer and Treasurer of Joy Global, Inc. Prior to joining Joy Global, Inc., Mr. Woodward worked as the Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer for JLG
Industries, Inc. from 2002 through 2006 and served as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer from 2000 through 2002. Mr. Woodward served nineteen years at Dana Corporation,
from 1982 through 2000, working in a variety of management positions in the finance department, including Vice President and Corporate Controller from 1997 through 2000. He also previously worked in
finance and auditing positions with Household International, Inc. and Touche Ross & Company from 1978 through 1982 and 1975 through 1978, respectively. Mr. Woodward received his
Bachelor's Degree in Accounting from Michigan State University and is a Certified Public Accountant.
101
Table of Contents
Edward J. Gulda
has served as our Senior Vice President/Components Operations since December 2007. Prior to joining us, Mr. Gulda
served as Principal for Kinnick Group LLC from 1998 to December 2007. He served as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Peregrine Incorporated from 1997 to 1998. Mr. Gulda also served
as Chief Executive Officer of Kelsey Hayes from 1995 to 1996 as well as other senior management positions with Kelsey Hayes from 1989 to 1996, and was President and Chief Operating Officer of Dayton
Walter from 1988 to 1989. Mr. Gulda holds a B.S.E. and an M.B.A. from the University of Michigan.
James J. Maniatis
has served as our Senior Vice President/Human Resources since October 2008. Mr. Maniatis previously served as
Vice President/Human Resources from February to October 2008. Prior to joining us, Mr. Maniatis served as Vice President Human Resources for Cooper Lighting from 1997 to March 2007 and served
in various other capacities for Cooper Industries from April 2007 through January 2008. Prior to that, he served as Vice President Human Resources for Varity Kelsey-Hayes from 1992 to 1997 and has
also held senior human resource positions with RJR Nabisco. Mr. Maniatis received a B.B.A. from Loyola University.
Stephen A. Martin
has served as our General Counsel and Corporate Secretary since March 2008. Mr. Martin previously served as Vice
President/Corporate Counsel from January 2007 through February 2008 and as Associate Corporate Counsel from December 2005 through December 2006. Prior to joining us, Mr. Martin was an attorney
at Latham & Watkins LLP from January 2002 through October 2005. Prior to attending law school, Mr. Martin served as an officer in the U.S. Air Force for over six
years. Mr. Martin received a B.S.E.E. from the University of Miami, an M.S.E.E. from the University of Southern California and a J.D. from Duke University School of Law.
Gregory A. Risch
has served as our Vice President/Chief Accounting Officer since January 2010. Mr. Risch previously served the
Company in various capacities over the last 16 years, including as our Director of Financial Planning and Reporting from January 2008 through December 2009, Assistant Controller from May 2005
to December 2007, Plant Controller from August 2001 through April 2005, General Accounting Manager from April 1999 through July 2001, and Accountant/Analyst from August 1994 through March 1999.
Mr. Risch received a Bachelor of Arts degree from Kentucky Wesleyan College and is a Certified Public Accountant.
Richard F. Schomer
has served as our Senior Vice President/Marketing and Sales since August 2007. Prior to joining us, since August 2000,
Mr. Schomer served as a Principal at MR3 LLP, a business consulting firm he established, where he advised new enterprises in market development, product development, and quality and
production improvement. Prior to that, Mr. Schomer served in various executive positions at AutoLign Manufacturing Group, Peregrine Incorporated, Lucas Varity (now TRW) and
FreudenbergNOK. Mr. Schomer received a B.S. from Defiance College, where he majored in business management.
Leigh A. Wright
has served as our Senior Vice President/Accuride Wheels since December 2007. Mr. Wright served as Vice President of
Steel Wheels from May 2006 to December 2007 and as Director OperationsLondon from March 2004 to May 2006. Prior to joining us, Mr. Wright served as President of Office Specialty, a
Toronto-based manufacturer of premium storage and seating products, from 2001 to 2003 and as Vice President and General Manager of ArvinMeritor Ride Control Products from 1996 to 2001.
Mr. Wright holds an M.B.A. from the Richard Ivey School of Business at the University of Western Ontario, a C.I.M. from McMaster University, and a Manufacturing Engineering Technologist diploma
from Fanshawe College in London, Ontario.
102
Table of Contents
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
Compensation Discussion and Analysis
The following discussion and analysis of compensation arrangements of our Named Executive Officers ("NEOs") for 2009 should be read
together with the compensation tables and related disclosures set forth below. This discussion contains forward looking statements that are based on our current plans, considerations, expectations and
determinations regarding future compensation programs. Actual compensation programs that we adopt may differ materially from currently planned programs as summarized in this discussion.
In
2009, our NEOs were, as follows:
|
|
|
William M. Lasky
|
|
Chairman, Interim President and Chief Executive Officer
|
James H. Woodward, Jr.
|
|
Interim Senior Vice President/Chief Financial Officer (from 3/17/09)
|
David K. Armstrong
|
|
Senior Vice President/Chief Financial Officer (through 4/30/09)
|
Edward J. Gulda
|
|
Senior Vice President/Components Operations
|
James J. Maniatis
|
|
Senior Vice President/Human Resources
|
Richard F. Schomer
|
|
Senior Vice President/Marketing and Sales
|
Executive Summary
2009 was a challenging year for Accuride because of the economic and commercial vehicle industry downturns, which resulted in our
bankruptcy filing in October of that year. In response, it was necessary to modify our compensation programs in 2009 to address retention, as well as to redirect our incentive programs. For our NEOs,
base salary remained the same as 2008 with the exception of Mr. Maniatis, who was awarded an increase in base salary in conjunction with a promotion to senior vice president, and
Mr. Schomer, who received a salary increase based on merit and market comparables.
During
2009, it became apparent that because of the economic downturn we were not going to satisfy any of the pre-established performance goals and therefore no annual
bonuses would be earned (or were earned). We therefore adopted a retention incentive in May in order to retain certain key employees, and in connection with our bankruptcy we established a Key
Executive Incentive Plan (KEIP) as a means of retaining key employees and incentivizing them towards maximizing liquidity and facilitating an early emergence from bankruptcy.
Also,
due to the significant decline in the price of our common stock and the limited number of shares available for issuance under our 2005 Incentive Award Plan, we modified the
structure of our
long-term incentive program in 2009 by reducing the overall target economic value of the awards and including a cash award component. The cash award component was designed to provide
additional retention incentives and to offset the loss of economic value attributable to the limitations on the number of RSUs and SARs that were available for grant.
Upon
emergence from bankruptcy in February 2010, the Compensation Committee was replaced in full with new directors. Accordingly, the actions described below were taken by member of the
Compensation Committee in 2009, and not by the current Compensation Committee. As of the Effective Date, all outstanding equity awards under our long-term incentive program were either
cancelled or fully-vested, pursuant to the terms of the Plan of Reorganization.
103
Table of Contents
Compensation Objectives
Our objectives in establishing compensation for executive officers, including our NEOs, are as follows:
-
-
Attract and retain individuals of superior ability and leadership talent;
-
-
Ensure senior officer compensation is aligned with our corporate strategies, business objectives and the
long-term interests of our stockholders;
-
-
Increase the incentive to achieve key strategic and financial performance measures by linking incentive award
opportunities to the achievement of performance goals in these areas; and
-
-
Enhance the officers' incentive to increase our stock price and maximize stockholder value by providing compensation
opportunities in the form of equity.
Except
with respect to William M. Lasky, our Interim President and CEO, and Mr. Woodward, our Senior Vice President and CFO, whose compensation is discussed below, our
compensation program has historically consisted of a fixed base salary and variable cash and stock-based incentive awards. This mix of compensation is intended to ensure that total compensation
reflects our overall success or failure and to motivate executive officers to meet appropriate performance measures. Total compensation is allocated between cash and equity compensation based on
benchmarking to market consensus compensation levels and a peer group, discussed below. In addition, we consider the balance between providing short-term incentives and
long-term equity compensation.
In
2006 the Compensation Committee commissioned the design of and implemented an annual systematic equity award granting program within the existing structure of our 2005 Incentive Award
Plan. This program was intended to improve the motivation and retention value of our long-term incentives and provide competitive equity opportunities relative to our industry segment and
general industry as a whole. Based upon the results of that study, an executive officer's total compensation package is comprised of a base salary, an annual performance-based cash incentive program
and a long-term incentive program ("LTIP") under our 2005 Incentive Award Plan, historically consisting of annual grants of RSUs and stock-settled stock appreciation rights ("SARs"). As a
result, our senior executive management team members have historically had a substantial portion of their potential compensation tied to performance- and incentive-based programs based on the
financial performance of the Company.
With
respect to the 2009 compensation of Mr. Lasky, who in addition to continuing to serve as a member of our Board of Directors agreed to serve as our President and CEO on an
interim basis commencing in September 2008 upon resignation of our former President and CEO, the Compensation Committee sought to compensate Mr. Lasky appropriately for taking on such
additional responsibilities under challenging circumstances, while taking into consideration the marketplace consensus compensation data for CEOs at our peer companies as determined in the
compensation consultant analysis performed in late-2007. As a result, Mr. Lasky and the Company agreed that Mr. Lasky would receive annual compensation of $800,000, plus cash
equal to the retainer and other cash fees (except meeting fees) paid to the Company's non-employee directors and upon the same terms and conditions ($85,000 per annum in 2009), as well as
an annual equity grant equal to the equity grants issued annually to the Company's non-employee directors (in 2009, 10,000 RSUs which vest over one year). In addition, concurrently with
his appointment, the Compensation Committee granted Mr. Lasky 250,000 shares of restricted common stock of the Company, which vested in March 2009. Because his service as President and CEO was
intended to be on an interim basis at the time his 2009 compensation was established, Mr. Lasky did not participate in the Company's annual cash-based short-term
performance incentive program (see the discussion below regarding our AICP) or in the LTIP in 2009. As Mr. Lasky's service was intended to be temporary, the Company agreed to pay for travel,
lodging, meals and other incidental expenses incurred by Mr. Lasky while he was away from his home and at
104
Table of Contents
the
Company's headquarters. The Company viewed these expenses as necessary in order to secure Mr. Lasky's services during 2009. See "Executive CompensationSummary Compensation
Table2009," below.
With
respect to the 2009 compensation of Mr. Woodward, who agreed to serve as our Senior Vice President and CFO on an interim basis in contemplation of the April 2009 departure of
David K. Armstrong, our former Senior Vice President and CFO, the Compensation Committee sought to compensate Mr. Woodward appropriately for assuming a critical role on an interim basis, taking
into consideration the cost of hiring an interim CFO through an agency as well as other market data. As a result, Mr. Woodward and the Company agreed that Mr. Woodward would receive
annualized compensation of $720,000, and Mr. Woodward did not participate in the Company's annual cash-based short-term performance incentive program (see the discussion
below regarding our AICP) or in the LTIP in 2009. As Mr. Woodward's service was intended to be temporary, the Company agreed to pay for travel, lodging, meals and other incidental expenses
incurred by Mr. Woodward while he was away from his home and at the Company's headquarters. The Company viewed these expenses as necessary in order to secure Mr. Woodward's services
during 2009. See "Executive CompensationSummary Compensation Table2009," below.
Determination of Compensation and Awards
The Compensation Committee has the primary authority to determine and recommend the compensation paid to the Company's executive
officers. The Compensation Committee has from time to time retained the services of a compensation consultant to assist it in determining the key elements of our compensation programs, as well as
analyzing key executive management compensation relative to comparable companies. In late-2008, the Company's compensation consultant Hewitt Associates ("Hewitt") assisted the Compensation
Committee in analyzing key executive management compensation by providing an updated analysis of compensation to similarly situated executives at comparable companies. Additionally, in
mid-2009, Hewitt assisted the Compensation Committee in structuring the Key Executive Incentive Plan that was implemented as part of our bankruptcy process. The Compensation Committee will
periodically review and revise the previous compensation analyses so that it may keep informed about emerging compensation design, as well as competitive trends and issues.
In
addition to compensation consulting fees, Hewitt earned fees in 2009 from the Company by assisting with various human resources matters, including benefit and pension plan testing and
actuarial analyses, compensation and benefits analysis, proxy disclosure matters, and other consulting services. In 2009, Hewitt earned $124,922 from providing compensation consulting services to our
Compensation Committee and $181,795 (after accounting for reimbursements from Mass Mutual, the Company's 401(k) and pension plan administrator) for providing all other services to the Company.
Notwithstanding the fees earned by Hewitt for non-compensation consulting services, the Compensation Committee at the time was satisfied that Hewitt would provide independent advice
regarding executive compensation matters.
To
aid the Compensation Committee in setting compensation, our CEO provides recommendations annually to the Compensation Committee regarding the compensation for all executive officers,
but does not actually set any NEO's compensation. Each member of our senior executive management team, in turn, participates in an annual performance review with the CEO and provides input about his
or her contributions to our success for the relevant period. The Compensation Committee reviews the performance of each senior executive officer annually. The CEO participates in such annual
performance review with the Compensation Committee.
105
Table of Contents
Compensation Benchmarking and Peer Group
As discussed above, through the information and analysis provided by the compensation consultants, the Compensation Committee compares
base salary structures and annual incentive compensation to our market sector and industry in general. This approach ensures that our compensation remains competitive in our market and relative to our
industry peers. In determining the level of compensation provided to our executive officers, the Compensation Committee evaluated consensus marketplace executive compensation levels for base salary,
total cash compensation (base salary plus short-term incentives), and total direct compensation (total cash compensation plus long-term incentives, including stock option
awards valued using the Black-Scholes model). The 2008 marketplace consensus compensation data for our CFO, and our business unit leaders was determined using strictly the peer group data. For other
executive positions, both published survey data and the Company's peer group data were used. Published survey data included companies with revenues ranging from $590 million to
$6.5 billion, and was gathered from two surveys: manufacturing and auto/vehicle manufacturing industry data from Hewitt's Total Compensation Measurement (Manufacturing) survey and
Mercer's 2008USUS Executive Compensation Survey (General Industry). During 2009, our peer group consists of the following 15 leading suppliers in the transportation sector:
|
|
|
|
|
American Axle & Manufacturing
|
|
ArvinMeritor, Inc.
|
|
Carlisle Companies, Inc.
|
CLARCOR, Inc.
|
|
Commercial Vehicle Group, Inc.
|
|
Donaldson Company, Inc.
|
Dura Automotive Systems, Inc.
|
|
Hayes Lemmerz International, Inc.
|
|
Modine Manufacturing Company
|
Shiloh Industries, Inc.
|
|
Standard Motor Products, Inc.
|
|
Stoneridge, Inc.
|
Superior Industries International, Inc.
|
|
Titan International, Inc.
|
|
Wabash National Corporation
|
We typically target the aggregate value of our total compensation at approximately the median level of market consensus compensation for most
executive officer positions. However, we strongly believe in retaining the best talent among our senior executive management team. To retain and motivate these key individuals, the Compensation
Committee may determine that it is in our best interests to negotiate total compensation packages with senior executive management that may deviate from the general principle of targeting total
compensation at the median level of market consensus compensation. Equity grant guidelines have historically been set by job level, using market survey data and current guidelines to determine the
appropriate annual grant levels for the upcoming year. While target compensation is generally set near the market median, performance results in actual payout levels that may be above or below the
market median.
Our
2008 review indicated that we were providing annual cash compensation and long-term incentives that were generally comparable to the median of market consensus
compensation, and that the design of base and incentive annual cash compensation appropriately provides market compensation to our executive officers.
Base Compensation
An NEO's base salary is based on his or her performance, as well as, comparable compensation of similar executives in surveys and our
peer group. The Compensation Committee plans to continue to review base salary data from compensation research using survey data as well as actual salaries reported in the proxy statements of peer
group companies. In addition to market positioning, each year base salaries may increase based upon the performance of the NEO as assessed by the Compensation Committee. In 2009, base salary remained
the same as 2008 for our NEOs with the exception of Mr. Maniatis, who was awarded an increase in base salary in conjunction with a promotion to senior vice president, and Mr. Schomer,
who received a salary increase based on merit and market comparables.
106
Table of Contents
Performance-Based Compensation
Historically, our compensation programs have been structured to reward executive officers based on our performance and the individual
executive's contribution to that performance. This allows executive officers to receive incentive compensation in the event certain specified corporate performance measures are achieved. In
determining the compensation awarded to each NEO based on performance, the Compensation Committee has historically evaluated our performance and an executive's performance in a number of areas.
Annual Performance-Based Incentive Cash Compensation ("AICP")
Our AICP is a cash-based short-term performance incentive program. The Compensation Committee, with input from
the senior executive team, establishes goals for the AICP program based on our past performance, expected industry trends and projected revenue and earnings targets. We have historically used bank
adjusted EBITDA and free cash flow ("FCF"), which is defined as cash from operations less capital expenditures, of the Company ("Corporate EBITDA" and "Corporate FCF", respectively) as performance
goals for determining AICP payments. In addition, we have in the past included operating segment and sub-segment level EBITDA and adjusted cash flow ("ACF") metrics among the AICP metrics
for our senior managers that lead such operating segments and sub-segments. However, in 2009 the performance goals for all participating NEOs were limited to Corporate EBITDA and Corporate
FCF.
Corporate
EBITDA and Corporate FCF goals typically correspond with projected EBITDA and FCF contained in our annual budget, which is established in December for the upcoming year, based
upon input from management and the Board. Final payment for each AICP component is determined based upon the actual results for such component, compared with certain pre-established
threshold, target and maximum goals for that component. Threshold goals are typically established based on achievement of 90% of the budgeted targets, and maximum goals are typically set based on
achievement of 110% of the budgeted targets.
Subject
to the discretion of the Compensation Committee and/or management, no payment for a particular AICP component is earned unless the threshold goal is achieved. There is no
guaranteed
minimum payout under the AICP, and, subject to the discretion of the Compensation Committee as outlined above, there is no AICP payment in the event that (i) the EBITDA results are below the
threshold value, (ii) the Company is cited with a material weakness in its internal controls under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act or (iii) the Company violates its bank
covenants. Proportional awards can also be earned for goal attainment levels between threshold and maximum performance target levels.
The
performance goals under the AICP may be adjusted by the Compensation Committee to account for unusual events such as extraordinary transactions, asset dispositions and purchases, and
mergers and acquisitions if, and to the extent, the Compensation Committee does not consider the effect of such events indicative of Company performance. Payments under the AICP are contingent upon
continued employment, though pro rata payments will be paid in the event of retirement, job elimination due to restructuring, death or disability based on that year's actual performance relative to
the targeted performance measures for each objective. The AICP is designed to provide annual cash incentives that the Compensation Committee has historically believed are necessary to retain executive
officers and reward them for short-term Company performance. It is further designed to intensify executive officers' focus on Company financial performance and value creation and on
achieving Company goals through "at risk" compensation.
107
Table of Contents
The
2009 AICP structure for our senior executive management team (other than Messrs. Lasky and Woodward who did not participate in the AICP in 2009) was:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Position
|
|
Threshold
(% of base salary)
|
|
Target
(% of base salary)
|
|
Maximum
(% of base salary)
|
|
Senior Vice Presidents
|
|
|
18
|
%
|
|
60
|
%
|
|
108
|
%
|
Threshold
Corporate EBITDA and Corporate FCF targets for 2009 were $80 million and $(24.3), respectively. Due to a variety of conditions, however, including, most significantly,
the challenges presented by the general economic and industry downturn in 2009, the Company did not achieve any of its AICP thresholds for 2009. Accordingly, no bonuses under our AICP were earned in
2009.
Long-Term Incentive Plan ("LTIP")
As described earlier, historically we have made annual grants of SARs and RSUs, with fifty percent (50%) of the grant value expected to
be delivered through stock-settled SARs and fifty percent (50%) through RSU awards. Like stock options, SARs are performance-based, rewarding participants only when value has been created through
stock price appreciation. RSU awards are designed to align the recipient's interests with shareholders as well as to serve as a long-term retention tool.
For
the 2009 grants, the annual target LTIP values for our NEOs (other than Messrs. Lasky, Woodward and Armstrong) were:
|
|
|
|
|
Richard F. Schomer
|
|
$
|
182,083
|
|
Edward J. Gulda
|
|
$
|
218,499
|
|
James J. Maniatis
|
|
$
|
171,158
|
|
As
described below, the target value of the 2009 LTIP awards listed in this table reflect a reduction of approximately twenty-seven (27%) from the equivalent target award value for 2008.
No LTIP awards were granted to Messrs. Lasky and Woodward due to the interim nature of their positions at the time 2009 LTIP grants were made. Mr. Armstrong had announced his plans to
leave the company prior to the time 2009 LTIP awards were made and thus did not receive an award.
These
long-term incentive targets, when considered in conjunction with current base salaries and short-term cash incentives under the AICP, were designed to
provide a competitive total compensation opportunity for our executives. However, the actual value to be received by the executive would have, of course, depended upon the value of our prepetition
common stock at the time of vesting in the case of the RSUs, and at exercise in the case of the SARs.
Due
to the significant decline in the price of our prepetition common stock and the limited number of shares available for issuance under our 2005 Incentive Award Plan, the Compensation
Committee elected to adjust the structure of the LTIP awards in 2009. Rather than divide the value of the total target LTIP award between RSUs and SARs as it had done in the past, the Compensation
Committee determined that it would approximately double the number of each of the SARs and RSUs awarded to each recipient in 2008, and then supplement the value conveyed in such RSU and SAR awards
with a cash award to achieve a total grant value of approximately seventy-three percent (73%) of the annual LTIP target. In structuring the 2009 LTIP awards in this fashion, the Compensation Committee
attempted to strike a balance between providing meaningful long term equity incentives, judiciously using the remaining equity pool under the 2005 Incentive Award Plan and providing an award whose
reduced total value reflected the difficult economic circumstances facing the Company. In addition, the structure of the 2009 LTIP awards was consistent with the approach used in determining the 2009
Board of Directors equity grant program. The cash award was designed to provide a set level of compensation at the same time as the RSUs would have vested. Accordingly, the cash award vests
108
Table of Contents
on
the same schedule as the RSU grants would have vested, including automatic vesting upon a change in control or the award recipient's death.
2009 Retention and Incentive Programs
In May 2009, due to the extraordinary challenges placed upon the Company by the economic and industry downturn and the existing equity
incentive programs not providing the desired retention incentive, the Board of Directors determined the Company was at risk of not retaining certain critical employees and implemented a cash retention
bonus program, for each of Messrs. Gulda, Maniatis and Schomer, as well as a limited number of other key employees. Pursuant to the cash retention bonus agreements, each of these NEOs received
a bonus equal to his base salary if he remained employed through May 7, 2010, or was terminated without cause prior thereto. The retention bonus agreements were subject to the executive
entering into and complying with certain noncompete and confidential information covenants. The noncompete applies during employment and for a period of 24 months following executive's
termination for any reason. The covenant regarding confidential information has no set duration and remains applicable as long as the information the executive possesses remains confidential. If the
executive violates his noncompete or confidential information covenants prior to November 7, 2010, then he is obligated to repay his retention bonus in full, and we may offset that amount
against any other amounts that we may owe him. The retention bonuses do not offset any severance that may be payable under the executive's Severance and Retention Agreement. All cash retention bonuses
were paid in May 2010.
In
addition, in order to incentivize certain management employees to optimize our emergence from bankruptcy by (i) maximizing liquidity and (ii) facilitating an early
emergence from bankruptcy, we implemented a Key Executive Incentive Plan ("KEIP"), in which all of our NEO's other than Mr. Armstrong, who had already departed the Company, participated. The
amounts to be paid under the KEIP, or the total plan pool, were based upon: (i) the attainment of a threshold liquidity target upon emergence from bankruptcy and (ii) the date of
emergence from bankruptcy. The size of the total plan pool ranged from $2.42 million to $4.41 million. However, no amounts were payable under the KEIP if either a threshold liquidity of
$56 million plus two times the total plan pool was not met, or if emergence occurred after May 31, 2010. The design of the KEIP and the amount of KEIP payment to be received by each NEO
was set by the Compensation Committee at the time, based on recommendations from Hewitt as to similar plans for companies in bankruptcy. Elements of the KEIP were also negotiated with our creditors
and approved by the Bankruptcy Court. All KEIP payments were made on the Effective Date and Messrs. Lasky and Woodward's KEIP payments were paid in Common Stock.
Other Elements of Compensation and Perquisites
NEOs are also eligible to participate in various employee benefit plans which we provide to all employees and executives in general.
Additionally, the executives also receive certain fringe benefits and perquisites, which are more fully described in the narrative to the Summary Compensation Table. These employee benefits and
perquisites are used by the Company to provide additional compensation to executives as a means to attract and retain executives.
Compensation Recovery Policy
We maintain a clawback policy relating to LTIP awards. Under the clawback provisions specified in our award agreements, LTIP award
holders will forfeit any unvested cash awards, SARs and/or RSUs, as applicable, if they violate any non-compete or non-solicitation covenants they may have. In addition, if he
or she violates such covenants within 24 months after he or she received cash or stock in settlement of any SARs and/or RSUs, he or she must repay the full amount of all amounts of the cash
award previously received and/or an amount equal to the sum of (a) the gross sales proceeds of any
109
Table of Contents
such
stock that was previously sold plus (b) the closing market price per share of the stock on the date it was distributed to him or her for any share of stock which has not been sold. These
provisions serve to ensure that executive officers act in our best interest and that of our stockholders even after termination of employment.
Policies with Respect to Equity Compensation Awards
The exercise price of all stock options and SARs is based on the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. Under the
2005 Incentive Award Plan, fair market value is defined as the closing price for our common stock on the grant date. We do not have a policy of granting equity-based awards at any other price.
Equity
awards are typically made under the compensation programs discussed above at regularly scheduled meetings of the Compensation Committee. The Company has historically made annual
LTIP grants at the Board meeting held in conjunction with our annual meeting of stockholders. The effective date for equity grants is usually the date of such meeting. The Compensation Committee also
may make grants of equity incentive awards in its discretion, including in connection with the hiring of new executives or upon promotion. In such case the effective date of such grants may be in the
future.
Stock Ownership Guidelines
As a further method of aligning director and executive interest with that of the shareholder, we have established stock ownership
guidelines for our directors and senior executives. Under the stock ownership guidelines, each director and senior executive officer is expected to hold Common Stock that has a fair market value of a
multiple of his or her base annual retainer (for directors) or salary (for senior executives) by December 31, 2011 or five years from his or her first grant of stock, whichever is later. These
stock ownership guidelines are as follows:
|
|
|
Executive
|
|
Ownership Multiple
|
Directors
|
|
3.0 times
|
CEO
|
|
4.0 times
|
Senior VPs
|
|
2.0 times
|
Policy Regarding Tax Deductibility of Compensation
Within its performance-based compensation program, the Company aims to compensate the senior executive management team in a manner that
is tax effective for the Company. Currently, all annual compensation is intended to be deductible under Section 162(m) of the Code. SARs are performance based and also deductible under
Section 162(m). However, RSUs, the cash awards and retention payments are not performance based and therefore may not be deductible under Section 162(m). In the future, the Compensation
Committee may determine that it is appropriate to pay compensation which is not deductible.
110
Table of Contents
SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE2009
The following table summarizes the annual compensation for fiscal years 2009, 2008, and 2007 paid to or earned by our CEO, CFO, the
three of our other most highly-compensated executive officers who were serving as executive officers at the end of fiscal year 2009, and our former CFO, David K. Armstrong, whose employment with us
ended in April 2009, whom we refer to collectively as the "Named Executive Officers" or "NEOs:"
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year
|
|
Salary
|
|
Bonus(1)
|
|
Stock
Awards(2)
|
|
Option
Awards(3)
|
|
Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation(4)
|
|
Change in
Pension Value
and
Nonqualified
Deferred
Compensation
Earnings
|
|
All Other
Compensation(5)
|
|
Total
|
|
William M. Lasky(6)
(Chairman, Interim CEO and President)
|
|
|
2009
2008
|
|
$
$
|
800,000
231,873
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
246,250
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
$
|
112,204
32,026
|
(6)
|
$
$
|
912,204
493,694
|
|
James H. Woodward, Jr.
|
|
|
2009
|
|
$
|
567,500
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
35,825
|
|
$
|
603,325
|
|
|
(Senior VP / CFO)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
David K. Armstrong
(Former Senior VP / CFO)
|
|
|
2009
2008
2007
|
|
$
$
$
|
116,720
350,160
350,160
|
|
|
|
|
$
$
$
|
10,800
175,080
175,000
|
(7)
|
$
$
|
175,080
175,000
|
|
$
|
215,138
|
|
$
$
|
8,751
11,822
|
|
$
$
$
|
80,741
123,136
116,888
|
|
$
$
$
|
208,261
832,207
1,044,008
|
|
Edward J. Gulda
(Senior VP / Component Operations)
|
|
|
2009
2008
|
|
$
$
|
300,000
300,000
|
|
$
|
17,693
|
|
$
$
|
14,840
150,000
|
|
$
$
|
26,726
150,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
$
|
26,288
107,202
|
|
$
$
|
385,547
707,202
|
|
Richard F. Schomer
(Senior VP / Marketing and Sales)
|
|
|
2009
2008
|
|
$
$
|
250,000
225,000
|
|
$
|
14,743
|
|
$
$
|
12,390
112,500
|
|
$
$
|
22,262
112,500
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
$
|
22,938
93,752
|
|
$
$
|
322,333
543,752
|
|
James J. Maniatis
|
|
|
2009
|
|
$
|
235,000
|
|
$
|
13,861
|
|
$
|
11,620
|
|
$
|
20,929
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
23,994
|
|
$
|
305,404
|
|
|
(Senior VP / Human Resources)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
-
(1)
-
Represents
ten percent of cash awards granted on April 22, 2009 under our Long Term Incentive Plan. The total cash award to Messrs. Gulda,
Schomer and Maniatis was $176,933, $147,430, and $138,609, respectively, of which ten percent vested on December 1, 2009, 20% was scheduled to vest on December 1, 2010, 30% was scheduled
to vest on December 1, 2011 and 40% was scheduled to vest on December 1, 2012. See Compensation Discussion and AnalysisPerformance-Based CompensationLong Term
Incentive Plan for more information regarding the cash awards.
-
(2)
-
Except
as noted in footnote 7 below, amounts shown represent the grant date fair value of restricted stock units (RSUs) granted in the year indicated
disregarding forfeitures related to vesting conditions, as computed in accordance with FASB (ASC) Topic 718,
CompensationStock
Compensation
. For a discussion of the assumptions made in the valuation reflected in these columns, see Note 10 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. The stock awards
(RSUs) granted under our LTIP during 2007-2009 were to have vested in annual installments of 10%, 20%, 30%, and 40% over an approximately three and one-half
year-period on each December 1
st
following the date of grant.
-
(3)
-
Amounts
shown represent the grant date fair value of options and stock appreciation rights (SARs) granted in the year indicated disregarding forfeitures
related to vesting conditions, as computed in accordance with FASB (ASC) Topic 718,
CompensationStock Compensation
. For a discussion
of the assumptions made in the valuation reflected in these columns, see Note 10 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009 included herein. No
options were granted in 2009 to any NEO.
-
(4)
-
Reflects
AICP amounts earned in the year reported and subsequently paid in the first quarter of the following year.
-
(5)
-
All
Other Compensation for the year ended December 31, 2009, includes payments made under our Executive Retirement Allowance Policy (including tax
gross-up), premiums under our Executive Life Insurance Policy (including tax
gross-up), financial planning fees (including tax gross-up), payments for health services under our Executive Health Care program, payments made pursuant to our annual
retirement contributions, company matches to 401(k) contributions and various gifts and awards. All Other Compensation for Mr. Armstrong includes vacation termination payment of $9,091 and a
cash award of $50,000. For Messrs. Lasky and Woodward, includes travel, lodging, meals and other incidental expenses incurred as a result of their travel between their permanent home and our
headquarters in support of their performing their duties on an interim basis at our headquarters during 2009. While the Company believed that Messrs. Lasky's and Woodward's presence in person
at the our headquarters during 2009 was essential for the performance of their duties and is in our best
111
Table of Contents
interests,
in accordance with the definition of perquisites contained in Item 402 of Regulation S-K, we have included these incremental costs as a perquisite to
Messrs. Lasky and Woodward. Other perquisites that exceed $25,000 or ten-percent of the total perquisites' value and tax gross-up payments for 2009 are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Executive
Retirement
Allowance
Policy
|
|
Gross-up
of
Executive
Retirement
Allowance
Policy
|
|
ELIP
Premiums
|
|
Gross-up
of ELIP
Premiums
|
|
Gross-up
of
Financial
Planning
Fees
|
|
Gross-up
of
Personal
Excess
Insurance
Premium
|
|
401(k)
Company
Match
and Profit
Sharing
|
|
Travel,
Lodging,
Meals and
Incidentals
|
|
|
William M. Lasky
|
|
$
|
77
|
|
$
|
51
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
8,770
|
|
$
|
1,004
|
|
$
|
6,210
|
|
$
|
72,131
|
|
|
James H. Woodward
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
994
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
33,331
|
|
|
David K. Armstrong
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
8,459
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
2,792
|
|
|
|
|
|
Edward J. Gulda
|
|
$
|
2,870
|
|
$
|
1,964
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
7,168
|
|
$
|
1,019
|
|
$
|
1,367
|
|
|
|
|
|
Richard F. Schomer
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
7,182
|
|
$
|
1,036
|
|
$
|
1,139
|
|
|
|
|
|
James J. Maniatis
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
6,962
|
|
$
|
1,004
|
|
$
|
1,071
|
|
|
|
|
-
(6)
-
As
reflected in the Director Compensation Table, Mr. Lasky also received $85,000 in fees and a stock award with a value of $3,900 on the date of
grant for his service as a Director.
-
(7)
-
Reflects
a stock award of 40,000 shares of our prepetition common stock to Mr. Armstrong on January 6, 2009 at $0.27 per share, the closing
price on that date.
Narrative to Summary Compensation Table
A description of various employee benefit plans and fringe benefits available to our NEOs and certain other employees are described
below.
Prior to our IPO we made stock option grants from time to time. At the time of our IPO in 2005, we issued a number of stock option
awards to our directors and senior executives, as well as other employees under our 2005 Incentive Award Plan. These IPO grants were divided equally between time-based vesting awards and
time- and performance-based vesting awards, with the latter being forfeited in the event we do not achieve predetermined annual bank adjusted EBITDA targets. Subsequent to the IPO, we
periodically issued discretionary stock option awards to newly hired employees and upon promotions. As discussed in the Compensation Discussion and Analysis, in 2006 we implemented our long term
incentive program, which provides annual grants of RSUs and SARs, and discontinued the practice of granting stock options. Equity grants typically have a three and one-half year vesting
schedule and are awarded to align the executive's interest with those of the stockholder by incenting the creation of additional stockholder value through stock price appreciation and acting as a
long-term retention tool.
We have a Section 401(k) Savings/Retirement Plan, which we refer to as the "401(k) Plan," which covers all of our eligible
employees. Effective January 1, 2009, plan participants in the 401(k) Plan receive matching contributions in an amount equal to one dollar for every dollar they contribute on the first 1%, and
fifty cents for each dollar they contribute on the next 5%, of the participant's annual salary, subject to certain IRS limits. Matching contributions to 401(k) Plan participants become vested after
two years of employment. Employees are eligible to participate in the 401(k) Plan in the first payroll period after thirty days of employment. Effective March 23, 2009, however, we indefinitely
suspended the matching contributions in order to reduce expenses in response to the on-going industry and economic downturn.
112
Table of Contents
The Accuride Retirement Plan, which we refer to as the "Retirement Plan," covers certain employees who began employment prior to
January 1, 2006. Under the Retirement Plan, each participant has a "cash balance account" which is established for bookkeeping purposes only. Prior to 2009, each year, each participant's cash
balance account was credited with a percentage of the participant's earnings (as defined in the Retirement Plan), which we refer to as the "Base Earning Credit." The percentage ranged from 2% to
11.5%, depending on the participant's age, years of service, and date of participation in the Retirement Plan. If a participant had excess earnings above the Social Security taxable wage base, then an
additional 2% of the excess earnings amount was credited to the participant's account, which we refer to as the "Supplemental Earning Credit." Participants' accounts also are credited with interest
each year, based upon the rates payable on certain U.S. Treasury debt instruments. Employees' first becoming participants after January 1, 1998, also receive an additional credit for their
first year of service. Effective January 1, 2009, the Retirement Plan was modified such that no further Base Earning Credits or Supplement Earning Credits will be credited to participants' cash
balance accounts. However, interest credits will continue to be credited to participants' cash balance accounts.
A
participant's benefit at normal retirement age, if calculated as a lump sum payment, equals the balance of his or her cash balance account. The actuarial equivalent of the account
balance also can be paid as a single life annuity, a qualified joint and survivor annuity, or an alternative form of payment allowed under the Retirement Plan.
In 2009, we provided each NEO, other than Mr. Woodward, and certain other executives a stipend to cover the cost of financial
planning services. The stipend in 2009 was $13,100 per year for Mr. Lasky and $10,400 for each of our Senior Vice Presidents, plus a gross-up for taxes incurred by the executive on
the stipend.
Historically, certain executive officers annually received an amount to pay the premium on a flexible premium variable universal life
insurance policy or variable annuity, to be wholly owned by the executive. The annual amount was equal to 7% of the executive's base salary plus 50% of such amount in order to offset taxes. However,
no Executive Life Insurance Plan, which we
refer to as "ELIP," payment was made to any executive in 2009 in order to reduce expenses in response to the on-going industry and economic downturn.
Each NEO and certain other executives are eligible to participate in the Mayo Clinic's Executive Health Program, which provides a
comprehensive examination and access to Mayo's medical, surgical and laboratory facilities. We pay the cost of certain eligible Mayo services, with any additional ineligible services billed directly
to the NEO's insurance company.
Each NEO, as well as certain other executives, receives an executive retirement allowance in order to replace benefits lost due to the
compensation that may be taken into account under our tax qualified retirement plans (the 401(k) Plan and the Retirement Plan). Effective January 1, 2009, the annual executive retirement
allowance is equal to the sum of (i) 3.5% of the executive's base salary for the calendar year in excess of the compensation limits set forth in our 401(k) Plan, (ii) the retirement
contribution percentage multiplied by the executive's base salary in excess of the compensation limits
113
Table of Contents
set
forth in our 401(k) Plan, and (iii) an amount equal to the transition credits that the executive would be entitled to receive under the 401(k) Plan if that plan were not subject to the
compensation limit, less the actual transition credits received by the executive under the 401(k) Plan for that year. The allowance is in the form of a cash payment to eligible executives and is
grossed-up for taxes. Due to the economic and industry downturn in 2009, no retirement contribution or transition credits were made for the 2009 plan year in order to reduce expenses in
response to the on-going industry and economic downturn. Also, as noted above, effective March 23, 2009, we suspended our match to employee 401(k) Plan contributions.
Effective January 1, 2009, our Annual Profit Sharing program was replaced by our retirement contribution program. Under our
retirement contribution program, we will determine whether or not to make a discretionary contribution of 3% of total pay up to the Social Security Wage Base ($106,800 for 2009), which we refer to as
the "SSWB," and of 6% of total pay exceeding the SSWB. In order to be eligible, employees must have completed at least thirty days continuous employment and must be employed on the last day of the
plan year (December 31
st
), provided, however, that participants who retire, die, become disabled, enter into service with the armed forces of the U.S., or terminate employment due
to an involuntary reduction in workforce, during the plan year are also eligible to receive a discretionary retirement contribution. Actual contributions are calculated based on the eligible
employee's "salary" as defined by the Plan. Retirement contributions are either paid in cash or contributed to the recipient's 401(k) account, depending upon regulatory compliance, and become vested
after two year of service. We did not make a retirement contribution for the 2009 plan year.
We pay premiums on personal excess umbrella insurance coverage for each of our NEOs as well as all of our other Senior Vice Presidents
and certain Vice Presidents. This policy provides liability coverage in excess of the individual's underlying insurance anywhere in the world unless stated otherwise or an exclusion applies. This
policy pays on the behalf of the employee up to their specific limit amount for covered damages from any one occurrence, regardless of how many claims, homes, vehicles, watercraft, or people are
involved in the occurrence; again, which are in excess of the underlying policy. Current policy limits are $10,000,000.
114
Table of Contents
GRANTS OF PLAN-BASED AWARDS2009
The following table shows all grants of awards in 2009 to each of the executive officers named in the Summary Compensation Table:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
All Other
Stock
Awards:
Number of
Shares of
Stock or
Units
(#)(2)
|
|
All Other
Option
Awards:
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Options
(#)(3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Estimated Possible Potential
Payouts Under Non-Equity
Incentive Plan Awards
|
|
Exercise
or Base
Price of
Option
Awards
($/Share)
|
|
Grant
Date
Closing
Price of
Common
Stock
($/Share)
|
|
Grant
Date Fair
Value of
Stock and
Option
Awards(4)
|
|
|
|
Grant
Date
|
|
Threshold
($)
|
|
Target
($)
|
|
Max
($)
|
|
William M. Lasky
|
|
|
2/9/09
|
(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.39
|
|
$
|
3,900
|
|
|
|
|
11/24/09
|
(5)
|
|
810,000
|
|
|
1,080,000
|
|
|
1,485,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
James H. Woodward, Jr
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11/24/09
|
(5)
|
|
240,000
|
|
|
320,000
|
|
|
440,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
David K. Armstrong
|
|
|
1/6/09
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
40,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.27
|
|
$
|
10,800
|
|
Edward J. Gulda
|
|
|
|
|
|
54,000
|
|
|
180,000
|
|
|
324,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4/22/09
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
42,400
|
|
|
92,200
|
|
|
0.35
|
|
|
0.35
|
|
$
|
41,566
|
|
|
|
|
11/24/09
|
(5)
|
|
180,000
|
|
|
240,000
|
|
|
330,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
James J. Maniatis
|
|
|
|
|
|
42,300
|
|
|
141,000
|
|
|
253,800
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4/22/09
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
33,200
|
|
|
72,200
|
|
|
0.35
|
|
|
0.35
|
|
$
|
32,549
|
|
|
|
|
11/24/09
|
(5)
|
|
141,000
|
|
|
188,000
|
|
|
258,500
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Richard F. Schomer
|
|
|
|
|
|
45,000
|
|
|
150,000
|
|
|
270,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4/22/09
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
35,400
|
|
|
76,800
|
|
|
0.35
|
|
|
0.35
|
|
$
|
34,652
|
|
|
|
|
11/24/09
|
(5)
|
|
150,000
|
|
|
200,000
|
|
|
275,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
-
(1)
-
Reflects
the potential payouts under the AICP for 2009 as more fully described in the Compensation Discussion and Analysis above. The AICP payment for 2009
was determined in March 2010 upon completion of the consolidated financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009. The Summary Compensation Table details amounts actually paid
in 2010 under the 2009 AICP in the column
Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation
. As stated in the Summary Compensation Table, there was no
AICP paid out in 2010 for 2009 or in 2009 for 2008. Mr. Armstrong was not eligible to receive a 2009 AICP payment once his employment terminated in April 2009.
-
(2)
-
Except
for Messrs. Lasky and Armstrong, reflects RSUs granted during 2009 under our LTIP which were scheduled to vest in annual installments of 10%,
20%, 30%, and 40% each December 1
st
of 2009, 2010, 2011, and 2012, respectively. Pursuant to our Plan of Reorganization, all outstanding RSUs vested on the Effective Date
of the Plan of Reorganization. Mr. Lasky's February 9, 2009 grant represented compensation related to his service as a Director of the Company. Mr. Armstrong received a grant of
40,000 shares on January 6, 2009 at the discretion of the Compensation Committee.
-
(3)
-
Reflects
SARs granted during 2009 under our LTIP that were scheduled to vest on December 31, 2012; provided, however, that 25% of the total award was
eligible to vest on an accelerated basis on December 31
st
of each of 2009, 2010, and 2011 based on the achievement of pre-established bank adjusted EBITDA goals
for each year. We did not achieve the bank adjusted EBITDA threshold goal of $80 million for the accelerated vesting of SARs in 2009 and, accordingly, no SARs vested on an accelerated basis in
2009. Pursuant to our Plan of Reorganization, all outstanding SARs vested on the Effective Date of the Plan of Reorganization. Due to the fact that the exercise price of the all outstanding SARs were
above the market price of our stock on the Effective Date, all outstanding SARs were cancelled.
-
(4)
-
In
determining the estimated fair value of our share-based awards as of the grant date, we used the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The assumptions
underlying our model are described in the notes to our consolidated financial statements contained for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009 included herein
(Note 10Stock-Based Compensation Plans).
-
(5)
-
Reflects
the potential payouts under the KEIP as more fully described in the Compensation Discussion and Analysis above. The amounts to be paid under the
KEIP, or the total plan pool, were based upon: (i) the attainment of a threshold liquidity target upon emergence from bankruptcy and (ii) the date of emergence from bankruptcy. The
maximum and threshold payment were set at one hundred thirty-seven and one-half percent (137.5%) and seventy-five percent (75%) of the target, respectively. The maximum, target
and threshold payments would become payable we exited bankruptcy in February 2010, April 2010, and May 2010, respectively, and if we achieved the threshold liquidity targets. An intermediary payment
of one hundred twelve and one-half percent (112.5%) would be payable if we exited bankruptcy in March 2010 and achieved the threshold liquidity target. No awards under the KEIP would
become payable if we did not satisfy the threshold liquidity
115
Table of Contents
target
or if we exited bankruptcy after May 2010. Mr. Armstrong did not participate in the KEIP as he had already left the Company at the time the program was established. KEIP payments were
made to the NEO's after we exited bankruptcy on February 26, 2010 and achieved the threshold liquidity target.
Narrative to Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table
Vesting in pre-bankruptcy LTIP awards were generally under an approximately three and one-half year
back-loaded vesting schedule. Pre-bankruptcy SAR grants under the LTIP generally had a three and one-half year cliff vesting schedule, subject to accelerated
vesting based on our financial performance. In particular, twenty five percent (25%) of the total SAR award were eligible to vest each year through the attainment of the same target bank adjusted
EBITDA goal established for the AICP. Pre-bankruptcy RSU awards granted under our LTIP vested in annual installments of 10%, 20%, 30% and 40% over approximately a three and
one-half year period on each December 1
st
following the date of grant.
In
2009, the target bank adjusted EBITDA goal that would trigger accelerated vesting of a portion of outstanding SAR awards was $80 million. This goal was not achieved.
Notwithstanding
the vesting procedures outlined above, SAR and RSU grants vested
pro rata
, as specified in the award agreements, if the
recipient's employment terminated due to death, disability, or qualified retirement (i.e., age 55 or over after having at least ten years of service, or over age 65 and other than by reason of
termination for cause). Our pre-bankruptcy RSU and SAR award agreements specify that unvested shares will vest upon a change in control.
OUTSTANDING EQUITY AWARDS AT FISCAL YEAR-END TABLE2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Option Awards
|
|
Stock Awards
|
|
|
|
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
Exercisable
|
|
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
Unexercisable
|
|
Equity
Incentive
Plan Awards:
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Unearned
Options
|
|
Option
Exercise
Price
|
|
Option
Expiration
Date
|
|
Number of
Shares or
Units of
Stock
That Have
Not Vested(1)
|
|
Market
Value of
shares
or Units
of Stock
That Have
Not Vested(1)
|
|
Equity
Incentive
Plan Awards:
Number of
Unearned
Shares, Units or Other Rights
That Have
Not Vested
|
|
Equity
Incentive
Plan Awards:
Market or
Payout Value
of Unearned
Shares, Units or Other Rights
That Have
Not Vested
|
|
William M. Lasky
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,500
|
(2)
|
$
|
825
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
James H. Woodward, Jr.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
David K. Armstrong(3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
James J. Maniatis
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10,353
|
(4)
|
$
|
3,416
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
29,880
|
(5)
|
$
|
9,860
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
32,245
|
(6)
|
|
|
|
$
|
7.10
|
|
|
05/16/18
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
72,200
|
(7)
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.35
|
|
|
04/22/19
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Edward J. Gulda
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
14,789
|
(8)
|
$
|
4,880
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
38,160
|
(9)
|
$
|
12,593
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
46,065
|
(10)
|
|
|
|
$
|
7.10
|
|
|
05/16/18
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
92,000
|
(11)
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.35
|
|
|
04/22/19
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Richard F. Schomer
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,628
|
(12)
|
$
|
1,197
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11,092
|
(13)
|
$
|
3,660
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31,860
|
(14)
|
$
|
10,514
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
21,829
|
(15)
|
|
|
|
$
|
12.68
|
|
|
08/20/17
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
34,549
|
(16)
|
|
|
|
$
|
7.10
|
|
|
05/16/18
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
76,800
|
(17)
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.35
|
|
|
04/22/19
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
-
(1)
-
Except
with respect to Mr. Lasky, represents RSUs granted under our LTIP. Assumes that the market value of unvested equity awards was $0.33, which
was the closing price of our prepetition common stock on December 31, 2009 (the last day of trading of 2009).
-
(2)
-
Represents
RSUs granted in February 2009 related to Mr. Lasky's service as a Director, which vest on January 2, 2010. All RSUs vested on the
Effective Date of the Plan of Reorganization.
116
Table of Contents
-
(3)
-
Mr. Armstrong's
employment with us terminated in April 2009 and all unvested and unexercised options as of the end of the
90
th
day following Mr. Armstrong's last day of employment were forfeited.
-
(4)
-
Represents
RSUs granted in May 2008; 4,436 shares and 5,916 shares of which were to vest on December 1
st
of 2010 and 2011,
respectively. All RSUs vested on the Effective Date of the Plan of Reorganization.
-
(5)
-
Represents
RSUs granted in April 2009; 6,640 shares, 9,960 shares, and 13,280 shares of which vest on December 1
st
of 2010,
2011, and 2012, respectively. All RSUs vested on the Effective Date of the Plan of Reorganization.
-
(6)
-
Represents
SARs granted in May 2008 under our LTIP, which were to vest on December 31, 2011, provided however that 25% of such shares were to vest on
December 31
st
of 2010 if certain pre-established EBITDA targets are satisfied. All SARs were cancelled on the Effective Date of the Plan or Reorganization.
-
(7)
-
Represents
SARs granted in April 2009 under our LTIP, which were to vest on December 31, 2012, provided however that 25% of such shares were to vest
each year on December 31
st
of 2010 and 2011 if certain pre-established EBITDA targets are satisfied. All SARs were cancelled on the Effective Date of the Plan
or Reorganization.
-
(8)
-
Represents
RSUs granted in May 2008; 6,339 shares and 8,450 shares of which vest on December 1
st
of 2010 and 2011, respectively.
All RSUs vested on the Effective Date of the Plan of Reorganization.
-
(9)
-
Represents
RSUs granted in April 2009; 8,480 shares, 12,720 shares, and 16,960 shares of which were to vest on December 1
st
of
2010, 2011, and 2012, respectively.
-
(10)
-
Represents
SARs granted in May 2008 under our LTIP, which were to vest on December 31, 2011, provided however that 25% of such shares were to vest
on December 31
st
of 2010 if certain pre-established EBITDA targets are satisfied. All SARs were cancelled on the Effective Date of the Plan or Reorganization.
-
(11)
-
Represents
SARs granted in April 2009 under our LTIP, which were to vest on December 31, 2012, provided however that 25% of such shares were to vest
each year on December 31
st
of 2010 and 2011 if certain pre-established EBITDA targets are satisfied. All SARs were cancelled on the Effective Date of the Plan
or Reorganization.
-
(12)
-
Represents
RSUs granted on August 20, 2007; 3,628 shares of which were to vest on December 1
st
of 2010. All RSUs vested
on the Effective Date of the Plan of Reorganization.
-
(13)
-
Represents
RSUs granted on May 16, 2008; 4,754, and 6,338 shares of which were to vest on December 1
st
of 2010 and 2011,
respectively. All RSUs vested on the Effective Date of the Plan of Reorganization.
-
(14)
-
Represents
RSUs granted in April 2009; 7,080 shares, 10,620 shares, and 14,160 shares of which were to vest on December 1
st
of
2010, 2011, and 2012, respectively. All RSUs vested on the Effective Date of the Plan of Reorganization.
-
(15)
-
Represents
SARs granted in August 2007 under our LTIP, which were to vest on December 31, 2010. All SARs were cancelled on the Effective Date of the
Plan or Reorganization.
-
(16)
-
Represents
SARs granted in May 2008 under our LTIP, which were to vest on December 31, 2011, provided however that 25% of such shares were to vest
on December 31
st
of 2010 if certain pre-established EBITDA targets are satisfied. All SARs were cancelled on the Effective Date of the Plan or Reorganization.
-
(17)
-
Represents
SARs granted in April 2009 under our LTIP, which were to vest on December 31, 2012, provided however that 25% of such shares were to vest
each year on December 31
st
of 2010 and 2011 if certain pre-established EBITDA targets are satisfied. All SARs were cancelled on the Effective Date of the Plan
or Reorganization.
117
Table of Contents
OPTIONS EXERCISED & STOCK VESTED DURING FISCAL 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Option Awards
|
|
Stock Awards
|
|
|
|
Number
of Shares
Acquired on
Exercise
(#)
|
|
Value Realized
Upon
Exercise
($)
|
|
Number
of Shares
Acquired on
Vesting
(#)
|
|
Value
Realized
on Vesting
($)
|
|
William M. Lasky
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
258,750
|
|
$
|
68,823
|
|
James H. Woodward, Jr.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
David K. Armstrong
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
40,000
|
|
$
|
10,800
|
|
James J. Maniatis
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,278
|
|
$
|
1,256
|
|
Edward J. Gulda
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,466
|
|
$
|
1,693
|
|
Richard F. Schomer
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9,430
|
|
$
|
1,886
|
|
PENSION BENEFITS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Plan Name
|
|
Number of
Years of
Credited
Service
(#)
|
|
Present Value
of Accumulated
Benefit
($)(1)
|
|
Payments During
the Last Fiscal
Year
($)
|
|
William M. Lasky
|
|
None
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
James H. Woodward, Jr.
|
|
None
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
David K. Armstrong
|
|
Accuride Retirement Plan
|
|
|
9.25
|
|
$
|
168,427
|
|
$
|
0
|
|
James J. Maniatis
|
|
None
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Edward J. Gulda
|
|
None
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Richard F. Schomer
|
|
None
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
-
(1)
-
Represents
the present value of benefits accrued-to-date. For the Accuride Retirement Plan, this is the cash balance account as of
the measurement date. The present value of benefits accrued-to-date was calculated using a discount rate of 5.90% and interest crediting at 4.50% (consistent with SFAS
No. 87 disclosure assumptions). The model applies a postretirement mortality using the Fully Generational RP-2000 Combined Healthy Mortality table projected using Scale AA and no
mortality applied preretirement.
Potential Post Employment Payments
We have entered into amended and restated severance and retention agreements with each NEO, other than Mr. Lasky due to the fact
that he was serving in an interim capacity during 2009.
The
amended and restated severance and retention agreements have a one-year term, subject to automatic one-year renewals if not terminated by either party in
accordance with the terms of the agreement. If a "Change of Control" (as defined in the agreement) occurs, the scheduled expiration date of the initial term or renewal term, as the case may be, will
be extended for a term ending 18 months after the Change of Control. A Change in Control within the meaning of the agreements occurred as a result of the implementation of the Plan of
Reorganization.
Under
the terms of the amended and restated severance and retention agreement, a NEO is entitled to severance if the executive's employment is terminated by us without "cause" or if he
or she terminates employment for "good reason" (as these terms are defined in the agreement). This
118
Table of Contents
severance
generally is equal to one year of the executive's base salary. However, if such termination is within 18 months following a Change of Control, then such severance benefits are as
follows:
-
-
For each of Messrs. Gulda, Maniatis, Schomer and Woodward, a payment equal to 200% of his salary plus 200% of the
greater of (i) the annualized AICP payment to which he would be entitled as of the date on which the Change of Control occurs or (ii) his average AICP payment over the three years prior
to termination.
-
-
In addition, each participating NEO is entitled to continue certain employee benefits, including health, disability,
accident and dental insurance coverage for an 18 month period from the date of termination or if earlier, the date on which the executive receives such benefits from a subsequent employer.
Any
such severance is reduced by all payments the executive may become entitled under any other severance policy we may have with the exception of a one year retention plan.
All
severance is subject to the executive executing a general release of claims and agreeing to non-compete and non-solicitation covenants. In addition, if
necessary to comply with the tax laws, the severance may not be paid until six months following the NEO's termination.
No
severance is payable if the NEO's employment is terminated for "cause," if they resign without "good reason" or if they become disabled or die.
Finally,
under the terms of the 2005 Equity Incentive Plan, in the event of a Change of Control, if all options, RSUs or SARs settled in stock are not converted, assumed, or replaced by
a successor, then such awards will become fully exercisable and all forfeiture restrictions on such awards will lapse and all RSUs shall become deliverable, unless otherwise provided in any award
agreement or any other written agreement entered into with an executive. Our stock option, RSU and SAR award agreements outstanding as of the end of 2009 provided that such awards would vest upon a
Change of Control. A Change in Control occurred upon our emergence from bankruptcy on the Effective Date, at which time all outstanding awards vested, including the cash awards. SARs and Options were
cancelled since they all had base prices which were below the market price of our prepetition common stock and shares of our prepetition common stock were delivered in settlement of all outstanding
RSUs based on the appropriate conversion rate of our old equity for new equity.
Value of Payment Presuming Hypothetical December 31, 2009 Termination Date
The following tables summarize enhanced payments our NEOs would be eligible to receive assuming a hypothetical separation of employment
on December 31, 2009, based upon the circumstances listed in the columns of each table. Mr. Armstrong is excluded since he is no longer employed with us following his resignation. The
tables do not include amounts for vested equity awards and vested pension benefits, or similar non-discriminatory benefits to which each NEO is eligible. No amounts are payable to an
executive, and no stock options, RSUs, SARs or cash awards will vest if the executive voluntarily terminates his or her employment, other than for "good reason," or is terminated for cause.
119
Table of Contents
William M. Lasky
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Retirement
($)
|
|
Involuntary
or For
Good
Reason
Termination
($)
|
|
Change of
Control
($)
|
|
Involuntary or
For Good
Reason
Termination
(Change of
Control)
($)
|
|
Disability
($)
|
|
Death
($)
|
|
Compensation:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Severance
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
Incentive Pay
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
Retention Bonus
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
Long-Term Incentives
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unvested and Accelerated RSUs
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
$
|
825
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
Unvested and Accelerated Stock Options / SARs
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
Unvested and Accelerated Cash
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
Benefits & Perquisites:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Post Separation Health Care, Disability & Accident Ins.
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
Insurance Benefits
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
Outplacement
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
Financial Planning and Executive Physical
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
Excise Tax Gross-Up Payment
|
|
|
n/a
|
|
|
n/a
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
n/a
|
|
|
n/a
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Payment:
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
-
(a)
-
Assumes
that the market value of unvested equity awards was $0.33, which was the closing price of our prepetition common stock on December 31, 2009.
120
Table of Contents
James H. Woodward, Jr.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Retirement
($)
|
|
Involuntary
or For
Good
Reason
Termination
($)
|
|
Change of
Control
($)
|
|
Involuntary or
For Good
Reason
Termination
(Change of
Control)
($)
|
|
Disability
($)
|
|
Death
($)
|
|
Compensation:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Severance
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
Incentive Pay
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
Retention Bonus
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
Long-Term Incentives
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unvested and Accelerated RSUs
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
Unvested and Accelerated Stock Options / SARs
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
Unvested and Accelerated Cash
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
Benefits & Perquisites:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Post Separation Health Care, Disability & Accident Ins.
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
Insurance Benefits
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
Outplacement
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
Financial Planning and Executive Physical
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
Excise Tax Gross-Up Payment
|
|
|
n/a
|
|
|
n/a
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
n/a
|
|
|
n/a
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Payment:
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
121
Table of Contents
James J. Maniatis
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Involuntary
or For
Good
Reason
Termination
($)
|
|
Change
of
Control
($)
|
|
Involuntary or
For Good
Reason
Termination
(Change of
Control)
($)
|
|
Disability
($)
|
|
Death
($)
|
|
Compensation:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Severance
|
|
|
235,000
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
470,000
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
Incentive Pay
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
Retention Bonus
|
|
|
235,000
|
(g)
|
|
0
|
|
|
235,000
|
(g)
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
Long-Term Incentives(a)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unvested and Accelerated RSUs
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
13,277
|
|
|
13,277
|
|
|
4,375
|
|
|
4,375
|
|
Unvested and Accelerated Stock Options / SARs(b)
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
Unvested and Accelerated Cash
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
124,748
|
|
|
124,748
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
124,748
|
|
Benefits & Perquisites:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Post Separation Health Care, Disability & Accident Ins.(c)
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
18,645
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
Insurance Benefits(d)
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
Outplacement
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
10,000
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
Financial Planning and Executive Physical(e)
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
22,362
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
Excise Tax Gross-Up Payment(f)
|
|
|
n/a
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
n/a
|
|
|
n/a
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Payment:
|
|
|
470,000
|
|
|
138,025
|
|
|
894,032
|
|
|
4,375
|
|
|
129,123
|
|
-
(a)
-
Assumes
that the market value of unvested equity awards was $0.33, which was the closing price of our prepetition common stock on December 31, 2009.
-
(b)
-
Represents
intrinsic value of unvested stock options/SARs/cash.
-
(c)
-
Cost
estimated assuming 2010 COBRA rates for Company health benefits and 2010 costs for Company disability and accident insurance.
-
(d)
-
Represents
death benefit payable to the executive's heirs under insurance purchased by executive through the ELIP.
-
(e)
-
Assumes
Company cost of $15,400 and income tax gross-up of $6,962.
-
(f)
-
Under
the amended and restated severance and retention agreement, if payments are subject to excise taxes imposed under Section 4999 of the Code, we
will pay to the executive an additional "gross-up" amount so that his after-tax benefits are the same as though no excise tax had applied. The provision is applicable only if
the benefits received without applying a 280G scaleback is greater than 120% of the benefits the executive would receive if the payments were scaled back to the 280G safe harbor. Otherwise, the
payments will be reduced to the 280G safe harbor.
The
following assumptions were used to calculate payments under Section 280G:
-
(1)
-
Equity
valued at $0.33, which was the closing price of our prepetition common stock on December 31, 2009.
-
(2)
-
Calculations
include an estimated value for the two-year non-compete provision. Annual value estimated to be the executive's current
target total cash compensation (salary and target annual bonus).
122
Table of Contents
-
(g)
-
The
Retention Bonus was paid in 2010.
Edward J. Gulda
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Involuntary or
For Good
Reason
Termination
($)
|
|
Change of
Control
($)
|
|
Involuntary or
For Good
Reason
Termination
(Change of
Control)
($)
|
|
Disability
($)
|
|
Death
($)
|
|
Compensation:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Severance
|
|
|
300,000
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
600,000
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
Incentive Pay
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
Retention Bonus
|
|
|
300,000
|
(g)
|
|
0
|
|
|
300,000
|
(g)
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
Long-Term Incentives(a)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unvested and Accelerated RSUs
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
17,474
|
|
|
17,474
|
|
|
5,858
|
|
|
5,858
|
|
Unvested and Accelerated Stock Options / SARs(b)
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
Unvested and Accelerated Cash
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
159,240
|
|
|
159,240
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
159,240
|
|
Benefits & Perquisites:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Post Separation Health Care, Disability & Accident Ins.(c)
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
14,833
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
Insurance Benefits(d)
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
Outplacement
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
10,000
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
Financial Planning and Executive Physical(e)
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
22,568
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
Excise Tax Gross-Up Payment(f)
|
|
|
n/a
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
n/a
|
|
|
n/a
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Payment:
|
|
|
600,000
|
|
|
176,714
|
|
|
1,124,115
|
|
|
5,858
|
|
|
165,098
|
|
-
(a)
-
Assumes
that the market value of unvested equity awards was $0.33, which was the closing price of our prepetition common stock on December 31, 2009.
-
(b)
-
Represents
intrinsic value of unvested stock options/SARs.
-
(c)
-
Cost
estimated assuming 2010 COBRA rates for Company health benefits and 2010 costs for Company disability and accident insurance.
-
(d)
-
Represents
death benefit payable to the executive's heirs under insurance purchased by executive through the ELIP.
-
(e)
-
Assumes
Company cost of $15,400 and income tax gross-up of $7,168.
-
(f)
-
Under
the amended and restated severance and retention agreement, if payments are subject to excise taxes imposed under Section 4999 of the Code, we
will pay to the executive an additional "gross-up" amount so that his after-tax benefits are the same as though no excise tax had applied. The provision is applicable only if
the benefits received without applying a 280G scaleback is greater than 120% of the benefits the executive would receive if the payments were scaled back to the 280G safe harbor. Otherwise, the
payments will be reduced to the 280G safe harbor.
The
following assumptions were used to calculate payments under Section 280G:
-
(1)
-
Equity
valued at $0.33, which was the closing price of our prepetition common stock on December 31, 2009.
123
Table of Contents
-
(2)
-
Calculations
include an estimated value for the two-year non-compete provision. Annual value estimated to be the executive's current
target total cash compensation (salary and target annual bonus).
-
(g)
-
The
Retention Bonus was paid in 2010.
Richard F. Schomer
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Involuntary or
For Good
Reason
Termination
($)
|
|
Change of
Control
($)
|
|
Involuntary or
For Good
Reason
Termination
(Change of
Control)
($)
|
|
Disability
($)
|
|
Death
($)
|
|
Compensation:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Severance
|
|
|
250,000
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
530,720
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
Incentive Pay
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
Retention Bonus
|
|
|
250,000
|
(g)
|
|
0
|
|
|
250,000
|
(g)
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
Long-Term Incentives(a)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unvested and Accelerated RSUs
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
15,372
|
|
|
15,372
|
|
|
5,536
|
|
|
5,536
|
|
Unvested and Accelerated Stock Options / SARs(b)
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
Unvested and Accelerated Cash
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
132,687
|
|
|
132,687
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
132,687
|
|
Benefits & Perquisites:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Post Separation Health Care, Disability & Accident Ins.(c)
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
14,705
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
Insurance Benefits(d)
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
Outplacement
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
10,000
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
Financial Planning and Executive Physical(e)
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
22,582
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
Excise Tax Gross-Up Payment(f)
|
|
|
n/a
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
n/a
|
|
|
n/a
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Payment:
|
|
|
500,000
|
|
|
148,059
|
|
|
976,066
|
|
|
5,536
|
|
|
138,223
|
|
-
(a)
-
Assumes
that the market value of unvested equity awards was $0.33, which was the closing price of our prepetition common stock on December 31, 2009.
-
(b)
-
Represents
intrinsic value of unvested stock options/SARs.
-
(c)
-
Cost
estimated assuming 2010 COBRA rates for Company health benefits and 2010 costs for Company disability and accident insurance.
-
(d)
-
Represents
death benefit payable to the executive's heirs under insurance purchased by executive through the ELIP.
-
(e)
-
Assumes
Company cost of $15,400 and income tax gross-up of $7,182.
-
(f)
-
Under
the amended and restated severance and retention agreement, if payments are subject to excise taxes imposed under Section 4999 of the Code, we
will pay to the executive an additional "gross-up" amount so that his after-tax benefits are the same as though no excise tax had applied. The provision is applicable only if
the benefits received without applying a 280G scaleback is greater than 120% of the benefits the executive would receive if the payments were scaled back to the 280G safe harbor. Otherwise, the
payments will be reduced to the 280G safe harbor.
124
Table of Contents
-
(g)
-
The
Retention Bonus was paid in 2010.
Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation
None of our executive officers serve as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any other company that has one
or more of its executive officers serving as a member of our board of directors or compensation committee.
125
Table of Contents
COMPENSATION OF NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTORS
The following Director Compensation Table sets forth summary information concerning the compensation earned in 2009 for services as
directors to our Company.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fees Earned
or Paid
in Cash(1)
|
|
Stock
Awards(2)
|
|
Total
|
|
Michael Alger
|
|
$
|
34,818
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
34,818
|
|
Mark D. Dalton
|
|
$
|
149,250
|
|
$
|
3,700
|
|
$
|
152,950
|
|
John D. Durrett, Jr.
|
|
$
|
109,000
|
|
$
|
3,700
|
|
$
|
112,700
|
|
Donald T. Johnson, Jr.
|
|
$
|
155,250
|
|
$
|
3,700
|
|
$
|
158,950
|
|
William M. Lasky
|
|
$
|
85,000
|
|
$
|
3,900
|
|
$
|
88,900
|
|
Donald C. Mueller
|
|
$
|
85,972
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
85,972
|
|
Jason H. Neimark
|
|
$
|
85,972
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
85,972
|
|
Charles E. Mitchell Rentschler
|
|
$
|
108,000
|
|
$
|
3,700
|
|
$
|
111,700
|
|
Donald C. Roof
|
|
$
|
166,500
|
|
$
|
3,700
|
|
$
|
170,200
|
|
Thomas V. Taylor, Jr.
|
|
$
|
85,972
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
85,872
|
|
Brian J. Urbanek
|
|
$
|
86,722
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
86,722
|
|
Douglas C. Werking
|
|
$
|
49,018
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
49,018
|
|
-
(1)
-
All
fees are shown in this column regardless of payment method. The amounts are detailed below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Base
Annual
Fee
|
|
Audit
Committee
Chairman
|
|
Human
Resource &
Compensation
Committee
Chairman
|
|
Nominating/
Governance
Committee
Chairman
|
|
Meeting
Attendance
Fee
|
|
Special
Committee
Fee(a)
|
|
Total
|
|
Michael Alger(b)
|
|
$
|
32,568
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
2,250
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
34,818
|
|
Mark D. Dalton
|
|
$
|
85,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
19,250
|
|
$
|
45,000
|
|
$
|
149,250
|
|
John D. Durrett, Jr.
|
|
$
|
85,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
7,500
|
|
$
|
16,500
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
109,000
|
|
Donald T. Johnson, Jr.
|
|
$
|
85,000
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
7,500
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
17,750
|
|
$
|
45,000
|
|
$
|
155,250
|
|
William M. Lasky(c)
|
|
$
|
85,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
85,000
|
|
Donald C. Mueller
|
|
$
|
76,972
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
9,000
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
85,972
|
|
Jason H. Neimark
|
|
$
|
76,972
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
9,000
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
85,972
|
|
Charles E. Mitchell Rentschler
|
|
$
|
85,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
23,000
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
108,000
|
|
Donald C. Roof
|
|
$
|
85,000
|
|
$
|
15,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
21,500
|
|
$
|
45,000
|
|
$
|
166,500
|
|
Thomas V. Taylor, Jr.
|
|
$
|
76,972
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
9,000
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
85,972
|
|
Brian J. Urbanek
|
|
$
|
76,972
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
9,750
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
86,722
|
|
Douglas C. Werking(d)
|
|
$
|
76,972
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
6,000
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
49,018
|
|
-
(a)
-
As
members of the Special Committee appointed by the full board of directors, each was granted a cash award during 2009 as compensation for services.
-
(b)
-
Mr. Alger
began serving as a director on August 13, 2009.
-
(c)
-
As
reflected in the Summary Compensation Table, Mr. Lasky also received $912,204 in fees for his services as Interim President and CEO.
-
(d)
-
Mr. Werking
resigned as of August 6, 2009.
-
(2)
-
These
amounts represent the aggregate expense recognized for financial statement reporting purposes in 2009, disregarding forfeitures related to
service-based vesting conditions, in accordance with the FASB's ASC Topic 718,
CompensationStock Compensation
, for stock options and
RSUs granted to the directors. The total grant date fair value of awards to the directors made in 2009 was $22,400. The awards for which expense is shown in this table include the awards described
below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Grant
Date
|
|
Restricted
Stock
Units
Granted
|
|
Stock
Option
Shares
Granted
|
|
Exercise
Price
|
|
Grant Date
Fair Value of
Stock
and Option
Awards(a)
|
|
Stock
Option
Shares
Exercisable
at 12/31/2009
|
|
Stock Option
Shares
Outstanding
at 12/31/2009(b)
|
|
Mark D. Dalton
|
|
|
4/26/2005
|
|
|
|
|
|
25,000
|
|
$
|
9.00
|
|
$
|
40,164
|
|
|
8,334
|
|
|
8,334
|
|
|
|
|
2/02/2009
|
|
|
10,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
3,700
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
John D. Durrett, Jr.
|
|
|
2/02/2009
|
|
|
10,000
|
(c)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
3,700
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
126
Table of Contents
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Grant
Date
|
|
Restricted
Stock
Units
Granted
|
|
Stock
Option
Shares
Granted
|
|
Exercise
Price
|
|
Grant Date
Fair Value of
Stock
and Option
Awards(a)
|
|
Stock
Option
Shares
Exercisable
at 12/31/2009
|
|
Stock Option
Shares
Outstanding
at 12/31/2009(b)
|
|
Donald T. Johnson, Jr.
|
|
|
4/10/2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
25,000
|
|
$
|
10.53
|
|
$
|
58,725
|
|
|
25,000
|
|
|
25,000
|
|
|
|
|
2/02/2009
|
|
|
10,000
|
(c)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
3,700
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
William M. Lasky
|
|
|
2/09/2009
|
|
|
10,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
3,900
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Charles E. Mitchell Rentschler
|
|
|
4/26/2005
|
|
|
|
|
|
25,000
|
|
$
|
9.00
|
|
$
|
40,164
|
|
|
25,000
|
|
|
25,000
|
|
|
|
|
2/02/2009
|
|
|
10,000
|
(c)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
3,700
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Donald C. Roof
|
|
|
4/26/2005
|
|
|
|
|
|
25,000
|
|
$
|
9.00
|
|
$
|
40,164
|
|
|
25,000
|
|
|
25,000
|
|
|
|
|
2/02/2009
|
|
|
10,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
3,700
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
-
(a)
-
In
determining the estimated fair value of our share-based awards as of the grant date, we used the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The assumptions
underlying our model are described in the notes to our consolidated financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009 (Note 10Stock-Based Compensation Plans)
contained herein.
-
(b)
-
Options
were fully vested at grant, but became exercisable in one-third increments on each anniversary of the grant date. Once exercisable the
option may be exercised at any time up until the tenth anniversary of the grant date.
-
(c)
-
Elected
to defer the 10,000 RSUs pursuant to the Directors' Deferred Compensation Plan.
Narrative to Director Compensation Table
Effective as of March 1, 2010, our director compensation structure was revised as follows:
-
-
each non-employee director will receive an annual cash retainer of $60,000;
-
-
each non-employee director will receive an annual grant of RSU valued at $60,000 and vesting on the first
anniversary of the grant date, each of which we refer to as an "Annual RSU Grant";
-
-
the lead independent director will receive a $20,000 annual cash retainer in addition to the non-employee
director fees outlined here; and
-
-
the chairpersons of board committees will receive the following annual retainers in addition to the
non-employee director fees outlined here:
-
-
Audit Committee Chairperson$15,000 annual retainer;
-
-
Nominating Committee Chairperson$7,500 annual retainer; and
-
-
Compensation Committee Chairperson$7,500 annual retainer.
In
making the Annual RSU Grant for 2010, the board of directors directed that each non-employee director be awarded a grant of 43,479 RSUs, which will vest on March 1,
2011. In addition, the board of directors also made a one-time grant of 36,232 RSUs to each non-employee director, of which one hundred percent will vest on March 1,
2014. Each of the Annual RSU Grants and the one-time grants referenced in this paragraph (i) are subject to a Form S-8 registration statement registering the
underlying shares, (ii) were made outside of any incentive award plan and (iii) were awarded using the Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement filed as an exhibit hereto with the vesting
schedule conformed to the vesting provisions noted above.
Pursuant
to the terms of his employment agreement, William M. Lasky, the Company's Chairman and Interim President and Chief Executive Officer, also receives normal director fees and
equity grants, including the fees and equity grants outlined above.
We
reimburse directors for out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with their attendance at Board and Board Committee meetings.
127
Table of Contents
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND TRANSACTIONS AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE
We have adopted a related party transaction policy and procedures for the approval or ratification of any "related party transaction."
"Related party transaction" is defined as any transaction, arrangement or relationship in which we (including any of our subsidiaries) were, are or will be a participant, the amount involved exceeds
$120,000, and one of our executive officers, directors, director nominees, 5% stockholders (or their immediate family members) or any entity with which any of the foregoing persons is an employee,
general partner, principal or 5% stockholder, each of whom we refer to as a "related person," had, has or will have a direct or indirect interest as set forth in Item 404 of
Regulation S-K under the Securities Act. The policy provides that management will present to the audit committee for review and approval each proposed related party transaction
(other than related party transactions involving compensation matters, certain ordinary course transactions, transactions involving competitive bids or rates fixed by law, and transactions involving
services as a bank depository, transfer agent or similar services). The audit committee will review the relevant facts and circumstances of the transaction, including if the transaction is on terms
comparable to those that could be obtained in arms-length dealings with an unrelated third party and the extent of the related party's interest in the transaction, take into account the
conflicts of interest and corporate opportunity provisions of our Code of Conduct, and either approve or disapprove the related party transaction. If advance approval of a related party transaction
requiring the audit committee's approval is not feasible, the transaction may be preliminarily entered into by management upon prior approval of the transaction by the Chairperson of the audit
committee, subject to ratification of the transaction by the audit committee at its next regularly scheduled meeting. No director may participate in approval of a related party transaction for which
he or she is a related party. In certain situations, we may adopt alternative procedures for the approval of a related party transaction, if appropriate under the circumstances, including the
appointment of an independent committee of the board of directors to evaluate and approve the transaction.
Plan of Reorganization
Robert J. Kelly, a director of Accuride, is employed by Tinicum, which advises funds that were beneficial owners of greater than 5% of
our prepetition common stock prior to the Effective Date. As backstop providers in the rights offering of the convertible notes, on the Effective Date, funds advised by Tinicum (1) were issued
approximately 2.95 million shares of common stock, before giving effect to the reverse stock split, as payment of their backstop fees and (2) subscribed for $148,862 aggregate principal
amount of convertible notes pursuant to their backstop
commitments. Also pursuant to the Plan of Reorganization and on the Effective Date, funds advised by Tinicum were issued (1) approximately $7.1 million aggregate principal amount of
convertible notes pursuant to their rights offering subscription and (2) 8,064,734 shares of common stock and 1,731,633 warrants, before giving effect to the reverse stock split, in exchange
for their prepetition common stock and prepetition senior subordinated notes. In addition, funds advised by Tinicum were lenders to us of approximately $2.95 million under the DIP credit
facility. On the Effective Date, all amounts outstanding under the DIP credit facility were paid.
Michael
J. Bevacqua, a director of Accuride, is a Managing Director of Sankaty Advisors, LLC. As backstop providers, on the Effective Date, the Sankaty Funds (1) were
issued approximately 7.7 million shares of common stock as payment of their backstop fees, before giving effect to the reverse stock split, and (2) subscribed for $388,918 aggregate
principal amount of convertible notes pursuant to their backstop commitments. Also pursuant to the Plan of Reorganization and on the Effective Date, funds advised by Sankaty were issued
(1) approximately $6.7 million aggregate principal amount of convertible notes pursuant to their rights offering subscription and (2) 14,918,004 shares of common stock and 270,697
warrants, before giving effect to the reverse stock split, in exchange for their prepetition common stock and prepetition senior subordinated notes. In addition, funds advised by Sankaty were lenders
to us of approximately $7.7 million under the DIP credit facility. On the Effective
128
Table of Contents
Date,
all amounts outstanding under the DIP credit facility were paid. Funds advised by Sankaty Advisors, LLC are also lenders of approximately $65.0 million under our postpetition
senior credit facility, which we refinanced in July 2010. For the terms of the postpetition senior credit facility, see "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
OperationCapital Resources and LiquidityBank Borrowing."
Stephen
S. Ledoux, a director of Accuride, is a Managing Director at Rothschild, Inc., which we refer to as "Rothschild." In connection with our reorganization, Rothschild
provided financial advisory services to the Ad Hoc Committee of Noteholders formed in connection with our bankruptcy, which we refer to as the "Ad Hoc Noteholders Group." We paid Rothschild's fees for
this service which totaled approximately $616,000 in 2009 and approximately $1.9 million in the first quarter of 2010.
Sun Capital Transaction
On February 4, 2009, we completed (1) an amendment, which we refer to as the "Sun Amendment," to our prepetition senior
credit facility and (2) a transaction, which we refer to as the "Sun Capital Transaction," with Sun Accuride Debt Investments, LLC, which, together with its affiliates, we refer to as
Sun Capital, and which at the time held the Last-Out Loans. Under the terms of the Sun Amendment and the Sun Capital Transaction, Sun Capital agreed to make
the Last-Out Loans last-out as to payment to the other loans outstanding under our prepetition senior credit facility.
In
connection with the modification of the Last-Out Loans and pursuant to a Last-Out Debt Agreement, dated February 4, 2009, that we entered into with Sun
Capital, which we refer to as the "Last-Out Debt Agreement," we (1) issued a warrant, which we refer to as the "Sun Warrant," to Sun Capital, which was exercisable for 25% of our
fully-diluted prepetition common stock, (2) entered into a Registration Agreement with Sun Capital providing for the registration of the prepetition common stock owned by Sun Capital (including
the prepetition common stock issuable upon exercise of the Sun Warrant) and (3) entered into a Consulting Agreement with Sun Capital pursuant to which Sun Capital would provide customary
strategic, business and operational support to us.
As
part of the Sun Capital Transaction, we also issued a preferred share, which we refer to as the "Preferred Share," to Sun Capital, which carried voting rights equal to the number of
shares of our prepetition common stock issuable upon the exercise of the Sun Warrant in an amount that was not to exceed 25% of our outstanding prepetition common stock, required approval of the
noteholder of the Preferred Share for certain corporate actions and granted the noteholder of the Preferred Share the right to nominate and elect five Series A Directors and to nominate an
independent director for election/appointment to the board of directors. The Preferred Share had no rights to dividends or distributions and was redeemable by us for a nominal amount if Sun Capital no
longer had beneficial ownership of at least 10% of our prepetition common stock. In connection with the Sun Capital Transaction, we also amended our Bylaws to require approval of two thirds of the
board of directors for certain corporate actions and expanded the board of directors to twelve members.
In
connection with the Sun Capital Transaction, we appointed Brian J. Urbanek, Jason H. Neimark, Douglas C. Werking, Thomas V. Taylor and Donald C. Mueller as Series A Directors
to fill five of the vacancies created as a result of the expansion of the board of directors. We entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors as part of the Sun Capital
Transaction, which contractually obligate us to provide indemnification and advancement of expenses to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware General Corporation Law. We also agreed that these
indemnification obligations, and all other indemnification obligations assumed by us as part of the Sun Capital Transaction, would be first in priority to the indemnification obligations of certain
affiliates of Sun Capital covering the indemnified parties.
On
the Effective Date, the Sun Warrant, the Preferred Share and the prepetition common stock held by Sun Capital and all related registration rights were cancelled, and the directors
appointed by
129
Table of Contents
Sun
Capital resigned from the board of directors. In addition, (1) Sun Capital received 630,317 shares of common stock and 3,475,790 warrants, before giving effect to the reverse stock split,
(2) the $70.1 million of Last-Out Loans held by Sun Capital were paid in full, and (3) we paid $1.65 million of fees and expenses incurred by Sun Capital under
the prepetition senior credit facility. Additionally, all
first-out loans held by Sun Capital under the prepetition senior credit facility were converted into loans under the postpetition senior credit facility, which is described above in
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of OperationCapital Resources and LiquidityBank Borrowing," and Sun Capital agreed to sell the loans
as soon as practicable, provided that it was able to sell the loans at an acceptable price. In connection with any such proposed sale, the Ad Hoc Noteholders Group were given a right of first refusal
allowing them to purchase the loans if the proposed sale by Sun Capital was for an amount less than 98% of the par amount of such loans. In addition, to the extent the sale price of the loans would be
less than 98% of their par value, we agreed to pay the difference between 98% of par value and the sale price, up to a maximum payment equal to 7% of the par value. On March 22, 2010, Sun
Capital sold all of its loans under the postpetition senior credit facility. In connection with this sale, we were not obligated to make any payments to Sun Capital because the sale price exceeded 98%
of par value.
Director Independence
Our common currently trades on the NYSE under the symbol "ACW." Our current board of directors has determined that
Messrs. Busse, Duster, Kelly, Ledoux and Risner, are "independent" as that term is defined in the NYSE rules. In making that determination, the board of directors considered the objective
standards set forth in the NYSE rules, and also reviewed relationships between each director and the Company in detail to determine whether, despite satisfying the objective standards for
independence, any such director has relationships with the Company that, individually or in the aggregate, would prevent the board of directors from finding that such director is independent or would
be reasonably expected to interfere with such person's exercise of independent judgment. The board of directors considered directors' relationships with the Company from the standpoint of both the
nominee and the persons and organizations with which the nominee has an affiliation. The members of the board of director's standing committees are all NYSE "independent" with the exception of Michael
Bevacqua, who serves on our Compensation and Human Resources Committee. With respect to Mr. Bevacqua's membership on our Compensation and Human Resources Committee, we intend to rely on the
NYSE phase in rules, which permit a non-NYSE "independent" director on this committee for up to one year after our listing date on the NYSE.
Additionally,
the members of our board of directors prior to the Effective Date of our Plan of Reorganization had determined that Mark D. Dalton, John D.
Durrett, Jr., Donald T. Johnson, Jr., Charles E. Mitchell Rentschler and Donald C. Roof were "independent" as that term is defined in the NYSE rules.
130
Table of Contents
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED SHAREHOLDER MATTERS
The following table sets forth, based on information we have, the beneficial ownership of our common stock
by:
-
-
all persons known to us to be the beneficial owners of more than 5% of our common stock;
-
-
each of the Named Executive Officers, other than Mr. Armstrong, who is no longer employed by us;
-
-
each current director; and
-
-
all directors and executive officers as a group.
As
of December 21, 2010, after giving effect to the reverse stock split and the conversion offer, there were:
-
-
46,235,659 shares of common stock issued and outstanding;
-
-
2,205,882 shares of common stock issuable at any time upon exercise of the warrants at an exercise price of $21.50 per
share of common stock (subject to adjustment); and
-
-
Approximately 587,243 shares of common stock issuable at any time upon conversion of the $4,173,035 aggregate principal
amount of convertible notes currently outstanding, at a conversion rate of 140.7234 (subject to adjustment) per $1,000 aggregate principal amount.
Unless
otherwise indicated, each of the holders has sole voting and investment power with respect to the shares beneficially owned, subject to community property laws, where applicable.
Percentage of ownership is based on 46,235,659 shares of common stock outstanding on December 21, 2010. In certain reports filed with the SEC that we have used to generate the following table,
reporting persons and groups have reported ownership of our common stock (i) on a pre-reverse stock split basis and/or (ii) in the form of convertible notes, which we believe
were all converted upon settlement of the conversion offer. Holdings of convertible notes may also have been reported prior to the August 26, 2010 payment of PIK interest on the
convertible notes. Accordingly, certain reported numbers have been adjusted to give effect to the August 26, 2010 payment of PIK interest and the completions of the reverse stock split
and the conversion offer, so as to provide updated approximations of beneficial ownership information that is consistent with the number of shares of our common stock currently outstanding. In
addition, if applicable, shares of common stock underlying our warrants, which are currently convertible within 60 days, are deemed outstanding for computing the percentage of the person or
group holding such instruments, but are not deemed outstanding for computing the percentage of any other person or group. The address for individuals for whom an address is not otherwise indicated is
c/o Accuride Corporation, 7140 Office Circle, Evansville, IN 47715.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares of Common
Stock Beneficially
Owned(1)
|
|
Approximate % of
Common Stock
Beneficially Owned
|
|
5% Holders:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Entities advised by Sankaty Advisors, LLC(3)
111 Huntington Avenue
Boston, MA 02199
|
|
|
4,030,650
|
|
|
8.7
|
(4)
|
Entities affiliated with Tinicum Capital Partners II, L.P.(5)
c/o Tinicum Capital Partners II, L.P.
800 Third Avenue, 40th Floor
New York, NY 10022
|
|
|
2,777,893
|
|
|
6.0
|
(6)
|
Entities affiliated with York Capital Management Global Advisors, LLC(7)
c/o York Capital Management
767 Fifth Avenue, 17th Floor
New York, NY 10153
|
|
|
3,945,706
|
|
|
8.5
|
(8)
|
131
Table of Contents
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares of Common
Stock Beneficially
Owned(1)
|
|
Approximate % of
Common Stock
Beneficially Owned
|
|
Entities affiliated with Cetus Capital, LLC(9)
8 Sounds Shore Drive,
Greenwich, CT 06830
|
|
|
2,743,066
|
|
|
5.9
|
(10)
|
Individuals affiliated with Whippoorwill Associate, Inc.(11)
11 Martine Avenue,
White Plains, New York 10606
|
|
|
3,747,350
|
|
|
8.1
|
(12)
|
Individuals affiliated with Third Point LLC(13)
390 Park Avenue
New York, New York 10022
|
|
|
3,692,198
|
|
|
8.0
|
(14)
|
Directors & Named Executive Officers:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Michael Bevacqua
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Keith E. Busse
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Benjamin C. Duster
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Robert J. Kelly
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
William M. Lasky(15)
|
|
|
116,402
|
|
|
*
|
(16)
|
Stephen S. Ledoux
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
John W. Risner
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Edward J. Gulda(17)
|
|
|
2,670
|
|
|
*
|
(18)
|
James J. Maniatis(19)
|
|
|
2,001
|
|
|
*
|
(20)
|
Richard F. Schomer(21)
|
|
|
2,517
|
|
|
*
|
(22)
|
James H. Woodward
|
|
|
30,756
|
|
|
*
|
|
All current directors and executive officers as a group (14 persons)(23)
|
|
|
159,605
|
|
|
0.4
|
(24)
|
-
(1)
-
The
beneficial ownership numbers in this column assume that convertible notes reported on filings made prior to the completion of the conversion offer by
the above-listed holders were converted into shares of common stock in the conversion offer at a conversion rate of 238.2119 shares per $1,000 principal amount of convertible notes, subject to certain
adjustments for fractional shares. In addition, we have, if appropriate, adjusted the beneficial ownership of certain holders to reflect (i) the completion of the reverse stock split and
(ii) the August 26, 2010 payment of PIK interest on the convertible notes.
-
(2)
-
The
beneficial ownership percentages in this column have been calculated in accordance with Rule 13d-3(c) of the Exchange. Under
Rule 13d-3(c), shares of common stock that are not outstanding, but that are issuable upon exercise of out-of-the-money warrants, have been
deemed to be outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage of outstanding shares of common stock owned by each person in the table, and are not deemed to be outstanding for the purpose of
computing the percentage of the shares of common stock beneficially owned by any other person in the table.
-
(3)
-
Based
on information as set forth in the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1, which was declared effective on August 12,
2010, which we refer to as the "Form S-1." Jonathan Lavine is the managing member of Sankaty Credit Member, LLC, which we refer to as "SCM," which is (a) the managing
member of Prospect Harbor Investors, LLC, which is the sole general partner of Prospect Harbor Credit Partners, L.P., which is the sole member of Prospect Funding I, LLC, which we
refer to as "PFI", (b) the managing member of Sankaty Credit Opportunities Investors, LLC, which we refer to as "SCOI," which is the sole general partner of Sankaty Credit
Opportunities, LLC, which we refer to as "SCO", (c) the managing member of Sankaty Credit Opportunities Investors II, LLC, which we refer to as "SCOI II",
(d) the managing member of Sankaty Credit Opportunities Investors III, LLC, which we refer to as "SCOI III," which is the sole general partner of Sankaty Credit
Opportunities III, LLC, which we refer to as SCO III"; and (e) the managing member of Sankaty Credit Opportunities Investors IV, LLC, which we refer to as
"SCOI IV," which is the sole general partner of Sankaty Credit Opportunities IV, LLC, which we refer to as "SCO IV." Mr. Lavine is the sole director of Sankaty
Credit Member (Offshore), Ltd., which we refer to as "SCMO," which is the sole general partner of Sankaty Credit Opportunities Investors (Offshore) IV, L.P., which we refer to as
"SCOIO IV," which is the sole general partner of Sankaty Credit Opportunities (Offshore Master) IV, L.P., which we refer to as "SCOM IV." By virtue of these relationships,
Mr. Lavine may be deemed to share voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares of
132
Table of Contents
common
stock held by PFI, SCO, SCOM IV, SCO II, SCO III and SCO IV. Mr. Lavine and each of the entities noted above disclaims beneficial ownership of such securities
except to the extent of its pecuniary interest therein. The number of shares of common stock above includes: 207,804 shares of common stock held by PFI; 15 shares of common stock
and 257 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by SCO; 18,490 shares of common stock and 7,053 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of
warrants held by SCO II; 459,266 shares of common stock and 2,108 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by SCOM IV; 324,777 shares of
common stock and 16,021 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by SCO III; and 356,446 shares of common stock and 1,629 shares of common stock
issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by SCO IV.
-
(4)
-
In
accordance with Rule 13d-3(c) of the Exchange Act, the beneficial ownership percentage of entities advised by Sankaty
Advisors, LLC in this column has been calculated based on 46,262,727 shares of common stock outstanding as of December 21, 2010, which assumes conversion of the
out-of-the-money warrants held by such entities into 27,068 shares of common stock, only for purposes of calculating such entities' beneficial ownership.
-
(5)
-
As
set forth in the Form S-1 and the Schedule 13D/A jointly filed with the SEC on December 3, 2010 by Tinicum
Lantern II, LLC, which we refer to as "Tinicum Lantern," Tinicum Capital Partners II Parallel Fund, L.P., which we refer to as "Parallel Fund," and Tinicum Capital
Partners II Executive Fund L.L.C., which we refer to as "Executive Fund." Tinicum Lantern is the general partner of each of TCP II and Parallel Fund and the managing member of
Executive Fund. Eric M. Ruttenberg and Terence M. O'Toole, as co-managing members of Tinicum Lantern II, LLC, have shared voting or dispositive power over the
common stock held by each Tinicum Fund. The number of shares of common stock above includes: 2,372 shares of common stock held by Executive Fund; 4,152 shares of common stock and
896 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by Parallel Fund; and 799,949 shares of common stock and 172,267 shares of common stock issuable upon the
exercise of warrants held by TCP II.
-
(6)
-
In
accordance with Rule 13d-3(c) of the Exchange Act, the beneficial ownership percentage of entities affiliated with TCP II as
set forth in this column has been calculated based on 46,408,822 shares of common stock outstanding as of December 21, 2010, which assumes conversion of the
out-of-the-money warrants held by such entities into 173,163 shares of common stock, only for purposes of calculating such entities' beneficial ownership.
-
(7)
-
Based
on information as set forth in the Form S-1. YGA has sole voting or dispositive power over the common stock held by York Credit
Opportunities Fund, L.P., which we refer to as "York Credit Opportunities," and York Credit Opportunities Master Fund, L.P., which we refer to as "York Credit Opportunities Master."
James G. Dinan is the chairman and one of the two senior managers of YGA. Daniel A Schwartz is also a senior manager of YGA.
-
(8)
-
In
accordance with Rule 13d-3(c) of the Exchange Act and the York Agreement, the beneficial ownership percentage of entities affiliated
with YGA as set forth in this column has been calculated based on 46,235,659 shares of common stock outstanding as of December 21, 2010.
-
(9)
-
Based
on the Schedule 13G/A jointly filed on December 1, 2010 by Cetus Capital, LLC and Littlejohn
Associates III, L.L.C., both Delaware limited liability companies, and Littlejohn Fund III, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership.
-
(10)
-
In
accordance with Rule 13d-3(c) of the Exchange Act, the beneficial ownership percentage of entities affiliated with Cetus
Capital, LLC as set forth in this column has been calculated based on 46,236,502 shares of common stock of outstanding as of December 21, 2010, which assumes conversion of the
out-of-the-money warrants held by such entities into 843 shares of common stock, only for purposes of calculating such entities' beneficial ownership.
-
(11)
-
Based
on the Schedule 13G/A jointly filed jointly filed on December 2, 2010 by Whippoorwill Associates, Inc., a Delaware corporation,
which we refer to as "Whippoorwill," Shelley F. Greenhaus, as President and Principal of Whippoorwill and Steven K. Gendal, as Principal of Whippoorwill. The common stock owned by
Whippoorwill is held for the account of various funds and third party accounts for which Whippoorwill has discretionary authority and acts as general partner or investment manager. As of
November 29, 2010, Messrs. Greenhaus and Gendal may each be deemed the beneficial owner of 3,747,350 Common Shares deemed to be beneficially owned by Whippoorwill. Mr. Greenhaus
is the President and a Principal of Whippoorwill. Mr. Gendal is a Principal of Whippoorwill.
133
Table of Contents
-
(12)
-
In
accordance with Rule 13d-3(c) of the Exchange Act, the beneficial ownership percentage of entities affiliated with Whippoorwill as
set forth in this column has been calculated based on 46,235,659 shares of common stock of outstanding as of December 21, 2010.
-
(13)
-
Based
on to the Schedule 13G/A jointly filed on December 16, 2010 with the SEC by Third Point LLC, a Delaware limited liability
company, which we refer to as "Third Point," Mr. Daniel S. Loeb, Third Point Offshore Master Fund, L.P., a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership, which we refer to as the
"Offshore Master Fund" and Third Point Advisors II L.L.C., which we refer to as "Advisors II." Third Point serves as investment manager or adviser to a variety of hedge funds and
managed accounts, with respect to shares of common stock directly owned by the funds. Mr. Loeb is the Chief Executive Officer of Third Point and controls its business activities, with
respect to shares of common stock indirectly beneficially owned by Mr. Loeb by virtue of such position. The Schedule 13G/A also reports that Offshore Master Fund and
Advisors II beneficially own 1,950,376 shares of common stock, which is equal to 4.2% of our outstanding common stock. The Offshore Master Fund invests and trades in securities, with
respect to shares of common stock directly held by it. Advisors II serves as the general partner of the Offshore Master Fund.
-
(14)
-
In
accordance with Rule 13d-3(c) of the Exchange Act, the beneficial ownership percentage of entities affiliated with Third Point as set
forth in this column has been calculated based on 46,235,659 shares of common stock of outstanding as of December 21, 2010.
-
(15)
-
Mr. Lasky's
beneficial ownership includes (i) 99,945 shares of common stock and
(ii) out-of-the-money warrants to purchase 16,457 shares of common stock.
-
(16)
-
In
accordance with Rule 13d-3(c) of the Exchange Act, Mr. Lasky's beneficial ownership percentage in this column has been
calculated based on 46,252,116 shares of common stock outstanding as of December 21, 2010, which assumes conversion of the out-of-the-money warrants
to purchase 16,457 shares of common stock held by Mr. Lasky, only for purposes of calculating Mr. Lasky's beneficial ownership.
-
(17)
-
Mr. Gulda's
beneficial ownership includes (i) 183 shares of common stock and
(ii) out-of-the-money warrants to purchase 2,487 shares of common stock.
-
(18)
-
In
accordance with Rule 13d-3(c) of the Exchange Act, Mr. Gulda's beneficial ownership percentage in this column has been
calculated based on 46,238,146 shares of common stock outstanding as of December 21, 2010, which assumes conversion of the out-of-the-money warrants
to purchase 2,487 shares of common stock held by Mr. Gulda, only for purposes of calculating Mr. Gulda's beneficial ownership.
-
(19)
-
Mr. Maniatis's
beneficial ownership includes (i) 137 shares of common stock and
(ii) out-of-the-money warrants to purchase 1,864 shares of common stock.
-
(20)
-
In
accordance with Rule 13d-3(c) of the Exchange Act, Mr. Maniatis's beneficial ownership percentage in this column has been
calculated based on 46,237,523 shares of common stock outstanding as of December 21, 2010, which assumes conversion of the out-of-the-money warrants
to purchase 1,864 shares of common stock held by Mr. Maniatis, only for purposes of calculating Mr. Maniatis's beneficial ownership.
-
(21)
-
Mr. Schomer's
beneficial ownership includes (i) 172 shares of common stock and
(ii) out-of-the-money warrants to purchase 2,345 shares of common stock.
-
(22)
-
In
accordance with Rule 13d-3(c) of the Exchange Act, Mr. Schomer's beneficial ownership percentage in this column has been
calculated based on 46,238,004 shares of common stock outstanding as of December 21, 2010, which assumes conversion of the out-of-the-money warrants
to purchase 23,453 shares of common stock held by Mr. Schomer, only for purposes of calculating Mr. Schomer's beneficial ownership.
-
(23)
-
The
beneficial ownership of the directors and executive officers as a group includes (i) 131,552 shares of common stock and
(ii) out-of-the-money warrants to purchase 28,053 shares of common stock. The total number of shares listed does not double count the shares
that may be beneficially attributable to more than one person.
-
(24)
-
In
accordance with Rule 13d-3(c) of the Exchange Act, the beneficial ownership percentage of the directors and executive officers as a
group as set forth in this column has been calculated based on 46,263,712 shares of common stock outstanding as of December 21, 2010, which assumes conversion of
out-of-the-money warrants to purchase 28,053 shares of common stock held by directors and executive officers as a group, only for purposes of calculating the
group's beneficial ownership.
134
Table of Contents
DESCRIPTION OF OTHER INDEBTEDNESS
ABL Facility
On July 29, 2010, we entered into our ABL Facility. The ABL Facility is a senior secured asset based revolving credit facility
in an aggregate principal amount of up to $75.0 million, with the right, subject to certain conditions, to increase the availability under the facility by up to $25.0 million in the
aggregate (for total aggregate availability of $100.0 million). The ABL Facility provides for loans and letters of credit in an amount up to the aggregate availability under the facility,
subject to meeting certain borrowing base conditions, with sub-limits of up to $10.0 million for swingline loans and $25.0 million for letters of credit. As of
September 30, 2010, we had no amounts drawn under our ABL Facility.
Interest.
At our option, loans under the ABL Facility bear interest at an annual rate equal to (i) LIBOR plus 3.50% or
(ii) Base Rate
plus 2.50%, subject to stepdowns based on our leverage ratio. We must also pay a commitment fee equal to 0.50% per annum to the lenders under the ABL Facility if utilization under the facility exceeds
50.0% of the total commitments under the facility and a commitment fee equal to 0.75% per annum if utilization under the facility is less than or equal to 50.0% of the total commitments under the
facility. Customary letter of credit fees are also payable, as necessary.
Maturity.
The ABL Facility matures on July 29, 2014.
Security.
The obligations under the ABL Facility are secured by (i) first-priority liens on substantially all of our
accounts receivable and
inventories, subject to certain exceptions and permitted liens (the "ABL Priority Collateral") and (ii) second-priority liens on substantially all of our owned real property and tangible and
intangible assets other than the ABL Priority Collateral, including all of the outstanding capital stock of the our subsidiaries that are co-borrowers under the ABL Facility, subject to
certain exceptions and permitted liens (the "Notes Priority Collateral").
Covenants.
The ABL Facility contains covenants that, among other things, restrict our ability to:
-
-
modify and/or incur additional debt, pay dividends and make distributions;
-
-
make certain investments and acquisitions, repurchase equity interests and prepay certain indebtedness;
-
-
create liens;
-
-
enter into agreements with affiliates;
-
-
modify the nature of their business;
-
-
transfer and sell material assets and merge or consolidate; and
-
-
require monthly (or under certain circumstances, weekly) delivery of borrowing base certificates.
The
ABL Facility also contains a financial covenant which requires us to maintain a fixed charge coverage ratio during any compliance period, which is anytime when the excess
availability is less than or equal to the greater of $10,000,000 or 15% of the total commitment under the ABL Facility. Due to the amount of our excess availability (as calculated under the ABL
Facility), we are not currently in a compliance period and we do not have to maintain a fixed charge coverage ratio, which is subject to change.
Events of Default.
The ABL Facility provides for customary events of default. In the case of an event of default arising from
specified events of
bankruptcy or insolvency, all outstanding obligations under the ABL Facility will become due and payable immediately without further action or notice. If any other event of default under the ABL
Facility occurs, the administrative agent shall, at the request
135
Table of Contents
of,
or may, with the consent of, the lenders holding a majority of obligations outstanding under the ABL Facility, among other things, declare all outstanding amounts under the ABL Facility due and
payable.
Convertible Notes
On February 26, 2010, we issued $140.0 million of our convertible notes. Under the terms of the indenture governing the
convertible notes, dated February 26, 2010, between us, certain of our subsidiaries, as guarantors, and Wilmington Trust FSB, as trustee, as amended by the first supplemental indenture, dated
November 29, 2010, the convertible notes bear interest at a rate of 7.5% per annum and will mature on February 26, 2020. The first six interest payments will be PIK interest. Thereafter,
beginning on August 26, 2013, interest on the convertible notes will be paid in cash.
On
August 26, 2010, we made a PIK interest payment with respect to the convertible notes by increasing the principal amount of the notes by $5,250,001. Pursuant to the terms of
the indenture, on August 26, 2010, the conversion rate of the convertible notes was adjusted to 1,407.2343 shares of pre-reverse split common stock per $1,000 principal amount of
notes from an initial conversion rate of 1,333.3333 shares of pre-reverse split common stock per $1,000 principal amount of convertible. The conversion rate is subject to customary
adjustments and will also be adjusted to account for PIK interest. The convertible notes are currently convertible into our common stock at any time beginning on February 26, 2010 until the
second business day preceding maturity, at the current conversion rate of 140.7234 shares of common stock per $1,000 principal amount of convertible notes (equivalent to a conversion price of $0.71
per share of common stock).
On
November 29, 2010, we completed a conversion offer for all of our convertible notes. Convertible notes accepted for conversion in the conversion offer were converted at a
conversion rate of 238.2119 shares of common stock per $1,000 principal amount of convertible notes, rounded down to the nearest whole number of shares, plus cash paid in lieu of fractional shares.
Upon settlement of the conversion offer, an aggregate of 33,606,177 shares of common stock were issued to the surrendering noteholders and $141,076,966 principal amount of the convertible notes were
cancelled, constituting approximately 97.1% of the outstanding principal amount of the convertible notes. As of November 29, 2010, $4,173,035 aggregate principal amount of convertible notes
remains outstanding.
Based
on the current conversion rate of 140.7234 shares of common stock per $1,000 principal amount of convertible notes, the $4,173,035 aggregate principal amount of convertible notes
outstanding is convertible into approximately 587,243 shares of common stock. After taking into account the issuance of all six payments of PIK interest and the adjustments to the conversion rate
resulting from such issuances (but no other issuances, adjustments or events that may occur), the convertible notes would be convertible into approximately 1,014,353 shares of common stock.
The
convertible notes are redeemable by us at any time, subject to applicable law, at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the convertible notes to be redeemed, plus any
accrued and unpaid interest up to the redemption date.
136
Table of Contents
DESCRIPTION OF EXCHANGE NOTES
General
Certain terms used in this description are defined under the subheading "Certain Definitions." In this description,
(i) the terms "Company," "we ," "our" and "us" each refer to Accuride Corporation ("Accuride") and its consolidated Subsidiaries, (ii) the term "Issuer" refers only to Accuride
Corporation and not any of its Subsidiaries, (iii) the term "outstanding notes" means the notes issued on July 29, 2010, (iv) the term "exchange notes" means the notes offered
hereby and (v) the term "Notes" means the exchange notes and the outstanding notes (and any other notes issued pursuant to the Indenture (as defined below)), in each case outstanding at any
given time and issued under the Indenture (as defined below).
Accuride
issued the outstanding notes to the initial purchasers on July 29, 2010. The initial purchasers subsequently resold the outstanding notes to qualified institutional
buyers pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act and to non-U.S. persons outside of the United States in reliance on Regulation S under the Securities Act. Accuride
Corporation issued the outstanding notes and will issue the exchange notes under the indenture dated as of July 29, 2010 (the "Indenture") among the Issuer, the Guarantors, Wilmington Trust
FSB, as trustee (the "Trustee") and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as registrar, paying agent and transfer agent. The terms of the exchange notes are identical in all material respects to the
outstanding notes except that, upon completion of the exchange offer, the exchange notes will be:
-
-
registered under the Securities Act;
-
-
will not be subject to restrictions on transfer under the Securities Act; and
-
-
free of any covenants regarding exchange registration rights.
The
Indenture contains provisions that define your rights under the notes. In addition, the Indenture governs the obligations of the Issuers and of each Guarantor under the notes. The
terms of the exchange notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the "Trust Indenture Act").
The
following description is only a summary of the material provisions of the exchange notes, the Indenture, the Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement and does not purport
to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the provisions of those agreements, including the definitions therein of certain terms used below. We urge you to read the Indenture
because it, not this description, defines your rights as Holders of the exchange notes. You may request copies of the Indenture at our address set forth under the heading "Where You Can Find
Additional Information."
Brief Description of the Notes and the Guarantees
The notes are:
-
-
general senior obligations of the Issuer;
-
-
pari passu in right of payment with any existing and future Senior Indebtedness of the Issuer, including the ABL Facility;
-
-
secured on a first-priority lien basis by the Notes Priority Collateral and on a second-priority lien basis by the ABL
Priority Collateral, in each case subject to certain liens permitted under the Indenture;
-
-
senior in right of payment to any existing or future Subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuer;
-
-
effectively senior to the ABL Facility Debt to the extent of the value of the Notes Priority Collateral;
137
Table of Contents
-
-
effectively senior to all of the Issuer's existing and future unsecured Indebtedness to the extent of the value of the
Collateral (after giving effect to any senior Liens on the Collateral);
-
-
structurally subordinated to all liabilities and preferred stock of Subsidiaries of the Issuer that are not Guarantors,
including any obligations under the ABL Facility of Subsidiaries of the Issuer that are not Guarantors;
-
-
effectively subordinated to the Issuer's obligations under the ABL Facility Debt to the extent of the value of the ABL
Priority Collateral; and
-
-
guaranteed on a senior secured basis (with the Lien priorities described below) by each Guarantor.
The Guarantees
The Notes are guaranteed by all Subsidiaries of the Issuer (other than Unrestricted Subsidiaries and Foreign Subsidiaries).
Each
Guarantee is:
-
-
a senior obligation of the applicable Guarantor;
-
-
pari passu in right of payment with any existing and future Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor, including such
Guarantor's guarantee of the ABL Facility;
-
-
secured on a first-priority basis by the Notes Priority Collateral owned by such Guarantor and on a second-priority basis
by the ABL Priority Collateral owned by such Guarantor, in each case subject to certain liens permitted under the Indenture and under the ABL Facility;
-
-
senior in right of payment to any existing or future Subordinated Indebtedness of such Guarantor;
-
-
effectively senior to the guarantee of the ABL Facility Debt by such Guarantor to the extent of the value of the Notes
Priority Collateral owned by such Guarantor;
-
-
effectively senior to all of the Guarantors' existing and future unsecured Indebtedness to the extent of the value of the
Collateral (after giving effect to any senior Liens on the Collateral);
-
-
structurally subordinated to all liabilities and preferred stock of any Subsidiaries of such Guarantor that are not
Guarantors, including any obligations under the ABL Facility of Subsidiaries of such Guarantor that are not Guarantors; and
-
-
effectively subordinated to the guarantee of the ABL Facility Debt by such Guarantor to the extent of the value of the ABL
Priority Collateral owned by such Guarantor.
As
of the date hereof, all of the Issuer's Subsidiaries are "Restricted Subsidiaries." However, under the circumstances described below under the subheading "Certain
CovenantsLimitation on Restricted Payments," the Issuer will be permitted to designate certain of its Subsidiaries as "Unrestricted Subsidiaries." The Issuer's Unrestricted Subsidiaries
will not be subject to many of the restrictive covenants in the Indenture. The Issuer's Unrestricted Subsidiaries will not guarantee the Notes and neither will any Foreign Subsidiaries. In the event
of a bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization of any of these non-guarantor Subsidiaries, the non-guarantor Subsidiaries will pay the holders of their debt and their trade
creditors before they will be able to distribute any of their assets to the Issuer.
The
obligations of each Guarantor under its Guarantees will be limited as necessary to prevent the Guarantees from constituting a fraudulent conveyance under applicable law.
138
Table of Contents
Any
entity that makes a payment under its Guarantee will be entitled upon payment in full of all guaranteed obligations under the Indenture to a contribution from each other Guarantor in
an amount equal to such other Guarantor's pro rata portion of such payment based on the respective net assets of all the Guarantors at the time of such payment determined in accordance with GAAP.
If
a Guarantee was rendered voidable, it could be subordinated by a court to all other indebtedness (including guarantees and other contingent liabilities) of the Guarantor, and,
depending on the amount of such indebtedness, a Guarantor's liability on its Guarantee could be reduced to zero. See "Risk FactorsRisks Related to the Exchange Notes and Other
IndebtednessFederal and state fraudulent transfer laws may permit a court to void the notes and the guarantees. If that occurs, you may not receive any payments on the notes."
The
Guarantee by each Guarantor shall provide by its terms that it shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged under certain specified circumstances, including
upon:
(1) (a)
any sale, exchange or transfer (by merger or otherwise) of the Capital Stock of such Guarantor (including any sale, exchange or transfer), after which the applicable
Guarantor is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary or all or substantially all the assets of such Guarantor, which sale, exchange or transfer is made in compliance with the applicable provisions of the
Indenture;
(b) the
proper designation of any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary; or
(c) the
Issuer exercising its legal defeasance option or covenant defeasance option as described under "Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance" or the Issuer's obligations
under the Indenture being discharged in accordance with the terms of the Indenture; and
(2) such
Guarantor delivering to the Trustee an Officer's Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent provided for in the Indenture
relating to such transaction have been complied with.
Paying Agent and Registrar for the Notes
The Issuer maintains one or more paying agents for the Notes in the Borough of Manhattan, City of New York. The paying agent for the
Notes is set forth in the Indenture.
The
Issuer also maintains a registrar with offices in the Borough of Manhattan, City of New York. The registrar is the paying agent. The registrar maintains a register reflecting
ownership of the Notes outstanding from time to time and makes payments on and facilitate transfer of Notes on behalf of the Issuer.
The
Issuer may change the paying agents or the registrars without prior notice to the Holders. The Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries may act as a paying agent or registrar.
Transfer and Exchange
A Holder may transfer or exchange Notes in accordance with the Indenture. The registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder to furnish
appropriate endorsements and transfer documents in connection with a transfer of Notes. Holders are required to pay all taxes due on transfer. The Issuer is not required to transfer or exchange any
Note selected for redemption. Also, the Issuer is not required to transfer or exchange any Note for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed.
Principal, Maturity and Interest
After completion of the exchange offer, $310,000,000 of Notes will be outstanding. The notes will mature on August 1, 2018.
Subject to compliance with the covenants described below under the
139
Table of Contents
captions
"Certain CovenantsLimitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock" and "Certain
CovenantsLiens" the Issuer may issue additional Notes from time to time after this offering under the Indenture ("Additional Notes"). The Notes and any Additional Notes subsequently
issued under the Indenture will be treated as a single class for all purposes under the Indenture, including waivers, amendments, redemptions and offers to purchase. Unless the context requires
otherwise, references to "Notes" for all purposes of the Indenture and this "Description of Exchange Notes" include the exchange notes, the outstanding notes and any Additional Notes that are actually
issued.
Interest
on the Notes accrues at the rate of 9.5% per annum and is payable semi-annually in arrears on February 1 and August 1, commencing on February 1,
2011 to the Holders of Notes of record on the immediately preceding January 15 and July 15. Interest on the Notes accrues from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if
no interest has been paid, from and including the Issue Date. Interest on the Notes is computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months. The Notes are
to be issued in minimum denominations of $2,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof.
Additional
Interest may accrue on the Notes in certain circumstances pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement. All references in the Indenture, in any context, to any interest or
other amount payable on or with respect to the Notes shall be deemed to include any Additional Interest pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement. Principal of, premium, if any, and interest on
the Notes will be payable at the office or agency of the Issuer maintained for such purpose within the City and State of New York or, at the option of the Issuer, payment of interest may be made by
check mailed to the Holders of the Notes at their respective addresses set forth in the register of Holders; provided that all payments of principal, premium, if any, and interest with respect to the
Notes represented by one or more global notes registered in the name of or held by DTC or its nominee will be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the
Holder or Holders thereof. Until otherwise designated by the Issuer, the Issuer's office or agency in New York is the office of the paying agent maintained for such purpose.
Security for the Notes
The Notes and the Guarantees have the benefit of the Collateral, which consists of (i) the Notes Priority Collateral as to which
the Holders of the Notes and holders of any future Other Pari Passu Lien Obligations have a first-priority security interest, the ABL Facility Lenders and other holders of ABL Facility Debt have a
second-priority security interest (in each case subject to Permitted Liens) and (ii) the ABL Priority Collateral as to which the ABL Facility Lenders and certain other holders of ABL Facility
Debt have a first-priority security interest, the Holders of the Notes have a second-priority security interest, and holders of any future Other Pari Passu Lien Obligations may have a second-priority
security interest (in each case subject to Permitted Liens).
The
Issuer and the Guarantors are able to incur additional Indebtedness in the future which could share in all or part of the Collateral, including additional ABL Facility Debt which has
a first-priority security interest with respect to the ABL Priority Collateral. The amount of all such additional Indebtedness is limited by the covenants disclosed under "Certain
CovenantsLiens" and "Certain CovenantsLimitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock." Under certain
circumstances the amount of such additional secured Indebtedness could be significant.
The Notes Priority Collateral has been pledged as collateral to the Notes Priority Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Trustee, the
Notes Priority Collateral Agent and the Holders of the Notes. The
140
Table of Contents
Notes
and Guarantees are secured by first-priority security interests in the Notes Priority Collateral, subject to certain Permitted Liens. The Notes Priority Collateral generally consists of the
following assets of the Issuer and the Guarantors:
-
-
all of the Equity Interests held by the Issuer or any Guarantor (which, in the case of any equity interest in any Foreign
Subsidiary, is limited to 100% of the non-voting stock (if any) and 66% of the voting stock of such Foreign Subsidiary) except, in each case, to the extent that the pledge of these Equity
Interests would result in any Subsidiary of the Issuer being required to file separate financial statements with the SEC;
-
-
real properties located in the United States and owned by the Issuer or the Guarantors with a cost or book value
(whichever is greater) in excess of $2.0 million;
-
-
equipment;
-
-
patents, trademarks and copyrights;
-
-
general intangibles, instruments, books and records and supporting obligations related to the foregoing and proceeds of
the foregoing (other than ABL Priority Collateral); and
-
-
substantially all of the other tangible and intangible assets of the Issuer and the Guarantors, other than (i) the
ABL Priority Collateral and (ii) Excluded Assets.
Subject
to Permitted Liens, only the Notes and Guarantees have the benefit of the first-priority security interest in the Notes Priority Collateral. Subject to Permitted Liens, no other
Indebtedness incurred by the Issuer may share in the first-priority security interest in the Notes Priority Collateral other than any Additional Notes and certain future Indebtedness constituting
Other Pari Passu Lien Obligations.
In
the event that Rule 3-16 of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act is amended, modified or interpreted by the SEC to require (or is replaced
with another rule or regulation, or any other law, rule or regulation is adopted, which would require) the filing with the SEC (or any other governmental agency) of separate financial statements of
any Subsidiary of the Issuer due to the fact that such Subsidiary's Equity Interests secure the Notes, then the Equity Interests of such Subsidiary shall automatically be deemed not to be part of the
Notes Priority Collateral but only to the extent necessary to not be subject to such requirement. In such event, the Security Documents may be amended or modified, without the consent of any holder of
Notes, to the extent necessary to release the security interests in favor of the Notes Priority Collateral Agent on the shares of Equity Interests that are so deemed to no longer constitute part of
the Notes Priority Collateral. In the event that Rule 3-16 of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act is amended, modified or interpreted by the SEC to permit (or
are replaced with another rule or regulation, or any other law, rule or regulation is adopted, which would permit) such Subsidiary's
Equity Interests to secure the Notes in excess of the amount then pledged without the filing with the SEC (or any other governmental agency) of separate financial statements of such Subsidiary, then
the Equity Interests of such Subsidiary shall automatically be deemed to be a part of the Notes Priority Collateral but only to the extent necessary to not be subject to any such financial statement
requirement.
The Notes and Guarantees are secured by a second-priority Lien on and security interest in the ABL Priority Collateral, subject to
Permitted Liens. The "ABL Priority Collateral" generally consists of all of the following assets of the Issuer and the Guarantors:
-
-
all accounts;
-
-
all inventory and documents for any inventory;
141
Table of Contents
-
-
all investment property, but specifically excluding any securities representing any capital stock of Issuer or any of its
Subsidiaries or instruments which arise from the sale, license, assignment or other disposition of Notes Priority Collateral;
-
-
all commodity accounts, deposit accounts and securities accounts (and all assets and amounts contained therein but
excluding identifiable proceeds of the Notes Priority Collateral);
-
-
all contracts, contract rights and other general intangibles (including any and all contracts, contract rights and other
general intangibles providing for or relating to the sale or other disposition of inventory), instruments, chattel paper, books and records and supporting obligations related to the foregoing and
proceeds of the foregoing, in each case held by the Issuer and the Guarantors;
-
-
letter of credit rights arising out of, or related to, or derivative of any of the property or interests in property
described in this definition;
-
-
letters of credit transferred to the ABL Facility Security Agent or any lender under the ABL Facility, or with respect to
which the proceeds thereof have been assigned to the ABL Facility Security Agent or any lender under the ABL Facility, or on which the ABL Facility Security Agent or any lender under the ABL Facility
is named as beneficiary, in each case arising out of, related to, or derivative of the property or interests described in this definition;
-
-
commercial tort claims, in each case, to the extent arising out of, or related to, or derivative of the property or
interests in property described in this definition;
-
-
to the extent not otherwise described in this definition, all Receivables; and
-
-
all proceeds of any of the foregoing.
For
purposes of clarification, any of the items set forth above that are or become branded, or otherwise produced through the use or other application of, any trademarks, patents or
other intellectual property shall fully constitute ABL Priority Collateral, and no proceeds arising from any disposition of any such ABL Priority Collateral shall be, or be deemed to be, attributable
to Notes Priority Collateral. For purposes of further clarification, the ABL Facility Debt may constitute obligations of Subsidiaries of the Issuer that are not Guarantors, such as Foreign
Subsidiaries, in which case the ABL Facility Debt may also be secured by assets of such Subsidiaries that are described in the items set forth above. Any such assets shall not constitute ABL Priority
Collateral or Notes Priority Collateral but may secure a portion of the ABL Facility Debt.
Except
as provided in the Intercreditor Agreement, holders of Liens on the ABL Priority Collateral that are junior relative to the holders of ABL Facility Debt, including Holders, will
not be able to take any enforcement action with respect to the ABL Priority Collateral so long as any ABL Facility Debt is outstanding.
Tracing of Proceeds of ABL Priority Collateral and Notes Priority Collateral
Notwithstanding the fact that the ABL Priority Collateral and the Notes Priority Collateral each includes "proceeds" of specific assets
included in each category of Collateral, the Intercreditor Agreement provides that, during any period prior to either (x) the commencement of an enforcement action against Collateral by the ABL
Facility Security Agent or the Notes Priority Collateral Agent or (y) an insolvency or liquidation proceeding against the Issuer or any Guarantor, notwithstanding that an asset may constitute
"proceeds" of ABL Priority Collateral or Notes Priority Collateral, such status as "proceeds" shall be disregarded in determining whether such asset is ABL Priority Collateral or Notes Priority
Collateral; provided, however, that with respect to Net Proceeds of Asset Sales of Notes Priority Collateral, such proceeds shall continue to constitute Notes Priority Collateral until such proceeds
are applied as provided in "Certain CovenantsLimitation on Sales of Assets".
142
Table of Contents
After-Acquired Property
Promptly, but in no event later than 90 days, following the acquisition by the Issuer or any Guarantor of any After-Acquired
Property (but subject to the limitations, if applicable, described under "Security for the NotesNotes Priority Collateral" and "Security for the
NotesABL Priority Collateral"), the Issuer or such Guarantor shall execute and deliver such mortgages, deeds of trust, security instruments, financing statements and certificates and
opinions of counsel as shall be reasonably necessary to vest in the Notes Priority Collateral Agent a perfected security interest in such After-Acquired Property and to have such After-Acquired
Property added to the Notes Priority Collateral or the ABL Priority Collateral, as applicable, and thereupon all provisions of the Indenture relating to the Notes Priority Collateral or the ABL
Priority Collateral, as applicable, shall be deemed to relate to such After-Acquired Property to the same extent and with the same force and effect.
Information Regarding Collateral
The Issuer will furnish to the Trustee and the Notes Priority Collateral Agent, with respect to the Issuer or any Guarantor, prompt
written notice of any change in such Person's (i) legal name, (ii) jurisdiction of organization or formation, (iii) identity or corporate structure or (iv) organizational
identification number. The Issuer and the Guarantors have agreed not to effect or permit any change referred to in the preceding sentence unless all filings have been made by the Issuer and the
Guarantors under the Uniform Commercial Code or otherwise that are required in order for the Notes Priority Collateral Agent to continue at all times following such change to have a valid, legal and
perfected security interest in all the Collateral. In no event shall the Trustee, the paying agent, or the Notes Priority Collateral Agent have any responsibility to (i) make such filings or
any filings relating to the continuation, amendments or termination thereof or (ii) ensure that any such filings have been made. The Issuer also agrees promptly to notify the Trustee and the
Notes Priority Collateral Agent if any portion of the Collateral suffers any damage, destruction or condemnation which would have a material adverse effect on the Collateral as a whole.
Each
year, at the time of delivery of the annual financial statements with respect to the preceding fiscal year, the Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee and the Notes Priority Collateral
Agent a certificate of a financial officer updating the information set forth in the schedules to the Security Documents or confirming that there has been no change in such information since the date
of the prior annual financial statements.
Sufficiency of Collateral
The fair market value of the Collateral is subject to fluctuations based on factors that include, among others, the condition of our
industry, the ability to sell the Collateral in an orderly sale, general economic conditions, the availability of buyers and other factors. The amount to be received upon a sale of the Collateral
would also be dependent on numerous factors, including, but not limited, to the actual fair market value of the Collateral at such time and the timing and the manner of the sale. By its nature,
portions of the Collateral may be illiquid and may have no readily ascertainable market value. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that the Collateral can be sold in a short period of time or in an
orderly manner. In addition, in the event of a bankruptcy, the ability of the Holders to realize upon any of the Collateral may be subject to certain bankruptcy law limitations as described below.
Further Assurances
The Issuer and the Guarantors shall execute any and all further documents, financing statements, agreements and instruments, and take
all further action that may be required under applicable law, or that the Notes Priority Collateral Agent may reasonably request, in order to grant, preserve, protect and perfect the validity and
priority of the security interests and Liens created or intended to be
143
Table of Contents
created
by the Security Documents in the Collateral. In addition, from time to time, the Issuer will reasonably promptly secure the obligations under the Indenture, Security Documents and
Intercreditor Agreement by pledging or creating, or causing to be pledged or created, perfected security interests and Liens with respect to the Collateral. Such security interests and Liens will be
created under the Security Documents and other security agreements, mortgages, deeds of trust and other instruments and documents in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Notes Priority
Collateral Agent.
Security Documents and Certain Related Intercreditor Provisions
The Issuer, the Guarantors and the Notes Priority Collateral Agent entered into one or more Security Documents creating and
establishing the terms of the security interests and Liens that secure the Notes and the Guarantees. These security interests and Liens secure the payment and performance when due of all of the
Obligations of the Issuer and the Guarantors under the Notes, the Indenture, the Guarantees, the Intercreditor Agreement and the Security Documents, as provided in the Security Documents. If the
Issuer and the Guarantors are not able to complete all filings and other similar actions required in connection with the perfection of such security interests on or prior to the Issue Date, they will
use their commercially reasonable efforts to complete such actions as soon as reasonably practicable after such date. The Notes Priority Collateral Agent was appointed pursuant to the Indenture. The
ABL Facility Security Agent and holders of ABL Facility Debt secured by ABL Priority Collateral are referred to collectively as "ABL Secured Parties." The Trustee, Notes Priority Collateral Agent,
each Holder, each other holder of, or obligee in respect of, any Obligations in respect of the Notes outstanding at such time are referred to collectively as the "Noteholder Secured Parties."
Intercreditor Agreement
The Notes Priority Collateral Agent and the ABL Facility Security Agent entered into the Intercreditor Agreement on the Issue Date and
such agreement was acknowledged by the Issuer and the Guarantors. Although the Holders of the Notes and the holders of ABL Facility Debt are not party to the Intercreditor Agreement, by their
acceptance of the Notes and ABL Facility Debt, respectively, they each agreed to be bound thereby. The Indenture provides that the Intercreditor Agreement may be amended from time to time without the
consent of the Holders or the holders of ABL Facility Debt to add other parties holding Other Pari Passu Lien Obligations in each case to the extent permitted to be incurred under the Indenture and
other applicable agreements. See "Amendment, Supplement and Waiver."
The
aggregate amount of the obligations secured by the ABL Priority Collateral may, subject to the limitations set forth in the Indenture, be increased. A portion of the obligations
secured by the ABL Priority Collateral consists or may consist of Indebtedness that is revolving in nature, and the amount thereof that may be outstanding at any time or from time to time may be
increased or reduced and subsequently reborrowed and such obligations may, subject to the limitations set forth in the Indenture, be increased, extended, renewed, replaced, restated, supplemented,
restructured, repaid, refunded, refinanced or otherwise amended or modified from time to time, all without affecting the subordination of the Liens in favor of the Noteholder Secured Parties (relative
to those of the ABL Secured Parties) or the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement defining the relative rights of the parties thereto. The Lien priorities provided for in the Intercreditor
Agreement shall not be altered or otherwise affected by any amendment, modification, supplement, extension, increase, replacement, renewal, restatement or refinancing of either the obligations secured
by the ABL Priority Collateral or the obligations secured by the Notes Priority Collateral, by the release of any Collateral securing any secured obligations or the release of any guarantee
guaranteeing secured obligations or by any action that any representative or secured party may take or fail to take in respect of any Collateral.
144
Table of Contents
Control of Enforcement With Respect to the ABL Priority Collateral and Application of Proceeds of ABL Priority Collateral
Pursuant to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement, prior to the Discharge of ABL Facility Debt, the ABL Facility Security Agent has
the exclusive right to control the time and method by which the security interests in the ABL Priority Collateral will be enforced, including, without limitation, following the occurrence of an Event
of Default under the Indenture. Prior to the Discharge of ABL Facility Debt, the Noteholder Secured Parties will not be permitted to enforce their security interests in the ABL Priority Collateral
even if any Event of Default under the Indenture has occurred and the Notes have been accelerated except (a) in any insolvency or liquidation proceeding, solely as necessary to file a
proof of claim or statement of interest with respect to the Obligations under the Notes and Guarantees or (b) certain protective actions in order to prove, preserve, perfect or protect (but not
enforce) its security interest and rights in, and the perfection and priority of its Lien on, the ABL Priority Collateral.
Any
proceeds from any ABL Priority Collateral received in any insolvency or liquidation proceeding or pursuant to any enforcement of remedies against the ABL Priority Collateral will be
applied to repay the ABL Facility Debt in full (including any post-petition interest thereon) until the
Discharge of ABL Facility Debt has occurred prior to being applied to the repayment of any Obligations owing to the Noteholder Secured Parties.
After
the Discharge of ABL Facility Debt, the Notes Priority Collateral Agent will distribute all cash proceeds (after payment of the costs of enforcement and collateral administration,
including any amounts owed to the Trustee in its capacity as Trustee, to the paying agent in its capacity as paying agent and to the Notes Priority Collateral Agent in its capacity as Notes Priority
Collateral Agent) of the ABL Priority Collateral received by it under the Security Documents for the ratable benefit of the Noteholder Secured Parties.
The
proceeds from the sale of any ABL Priority Collateral remaining after the satisfaction of all Obligations under ABL Facility Debt may not be sufficient to satisfy the Obligations
under the Indenture and Notes. The Intercreditor Agreement contains provisions similar to the foregoing regarding the ABL Facility Security Agent's rights relative to those of the Notes Priority
Collateral Agent with respect to the Notes Priority Collateral.
The
Intercreditor Agreement provides that if prior to the Discharge of ABL Facility Debt, proceeds of the Collateral are received in connection with a loss, condemnation or disposition
(whether voluntary or involuntary) of Collateral that involves both ABL Priority Collateral and Notes Priority Collateral, for the purposes of the Intercreditor Agreement with respect to such loss,
condemnation or disposition, the ABL Priority Collateral consisting of accounts shall be deemed to have a valuation equal to the face amount of each such account and all ABL Priority Collateral
consisting of inventory shall be deemed to have a value equal to the net book value of such inventory. In addition, the Intercreditor Agreement provides that if proceeds of the Collateral are received
in connection with a disposition of all or substantially all of the capital stock issued by any grantor under the documents related to the ABL Facility and the Notes, and the Liens of the ABL Facility
Security Agent, on behalf of the ABL Secured Parties on any ABL Priority Collateral in which such grantor has an interest are released, then such ABL Priority Collateral shall also be deemed to be
disposed of in connection with such disposition for the purposes of the Intercreditor Agreement.
No Duties of ABL Facility Security Agent
The Intercreditor Agreement provides that the ABL Secured Parties will generally have no duties or other obligations to any Noteholder
Secured Party with respect to the ABL Priority Collateral, other than the ABL Facility Security Agent serving as agent for perfection with respect to certain ABL Priority Collateral. In addition, the
Intercreditor Agreement further provides that, until the Discharge
145
Table of Contents
of
ABL Facility Debt, the ABL Facility Security Agent is entitled, for the benefit of the ABL Secured Parties, to sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of or deal with such ABL Priority Collateral
without regard to any security interests that are junior relative to those of the ABL Secured Parties therein or any rights to which any Noteholder Secured Party would otherwise be entitled as a
result of such junior-priority security interests. Without limiting the foregoing, the Notes Priority Collateral Agent agreed in the Intercreditor Agreement, on behalf of the Noteholder Secured
Parties, that no ABL Secured Party has any duty or obligation first to marshal or realize upon the ABL Priority Collateral, or to sell, dispose of or otherwise liquidate all or any portion of the ABL
Priority Collateral, in any manner that would maximize the return to the Noteholder Secured Parties, notwithstanding that the order and timing of any such realization, sale, disposition or liquidation
may affect the amount of proceeds actually received by the Noteholder Secured Parties from such realization, sale, disposition or liquidation. The Intercreditor Agreement has reciprocal provisions
regarding the duties owed to the ABL Secured Parties by the Noteholder Secured Parties with respect to the Notes Priority Collateral.
The
Notes Priority Collateral Agent agreed in the Intercreditor Agreement, on behalf of each of the Noteholder Secured Parties, that each of the Noteholder Secured Parties waives any
claim that may be had against any ABL Secured Party arising out of (i) any actions which any ABL Secured Party takes or omits to take (including, actions with respect to the creation,
perfection or continuation of Liens on any ABL Priority Collateral, actions with respect to the foreclosure upon, sale, release or depreciation of, or failure to realize upon, any of the ABL Priority
Collateral and actions with respect to the collection of any claim for all or any part of the ABL Facility Debt from any account debtor, guarantor or any other party) or the valuation, use, protection
or release of any security for such ABL Facility Debt, (ii) any election by any ABL Secured Party, in any proceeding instituted under Title 11 of the United States Code (the "Bankruptcy Code")
of the application of Section 1111(b)(2) of the Bankruptcy Code or (iii) any borrowing of, or grant of a security interest or administrative expense priority under Sections 363
and 364 of the Bankruptcy Code to the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries as debtor-in-possession. The ABL Secured Parties agreed to waive similar claims with respect to the
actions of any of the Noteholder Secured Parties pursuant to the Intercreditor Agreement.
No Interference; Payment Over; Reinstatement; Similar Liens and Agreements
The Notes Priority Collateral Agent agreed in the Intercreditor Agreement, on behalf of the Noteholder Secured Parties, among other
things, that prior to the Discharge of ABL Facility Debt:
-
-
it will not challenge or question in any proceeding the validity or enforceability of any first-priority security interest
in the ABL Priority Collateral, the validity, attachment, perfection or priority of any Lien held by any ABL Secured Party, or the validity or enforceability of the priorities, rights or duties
established by or other provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement;
-
-
it will not take or cause to be taken any action the purpose or intent of which is, or could be, to interfere, hinder or
delay, in any manner, whether by judicial proceedings or otherwise, any sale, transfer or other disposition of the ABL Priority Collateral by any ABL Secured Party;
-
-
it will have no right to (A) direct any ABL Secured Party to exercise any right, remedy or power with respect to
such ABL Priority Collateral or (B) consent to the exercise by any ABL Secured Party of any right, remedy or power with respect to such ABL Priority Collateral;
-
-
it will not institute any suit or assert in any suit, bankruptcy, insolvency or other proceeding any claim against any ABL
Secured Party seeking damages from or other relief by way of specific performance, instructions or otherwise with respect to, and no ABL Secured Party will be liable for, any action taken or omitted
to be taken by any ABL Secured Party with respect to such ABL Priority Collateral;
146
Table of Contents
-
-
to the maximum extent permitted by law, each of the Noteholder Secured Parties shall be deemed to have irrevocably,
absolutely, and unconditionally waived any right to object (and seek or be awarded any relief of any nature whatsoever based on any such objection), at any time prior or subsequent to any disposition
of any of the ABL Priority Collateral, on the ground(s) that any such disposition of ABL Priority Collateral (x) would not be or was not "commercially reasonable" within the meaning of any
applicable Uniform Commercial Code and/or (y) would not or did not comply with any other requirement under any applicable Uniform Commercial Code or under any other applicable law governing the
manner in which a secured creditor (including one with a Lien on real property) is to realize on its collateral;
-
-
it will not object to any waiver or forbearance by the ABL Facility Security Agent from or in respect of bringing or
pursuing any foreclosure proceeding or action or any other exercise of any rights or remedies relating to the ABL Priority Collateral;
-
-
it will not seek, and will waive any right, to have any ABL Priority Collateral or any part thereof marshaled upon any
foreclosure or other disposition of such ABL Priority Collateral; and
-
-
it will not attempt, directly or indirectly, whether by judicial proceedings or otherwise, to challenge the enforceability
of any provision of the Intercreditor Agreement.
If
any ABL Secured Party is required in any insolvency or liquidation proceeding or otherwise to turn over or otherwise pay to the estate of the Issuer or any Guarantor (or any trustee,
receiver or similar person therefor), because the payment of such amount was declared to be fraudulent or preferential in any respect or for any other reason, any amount, a
"Recovery,"
whether received
as proceeds of security, enforcement of any right of setoff or otherwise, then as among the parties to the Intercreditor
Agreement, the ABL Facility Debt shall be deemed to be reinstated to the extent of such Recovery and to be outstanding as if such payment had not occurred and such holder of ABL Facility Debt shall be
entitled to a reinstatement of ABL Facility Debt with respect to all such recovered amounts and shall have all rights under the Intercreditor Agreement. If the Intercreditor Agreement was terminated
(in whole or in part) prior to such Recovery, the Intercreditor Agreement shall be reinstated in full force and effect, and such prior termination shall not diminish, release, discharge, impair or
otherwise affect the obligations of the parties thereto. Any ABL Priority Collateral received by a Noteholder Secured Party prior to the time of such Recovery shall be deemed to have been received
prior to the Discharge of ABL Facility Debt and subject to the provisions of the immediately preceding paragraph. The ABL Secured Parties agreed to reciprocal limitations with respect to their rights
in the Notes Priority Collateral and their ability to bring a suit against the Notes Priority Collateral Agent or the Holders of the Notes pursuant to the Intercreditor Agreement.
The
Notes Priority Collateral Agent agreed in the Intercreditor Agreement, on behalf of each of the Noteholder Secured Parties, that if any Noteholder Secured Party obtains possession of
the ABL Priority Collateral or realizes any proceeds or payment in respect of the ABL Priority Collateral, pursuant to any Security Document or by the exercise of any rights available to it under
applicable law or in any bankruptcy, insolvency or similar proceeding or through any other exercise of remedies, at any time prior to the Discharge of ABL Facility Debt, then it will hold such ABL
Priority Collateral, proceeds or payment in trust for the ABL Secured Parties and transfer such ABL Priority Collateral, proceeds or payment, as the case may be, to the ABL Facility Security Agent.
The Notes Priority Collateral Agent further agreed in the Intercreditor Agreement, on behalf of the Noteholder Secured Parties, that if, at any time, all or part of any payment with respect to any ABL
Facility Debt secured by any ABL Priority Collateral previously made shall be rescinded for any reason whatsoever, it will promptly pay over to the ABL Facility Security Agent any payment received by
it in respect of any such ABL Priority Collateral and shall promptly turn any such ABL Priority Collateral then held by it over to the ABL Facility Security Agent, and the provisions set forth in the
Intercreditor Agreement will be reinstated as if such payment had not been made, until the payment and satisfaction in full of such
147
Table of Contents
ABL
Facility Debt. The ABL Secured Parties are subject to reciprocal limitations with respect to the Notes Priority Collateral and any proceeds or payments in respect of any Notes Priority Collateral
pursuant to the Intercreditor Agreement.
In
addition, the Intercreditor Agreement provides that the Issuer and the Guarantors shall not grant or permit any additional Liens on any assets of the Issuer or any Guarantor (that
does not otherwise constitute Collateral) securing any Obligations under the Notes or Guarantees unless it takes all reasonable action that is within its control to grant a Lien on such assets to the
ABL Facility Security Agent for the benefit of the holders of ABL Facility Debt on or before the time of the grant of a Lien thereon to secure any Obligations under the Notes or Guarantees. If the
Notes Priority Collateral Agent shall acquire or hold any Lien on any assets of the Issuer or a Guarantor in contravention of the foregoing sentence, any amounts received by or distributed to it
pursuant to or as a result of such Lien shall be subject to the pay over provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement. The ABL Facility Security Agent is subject to similar limitations and requirements
in favor of the Notes Priority Collateral Agent with respect to the Notes Priority Collateral pursuant to the Intercreditor Agreement.
In
addition, the Intercreditor Agreement provides that it is the intention of the parties thereto that the collateral securing the Obligations under the Notes and Guarantees and the ABL
Facility Debt be identical except as otherwise expressly provided therein. In furtherance of the foregoing, the Intercreditor Agreement provides that, subject to the other provisions thereof, upon
request by the Notes Priority Collateral Agent or the ABL Facility Security Agent, the parties thereto will cooperate in good faith (and direct their counsel to cooperate in good faith) from time to
time in order to determine the specific items included in the collateral securing the Obligations under the Notes and Guarantees and the ABL Facility Debt and the steps taken to perfect the respective
Liens thereon and the identity of the respective parties obligated under the documentation related thereto. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the ABL Facility Debt may constitute obligations of
Subsidiaries of the Issuer that are not Guarantors, such as Foreign Subsidiaries, in which case the ABL Facility Debt may also be secured by the assets of such Subsidiaries. Any such assets shall not
constitute ABL Priority
Collateral or Notes Priority Collateral for purposes of the Intercreditor Agreement and the Indenture. Therefore, it is possible the ABL Facility Debt will be secured by ABL Priority Collateral, Notes
Priority Collateral and assets not constituting ABL Priority Collateral or Notes Priority Collateral.
Entry Upon Premises by ABL Facility Security Agent and Holders of ABL Facility Debt
The Intercreditor Agreement provides that if the ABL Facility Security Agent takes any enforcement action with respect to the ABL
Priority Collateral, the Noteholder Secured Parties (i) will reasonably cooperate with the ABL Facility Security Agent in its efforts to enforce its security interest in the ABL Priority
Collateral and to finish any work-in-process and assemble the ABL Priority Collateral, (ii) will use reasonable efforts to not hinder or restrict in any respect the ABL
Facility Security Agent from enforcing its security interest in the ABL Priority Collateral or from finishing any work-in-process or assembling the ABL Priority Collateral, and
(iii) will permit the ABL Facility Security Agent, its employees, agents, advisers and representatives, at the sole cost and expense of the ABL Secured Parties, to enter upon and use the Notes
Priority Collateral (including (x) equipment, processors, computers and other machinery related to the storage or processing of records, documents or files and (y) trademarks, patents
and other intellectual property, which includes a royalty-free license with respect to intellectual property incorporated into the ABL Priority Collateral), for a period not to exceed
180 days after the taking of such enforcement action, for purposes of (A) assembling and storing the ABL Priority Collateral and completing the manufacture, packaging, processing of and
turning into finished goods of any ABL Priority Collateral consisting of work-in-process or raw materials, (B) selling any or all of the ABL Priority Collateral located
on such Notes Priority Collateral, whether in bulk, in lots or to customers in the ordinary course of business or otherwise, (C) removing
148
Table of Contents
any
or all of the ABL Priority Collateral located on such Notes Priority Collateral, or (D) taking reasonable actions to protect, secure, and otherwise enforce the rights of the ABL Secured
Parties in and to the ABL Priority Collateral;
provided, however,
that nothing contained in the Intercreditor Agreement restricts the rights of the
Notes Priority Collateral Agent from selling, assigning or otherwise transferring any Notes Priority Collateral prior to the expiration of such 180-day period if the purchaser, assignee or
transferee thereof agrees to be bound by the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement. If any stay or other order prohibiting the exercise of remedies with respect to the ABL Priority Collateral has
been entered by a court of competent jurisdiction, such 180-day period shall be tolled during the pendency of any such stay or other order. If the ABL Facility Security Agent conducts a
public auction or private sale of the ABL Priority Collateral at any of the real property included within the Notes Priority Collateral, the ABL Facility Security Agent shall provide the Notes
Priority Collateral Agent with reasonable notice and use reasonable efforts to hold such auction or sale in a manner which would not unduly disrupt the Notes Priority Collateral Agent's use of such
real property.
During
the period of actual occupation, use or control by the ABL Facility Security Agent or the holders of ABL Facility Debt or their agents or representatives of any Notes Priority
Collateral, the ABL Secured Parties will be obligated to repair at their expense any physical damage to such Notes Priority Collateral or other assets or property resulting from such occupancy, use or
control, ordinary wear and tear excepted.
Agreements With Respect to Bankruptcy or Insolvency Proceedings
If the ABL Facility Security Agent consents to financing ("DIP Financing") to be provided by one or more lenders (the "DIP Lenders")
under Section 364 of the Bankruptcy Code which is to be secured by any ABL Priority Collateral or the use of cash collateral representing proceeds of ABL Priority Collateral under
Section 363 of the Bankruptcy Code, the Notes Priority Collateral Agent agreed in the Intercreditor Agreement, on behalf of the Noteholder Secured Parties, that it will raise no objection to
any such financing or to the Liens on the ABL Priority Collateral securing the same ("DIP Financing Liens") or to any use of cash collateral that constitutes ABL Priority Collateral so long as:
(i) either
(x) all DIP Financing Liens are senior to, or rank pari passu with, the Liens of the ABL Facility Debt in such ABL Priority Collateral (in which case, the
Notes Priority Collateral Agent will agree on behalf of the Noteholder Secured Parties, to subordinate the Liens of the Noteholder Secured Parties in such ABL Priority Collateral to the Liens of the
ABL Facility Debt in such ABL Priority Collateral and the DIP Financing Liens) or (y) the Liens of the Notes Priority Collateral Agent are not subordinated to such DIP Financing Liens;
(ii) the
Noteholder Secured Parties retain liens on all the ABL Priority Collateral, including proceeds thereof arising after the commencement of such proceeding, with the
same priority as existed prior to the commencement of the case under the Bankruptcy Code, subject to any super-priority ranking of liens in favor of the DIP Lenders as provided above and any "carve
out" for administrative expenses agreed to by the ABL Facility Security Agent;
(iii) the
Noteholder Secured Parties retain liens on all the Notes Priority Collateral, including proceeds thereof arising after the commencement of such proceeding, with
the same priority as existed prior to the commencement of the case under the Bankruptcy Code; and
(iv) no
Noteholder Secured Party is required (without its consent) to lend or incur any monetary obligation in connection with such DIP Financing.
The
ABL Secured Parties agreed to similar provisions with respect to any DIP Financing and DIP Financing Liens related to the Notes Priority Collateral.
149
Table of Contents
The
Notes Priority Collateral Agent agreed in the Intercreditor Agreement, on behalf of the Noteholder Secured Parties, that it will:
(i) not
object to or oppose a sale or other disposition of any ABL Priority Collateral (or any portion thereof) under Section 363 of the Bankruptcy Code or any other
provision of the Bankruptcy Code if the ABL Secured Parties shall have consented to such sale or disposition of such ABL Priority Collateral and the proceeds of such sale or disposition are applied in
accordance with the Intercreditor Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Intercreditor Agreement shall not be construed to prohibit the Noteholder Secured Parties from exercising a credit bid
in a sale or other disposition of ABL Priority Collateral under Section 363 of the Bankruptcy Code;
provided
that in connection with and
immediately after giving effect to any such sale pursuant to such credit bid there occurs a Discharge of ABL Facility Debt;
(ii) not
object to or otherwise contest (or support any other Person contesting), any motion for relief from the automatic stay or from any injunction against foreclosure or
enforcement in respect of the ABL Priority Collateral made by the ABL Secured Parties;
(iii) until
the Discharge of ABL Facility Debt, not seek relief from the automatic stay or any other stay in any insolvency or liquidation proceeding in respect of the ABL
Priority Collateral, without the prior written consent of the ABL Facility Security Agent;
(iv) not
object to, or otherwise contest (or support any Person contesting), (a) any request by the ABL Secured Parties for adequate protection on account of the ABL
Priority Collateral or (b) any objection by the ABL Secured Parties to any motion, relief, action or proceeding based on the ABL Facility Security Agent's or such holder of ABL Facility Debt
claiming a lack of adequate protection with respect to the ABL Priority Collateral;
(v) until
the Discharge of ABL Facility Debt, not assert or enforce (or support any Person asserting or enforcing) any claim under Section 506(c) of the Bankruptcy
Code pari passu with the Liens on the ABL Priority Collateral securing the ABL Facility Debt for costs or expenses of preserving or disposing any ABL Priority Collateral; and
(vi) not
oppose or otherwise contest (or support any other Person contesting) any lawful exercise by the ABL Secured Parties of the right to credit bid at any sale of ABL
Priority Collateral.
In
addition, no Noteholder Secured Party will file or prosecute in any insolvency or liquidation proceeding any motion for adequate protection (or any comparable request for relief)
based upon their respective security interests in the ABL Priority Collateral, except that:
(i) any
of them may freely seek and obtain relief granting a junior Lien on ABL Priority Collateral co-extensive in all respects with, but subordinated to, all
Liens on ABL Priority Collateral granted in the insolvency or liquidation proceeding to, or for the benefit of, the holders of ABL Facility Debt (and the Intercreditor Agreement provides that the ABL
Secured Parties will not object to the granting of such junior Lien); and
(ii) any
of them may freely seek and obtain any relief upon a motion for adequate protection (or any comparable relief), without any condition or restriction whatsoever, at
any time after the Discharge of ABL Facility Debt.
Without
limiting the generality of any provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement, any vote to accept, and any other act to support the confirmation or approval of any
Non-Conforming Plan of Reorganization shall be inconsistent with and, accordingly, a violation of the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement, and the ABL Facility Security Agent shall be
entitled to have any such vote to accept a Non-Conforming Plan of Reorganization dismissed and any such support of any Non-Conforming Plan of Reorganization withdrawn.
150
Table of Contents
The
Notes Priority Collateral Agent agreed in the Intercreditor Agreement, on behalf of the Noteholder Secured Parties, that (a) the Noteholder Secured Parties' claims against the
Issuer and the Guarantors in respect of the ABL Priority Collateral constitutes junior claims separate and apart (and of a different class) from the senior claims of the holders of ABL Facility Debt
against the Issuer and the Guarantors in respect of the ABL Priority Collateral, (b) to the extent the value of the ABL Priority Collateral is equal to or greater than the ABL Facility Debt,
the ABL Facility Debt includes all interest that accrues after the commencement of any insolvency or liquidation proceeding of the Issuer or any Guarantor at the rate provided for in the ABL Facility,
regardless of whether a claim for post-petition interest is allowed or allowable in any such insolvency or liquidation proceeding and (c) the Intercreditor Agreement constitutes a
"subordination agreement" under Section 510 of the Bankruptcy Code.
The
ABL Secured Parties are subject to similar limitations in favor of the Noteholder Secured Parties pursuant to the Intercreditor Agreement.
Insurance
Until written notice by the ABL Facility Security Agent to the Trustee that the Discharge of ABL Facility Debt has occurred, as between
the ABL Facility Security Agent, on the one hand, and the Noteholder Secured Parties, on the other hand, only the ABL Facility Security Agent will have the right (subject to the rights of the Grantors
under the documents related to the ABL Facility) to adjust or settle any insurance policy or claim covering or constituting ABL Priority Collateral in the event of any covered loss thereunder and to
approve any award granted in any condemnation or similar proceeding affecting the ABL Priority Collateral. Unless and until written notice is sent by the Trustee to the ABL Facility Security Agent,
the paying agent and the Notes Priority Collateral Agent, that the obligations under the Indenture and the Notes have been paid in full, as between the ABL Facility Security Agent, on the one hand,
and the Trustee and the Notes Priority Collateral Agent, on the other hand, only the Notes Priority Collateral Agent will have the right (subject to the rights of the relevant grantors under the
documents related to the ABL Facility and the Notes) to adjust or settle any insurance policy or claim covering or constituting Notes Priority Collateral in the event of any covered loss thereunder
and to approve any award granted in any condemnation or similar proceeding solely affecting the Notes Priority Collateral. To the extent that an insured loss covers or constitutes both ABL Priority
Collateral and Notes Priority Collateral, then the ABL Facility Security Agent and the Notes Priority Collateral Agent will work jointly and in good faith to collect, adjust or settle (subject to the
rights of the relevant grantors under the documents related to the ABL Facility and the Notes) under the relevant insurance policy.
Refinancings of the ABL Facility and the Notes
The obligations under the ABL Facility and the obligations under the Indenture and the Notes may be refinanced or replaced, in whole or
in part, in each case, without notice to, or the consent (except to the extent a consent is otherwise required to permit the refinancing transaction under the ABL Facility or any security document
related thereto or the Indenture or the Security Documents) of the ABL Secured Parties or any Noteholder Secured Party, all without affecting the Lien priorities provided for in the Intercreditor
Agreement;
provided, however,
that the holders of any such refinancing or replacement Indebtedness (or an authorized agent or trustee on their behalf)
bind themselves in writing to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement pursuant to such documents or agreements (including amendments or supplements to the Intercreditor Agreement) as the ABL Facility
Security Agent or Notes Priority Collateral Agent, as the case may be, shall reasonably request and in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the ABL Facility Security Agent or Notes Priority
Collateral Agent, as the case may be.
151
Table of Contents
In
addition, if at any time in connection with or after the Discharge of ABL Facility Debt, the Issuer enters into any refinancing of the ABL Facility secured by the ABL Priority
Collateral on a first-priority basis, then such Discharge of ABL Facility Debt shall automatically be deemed not to have occurred for all purposes of the Intercreditor Agreement, the ABL Facility and
the Indenture and the obligations under such refinancing shall automatically be treated as debt under the ABL Facility for all purposes of the Intercreditor Agreement, including for purposes of the
Lien priorities and rights in respect of ABL Priority Collateral set forth therein.
In
connection with any refinancing or replacement contemplated by the foregoing paragraph, the Intercreditor Agreement may be amended at the request and sole expense of the Issuer, and
without the consent of any Holder of Notes, (a) to add parties (or any authorized agent or trustee therefor) providing any such refinancing or replacement Indebtedness in compliance with the
ABL Facility and the Indenture, (b) to establish that Liens on any Notes Priority Collateral securing such refinancing or replacement Indebtedness shall have the same priority (or junior
priority) as the Liens on any Notes Priority Collateral securing the Indebtedness being refinanced or replaced and (c) to establish that the Liens on any ABL Priority Collateral securing such
refinancing or replacement indebtedness shall have the same priority (or junior priority) as the Liens on any ABL Priority Collateral securing the Indebtedness being refinanced or replaced, all on the
terms provided for herein immediately prior to such refinancing or replacement.
Rights and Obligations of Notes Priority Collateral Agent after Discharge of ABL Facility Debt
The Intercreditor Agreement provides that after the Discharge of ABL Facility Debt, the Notes Priority Collateral Agent shall accede to
the rights of the ABL Facility Security Agent thereunder.
Release of Collateral
The Issuer and the Guarantors are entitled to the releases of property and other assets included in the Collateral from the Liens
securing the Notes under any one or more of the following circumstances:
-
-
to enable the disposition of such property or assets to the extent not prohibited under the covenant described under
"Certain CovenantsLimitation on Sales of Assets";
-
-
the release of Excess Proceeds that remain unexpended after the conclusion of an Asset Sale Offer conducted in accordance
with the Indenture;
-
-
in the case of a Guarantor that is released from its Guarantee, the release of the property and assets of such Guarantor;
-
-
as to any asset that becomes an Excluded Asset;
-
-
with the consent of Holders of 75% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes (including, without limitation, consents
obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or purchase of, Notes); or
-
-
as described under "Amendment, Supplement and Waiver" below.
Any
release of ABL Priority Collateral from the Liens securing the ABL Facility will be subject to the terms of the ABL Facility. The second-priority lien on the ABL Priority Collateral
securing the Notes will terminate and be released automatically if the first-priority liens on the ABL Priority Collateral are released by the ABL Facility Security Agent in connection with a sale,
transfer or disposition of ABL Priority Collateral that occurs in connection with the foreclosure of, or other exercise of remedies with respect to, such ABL Priority Collateral by the ABL Facility
Security Agent (except with respect to any proceeds of such sale, transfer or disposition that remain after the Discharge of ABL Facility Debt). The second-priority lien on the Notes Priority
Collateral securing the
152
Table of Contents
ABL
Facility will terminate and be released automatically if the first-priority liens on the Notes Priority Collateral are released by the Notes Priority Collateral Agent in connection with a sale,
transfer or other disposition of Notes Priority Collateral that occurs in connection with the foreclosure of, or other exercise of remedies with respect to, such Notes Priority Collateral by the Notes
Priority Collateral Agent (except with respect to any proceeds of such sale, transfer or disposition that remain after the repayment in full, in cash, of the Notes).
The
security interests in all Collateral securing the Notes and Guarantees also will be released upon (i) payment in full of the principal of, together with accrued and unpaid
interest on, the Notes and all other Obligations under the Indenture, the Guarantees under the Indenture and the Security Documents that are due and payable at or prior to the time such principal,
together with accrued and unpaid interest, are paid or (ii) a legal defeasance or covenant defeasance under the Indenture as described below under "Legal Defeasance and Covenant
Defeasance" or a discharge of the Indenture as described under "Satisfaction and Discharge."
To
the extent necessary and for so long as required for such Subsidiary not to be subject to any requirement pursuant to Rule 3-16 of Regulation S-X
under the Securities Act to file separate financial statements with the SEC (or any other governmental agency), the Equity Interests of any Subsidiary of the Issuer shall not be included in the
Collateral with respect to the Notes and shall not be subject to the Liens securing the Notes and the Guarantees. In addition, in the event that Rule 3-16 of
Regulation S-X under the Securities Act is amended, modified or interpreted by the SEC to require (or is replaced with another rule or regulation, or any other law, rule or
regulation is adopted, which would require) the filing with the SEC (or any other governmental agency) of separate financial statements of any Subsidiary of the Issuer due to the fact that such
Subsidiary's Equity Interests secures the Notes affected thereby, then the Equity Interests of such Subsidiary will automatically be deemed not to be part of the Collateral securing the relevant Notes
affected thereby but only to the extent necessary to not be subject to such requirement and only for so long as required to not be subject to such requirement. In such event, the Security Documents
may be amended or modified, without the consent of any holder of such Notes, to the extent necessary to release the security interests in favor of the Notes Priority Collateral Agent on the Equity
Interests that are so deemed to no longer constitute part of the Collateral for the relevant Notes. In the event that Rule 3-16 of Regulation S-X under the
Securities Act is amended, modified or interpreted by the SEC to permit (or is replaced with another rule or regulation, or any other law, rule or regulation is adopted, which would permit) such
Subsidiary's Equity Interests to secure the Notes in excess of the amount then pledged without the filing with the SEC (or any other governmental agency) of separate financial statements of such
Subsidiary, then the
Equity Interests of such Subsidiary will automatically be deemed to be a part of the Notes Priority Collateral and the Issuer or the applicable Subsidiary Guarantor will take such actions as may be
required to pledge such Equity Interests as Notes Priority Collateral under the relevant Security Document.
Compliance with Trust Indenture Act
The Indenture provides that the Issuer will comply with the provisions of TIA § 314 to the extent applicable. To the
extent applicable, the Issuer will cause TIA § 313(b), relating to reports, and TIA § 3 14(d), relating to the release of property or securities
subject to the Lien of the Security Documents, to be complied with. Any certificate or opinion required by TIA § 314(d) shall be made by an officer or legal counsel, as applicable,
of the Issuer except in cases where TIA § 314(d) requires that such certificate or opinion be made by an independent Person, which Person will be an independent engineer, appraiser
or other expert selected by or reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this paragraph, the Issuer will not be required to comply with all or any portion of
TIA § 314(d) if it reasonably determines that under the terms of TIA § 314(d) or any interpretation or guidance as to the meaning thereof of the SEC and its
staff, including
153
Table of Contents
"no
action" letters or exemptive orders, all or any portion of TIA § 314(d) is inapplicable to any release or series of releases of Collateral.
Without
limiting the generality of the foregoing, certain no action letters issued by the SEC have permitted an indenture qualified under the Trust Indenture Act to contain provisions
permitting the release of collateral from Liens under such indenture in the ordinary course of the issuer's business without requiring the issuer to provide certificates and other documents under
Section 314(d) of the Trust Indenture Act. The Issuer and the Guarantors may, subject to the provisions of the Indenture, among other things, without any release or consent by the Noteholder
Secured Parties, conduct ordinary course activities with respect to the Collateral, including, without limitation:
-
-
selling or otherwise disposing of, in any transaction or series of related transactions, any property subject to the Lien
of the Security Documents that has become worn out, defective, obsolete or not used or useful in the business;
-
-
abandoning, terminating, canceling, releasing or making alterations in or substitutions of any leases or contracts subject
to the Lien of the Indenture or any of the Security Documents;
-
-
surrendering or modifying any franchise, license or permit subject to the Lien of the Security Documents that it may own
or under which it may be operating;
-
-
altering, repairing, replacing, changing the location or position of and adding to its structures, machinery, systems,
equipment, fixtures and appurtenances;
-
-
granting a license of any intellectual property;
-
-
selling, transferring or otherwise disposing of inventory in the ordinary course of business;
-
-
collecting accounts receivable in the ordinary course of business as permitted by the covenant described under
"Certain CovenantsLimitation on Sales of Assets";
-
-
making cash payments (including for the repayment of Indebtedness or interest) from cash that is at any time part of the
Collateral in the ordinary course of business that are not otherwise prohibited by the Indenture and the Security Documents; and
-
-
abandoning any intellectual property that is no longer used or useful in the Issuer's or the Guarantor's business.
Mandatory Redemption; Offers to Purchase; Open Market Purchases
The Issuer is not required to make any mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes. However, under certain
circumstances, the Issuer may be required to offer to purchase Notes as described under the caption "Repurchase at the Option of Holders." We may at any time and from time to time purchase Notes in
the open market or otherwise.
Optional Redemption
Except as set forth below, the Issuer is not entitled to redeem the Notes at its option prior to August 1, 2014.
At
any time prior to August 1, 2014 the Issuer may redeem all or a part of the Notes, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days' prior notice mailed by first class mail
to the registered address of each Holder, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest and
Additional Interest, if any, to the date of redemption (the "Redemption Date"), subject to the rights of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment
date.
154
Table of Contents
On and after August 1, 2014 the Issuer may redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, upon notice as described under the heading "Repurchase at the Option of
HoldersSelection and Notice" at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon
and Additional Interest, if any, to the applicable Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date,
if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on August 1 of each of the years indicated below:
|
|
|
|
|
Year
|
|
Percentage
|
|
2014
|
|
|
104.750
|
%
|
2015
|
|
|
102.375
|
%
|
2016 and thereafter
|
|
|
100.000
|
%
|
In
addition, until August 1, 2013, the Issuer may, at its option, redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes issued by it at a redemption price equal to 109.500%
of the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon and Additional Interest, if any, to the applicable Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of Notes of
record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date, with the net cash proceeds of one or more Public Equity Offerings; provided that at least 65% of the
sum of the aggregate principal amount of Notes originally issued under the Indenture and any Additional Notes that are Notes issued under the Indenture after the Issue Date remains outstanding
immediately after the occurrence of each such redemption; provided further that each such redemption occurs within 90 days of the date of closing of each such Public Equity Offering.
Additionally,
until August 1, 2013, during any 12-month period commencing on the Issue Date, the Issuer is entitled at its option to redeem up to 10% of the aggregate
principal amount of the Notes issued under the Indenture at a redemption price equal to 103.000% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus accrued interest thereon, if any, to the redemption
date, subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date. Notice of any such redemption must be mailed by first-class
mail to each Holder's registered address, not less than 30 or more than 60 days prior to the redemption date.
Notice
of any redemption upon any Public Equity Offering may be given prior to the redemption thereof, and any such redemption or notice may, at the Issuer's discretion, be subject to
one or more conditions precedent, including, but not limited to, completion of the related Public Equity Offering.
If
a Redemption Date is on or after an interest payment date and on or before the related interest payment date, the accrued and unpaid interest, if any, will be paid to the Person in
whose name the Note is registered at the close of business on such record date, and no additional interest will be payable to holders whose notes will be subject to redemption.
The
paying agent shall select the Notes to be redeemed in the manner described under "Repurchase at the Option of HoldersSelection and Notice."
Repurchase at the Option of Holders
The Notes provide that if a Change of Control occurs, unless the Issuer has previously or concurrently mailed a redemption notice with
respect to all the outstanding Notes as described under "Optional Redemption," the Issuer will make an offer to purchase all of the Notes pursuant to the offer described below (the "Change of Control
Offer") at a price in cash (the "Change of Control Payment") equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the date of
purchase, subject to the right of Holders of the Notes of
155
Table of Contents
record
on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date. Within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Issuer will send notice of such Change of
Control Offer by first-class mail to each Holder of Notes to the address of such Holder appearing in the security register with a copy to the Trustee and the paying agent, with the following
information:
(1) that
a Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to the covenant entitled "Change of Control," and that all Notes properly tendered pursuant to such Change of
Control Offer will be accepted for payment by the Issuer;
(2) the
purchase price and the purchase date, which will be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed (the "Change of
Control Payment Date");
(3) that
any Note not properly tendered will remain outstanding and continue to accrue interest;
(4) that
unless the Issuer defaults in the payment of the Change of Control Payment, all Notes accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer will cease to
accrue interest on the Change of Control Payment Date;
(5) that
Holders electing to have any Notes purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will be required to surrender such Notes, with the form entitled "Option of
Holder to Elect Purchase" on the reverse of such Notes completed, to the paying agent specified in the notice at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the third
Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date;
(6) that
Holders will be entitled to withdraw their tendered Notes and their election to require the Issuer to purchase such Notes, provided that the paying agent receives,
not later than the close of business on the 30th day following the date of the Change of Control notice, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder
of the Notes, the principal amount of Notes tendered for purchase, and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing its tendered Notes and its election to have such Notes purchased;
(7) that
if the Issuer is redeeming less than all of the Notes, the Holders of the remaining Notes will be issued new Notes and such new Notes will be equal in principal
amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered. The unpurchased portion of the Notes must be equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess of $2,000; and
(8) the
other instructions, as determined by us, consistent with the covenant described hereunder, that a Holder must follow.
The
Issuer will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws or
regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to a Change of Control Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the
provisions of the Indenture, the Issuer will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations described in the Indenture by virtue
thereof.
On
the Change of Control Payment Date, the Issuer will, to the extent permitted by law,
(1) accept
for payment all Notes issued by it or portions thereof properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer,
(2) deposit
with the paying agent an amount equal to the aggregate Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions thereof so tendered, and
156
Table of Contents
(3) deliver,
or cause to be delivered, to the paying agent for cancellation the Notes so accepted together with an Officer's Certificate to the Trustee and the paying agent
stating that such Notes or portions thereof have been tendered to and purchased by the Issuer.
Our
ability to pay cash to the Holders of Notes following the occurrence of a Change of Control may be limited by our then-existing financial resources. Therefore, sufficient
funds may not be available when necessary to make any required repurchases.
The
Change of Control purchase feature of the Notes may in certain circumstances make more difficult or discourage a sale or takeover of us and, thus, the removal of incumbent
management. The Change of Control purchase feature is a result of negotiations between the Initial Purchasers and us. As of the date hereof, we have no present intention to engage in a transaction
involving a Change of Control, although it is possible that we could decide to do so in the future. Subject to the limitations discussed below, we could, in the future, enter into certain
transactions, including acquisitions, refinancings or other recapitalizations, that would not constitute a Change of Control under the Indenture, but that could increase the amount of indebtedness
outstanding at such time or otherwise affect our capital structure or credit ratings. Restrictions on our ability to incur additional Indebtedness are contained in the covenants described under
"Certain CovenantsLimitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock" and "Certain CovenantsLiens."
Such restrictions in the Indenture can be waived only with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding. Except for the limitations contained in such
covenants, however, the Indenture does not contain any covenants or provisions that may afford Holders of the Notes protection in the event of a highly leveraged transaction.
We
are not required to make a Change of Control Offer following a Change of Control if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in
compliance with the requirements set forth in the Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by us and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control
Offer. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, a Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control, with such Change of Control Offer being conditional upon such Change of
Control, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time of making of the Change of Control Offer.
The
definition of "Change of Control" includes a disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer to any Person. Although there is a limited body of case law
interpreting the phrase "substantially all," there is no precise established definition of the phrase under applicable law. Accordingly, in certain circumstances there may be a degree of uncertainty
as to whether a particular
transaction would involve a disposition of "all or substantially all" of the assets of the Issuer. As a result, it may be unclear as to whether a Change of Control has occurred and whether a Holder of
Notes may require the Issuer to make an offer to repurchase the Notes as described above. For further discussion of the risks related to the Change of Control provision, see "Risk
FactorsRisks Related to the Notes and Other IndebtednessWe may not be able to repurchase the notes upon a change of control."
The
provisions under the Indenture relative to the Issuer's obligation to make an offer to repurchase the Notes as a result of a Change of Control may be waived or modified with the
written consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes.
If the Issuer is redeeming less than all of the Notes issued by it at any time, the paying agent will select the Notes to be redeemed
(a) if the Notes are listed on any national securities exchange, in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange on which the Notes are
157
Table of Contents
listed
or (b) on a pro rata basis, by lot or by such other method as the paying agent shall deem fair and appropriate.
Notices
of purchase or redemption shall be mailed by the Issuer by first-class mail, postage prepaid, at least 30 but not more than 60 days before the purchase or redemption date
to each Holder of Notes at such Holder's registered address, except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with
a defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture. If any Note is to be purchased or redeemed in part only, any notice of purchase or redemption that relates to such Note
shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof that has been or is to be purchased or redeemed.
The
Issuer will issue a new Note in a principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the original Note in the name of the Holder upon cancellation of the original Note. Notes called
for redemption become due on the date fixed for redemption. On and after the redemption date, interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions of them called for redemption.
Certain Covenants
Set forth below are summaries of certain covenants contained in the Indenture.
The Indenture provides that the Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, cause, make or suffer to
exist an Asset Sale, unless:
(1) the
Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the fair market value (as
determined in good faith by the Issuer) of the assets sold or otherwise disposed of;
(2) except
in the case of a Permitted Asset Swap, at least 75% of the consideration therefor received by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, is in
the form of cash or Cash Equivalents; provided that (a) any liabilities (as shown on the Issuer's or such Restricted Subsidiary's most recent balance sheet or in the footnotes thereto) of the
Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, other than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Notes, that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets and for which the Issuer and all
of its Restricted Subsidiaries have been validly released by all creditors in writing, and (b) any securities received by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are
converted by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash (to the extent of the cash received) within 270 days following the closing of such Asset Sale, shall be deemed to be cash for
purposes of this clause (2) and for no other purpose;
(3) to
the extent that any consideration received by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in such Asset Sale constitute securities or other assets that constitute
Collateral, such securities or other assets, including the assets of any Person that becomes a Guarantor as a result of such transaction, are concurrently with their acquisition added to the
Collateral securing the Notes; and
(4) the
Net Proceeds from any such Asset Sale of Notes Priority Collateral are paid directly by the purchaser thereof to the Notes Priority Collateral Agent to be held in
trust in an Asset Sale Proceeds Account for application in accordance with this covenant.
Notwithstanding
the foregoing provisions of the above paragraph, the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries are not required to cause any Net Proceeds to be held in an Asset Sale
Proceeds Account in accordance with clause (4) of the above paragraph except to the extent the aggregate Net Proceeds from all Asset Sales of Notes Priority Collateral which are not held in an
Asset Sale Proceeds Account, or have not been previously applied in accordance with the provisions of the following paragraphs
158
Table of Contents
relating
to the application of Net Proceeds from Asset Sales of Notes Priority Collateral, exceeds $5.0 million.
Within
365 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds of any Asset Sale, the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, at its option, may apply the Net Proceeds from such Asset Sale,
(1) to
permanently reduce:
(a) in
the case of an Asset Sale of ABL Priority Collateral, (x) Obligations under the ABL Facility or any Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Guarantor that, in each
case, is secured by a Lien on the ABL Priority Collateral that is prior to the Lien on the ABL Priority Collateral in favor of Holders of Notes, or (y) any Indebtedness of a Restricted
Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor and, in the case of revolving obligations, to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto;
(b) in
the case of an Asset Sale of assets that do not constitute ABL Priority Collateral, Obligations under the Notes and, at the option of the Issuer, Other Pari Passu
Lien Obligations (and, in the case of revolving obligations, to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto, if any); provided that if the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary reduces any
Other Pari Passu Lien Obligations, the Issuer shall equally and ratably reduce Obligations under the Notes as provided under "Optional Redemption," through open-market purchases (to the
extent such purchases are at or above 100% of the principal amount thereof) or by making an offer (in accordance with the procedures set forth below for an Asset Sale Offer) to all Holders of Notes to
purchase their Notes at 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus the amount of accrued but unpaid interest, if any, on the amount of Notes that would otherwise be prepaid; or
(c) in
the case of an Asset Sale of assets that do not constitute Collateral, Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, other than Indebtedness owed
to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary,
(2) to
make (a) an Investment in any one or more businesses, provided that such Investment in any business is in the form of the acquisition of Capital Stock and,
after giving effect to such Investment, the Issuer or another of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, owns an amount of the Capital
Stock of such business such that it constitutes a Restricted Subsidiary, (b) capital expenditures or (c) acquisitions of other assets, in each of (a), (b) and (c), used or useful
in a Similar Business; provided that any such Investment, capital expenditure or other acquisition made with the Net Proceeds of Notes Priority Collateral is concurrently added to the Notes Priority
Collateral, and any such Investment, capital expenditure or other acquisition made with any other Net Proceeds is concurrently added to the Collateral, or
(3) to
make an investment in (a) any one or more businesses, provided that such Investment in any business is in the form of the acquisition of Capital Stock and,
after giving effect to such investment, the Issuer or another of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, owns an amount of the Capital Stock of such business such that it constitutes a
Restricted Subsidiary, (b) properties or (c) acquisitions of other assets that, in each of (a), (b) and (c), replace the businesses, properties and/or assets that are the subject
of such Asset Sale; provided that any such investment made with the Net Proceeds of Notes Priority Collateral is concurrently added to the Notes Priority Collateral, and any such investment made with
any other Net Proceeds is concurrently added to the Collateral;
provided
that, in the case of clauses (2) and (3) above, a binding commitment shall be treated as a permitted application of the Net Proceeds from the date of such commitment so long as
the Issuer, or such other Restricted Subsidiary enters into such commitment with the good faith expectation that such Net Proceeds will be applied to satisfy such commitment within 180 days of
such commitment (an
159
Table of Contents
"Acceptable
Commitment") and, in the event any Acceptable Commitment is later cancelled or terminated for any reason before the Net Proceeds are applied in connection therewith, the Issuer or such
Restricted Subsidiary enters into another Acceptable Commitment (a "Second Commitment") within 180 days of entering into the first such Acceptable Commitment; provided further that if any
Second Commitment is later cancelled or terminated for any reason before such Net Proceeds are applied, then such Net Proceeds shall constitute Excess Proceeds.
Any
Net Proceeds from the Asset Sale that are not invested or applied as provided and within the time period set forth in the first sentence of the preceding paragraph will be deemed to
constitute "Excess Proceeds." When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $20.0 million, the Issuer shall make an offer to all Holders of the Notes and, if required by the terms of any
Other Pari Passu Lien Obligations, to the holders of such Other Pari Passu Lien Obligations (an "Asset Sale Offer"), to purchase the maximum aggregate principal amount of the Notes and such Other Pari
Passu Lien Obligations that is, in the case of the Notes, $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess of $2,000 that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds at an offer price in cash in an
amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the date fixed for the closing of such offer, in accordance with the
procedures set forth in the Indenture. The Issuer will commence an Asset Sale Offer with respect to Excess Proceeds within ten Business Days after the date that Excess Proceeds exceed
$20.0 million by mailing the notice required pursuant to the terms of the Indenture, with a copy to the Trustee and the Notes Priority Collateral Agent.
To
the extent that the aggregate amount of Notes and such Other Pari Passu Lien Obligations tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds, the Issuer may use
any remaining Excess Proceeds for general corporate purposes, subject to other covenants contained in the Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes or the Other Pari Passu Lien Obligations
surrendered by such holders thereof exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the paying agent shall select the Notes and such Other Pari Passu Lien Obligations to be purchased on a pro rata basis based
on the accreted value or principal amount of the Notes or such Other Pari Passu Lien Obligations tendered. Upon completion of any such Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset at
zero.
For
the purposes of this covenant, any sale of the Capital Stock of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary that owns assets constituting Notes Priority Collateral or ABL Priority
Collateral shall be deemed to be a sale of such Notes Priority Collateral or ABL Priority Collateral (or, in the event of a Restricted Subsidiary that owns assets that include any combination of Notes
Priority Collateral and ABL Priority Collateral a separate sale of each of such Notes Priority Collateral and ABL Priority Collateral). In the event of any such sale (or a sale of assets that includes
any combination of Notes Priority Collateral and ABL Priority Collateral), the proceeds received by the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of such sale shall be allocated to the Notes
Priority Collateral and ABL Priority Collateral in accordance with their respective fair market values (which, in the case of accounts receivable and inventory, shall not be less than the respective
book value of such ABL Priority Collateral), which shall be determined in good faith by the Issuer.
The
Issuer will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws or
regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the
provisions of the Indenture, the Issuer will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations described in the Indenture by virtue
thereof.
160
Table of Contents
The Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly:
(I) declare
or pay any dividend or make any payment or distribution on account of the Issuer's, or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries' Equity Interests, including any
dividend or distribution payable in connection with any merger or consolidation other than:
(a) dividends
or distributions by the Issuer payable in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer; or
(b) dividends
or distributions by a Restricted Subsidiary so long as, in the case of any dividend or distribution payable on or in respect of any class or series of
securities issued by a Restricted Subsidiary other than a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary, the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary receives at least its pro rata share of such dividend or distribution in
accordance with its Equity Interests in such class or series of securities;
(II) purchase,
redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Equity Interests of the Issuer, including in connection with any merger or consolidation;
(III) make
any principal payment on, or redeem, repurchase, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value in each case, prior to any scheduled repayment, sinking fund
payment or maturity, any Subordinated Indebtedness (excluding Indebtedness of the Issuer to a Restricted Subsidiary or Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary to the Issuer or another Restricted
Subsidiary); or
(IV) make
any Restricted Investment
(all
such payments and other actions set forth in clauses (I) through (IV) above being collectively referred to as "Restricted Payments"), unless, at the time of such Restricted Payment:
(1) no
Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof;
(2) immediately
after giving effect to such transaction on a pro forma basis, the Issuer could incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness under the provisions of the first
paragraph of the covenant described under "Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock"; and
(3) such
Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date
(including Restricted Payments
permitted by clauses 1, 2(b) and (13) of the next succeeding paragraph, but excluding all other Restricted Payments permitted by the next succeeding paragraph), is less than the sum of
(without duplication):
(a) 50%
of the Consolidated Net Income of the Issuer for the period (taken as one accounting period) from the beginning of the first fiscal quarter commencing after the
Issue Date, to the end of the Issuer's most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment, or, in the case such
Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit, minus 100% of such deficit; plus
(b) 100%
of the aggregate net cash proceeds since the Issue Date from the issue or sale of:
(i) Equity
Interests of the Issuer, including Treasury Capital Stock (as defined below); or
(ii) debt
securities of the Issuer that have been converted into or exchanged for such Equity Interests of the Issuer;
161
Table of Contents
provided,
however, that this clause (b) shall not include (1) any proceeds to the extent that they are used to redeem, repurchase, retire, defease or otherwise acquire the Issuer's
Senior Convertible Notes, and (2) the proceeds from (W) Refunding Capital Stock, (X) Equity Interests or convertible debt securities of the Issuer sold to a Restricted Subsidiary,
as the case may be, (Y) Disqualified Stock or debt securities that have been converted into Disqualified Stock or (Z) Excluded Contributions; plus
(c) 100%
of the aggregate amount of cash received by means of:
(i) the
sale or other disposition (other than to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) of Restricted Investments made by the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries and
repurchases and redemptions of such Restricted Investments from the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries and repayments of loans or advances, and releases of guarantees, which constitute Restricted
Investments by the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case after the Issue Date; or
(ii) the
sale (other than to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) of the stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or a distribution from an Unrestricted Subsidiary (other than
in each case to the extent the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary constituted a Permitted Investment) or a dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date; plus
(d) [INTENTIONALLY
OMITTED]
(e) in
the case of the redesignation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date, other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the
Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary constituted a Permitted Investment, the lesser of (i) the fair market value of the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary, as determined by the
Issuer in good faith or, if such fair market value may exceed $25 million, in writing by an Independent Financial Advisor, at the time of the redesignation of such Unrestricted Subsidiary as a
Restricted Subsidiary and (ii) the amount of all Restricted Investments made to such Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary was made by the Issuer
or a Restricted Subsidiary.
The
foregoing provisions will not prohibit:
(1) the
payment of any dividend within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof, if at the date of declaration such payment would have complied with the
provisions of the Indenture;
(2) (a)
the redemption, repurchase, retirement, defeasance or other acquisition of any Equity Interests ("Treasury Capital Stock") or Subordinated Indebtedness of the
Issuer, in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary) of, Equity Interests of the Issuer (in each case, other than any
Disqualified Stock) ("Refunding Capital Stock") and (b) if immediately prior to the retirement of Treasury Capital Stock, the declaration and payment of dividends thereon was permitted under
clause (6) of this paragraph, the declaration and payment of dividends on the Refunding Capital Stock in an aggregate amount per year no greater than the aggregate amount of dividends per annum
that were declarable and payable on such Treasury Capital Stock immediately prior to such retirement;
(3) the
redemption, repurchase or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Guarantor made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of
the substantially concurrent sale of, new Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Guarantor, as the case may
162
Table of Contents
be,
which is incurred in compliance with "Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock" so long as:
(a) the
principal amount of such new Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of (or accreted value, if applicable), plus any accrued and unpaid interest on, the
Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired for value, plus the amount of any premium required to be paid under the terms of the instrument governing the Subordinated
Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired and any fees and expenses incurred in connection with the issuance of such new Indebtedness;
(b) such
new Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes or the applicable Guarantee at least to the same extent as such Subordinated Indebtedness so purchased, exchanged,
redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired for value;
(c) such
new Indebtedness has a final scheduled maturity date equal to or later than the final scheduled maturity date of the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed,
repurchased, acquired or retired; and
(d) such
new Indebtedness has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Subordinated Indebtedness
being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired;
(4) a
Restricted Payment to pay for the redemption, repurchase, retirement or other acquisition or retirement for value of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock)
of the Issuer held by any future, present or former employee, director or consultant (or their heirs or estates) of the Issuer, any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to any management equity plan or stock
option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement; provided, however, that the aggregate Restricted Payments made under this clause (4) do not exceed in any calendar
year $2.5 million and $15 million in the aggregate pursuant to this clause (4);
(5) any
repricing or issuance of employee stock options or the adoption of bonus arrangements and payments pursuant to such arrangements;
(6) the
declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries issued in accordance
with the covenant described under "Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock";
(7) the
distribution, dividend or otherwise, of shares of Capital Stock of, or Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary by Unrestricted Subsidiaries (other
than Unrestricted Subsidiaries, the primary assets of which are cash and/or Cash Equivalents);
(8) repurchases
of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options, warrants or similar rights if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise
price of such options, warrants or similar rights;
(9) payments
of cash, dividends, distributions or advances by the Issuer to allow the payment of cash in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares upon (a) the
exercise of options, warrants or similar rights or (b) the conversion or exchange of Capital Stock of the Issuer;
(10) [INTENTIONALLY
OMITTED];
(11) Restricted
Payments that are made with Excluded Contributions;
(12) other
Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount taken together with all other Restricted Payments made pursuant to this clause (12) not to exceed
$15 million;
163
Table of Contents
(13) the
repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Subordinated Indebtedness pursuant to the provisions similar to those described under the
captions "Repurchase at the Option of HoldersChange of Control" and "Limitation on Sales of Assets"; provided that all Notes tendered by Holders in connection with a Change
of Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer, as applicable, have been repurchased, redeemed or acquired for value;
provided,
however, that at the time of, and after giving effect to, any Restricted Payment permitted under clauses (6), (12) and (13), no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or
would occur as a consequence thereof.
As
of the Issue Date, all of the Issuer's Subsidiaries are Restricted Subsidiaries. The Issuer will not permit any Unrestricted Subsidiary to become a Restricted Subsidiary except
pursuant to the last sentence of the definition of "Unrestricted Subsidiary." For purposes of designating any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, all outstanding Investments by the
Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries (except to the extent repaid) in the Subsidiary so designated will be deemed to be Restricted Payments in an amount determined as set forth in the last sentence
of the definition of "Investment." Such designation will be permitted only if a Restricted Payment in such amount would
be permitted at such time, and if such Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. Unrestricted Subsidiaries are not subject to any of the restrictive covenants set forth
in the Indenture.
The Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume,
guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise (collectively, "incur" and collectively, an "incurrence") with respect to any Indebtedness (including Acquired
Indebtedness) and the Issuer will not issue any shares of Disqualified Stock and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to issue any shares of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock; provided,
however, that the Issuer may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) or issue shares of Disqualified Stock, and any Guarantor may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness),
issue shares of Disqualified Stock and issue shares of Preferred Stock, if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio on a consolidated basis for the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries' most recently ended
four fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is incurred or such Disqualified Stock or Preferred
Stock is issued would have been at least 2.00 to 1.00, determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been
incurred, or the Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock had been issued, as the case may be, and the application of proceeds therefrom had occurred at the beginning of such four-quarter
period.
The
foregoing limitations will not apply to:
(1) the
incurrence of Indebtedness under the ABL Facility by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and the issuance or creation of letters of credit and bankers'
acceptances thereunder or in connection therewith (with letters of credit and bankers' acceptances being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the face amount thereof), in an aggregate principal
amount of up to the greater of (x) $100 million and (y) the Borrowing Base as of the date of such incurrence of Indebtedness;
(2) the
incurrence by the Issuer and any Guarantor of Indebtedness represented by the Notes and the Guarantees, including any notes and any guarantees thereof issued in
exchange for the Notes and the Guarantees pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement (other than any Additional Notes);
164
Table of Contents
(3) Indebtedness
of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries in existence on the Issue Date (other than Indebtedness described in clauses (1) and (2), and including
the Issuer's outstanding 7.5% Senior Convertible Notes Due 2020 (the "Senior Convertible Notes")), including interest accruing thereon;
(4) [INTENTIONALLY
OMITTED];
(5) Indebtedness
(including Capitalized Lease Obligations), Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock incurred by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, to finance
the purchase, lease or improvement of property (real or personal) or equipment that is used or useful in a Similar Business, whether through the direct purchase of assets or the Capital Stock of any
Person owning such assets up to an aggregate amount which, when aggregated with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock then outstanding and incurred
pursuant to this clause (5) and including all Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to refund, refinance or replace any other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock incurred pursuant
to this clause (5), does not exceed $25 million;
(6) Indebtedness
incurred by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries constituting reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit, bankers' acceptances,
workers' compensation claims or self insurance, or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement type obligations regarding workers' compensation claims, in each case, in the ordinary course of
business;
(7) Indebtedness
arising from agreements of the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, in
each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the disposition of any business, assets or a Subsidiary, other than guarantees of Indebtedness incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of
such business, assets or a Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition; provided, however, that the maximum assumable liability in respect of all such Indebtedness shall at no time exceed
the gross proceeds including non-cash proceeds (the fair market value of such non-cash proceeds being measured at the time received and without giving effect to any subsequent
changes in value) actually received by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such disposition;
(8) Indebtedness
of the Issuer to a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any such Indebtedness owing to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor is expressly
subordinated in right of payment to the Notes; provided further that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any Restricted Subsidiary to which
Issuer is indebted ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each
case, to be an incurrence of such Indebtedness;
(9) Indebtedness
of a Restricted Subsidiary to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary; provided that if a Guarantor incurs such Indebtedness to a Restricted Subsidiary
that is not a Guarantor, such Indebtedness is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Guarantee of the Notes of such Guarantor; provided further that any subsequent transfer of any such
Indebtedness (except to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an incurrence of such Indebtedness;
(10) shares
of Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary issued to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary, provided that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any
Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such shares of Preferred Stock (except to
the Issuer or another of its Restricted Subsidiaries) shall be deemed in each case to be an issuance of such shares of Preferred Stock;
165
Table of Contents
(11) Hedging
Obligations (excluding Hedging Obligations entered into for speculative purposes) for the purpose of limiting interest rate risk with respect to any
Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to "Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock," exchange rate risk or commodity
pricing risk;
(12) obligations
in respect of performance, bid, appeal and surety bonds and completion guarantees provided by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the
ordinary course of business;
(13) Indebtedness,
Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary not otherwise permitted hereunder in an aggregate principal amount or
liquidation preference, which when aggregated with the principal amount and liquidation preference of all other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock then outstanding and incurred
pursuant to this clause (13), does not at any one time outstanding exceed $25 million;
(14) the
incurrence by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock which serves to refund or refinance any Indebtedness,
Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock incurred as permitted under the first paragraph of this covenant and clauses (2), (3), (5), (14), and (15) or any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock
or Preferred Stock issued to so refund or refinance such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock including additional Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock incurred to pay
premiums (including reasonable tender premiums), defeasance costs and fees in connection therewith (the "Refinancing Indebtedness") prior to its respective maturity; provided, however, that in
connection with any refunding or refinancing of the Senior Convertible Notes, the amount of any premiums (including tender premiums) paid and included in such refunding or refinancing Indebtedness
shall not exceed 10.0% of the principal amount thereof; provided, further, however that such Refinancing Indebtedness:
(a) has
a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is incurred which is not less than the Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred
Stock being refunded or refinanced or is more than 91 days after the final maturity date of the Notes,
(b) to
the extent such Refinancing Indebtedness refinances (i) Indebtedness subordinated or pari passu to the Notes or any Guarantee thereof, such Refinancing
Indebtedness is subordinated or pari passu to the Notes or the Guarantee at least to the same extent as the Indebtedness being refinanced or refunded or (ii) Disqualified Stock or Preferred
Stock, such Refinancing Indebtedness must be Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, respectively, and
(c) shall
not include:
(i) Indebtedness,
Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Subsidiary of the Issuer that is not a Guarantor that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred
Stock of the Issuer;
(ii) Indebtedness,
Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Subsidiary of the Issuer that is not a Guarantor that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred
Stock of a Guarantor; or
(iii) Indebtedness,
Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of an
Unrestricted Subsidiary;
(15) Indebtedness,
Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of Persons that are acquired by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or merged into the Issuer or a Restricted
Subsidiary in
166
Table of Contents
accordance
with the terms of the Indenture; provided that, after giving effect to such acquisition or merger, either:
(a) the
Issuer would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in the first sentence of this
covenant, or
(b) the
Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries is greater than immediately prior to such acquisition or merger;
(16) Indebtedness
arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary
course of business, provided that such Indebtedness is extinguished within five Business Days of its incurrence;
(17) Indebtedness
of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries supported by a letter of credit issued pursuant to the ABL Facility, in a principal amount not in
excess of the stated amount of such letter of credit;
(18) (a)
any guarantee by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or other obligations of any Restricted Subsidiary so long as the incurrence of such
Indebtedness incurred by such Restricted Subsidiary is permitted under the terms of the Indenture, or
(b) any
guarantee by a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness of the Issuer provided that such guarantee is incurred in accordance with the covenant described below under
"Limitation on Guarantees of Indebtedness by Restricted Subsidiaries";
(19) the
incurrence of contingent liabilities arising out of endorsements of checks and other negotiable instruments for deposit or collection in the ordinary course of
business;
(20) Indebtedness
representing installment insurance premiums of the Issuer owing to insurance companies in the ordinary course of business;
(21) the
incurrence of Indebtedness consisting of guarantees of loans or other extensions of credit to or on behalf of current or former officers, directors, employees or
consultants of the Issuer, or any of its Subsidiaries for the purposes of permitting such Persons to purchase Capital Stock of the Issuer, not to exceed $1.0 million; and
(22) the
incurrence by the Issuer and the Guarantors of royalties, the dedication of reserves under supply agreements or similar rights or interests granted, taken subject
to, or otherwise imposed on properties consistent with the ordinary course of business or normal practices in the commercial vehicle components industry.
For purposes of determining compliance with this covenant:
(1) in
the event that an item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of
permitted Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock described in clauses (1) through (22) above or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to the first paragraph of this covenant,
the Issuer, in its sole discretion, will classify or reclassify such item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) and will only be required to include the
amount and type of such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock in one of the above clauses; provided that all Indebtedness outstanding under the ABL Facility on the Issue Date will be
treated as incurred on the Issue Date under clause (1) of the preceding paragraph; and
167
Table of Contents
(2) at
the time of incurrence, the Issuer will be entitled to divide and classify an item of Indebtedness in more than one of the types of Indebtedness described in the
first and second paragraphs above.
Accrual
of interest, the accretion of accreted value and the payment of interest in the form of additional Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock will not be deemed to be an
incurrence of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock for purposes of this covenant.
For
purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar-denominated restriction on the incurrence of Indebtedness, the U.S. dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness
denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was incurred, in the case of term debt, or first committed,
in the case of revolving credit debt; provided that if such Indebtedness is incurred to refinance other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such refinancing would cause the applicable
U.S. dollar denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such U.S. dollar-denominated restriction shall be
deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of such Indebtedness being refinanced.
The
principal amount of any Indebtedness incurred to refinance other Indebtedness, if incurred in a different currency from the Indebtedness being refinanced, shall be calculated based
on the currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such respective Indebtedness is denominated that is in effect on the date of such refinancing.
The
Indenture does not treat (1) unsecured Indebtedness as subordinated or junior to Secured Indebtedness merely because it is unsecured or (2) Senior Indebtedness as
subordinated or junior to any other Senior Indebtedness merely because it has a junior priority with respect to the same collateral.
The Issuer will not, and will not permit any Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien
(except Permitted Liens) on any asset or property of the Issuer or any Guarantor that secures obligations under any Indebtedness, or any income or profits therefrom, or assign or convey any right to
receive income therefrom, other than in the case of Liens on any asset or property other than Notes Priority Collateral, if the Notes are equally and ratably secured with (or on a senior basis to, in
the case of obligations subordinated in right of payment to the Notes) the Indebtedness secured by such Lien.
Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets
The Issuer may not consolidate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not the Issuer is the surviving corporation), or sell,
assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets, in one or more related transactions, to any Person unless:
(1) the
Issuer is the surviving corporation or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Issuer) or to which such sale,
assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition will have been made is a corporation organized or existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of the Issuer or the laws of
the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof (such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the "Successor Company");
(2) the
Successor Company, if other than the Issuer, expressly assumes all the obligations of the Issuer under the Notes and the Security Documents pursuant to supplemental
indentures or
168
Table of Contents
other
documents or instruments in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee and the Notes Priority Collateral Agent;
(3) immediately
after such transaction, no Default exists;
(4) immediately
after giving pro forma effect to such transaction and any related financing transactions, as if such transactions had occurred at the beginning of the
applicable four-quarter period, (a) the Successor Company would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set
forth in the first sentence of the covenant described under "Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock," or (b) the Fixed
Charge Coverage Ratio for the Successor Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be greater than such ratio for the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such transaction;
(5) each
Guarantor, unless it is the other party to the transactions described above, in which case clause (b) of the second succeeding paragraph shall apply, shall
have by supplemental indenture confirmed that its Guarantee shall apply to such Person's obligations under the Indenture, the Notes and the Registration Rights Agreement;
(6) the
Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee and the Notes Priority Collateral Agent an Officer's Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such
consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indentures, if any, comply with the Indenture;
(7) any
Collateral owned by or transferred to the Successor Company shall (a) continue to constitute Collateral under the Indenture and the Security Documents,
(b) be subject to the Lien in favor of the Notes Priority Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Noteholder Secured Parties and the Holders of
the Notes, and (c) not be subject to any Lien other than Permitted Liens and other Liens permitted under the covenant described above under "Liens"; and
(8) to
the extent any assets of the Person which is merged or consolidated with or into the Successor Company are assets of the type which would constitute Collateral under
the Security Documents, the Successor Company will take such action as may be reasonably necessary to cause such property and assets to be made subject to the Lien of the Security Documents in the
manner and to the extent required in the Indenture or any of the Security Documents and shall take all reasonably necessary action so that such Lien is perfected to the extent required by the
Indenture or any of the Security Documents as evidenced by an Opinion of Counsel to such effect addressed to the Trustee and the Notes Priority Collateral Agent.
The
Successor Company will succeed to, and be substituted for the Issuer, as the case may be, under the Indenture, the Guarantees, the Security Documents and the Notes, as applicable.
Notwithstanding the foregoing clauses (3) and (4), (a) any Restricted Subsidiary may consolidate with, merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to the Issuer and
(b) the Issuer may merge with an Affiliate incorporated solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Issuer in another State of the United States so long as the amount of Indebtedness of the
Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries is not increased thereby.
Subject
to certain limitations described in the Indenture governing release of a Guarantee upon the sale, disposition or transfer of a guarantor, no Guarantor will, and the Issuer will
not permit any Guarantor to, consolidate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not the Issuer or Guarantor is the surviving corporation), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or
otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets, in one or more related transactions, to any Person unless:
(1) (a)
such Guarantor is the surviving corporation or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than such Guarantor) or to which such
sale, assignment,
169
Table of Contents
transfer,
lease, conveyance or other disposition will have been made is a corporation organized or existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of such Guarantor, as the case may be, or
the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof (such Guarantor or such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the "Successor Person");
(b) the
Successor Person, if other than such Guarantor, expressly assumes all the obligations of such Guarantor under the Indenture, the Security Documents and such
Guarantor's related Guarantee pursuant to supplemental indentures or other documents or instruments in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee and the Notes Priority Collateral Agent;
(c) immediately
after such transaction, no Default exists;
(d) the
Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee and the Notes Priority Collateral Agent an Officer's Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such
consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indentures, if any, comply with the Indenture;
(e) any
Collateral owned by or transferred to the Successor Person shall (i) continue to constitute Collateral under the Indenture and the Security Documents,
(ii) be subject to the Lien in favor of the Notes Priority Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Noteholder Secured Parties, and (iii) not be subject to any Lien other than Permitted
Liens and other Liens permitted under the covenant described above under "Liens"; and
(f) to
the extent any assets of the Person which is merged or consolidated with or into the Successor Company are assets of the type which would constitute Collateral under
the Security Documents, the Successor Company will take such action as may be reasonably necessary to cause such property and assets to be made subject to the Lien of the Security Documents in the
manner and to the extent required in the Indenture or any of the Security Documents and shall take all reasonably necessary action so that such Lien is perfected to the extent required by the Security
Documents as evidenced by an Opinion of Counsel to such effect addressed to the Trustee and the Notes Priority Collateral Agent; or
(2) the
transaction is made in compliance with the covenant described under "Limitation on Sales of Assets"
Subject
to certain limitations described in the Indenture, the Successor Person will succeed to, and be substituted for, such Guarantor under the Indenture, the Security Documents and
such Guarantor's Guarantee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Guarantor may merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to another Guarantor or the Issuer.
The Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or
otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or
guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of the
Issuer (each of the foregoing, an "Affiliate Transaction") involving aggregate payments or consideration in excess of $1 million, unless:
(1) such
Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are not materially less favorable to the Issuer or its relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been
obtained in a comparable transaction by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person on an arm's-length basis; and
170
Table of Contents
(2) with
respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions, involving consideration in excess of $10.0 million, the Issuer delivers to
the Trustee and the Notes Priority Collateral Agent a resolution adopted by the majority of the board of directors of the Issuer approving such Affiliate Transaction and set forth in an Officer's
Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with clause (1) above; and
(3) with
respect to any Affiliate Transaction involving aggregate value of $25.0 million or more, the Issuer delivers to the Trustee and the Notes Priority Collateral
Agent a copy of a written opinion addressed to the Trustee and the Notes Priority Collateral Agent as to the fairness of such Affiliate Transaction to the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary from a
financial point of view issued by an Independent Financial Advisor.
The
foregoing provisions will not apply to the following:
(1) transactions
between or among the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;
(2) Restricted
Payments permitted by the provisions of the Indenture described above under the covenant "Limitation on Restricted Payments" and the definition
of "Permitted Investments";
(3) any
payment of fees or expenses paid to, and indemnities provided on behalf of, officers, directors, employees or consultants of the Issuer or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries;
(4) transactions
in which the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, delivers to the Trustee and the Notes Priority Collateral Agent a letter from
an Independent Financial Advisor addressed to the Trustee and the Notes Priority Collateral Agent stating that such transaction is fair to the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial
point of view or stating that the terms are not materially less favorable to the Issuer or its relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by
the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person on an arm's-length basis;
(5) any
agreement as in effect as of the Issue Date, or any amendment thereto (so long as any such amendment is not disadvantageous to the Holders in any material respect
when taken as a whole as compared to the applicable agreement as in effect on the Issue Date), or any transaction contemplated thereby;
(6) payments
or loans (or cancellation of loans) to employees or consultants of the Issuer, or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries which, in the aggregate, do not exceed more
than $1 million at any time outstanding and are approved by the Issuer in good faith;
(7) any
employment agreement or employee benefit plan entered into by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business and payments pursuant
thereto;
(8) the
issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer to any director, officer, employee or consultant;
(9) transactions
with joint ventures in a Similar Business;
(10) transactions
with customers, clients, suppliers, or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in
compliance with the terms of the Indenture which are fair to the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries, in the reasonable determination of the board of directors of the Issuer or the senior management
thereof, or are on terms at least as favorable as might reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party;
(11) any
contribution to the capital of the Issuer;
171
Table of Contents
(12) the
existence of, or the performance by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of its obligations under the terms of, any stockholders agreement (including
any registration rights agreement or purchase agreement related thereto) to which it is a party as of the Issue Date and any similar agreements which it may enter into thereafter; and
(13) pledges
of Equity Interests of Unrestricted Subsidiaries.
Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries
The Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors to, directly or indirectly, create
or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or consensual restriction on the ability of any such Restricted Subsidiary to:
(1) (a)
pay dividends or make any other distributions to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries on its Capital Stock or with respect to any other interest or
participation in, or measured by, its profits, or
(2) make
loans or advances to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or
(3) sell,
lease or transfer any of its properties or assets to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries,
except
(in each case) for such encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:
(a) contractual
encumbrances or restrictions in effect on the Issue Date, including pursuant to the ABL Facility;
(b) the
Indenture and the Notes;
(c) purchase
money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of business and Capital Lease Obligations that impose restrictions of the nature discussed in
clause (3) above on the property so acquired;
(d) applicable
law or any applicable rule, regulation or order;
(e) any
agreement or other instrument of a Person acquired by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in existence at the time of such acquisition (but not created
in contemplation thereof), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person and its Subsidiaries, or the property or
assets of the Person and its Subsidiaries, so acquired;
(f) contracts
for the sale of assets or Capital Stock, including restrictions with respect to a Subsidiary of the Issuer pursuant to an agreement that has been entered into
for the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the Capital Stock or assets of such Subsidiary;
(g) Secured
Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred pursuant to the covenants described under "Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of
Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock" and "Liens" that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets securing such Indebtedness;
(h) restrictions
on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;
(i) other
Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of Foreign Subsidiaries permitted to be incurred subsequent to the Issue Date pursuant to the provisions of the
covenant described under "Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock";
172
Table of Contents
(j) customary
provisions in joint venture agreements, asset sale agreements, sale-leaseback agreements, stock sale agreements and other similar agreements
(including agreements entered into in connection with a Restricted Investment), including provisions limiting the distribution or disposition of assets or property, entered into in the ordinary course
of business or with the approval of the Issuer;
(k) customary
provisions (including non-assignment provisions) contained in leases or licenses of intellectual property and other agreements, in each case,
entered into in the ordinary course of business;
(l) Refinancing
Indebtedness; and
(m) any
encumbrances or restrictions of the type referred to in clauses (1), (2) and (3) above imposed by any amendments, modifications, restatements,
renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of the contracts, instruments or obligations referred to in clauses (a) through (l) above; provided that such
amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are, in the good faith judgment of the Issuer, no more restrictive with respect to
such encumbrance and other restrictions taken as a whole than those prior to such amendment, modification, restatement, renewal, increase, supplement, refunding, replacement or refinancing.
Limitation on Guarantees of Indebtedness by Restricted Subsidiaries
The Issuer will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Domestic Subsidiary, other than a Guarantor, to guarantee the
payment of any Indebtedness of the Issuer or any other Guarantor unless:
(1) such
Restricted Subsidiary, concurrently therewith, executes and delivers a supplemental indenture to the Indenture providing for a Guarantee by such Restricted
Subsidiary, except that with respect to a guarantee of Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Guarantor, if such Indebtedness is by its express terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or such
Guarantor's Guarantee, any such guarantee by such Restricted Subsidiary with respect to such Indebtedness shall be subordinated in right of payment to such Guarantee substantially to the same extent
as such Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes; and
(2) notwithstanding
the foregoing and the other provisions of the Indenture, any Guarantee by a Restricted Subsidiary shall provide by its terms that it shall be
automatically and unconditionally released and discharged (i) upon any sale, exchange or transfer, to any Person not an Affiliate of the Issuer, of all of the Issuer's Capital Stock in, or all
or substantially all the assets of, such Restricted Subsidiary (which sale, exchange or transfer is not prohibited hereunder); (ii) upon the release or discharge of the guarantee which resulted
in the creation of such Guarantee, except a discharge or release by or as a result of a payment under such guarantee; (iii) upon defeasance or satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture, or
(iv) if the Issuer designates a Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary.
Reports and Other Information
The Issuer will deliver to the Trustee and the paying agent (without exhibits), within 15 days after it is required to file them
with the SEC copies of: (A) annual reports on Form 10-K (or any successor or comparable form) containing the information required to be contained therein (or required in such
successor or comparable form); (B) reports on Form 10-Q (or any successor or comparable form); (C) reports on Form 8-K (or any successor or
comparable form); and (D) any other information, documents and other reports which the Issuer would be required to file with the SEC pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act;
provided, however, if the Issuer is not obligated to file such
173
Table of Contents
reports
with the SEC or if the SEC does not permit such filing, the Issuer shall make available such information to prospective purchasers of the Notes, in addition to providing such information to
the Trustee, the paying agent and the holders of the Notes, in each case within 15 days after the time the Issuer would have been required to file such information with the SEC, if it were
subject to Sections 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act. In addition, to the extent not satisfied by the foregoing, the Issuer will agree that, for so long as any Notes are outstanding, it will
furnish to Holders and to securities analysts and prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.
Delivery of such reports, information and documents to the Trustee and the paying agent is for informational purposes only and the Trustee's and the paying agent's receipt of such shall not constitute
constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Issuer's compliance with any of its covenants hereunder (as to which the
Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on Officers' Certificates). The Issuer shall be deemed to have furnished the reports, documents and information referred to above to the Trustee, the paying
agent, the Holders and/or the prospective purchasers of the Notes, if the Issuer has filed such reports, documents or information with the SEC via the EDGAR filing system (or any successor system)
and/or posted such reports, documents or information on the Issuer's website and such reports, documents and information are publicly available.
Notwithstanding
the foregoing, such requirements shall be deemed satisfied prior to the commencement of the exchange offer or the effectiveness of the shelf registration statement by the
filing with the SEC of the exchange offer registration statement or shelf registration statement, and any amendments thereto, with such financial information that satisfies
Regulation S-X of the Securities Act.
The Indenture provides that during any period of time that: (1) the Notes have an Investment Grade Rating from both Moody's and
S&P and (2) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing under the Indenture (the occurrence of the events described in the foregoing clauses (1) and (2) being
collectively referred to as a "Covenant Suspension Event"), the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries shall not be subject to the following covenants:
(i) Limitations
on Sales of Assets;
(ii) Limitation
on Restricted Payments;
(iii) Limitation
on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock;
(iv) Limitation
on Transactions with Affiliates;
(v) Limitation
on Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries; and
(vi) Limitations
on Guarantees of Indebtedness by Restricted Subsidiaries.
Notwithstanding
the foregoing, if the Investment Grade Rating assigned by either Rating Agency should subsequently decline below an Investment Grade Rating, the foregoing covenants will
be reinstituted as of and from the date of such rating decline. Calculations under the reinstated "Limitation on Restricted Payments" covenant will be made as if the covenant had been in effect since
the Issuance Date except that no Default will be deemed to have occurred solely by reason of a Restricted Payment being made while the covenant was suspended. All Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock
issued during the covenant suspension period shall be classified as having been issued pursuant to "Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock," except that to the
extent such issuance would not be permitted thereunder, such issuance shall be deemed to have been outstanding since the Issuance Date (and thereby permitted pursuant to clause (3) of
"Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock").
174
Table of Contents
Events of Default and Remedies
The Indenture provides that each of the following is an Event of Default:
(1) default
in payment when due and payable, upon redemption, acceleration or otherwise, of principal of, or premium, if any, on the Notes;
(2) default
for 30 days or more in the payment when due of interest or Additional Interest on or with respect to the Notes;
(3) failure
by the Issuer or any Guarantor for 60 days after receipt of written notice given by the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25% in principal amount of
the Notes then outstanding to comply with any of its obligations, covenants or agreements (other than a default referred to in clauses (1) and (2) above) contained in the Indenture or
the Notes;
(4) default
under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there is issued or by which there is secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the
Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, other than Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or a Restricted
Subsidiary, if such Indebtedness or guarantee that is the basis of such default has not been discharged, or such default is not cured or waived, or such acceleration is not rescinded, within
30 days after notice to the Issuer by the Trustee or to the Issuer and the Trustee by Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of Notes then outstanding, in accordance with the
Indenture, whether such Indebtedness or guarantee now exists or is created after the issuance of the Notes, if both:
(a) such
default either results from the failure to pay any principal of such Indebtedness at its stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods)
or relates to an obligation other than the obligation to pay principal of any such Indebtedness at its stated final maturity and results in the holder or holders of such Indebtedness causing such
Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity; and
(b) the
principal amount of such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness in default for failure to pay principal at stated final
maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods), or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregate $20.0 million or more at any one time outstanding;
(5) failure
by the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary to pay, bond or otherwise discharge any judgments aggregating in excess of a total uninsured amount of
$20.0 million, which final judgments remain unpaid, undischarged and unstayed for a period of more than 60 days after such judgment becomes final;
(6) certain
events of bankruptcy or insolvency with respect to the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary;
(7) the
Guarantee of any Significant Subsidiary shall for any reason cease to be in full force and effect or be declared null and void or any responsible officer of any
Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary, as the case may be, denies that it has any further liability under its Guarantee or gives notice to such effect, other than by reason of the termination of
the Indenture or the release of any such Guarantee in accordance with the Indenture; or
(8) with
respect to any Collateral having a fair market value in excess of $5.0 million, individually or in the aggregate, (a) the security interest under the
Security Documents, at any time, ceases to be in full force and effect with the priority contemplated thereby for any reason other than in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the Security
Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement for a period of 30 days after notice, (b) any security interest created thereunder or under the Indenture is declared invalid or unenforceable
by a court of competent
175
Table of Contents
jurisdiction
or (c) the Issuer or any Guarantor asserts, in any pleading in any court of competent jurisdiction, that any such security interest is invalid or unenforceable other than in
accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement; or the failure of the Notes Priority Collateral Agent to maintain possession of certificates
actually delivered to it representing securities pledged under the Security Documents.
If
any Event of Default (other than of a type specified in clause (6) above) occurs and is continuing under the Indenture, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal
amount of the then total outstanding Notes may declare the principal, premium, if any, interest and any other monetary obligations on all the then outstanding Notes to be due and payable immediately.
Upon
the effectiveness of such declaration, such principal and interest will be due and payable immediately. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default arising
under clause (6) of the first paragraph of this section, all outstanding Notes will become due and payable without further action or notice. The Indenture provides that the Trustee may withhold
from the Holders notice of any continuing Default, except a Default relating to the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest, if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest.
In addition, the Trustee shall have no obligation to accelerate the Notes if the Trustee determines that acceleration is not in the best interest of the Holders of the Notes. The Indenture provides
that the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive any existing Default and its
consequences under the Indenture except a continuing Default in the payment of interest on, premium, if any, or the principal of any Note held by a non-consenting Holder.
In
case an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, none of the Trustee, the paying agent or the Notes Priority Collateral Agent will be under any obligation to exercise any of its
respective rights or powers under the Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders of the Notes unless the Holders have offered to the Trustee, the paying agent and the Notes Priority
Collateral Agent indemnity or security satisfactory to such party against any loss, liability or expense. Except to enforce the right to receive payment of principal, premium (if any) or interest when
due, no Holder of a Note may pursue any remedy with respect to the Indenture or the Notes unless:
(1) such
Holder has previously given the Trustee notice that an Event of Default is continuing;
(2) Holders
of at least 25% in principal amount of the total outstanding Notes have requested the Trustee to pursue the remedy;
(3) Holders
of the Notes have offered the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity against any loss, liability or expense;
(4) the
Trustee has not complied with such request within 60 days after the receipt thereof and the offer of security or indemnity; and
(5) Holders
of a majority in principal amount of the total outstanding Notes have not given the Trustee a direction inconsistent with such request within such
60-day period.
Subject
to certain restrictions, under the Indenture the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the total outstanding Notes are given the right to direct the time, method and place
of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. The Trustee, however, may refuse to follow any direction that
conflicts with law or the
Indenture or that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other Holder of a Note or that would involve the Trustee in personal liability.
The
Indenture provides that the Issuer is required to deliver to the Trustee and the Notes Priority Collateral Agent annually a statement regarding compliance with the Indenture, and the
Issuer is
176
Table of Contents
required,
within thirty days, upon becoming aware of any Default, to deliver to the Trustee and the Notes Priority Collateral Agent a statement specifying such Default.
No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders
No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Issuer or any Guarantor shall have any liability for any obligations
of the Issuer or the Guarantors under the Notes, the Guarantees or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting
Notes waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. Such waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal
securities laws and it is the view of the SEC that such a waiver is against public policy.
Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance
The obligations of the Issuer and the Guarantors under the Indenture, the Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement will
terminate (other than certain obligations) and will be released upon payment in full of all of the Notes. The Issuer may, at its option and at any time, elect to have all of its obligations discharged
with respect to the Notes, the Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement and have each Guarantor's obligation discharged with respect to its Guarantee ("Legal Defeasance") and cure all then
existing Events of Default except for:
(1) the
rights of Holders of Notes to receive payments in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes when such payments are due solely out of
the trust created pursuant to the Indenture;
(2) the
Issuer's obligations with respect to Notes concerning issuing temporary Notes, registration of such Notes, mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes and the
maintenance of an office or agency for payment and money for security payments held in trust;
(3) the
rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee, the Notes Priority Collateral Agent and the paying agent, and the Issuer's obligations in connection
therewith; and
(4) the
Legal Defeasance provisions of the Indenture.
In
addition, the Issuer may, at its option and at any time, elect to have its obligations and those of each Guarantor released with respect to certain covenants that are described in the
Indenture ("Covenant Defeasance") and thereafter any omission to comply with such obligations shall not constitute a Default with respect to the Notes. In the event Covenant Defeasance occurs, certain
events (not including bankruptcy, receivership, rehabilitation and insolvency events pertaining to the Issuer) described under "Events of Default and Remedies" will no longer constitute an Event of
Default with respect to the Notes.
In
order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance with respect to the Notes:
(1) the
Issuer must irrevocably deposit with the paying agent, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, cash in U.S. dollars, Government Securities, or a
combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal of, premium, if any, and interest due
on the Notes on the stated maturity date or on the redemption date, as the case may be, of such principal, premium, if any, or interest on such Notes and the Issuer must specify whether such Notes are
being defeased to maturity or to a particular redemption date;
(2) in
the case of Legal Defeasance, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel addressed to the Trustee and reasonably acceptable to the Trustee
confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions,
177
Table of Contents
(a) the
Issuer has received from, or there has been published by, the United States Internal Revenue Service a ruling, or
(b) since
the issuance of the Notes, there has been a change in the applicable U.S. federal income tax law,
in
either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel addressed to the Trustee and shall confirm that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, the Holders of the Notes
will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as applicable, as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in
the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;
(3) in
the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel addressed to the Trustee and reasonably acceptable to the
Trustee confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, the Holders of the Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such
Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to such tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;
(4) no
Default (other than that resulting from borrowing funds to be applied to make such deposit and the granting of Liens in connection therewith) shall have occurred and
be continuing on the date of such deposit;
(5) such
Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under the ABL Facility or any other material agreement
or instrument (other than the Indenture) to which, the Issuer or any Guarantor is a party or by which the Issuer or any Guarantor is bound;
(6) the
Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee and the Notes Priority Collateral Agent an Officer's Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Issuer with
the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding any creditors of the Issuer or any Guarantor or others; and
(7) the
Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee and the Notes Priority Collateral Agent an Officer's Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel (which Opinion of Counsel shall
be addressed to the Trustee and the Notes Priority Collateral Agent and may be subject to customary assumptions and exclusions) each stating that all conditions precedent provided for or relating to
the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance, as the case may be, have been complied with.
Satisfaction and Discharge
The Indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect as to all Notes, when either:
(1) all
Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered, except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes which have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has
theretofore been deposited in trust, have been delivered to the registrar for cancellation; or
(2) (a)
all Notes not theretofore delivered to the registrar for cancellation have become due and payable by reason of the making of a notice of redemption or otherwise,
will become due and payable within one year or are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee and the paying agent for the giving of notice of
redemption by the registrar in the name, and at the expense, of the Issuer and the Issuer or any Guarantor has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the paying agent as trust funds in
trust solely for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, cash in U.S. dollars, Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient without consideration of any
178
Table of Contents
reinvestment
of interest to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on the Notes not theretofore delivered to the paying agent for cancellation for principal, premium, if any, and accrued interest
to the date of maturity or redemption;
(b) no
Default (other than that resulting from borrowing funds to be applied to make such deposit) with respect to the Indenture or the Notes shall have occurred and be
continuing on the date of such deposit or shall occur as a result of such deposit and such deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under the ABL Facility or any
other material agreement or instrument (other than the Indenture) to which the Issuer or any Guarantor is a party or by which the Issuer or any Guarantor is bound;
(c) the
Issuer has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by it under the Indenture; and
(d) the
Issuer has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee and the paying agent to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes at maturity or the
redemption date, as the case may be.
In
addition, the Issuer must deliver an Officer's Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the Trustee and the Notes Priority Collateral Agent stating that all conditions precedent to
satisfaction and discharge have been satisfied.
Amendment, Supplement and Waiver
Except as provided in the next four succeeding paragraphs, the Indenture, any Guarantee, the Intercreditor Agreement, any Security
Document and the Notes may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, including consents obtained in
connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes, and any existing Default or compliance with any provision of the Indenture, the Notes issued thereunder, the Intercreditor
Agreement, or the Security Documents may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes, other than Notes beneficially owned by the Issuer or
its Affiliates (including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of or tender offer or exchange offer for the Notes).
The
Indenture provides that, without the consent of each affected Holder of Notes, an amendment or waiver may not, with respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder:
(1) reduce
the principal amount of such Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver;
(2) reduce
the principal of or change the fixed final maturity of any such Note or alter or waive the provisions with respect to the redemption of such Notes (other than
provisions relating to the covenants described above under the caption "Repurchase at the Option of Holders");
(3) reduce
the rate of or change the time for payment of interest on any Note;
(4) waive
a Default in the payment of principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the Notes or in respect of a covenant or provision contained in the Indenture or any
Guarantee which cannot be amended or modified without the consent of all Holders, except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount
of the Notes and a waiver of the default that resulted from such acceleration;
(5) make
any Note payable in money other than that stated therein;
(6) make
any change in the provisions of the Indenture relating to waivers of past Defaults or the rights of Holders to receive payments of principal of or premium, if any,
or interest on the Notes;
179
Table of Contents
(7) make
any change in these amendment and waiver provisions;
(8) impair
the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of, or interest on such Holder's Notes on or after the due dates therefor or to institute suit for the
enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such Holder's Notes;
(9) make
any change to or modify the ranking of the Notes that would adversely affect the Holders;
(10) except
as expressly permitted by the Indenture, modify the Guarantees of any Significant Subsidiary in any manner adverse to the Holders of the Notes; or
(11) make
any change in any Security Document, any Intercreditor Agreement or the provisions in the Indenture dealing with the Collateral or the Security Documents that
would release all or substantially all of the Collateral from the Liens of the Security Documents (except as permitted by the terms of the Indenture, the Security Documents and the Intercreditor
Agreement).
Without
the consent of the Holders of at least 66
2
/
3
% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes, an amendment, supplement or waiver may not (a) make any change in
any Security Document, any Intercreditor Agreement or the provisions in the Indenture dealing with the Collateral or the Security Documents or the application of trust proceeds of the Collateral that
would adversely affect the Holders in any material respect or change or alter the priority of the security interests in the Collateral or (b) modify the Intercreditor Agreement in any manner
adverse to the Holders in any material respect other than in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement.
In
addition, the Intercreditor Agreement provides that, subject to certain exceptions, any amendment, waiver or consent to any of the collateral documents securing the obligations under
the ABL Facility, to the extent applicable to the ABL Priority Collateral, will also apply automatically to the comparable Security Documents with respect to the Holders' interest in the ABL Priority
Collateral. The
Intercreditor Agreement has a similar provision regarding the effect of any amendment, waiver or consent to any of the Security Documents, to the extent applicable to the Notes Priority Collateral, on
the corresponding collateral documents with respect to any obligations under the ABL Facility.
Notwithstanding
the foregoing, the Issuer, any Guarantor (with respect to a Guarantee or the Indenture to which it is a party), the Trustee, the paying agent and the Notes Priority
Collateral Agent, as applicable, may amend or supplement the Indenture, any Security Document and any Guarantee or Notes or the Intercreditor Agreement without the consent of any Holder:
(1) to
cure any ambiguity, omission, mistake, defect or inconsistency;
(2) to
provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes;
(3) to
comply with the covenant relating to mergers, consolidations and sales of assets;
(4) to
provide the assumption of the Issuer's or any Guarantor's obligations to the Holders;
(5) to
make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders or that does not adversely affect the legal rights under the Indenture of any such
Holder;
(6) to
add covenants for the benefit of the Holders or to surrender any right or power conferred upon the Issuer or any Guarantor;
(7) to
comply with requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act;
180
Table of Contents
(8) to
evidence and provide for the acceptance and appointment under the Indenture of a successor Trustee and/or paying agent thereunder pursuant to the requirements
thereof;
(9) to
provide for the issuance of exchange notes or private exchange notes, which are identical to exchange notes except that they are not freely transferable;
(10) to
add a Guarantor under the Indenture;
(11) to
conform the text of the Indenture, Guarantees or the Notes to any provision of the "Description of Notes" in the offering circular used in connection with the
issuance of the outstanding notes to the extent that such provision in the "Description of Notes" was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of the Indenture, Guarantees or Notes;
(12) to
make any amendment to the provisions of the Indenture relating to the transfer and legending of Notes as permitted by the Indenture, including, without limitation to
facilitate the issuance and administration of the Notes; provided, however, that (i) compliance with the Indenture as so amended would not result in Notes being transferred in violation of the
Securities Act or any applicable securities law and (ii) such amendment does not materially and adversely affect the rights of Holders to transfer Notes;
(13) to
mortgage, pledge, hypothecate or grant any other Lien in favor of the Trustee or the Notes Priority Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, as
additional security for the payment and performance of all or any portion of the Obligations, in any property or assets, including any which are required to be mortgaged, pledged or hypothecated, or
in which a Lien is required to be granted to or for the benefit of the Trustee or the Notes Priority Collateral Agent pursuant to the Indenture, any of the Security Documents or otherwise;
(14) to
release Collateral from the Lien of the Indenture and the Security Documents when permitted or required by the Security Documents or the Indenture or the
Intercreditor Agreement; or
(15) in
the case of the Intercreditor Agreement, in order to subject the security interests in the Collateral in respect of any Other Pari Passu Lien Obligations and ABL
Facility Debt to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement, in each case to the extent the Incurrence of such Indebtedness, and the grant of all Liens on the Collateral held for the benefit of such
Indebtedness were permitted hereunder.
In
addition, the Intercreditor Agreement and Security Documents may be amended from time to time at the sole request and expense of the Issuer, and without the consent of the ABL
Facility Security Agent and the Notes Priority Collateral Agent:
(1) (a)
to add other parties (or any authorized agent thereof or trustee therefor) holding Other Pari Passu Lien Obligations that are incurred in compliance with the ABL
Facility, the Indenture and the Security Documents, (b) to establish that the Liens on any Notes Priority Collateral securing such Other Pari Passu Lien Obligations shall be pari passu under
the Intercreditor Agreement with the Liens on such Notes Priority Collateral securing the Obligations under the Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees and senior to the Liens on such Notes Priority
Collateral securing any ABL Facility Debt, all on the terms provided for in the Intercreditor Agreement in effect immediately prior to such amendment and (c) to establish that the Liens on any
ABL Priority Collateral securing such Other Pari Passu Lien Obligations to the extent required by the terms of such Other Pari Passu Lien Obligations, shall be pari passu under the Intercreditor
Agreement with the Liens on such ABL Priority Collateral securing the Obligations under the Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees, and junior and subordinated to the Liens on such ABL Priority
Collateral securing any ABL Facility Debt, all on the terms provided for in the Intercreditor Agreement as in effect immediately prior to such amendment; and
181
Table of Contents
(2) (a)
to establish that the Liens on any ABL Priority Collateral securing such Indebtedness shall be junior to the Liens on such ABL Priority Collateral securing any
obligations under the Indenture, the Notes, the Guarantees and the ABL Facility Debt, all on the terms provided for in the Intercreditor Agreement in effect immediately prior to such amendment and
(b) to establish that the Liens on any Notes Priority Collateral securing such Indebtedness shall be junior and subordinated to the Liens on such Notes Priority Collateral securing any
obligations under the Indenture and the Notes and the Guarantee and the ABL Facility Debt, all on the terms provided for in the Intercreditor Agreement in effect immediately prior to such amendment.
Any such additional party and the ABL Facility Security Agent, Trustee and Notes Priority Collateral Agent shall be entitled to rely upon a certificate delivered by an Officer certifying that such
Other Pari Passu Lien Obligations were issued or borrowed in compliance with the Credit Agreement and the Indenture and the Security Documents. Any amendment of the Intercreditor Agreement or Security
Documents that is proposed to be effected without the consent of the ABL Facility Security Agent or the Notes Priority Collateral Agent, as applicable, will be submitted to such Person for its review
at least 5 business days prior to the proposed effectiveness of such amendment.
The Security Documents or the Intercreditor Agreement provide that, as between collateral or security agents in whose favor equal priority Liens have been granted
on the applicable Collateral for the benefit of holders of different series of Indebtedness (e.g. the Notes Priority Collateral Agent and the collateral or security agent for any Other Pari
Passu Lien Obligations as to their respective first priority Liens on the Notes Priority Collateral), the "Applicable Authorized Representative" will have the right to direct foreclosures and take
other actions with respect to the applicable Collateral and the other collateral or security agent shall have no right to take actions with respect to such Collateral. The
Applicable Authorized Representative shall be the collateral or security agent representing the series of Indebtedness with the greatest outstanding aggregate principal amount.
The
consent of the Holders is not necessary under the Indenture, and Security Document or the Intercreditor Agreement to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment. It is
sufficient if such consent approves the substance of the proposed amendment.
See
also "Security for the Notes," "Intercreditor Agreement" and "Refinancings of the ABL Facility and the Notes."
Concerning the Trustee
The Indenture contains certain limitations on the rights of the Trustee thereunder, should it become a creditor of the Issuer, to
obtain payment of claims in certain cases, or to realize on certain property received in respect of any such claim as security or otherwise. The Trustee is permitted to engage in other transactions;
however, if it acquires any conflicting interest it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the SEC for permission to continue or resign.
The
Indenture provides that the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes will have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding
for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee, subject to certain exceptions. The Indenture provides that in case an Event of Default shall occur (which shall not be cured), the Trustee will be
required, in the exercise of its power, to use the degree of care of a prudent person in the conduct of his own affairs. Subject to such provisions, the Trustee is under no obligation to exercise any
of its rights or powers under the Indenture at the request of any Holder of the Notes, unless such Holder shall have offered to the Trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss,
liability or expense.
182
Table of Contents
Governing Law
The Indenture, the Notes and any Guarantee are governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.
Certain Definitions
Set forth below are certain defined terms used in the Indenture. For purposes of the Indenture, unless otherwise specifically
indicated, the term "consolidated" with respect to any Person refers to such Person consolidated with its Restricted Subsidiaries, and excludes from such consolidation any Unrestricted Subsidiary as
if such Unrestricted Subsidiary were not an Affiliate of such Person.
"ABL
Facility" means the credit facility under the Credit Agreement entered into as of the Issue Date by and among the Issuer, the Guarantors, the lenders party thereto in their
capacities as lenders thereunder, Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, SunTrust Bank and Wells Fargo Capital Finance, LLC, as co-collateral agents, SunTrust Bank and Wells Fargo
Capital Finance, LLC, as co-documentation agents, and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Administrative Agent and as Security Agent, including any notes, mortgages,
guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals, restatements, refundings,
replacements or refinancings thereof and any indentures or credit facilities or commercial paper facilities with banks or other institutional lenders or investors that replace, refund or refinance any
part of the loans, notes, other credit facilities or commitments thereunder, including any such replacement, refunding or refinancing facility or indenture that increases the amount borrowable
thereunder or alters the maturity thereof (provided that such increase in borrowings is permitted under "Certain CovenantsLimitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and
Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock" above).
"ABL
Facility Security Agent" means Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, in its capacity as Security Agent under the ABL Facility, and any successor or other agent under the ABL
Facility from time to time.
"ABL
Facility Debt" means any (i) Indebtedness outstanding from time to time under the ABL Facility, (ii) any Indebtedness which has a first-priority security interest in
the ABL Priority Collateral (subject to Permitted Liens), and (iii) all cash management Obligations and all Hedging Obligations (and guarantees thereof) owing to a Lender (as defined in the ABL
Facility) or any Affiliate of such Lender (or any Person that was a Lender or an Affiliate of such Lender at the time the applicable agreement
giving rise to such Hedging Obligation was entered into), provided that such Hedging Obligations are permitted to be incurred under the terms of the Indenture.
"ABL
Facility Lenders" means the lenders or holders of Indebtedness incurred under the ABL Facility.
"ABL
Priority Collateral" means the portion of the Collateral as to which the Notes and Guarantees have a second-priority security interest, subject to Permitted Liens, as described
under "Security for the NotesABL Priority Collateral."
"Acquired
Indebtedness" means, with respect to any specified Person,
(1) Indebtedness
of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged with or into or became a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, including
Indebtedness incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging with or into or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, and
(2) Indebtedness
secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person.
183
Table of Contents
"Additional
Interest" means all additional interest then owing pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement.
"Affiliate"
of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For
purposes of this definition, "control" (including, with correlative meanings, the terms "controlling," "controlled by" and "under common control with"), as used with respect to any Person, shall mean
the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or
otherwise.
"After-Acquired
Property" means any property of the Issuer or any Guarantor acquired after the Issue Date that is intended to secure the Obligations under the Indenture and the Notes
pursuant to the Indenture and the Security Documents.
"Applicable
Premium" means, with respect to any Note on any Redemption Date, the greater of:
(1) 1.0%
of the principal amount of such Note; and
(2) the
excess, if any, of (a) the present value at such Redemption Date of (i) the redemption price of such Note at August 1, 2014 (each such
redemption price being set forth in the table appearing above under the caption "Optional Redemption"), plus (ii) all required interest payments due on such Note through August 1, 2014
(excluding accrued but unpaid interest to the Redemption Date), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such Redemption Date plus 50 basis points; over (b) the principal
amount of such Note.
"Asset
Sale" means:
(1) the
sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition, whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, of property or assets (including by way of a
Sale and Lease-Back Transaction) of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (each referred to in this definition as a "disposition"); or
(2) the
issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary, whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions;
in
each case, other than:
(a) any
disposition of Cash Equivalents, Investment Grade Securities or obsolete, surplus, damaged or worn out assets (including facilities) in the ordinary course of
business or any disposition of inventory or goods (or other assets) held for sale in the ordinary course of business;
(b) the
disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer in a manner permitted pursuant to the provisions described above under "Certain
CovenantsMerger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets" or any disposition that constitutes a Change of Control pursuant to the Indenture;
(c) the
making of any Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment that is permitted to be made, and is made, under the covenant described above under "Certain
CovenantsLimitation on Restricted Payments";
(d) any
disposition of assets or issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary in any transaction or series of related transactions with an aggregate
fair market value of less than $12.5 million;
(e) any
disposition of property or assets or issuance of securities by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer to the Issuer or by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of the
Issuer to another Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer;
184
Table of Contents
(f) to
the extent allowable under Section 1031 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, any exchange of like property (excluding any boot thereon) for use in a Similar
Business;
(g) the
lease, assignment of a lease or sub-lease of any real or personal property in the ordinary course of business;
(h) any
issuance or sale of Equity Interests in, or Indebtedness or other securities of, an Unrestricted Subsidiary;
(i) any
financing transaction with respect to property built or acquired by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary after the Issuance Date, including, without limitation,
sale-leasebacks and asset securitizations permitted by the Indenture;
(j) the
cancellation or abandonment or other disposition of intellectual property that is no longer useful in any material respect in the conduct of the business of the
Issuer and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole or the licensing or sublicensing of intellectual property or other general intangibles and license, sublicenses, leases or subleases of other property in
the ordinary course of business;
(k) any
disposition of assets or issuance or sale of Equity Interests of the Company's wholly-owned subsidiary primarily focused on the manufacture and sale of transfer
cases and axles as of the Issue Date that is excluded from the definition of "asset sale" in the indenture governing the Senior Convertible Notes pursuant to clause (l) of the definition
thereof for not less than $20.0 million in proceeds; and
(l) foreclosures
on assets.
"Asset
Sale Proceeds Account" means one or more deposit accounts or securities accounts holding the proceeds of any sale or disposition of Notes Priority Collateral.
"beneficial
ownership" has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that in calculating the
beneficial ownership of any particular "person" (as such term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), such "person" shall be deemed to have beneficial ownership of all securities that
such "person" has the right to acquire, whether such right is currently exercisable or is exercisable only upon the occurrence of a subsequent condition.
"Borrowing
Base" means, as of any date, an amount equal to the sum of (x) 85% of the book value of the accounts receivable and (y) 65% of the book value of the inventory,
in each case of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis as of the end of the most recently completed fiscal quarter preceding such date for which internal financial
statements are available.
"Business
Day" means each day which is not a Legal Holiday.
"Capital
Stock" means:
(1) in
the case of a corporation, corporate stock;
(2) in
the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock;
(3) in
the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited); and
(4) any
other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing
Person.
"Capitalized
Lease Obligation" means, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at such time be required
to be
185
Table of Contents
capitalized
and reflected as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) in accordance with GAAP.
"Cash
Equivalents" means:
(1) United
States dollars;
(2) (a)
euro, or any national currency of any participating member state of the EMU; or
(b) in
the case of any Foreign Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary, such local currencies held by them from time to time in the ordinary course of business;
(3) pounds
sterling;
(4) securities
issued or directly and fully and unconditionally guaranteed or insured by the U.S. government or any agency or instrumentality thereof the securities of which
are unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation of such government;
(5) certificates
of deposit, time deposits and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition, bankers' acceptances with
maturities not exceeding one year and overnight bank deposits, in each case with any commercial bank having capital and surplus of not less than $500.0 million in the case of U.S. banks and
$100.0 million (or the U.S. dollar equivalent as of the date of determination) in the case of non-U.S. banks;
(6) repurchase
obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (4) and (5) entered into with any financial institution meeting the
qualifications specified in clause (5) above;
(7) commercial
paper rated at least P-1 by Moody's or at least A-1 by S&P and in each case maturing within 24 months after the date of
creation thereof;
(8) marketable
short-term money market and similar securities having a rating of at least P-2 or A-2 from either Moody's or S&P,
respectively (or, if at any time neither Moody's nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another Rating Agency), and in each case maturing within 24 months after the
date of creation thereof;
(9) investment
funds investing 95% of their assets in securities of the types described in clauses (1) through (8) above;
(10) readily
marketable direct obligations issued by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof
having an Investment Grade Rating from either Moody's or S&P with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition;
(11) Indebtedness
or Preferred Stock issued by Persons with a rating of "A" or higher from S&P or "A2" or higher from Moody's with maturities of 24 months or less
from the date of acquisition; and
(12) Investments
with average maturities of 12 months or less from the date of acquisition in money market funds rated AAA- (or the equivalent thereof) or
better by S&P or Aaa3 (or the equivalent thereof) or better by Moody's.
Notwithstanding
the foregoing, Cash Equivalents shall include amounts denominated in currencies other than those set forth in clauses (1), (2) and (3) above,
provided that such amounts are converted into any currency listed in clauses (1), (2) and (3) as promptly as practicable and in any event within ten Business Days following the
receipt of such amounts.
"Cash
Management Agreement" means any agreement to provide (i) cash management services, including treasury, depository, overdraft, credit or debt card, electronic funds transfer
and other cash
186
Table of Contents
management
arrangements, (ii) commercial credit card and merchant card services, or (iii) other banking products or services as may be requested by the Issuer or any Guarantor, other
than letters of credit.
"Cash
Management Obligations" means all obligations and liabilities (other than Indebtedness) owing by the Issuer or the Guarantors pursuant to any Cash Management Agreement, whether now
in existence or hereinafter arising.
"Change
of Control" means the occurrence of any of the following:
(1) the
sale, lease or transfer, in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole,
to any Person;
(2) the
acquisition by any Person or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision),
including any group acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act), in a single transaction
or in a related series of transactions, by way of merger, consolidation or other business combination or purchase of beneficial ownership of 50% or more of the total voting power of the Voting Stock
of the Issuer;
(3) the
Issuer consolidates with, or merges with or into, another person or any person consolidates with, or merges with or into, the Issuer, unless the persons that
"beneficially owned," directly or indirectly, the shares of the Issuer's Voting Stock immediately prior to such consolidation or merger "beneficially own," directly or indirectly, immediately after
such consolidation or merger, shares of the surviving or continuing corporation's Voting Stock representing at least a majority of the total outstanding voting power of all outstanding classes of
Voting Stock of the surviving or continuing corporation in substantially the same proportion as such ownership immediately prior to such consolidation or merger; or
(4) the
Issuer is liquidated or dissolved or holders of the Issuer's Capital Stock approve any plan or proposal for the Issuer's liquidation or dissolution.
"Collateral"
means all the assets and properties subject to the Liens created by the Security Documents.
"Consolidated
Depreciation and Amortization Expense" means with respect to any Person for any period, the total amount of depreciation and amortization expense, including the
amortization of deferred financing fees of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP.
"Consolidated
Interest Expense" means, with respect to any Person for any period, without duplication, the sum of:
(1) consolidated
interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent such expense was deducted (and not added back) in computing
Consolidated Net Income (including (a) amortization of original issue discount resulting from the issuance of Indebtedness at less than par, (b) all commissions, discounts and other fees
and charges owed with respect to letters of credit or bankers' acceptances, (c) non-cash interest payments (but excluding any non-cash interest expense attributable to
the movement in the mark to market valuation of Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments, including the Senior Convertible Notes, pursuant to GAAP), (d) the interest component of
Capitalized Lease Obligations, and (e) net payments, if any, pursuant to interest rate Hedging Obligations with respect to Indebtedness, and excluding (w) any Additional Interest, and
(x) amortization of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses; plus
187
Table of Contents
(2) consolidated
capitalized interest of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued; less
(3) interest
income for such period.
For
purposes of this definition, interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by such Person to be the rate of interest
implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP.
"Consolidated
Net Income" means, with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income, of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a
consolidated basis, and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP; provided, however, that, without duplication,
(1) any
after-tax effect of extraordinary, non-recurring or unusual gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) or expenses,
severance, relocation costs, executive recruiting costs and curtailments or modifications to pension and post-retirement employee benefit plans shall be excluded,
(2) the
Net Income for such period shall not include the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles during such period,
(3) any
after-tax effect of income (loss) from disposed or discontinued operations and any net after-tax gains or losses on disposal of disposed,
abandoned or discontinued operations shall be excluded,
(4) any
after-tax effect of gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) attributable to asset dispositions other than in the ordinary course of
business, as determined in good faith by the Issuer, shall be excluded,
(5) the
Net Income for such period of any Person that is not a Subsidiary, or is an Unrestricted Subsidiary, or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting,
shall be excluded; provided that Consolidated Net Income of the Issuer shall be increased by the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments that are actually paid in cash (or to the extent
converted into cash) to the referent Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period,
(6) solely
for the purpose of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (3)(a) of the first paragraph of "Certain
CovenantsLimitation on Restricted Payments," the Net Income for such period of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than any Guarantor) shall be excluded if the declaration or payment of
dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of its Net Income is not at the date of determination wholly permitted without any prior governmental approval (which has not been
obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by the operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule, or governmental regulation applicable to that
Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders, unless such restriction with respect to the payment of dividends or similar distributions has been legally waived, provided that Consolidated Net Income of
the Issuer will be increased by the amount of dividends or other distributions or other payments actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary
thereof in respect of such period, to the extent not already included therein,
(7) any
impairment charge or asset write-off pursuant to Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement No. 142 and No. 144 and the amortization of
intangibles arising pursuant to No. 141 shall be excluded,
(8) effects
of adjustments in any line item in such Person's consolidated financial statements required or permitted by the Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement
Nos. 141 and 142
188
Table of Contents
resulting
from the application of purchase accounting in relation to any acquisition that is consummated after the Issue Date, net of taxes, shall be excluded,
(9) any
after-tax effect of income (loss) from the early extinguishment of Indebtedness or Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments shall be excluded,
(10) any
non-cash compensation expense recorded from grants of stock appreciation or similar rights, stock options, restricted stock or other rights shall be
excluded, and
(11) any
non-cash expense attributable to the movement in the mark to market valuation of the Senior Convertible Notes shall be excluded.
Notwithstanding
the foregoing, for the purpose of the covenant described under "Certain CovenantsLimitation on Restricted Payments" only (other than
clause (3)(d) thereof), there shall be excluded from Consolidated Net Income any income arising from any sale or other disposition of Restricted Investments made by the Issuer and its
Restricted Subsidiaries, any repurchases and redemptions of Restricted Investments from the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, any repayments of loans and advances which constitute Restricted
Investments by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, any sale of the stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or any distribution or dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary, in each case only
to the extent such amounts increase the amount of Restricted Payments permitted under such covenant pursuant to clause (3)(d) thereof.
"Contingent
Obligations" means, with respect to any Person, any obligation of such Person guaranteeing any leases, dividends or other obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness
("primary obligations") of any other Person (the "primary obligor") in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including, without limitation, any obligation of such Person, whether or not
contingent,
(1) to
purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor,
(2) to
advance or supply funds
(a) for
the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation, or
(b) to
maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor, or
(3) to
purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make
payment of such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof.
"Default"
means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default.
"Discharge
of ABL Facility Debt" means the date on which the ABL Facility Debt has paid in full, in cash, all commitments to extend credit thereunder shall have been terminated and the
ABL Facility Debt is no longer secured by such ABL Priority Collateral; provided that the Discharge of ABL Facility Debt shall not be deemed to have occurred in connection with a refinancing of such
ABL Facility Debt with Indebtedness secured by such ABL Priority Collateral on a first-priority basis under an agreement that has been designated in writing by the agent under the ABL Facility so
refinancing such ABL Facility Debt in accordance with the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement.
"Disqualified
Stock" means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person which, by its terms, or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it
is putable or exchangeable, or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than solely as a result of a change of control or asset sale) pursuant to a sinking fund
obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof (other than solely as a result of a
189
Table of Contents
change
of control or asset sale), in whole or in part, in each case prior to the date 91 days after the earlier of the maturity date of the Notes or the date the Notes are no longer
outstanding; provided, however, that if such Capital Stock is issued to any plan for the benefit of employees of the Issuer or its Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, such Capital
Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Issuer or its Subsidiaries in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations.
"Domestic
Subsidiary" means, with respect to any Person, any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person other than a Foreign Subsidiary.
"EBITDA"
means, with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period
(1) increased
(without duplication) by:
(a) provision
for taxes based on income or profits or capital, including, without limitation, state, franchise and similar taxes (such as the Pennsylvania capital tax) and
foreign withholding taxes of such Person paid or accrued during such period deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus
(b) Fixed
Charges of such Person for such period (including (x) net losses from Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments entered into for the purpose of
hedging interest rate risk and (y) costs of surety bonds in connection with financing activities, in each case, to the extent included in Fixed Charges) to the extent the same was deducted (and
not added back) in calculating such Consolidated Net Income; plus
(c) Consolidated
Depreciation and Amortization Expense of such Person for such period to the extent the same were deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net
Income; plus
(d) any
expenses or charges (other than depreciation or amortization expense) related to any Equity Offering, Permitted Investment, acquisition, disposition,
recapitalization or the incurrence of Indebtedness permitted to be incurred by the Indenture (including a refinancing thereof) (whether or not successful), including (i) such fees, expenses or
charges related to the offering of the Notes and the ABL Facility and (ii) any amendment or other modification of the Notes, and, in each case, deducted (and not added back) in computing
Consolidated Net Income; plus
(e) the
amount of any restructuring charge or reserve or other plant closure cost deducted (and not added back) in such period in computing Consolidated Net Income,
including any one-time costs incurred in connection with acquisitions after the Issue Date and costs related to the closure and/or consolidation of facilities; plus
(f) any
other non-cash charges, including any write offs or write downs, reducing Consolidated Net Income for such period (provided that if any such
non-cash charges represent an accrual or reserve for potential cash items in any future period, the cash payment in respect thereof in such future period shall be subtracted from EBITDA to
such extent, and excluding amortization of a prepaid cash item that was paid in a prior period); plus
(g) the
amount of any minority interest expense consisting of Subsidiary income attributable to minority equity interests of third parties in any non-Wholly
Owned Subsidiary deducted (and not added back) in such period in calculating Consolidated Net Income; plus
(h) any
fees or expenses incurred or paid by the Issuer or its Subsidiaries related to the financial restructuring of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries consummated on
February 26, 2010, whether incurred as part of the Issuer and the Subsidiaries' Chapter 11 proceedings or otherwise; plus
190
Table of Contents
(i) any
costs or expense incurred by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee
benefit plan or agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, to the extent that such cost or expenses are funded with cash proceeds contributed to the capital of the Issuer or net
cash proceeds of an issuance of Equity Interest of the Issuer (other than Disqualified Stock) solely to the extent that such net cash proceeds are excluded from the calculation set forth in
clause (3) of the first paragraph under "Certain CovenantsLimitation on Restricted Payments";
(2) decreased
by (without duplication) non-cash gains increasing Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period, excluding any non-cash gains
to the extent they represent the reversal of an accrual or reserve for a potential cash item that reduced EBITDA in any prior period, and
(3) increased
or decreased by (without duplication):
(a) any
net gain or loss resulting in such period from Hedging Obligations and the application of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133 (including with
respect to the Senior Convertible Notes); plus or minus, as applicable, and
(b) any
net gain or loss resulting in such period from currency translation gains or losses related to non-operating currency transactions (including any net
loss or gain resulting from hedge agreements for currency exchange risk), plus or minus, as applicable.
"EMU" means economic and monetary union as contemplated in the Treaty on European Union.
"Equity
Interests" means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock, but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for,
Capital Stock.
"Equity
Offering" means any public or private sale of common stock or Preferred Stock of the Issuer (excluding Disqualified Stock), other than:
(1) public
offerings with respect to the Issuer's common stock registered on Form S-8;
(2) issuances
to any Subsidiary of the Issuer; and
(3) any
such public or private sale that constitutes an Excluded Contribution.
"euro"
means the single currency of participating member states of the EMU.
"Exchange
Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.
"Excluded
Assets" means the collective reference to (i) any interest in real property (x) leased by the Issuer or any Guarantor or (y) owned by the Issuer or any
Guarantor, if the greater of the cost and the book value of such interest is less than $2.0 million; (ii) any property or asset only to the extent and for so long as the grant of a
security interest in such property or asset is prohibited by any applicable law or requires a consent not obtained of any governmental authority pursuant to applicable law; (iii) any right,
title or interest in any permit, license or contract held by the Issuer or any Guarantor or to which the Issuer or any Guarantor is a party or any of its right, title or interest thereunder, in each
case only to the extent and for so long as the terms of such permit, license or contract validly prohibits the creation by the Issuer or a Guarantor, as applicable, of a security interest in such
permit, license or contract in favor of the Notes Priority Collateral Agent (after giving effect to Section 9-406, 9-407, 9-408 or 9-409 of the
Uniform Commercial Code (or any successor provisions) of any relevant jurisdiction or any other applicable law (including Title 11 of the United States Code) or principles of equity);
(iv) Capital Stock of a Person that constitutes a Subsidiary (other than a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary) the pledge of which would violate a contractual obligation to the owners of the other Capital
Stock of such Person that is binding on or relating to such Capital Stock; (v) any
191
Table of Contents
equipment
or real property (and proceeds thereof) of the Issuer or any Guarantor that is subject to a purchase money Lien or Capitalized Lease Obligation permitted under the Indenture to the extent
the documents relating to such purchase money Lien or Capitalized Lease Obligation would not permit such equipment or real property (and proceeds thereof) to be subject to the Liens created under the
Security Documents; provided, that immediately upon the ineffectiveness, lapse or termination of any such restriction, such equipment or real property shall cease to be an "Excluded Asset";
(vi) assets of the Issuer or any Guarantor located outside of the United States to the extent a Lien on such assets cannot be created and perfected under United States federal or state law;
(vii) any Equity Interests and other securities of a Subsidiary to the extent that the pledge of such Equity Interests and other securities results in the Issuer being required to file separate
financial statements of such Subsidiary with the SEC pursuant to Rule 3-16 of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act, but only to the extent necessary to not be
subject to such requirement, (viii) any voting Equity Interests in excess of 66% of the issued and outstanding voting Equity Interests in any Foreign Subsidiary; (ix) any collateral
account of the Issuer or any Guarantor maintained with the ABL Facility Security Agent solely for purposes of avoiding breakage costs in connection with mandatory prepayments of loans under the ABL
Facility; and (x) After-Acquired Property subject to Permitted Liens described in clause (8) or (9) of the definition of Permitted Liens so long as the documents governing such
Permitted Liens do not permit any other Liens on such After-Acquired Property; provided, however, that Excluded Assets will not include (a) any proceeds, substitutions or replacements of any
Excluded Assets referred to above (unless such proceeds, substitutions or replacements would constitute Excluded Assets) or (b) any asset which secures ABL Facility Debt.
"Excluded
Contribution" means net cash proceeds, marketable securities or Qualified Proceeds received by the Issuer from contributions to its common equity capital designated as Excluded
Contributions pursuant to an officer's certificate executed by the principal financial officer of the Issuer on the date such capital contributions are made or the date such Equity Interests are sold,
as the case may be, which are excluded from the calculation set forth in clause (3) of the first paragraph under "Certain CovenantsLimitation on Restricted Payments."
"Fixed
Charge Coverage Ratio" means, with respect to any Person for any period, the ratio of EBITDA of such Person for such period to the Fixed Charges of such Person for such period. In
the event that the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary incurs, assumes, guarantees, redeems, retires or extinguishes any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness incurred under any revolving credit
facilities unless such Indebtedness has been permanently repaid and has not been replaced) or issues or redeems Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for
which the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made (the "Fixed Charge Coverage
Ratio Calculation Date"), then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, assumption, guarantee, redemption, retirement or extinguishment of
Indebtedness, or such issuance or redemption of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.
For
purposes of making the computation referred to above, Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, consolidations and disposed operations (as determined in accordance with GAAP)
that have been made by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously
with the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio Calculation Date shall be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming that all such Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, consolidations and disposed
operations (and the change in any associated fixed charge obligations and the change in EBITDA resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period. If
since the beginning of such period any Person that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries since the beginning of such
period shall have made any Investment,
192
Table of Contents
acquisition,
disposition, merger, consolidation or disposed operation that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving
pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation or disposed operation had occurred at the beginning of the applicable
four-quarter period.
For
purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to a transaction, the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by the chief financial officer of the
Issuer. If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the Fixed Charge
Coverage Ratio Calculation Date had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Hedging Obligations applicable to such Indebtedness). Interest on a Capitalized Lease
Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Issuer to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized
Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP. For purposes of making the computation referred to above, interest on any Indebtedness under revolving credit facilities computed on a pro forma basis shall
be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the applicable period except as set forth in the first paragraph of this definition. Interest on Indebtedness that may
optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rate, shall be deemed to have been based upon the rate
actually chosen, or, if none, then based upon such optional rate chosen as the Issuer may designate.
"Fixed
Charges" means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum of:
(1) Consolidated
Interest Expense of such Person for such period;
(2) all
cash dividends or other distributions paid (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Preferred Stock during such period; and
(3) all
cash dividends or other distributions paid (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Disqualified Stock during such period.
"Foreign
Subsidiary" means, with respect to any Person, any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person that is not organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof
or the District of Columbia and any Restricted Subsidiary of such Foreign Subsidiary.
"GAAP"
means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States which are in effect on the Issue Date.
"Government
Securities" means securities that are:
(1) direct
obligations of the United States of America for the timely payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged; or
(2) obligations
of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America the timely payment of which is
unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of America,
which,
in either case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuers thereof, and shall also include a depository receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the
Securities Act), as custodian with respect to any such Government Securities or a specific payment of principal of or interest on any such Government Securities held by such custodian for the account
of the holder of such depository receipt; provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depository
receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the Government Securities or the specific payment of principal of or interest on the Government Securities evidenced by such depository
receipt.
193
Table of Contents
"guarantee"
means a guarantee (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business), direct or indirect, in any manner (including
letters of credit and reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), of all or any part of any Indebtedness or other obligations.
"Guarantee"
means the guarantee by any Guarantor of the Issuer's Obligations under the Indenture.
"Guarantor"
means each Restricted Subsidiary that Guarantees the Notes in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.
"Hedging
Obligations" means, with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person under any interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar
agreement, commodity swap agreement, commodity cap agreement, commodity collar agreement, foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement or similar agreement providing for the transfer or
mitigation of interest rate, commodity pricing or currency risks either generally or under specific contingencies.
"Holder"
means the Person in whose name a Note is registered on the registrar's books.
"Indebtedness"
means, with respect to any Person, without duplication:
(1) any
indebtedness (including principal and premium) of such Person, whether or not contingent:
(a) in
respect of borrowed money;
(b) evidenced
by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit or bankers' acceptances (or, without duplication, reimbursement agreements in respect
thereof);
(c) representing
the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property (including Capitalized Lease Obligations), except (i) any such balance that
constitutes a trade payable or similar obligation to a trade or similar creditor, in each case accrued in the ordinary course of business and (ii) any earn-out obligations until
such obligation becomes a liability on the balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP; or
(d) representing
any Hedging Obligations;
if
and to the extent that any of the foregoing Indebtedness (other than letters of credit and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet (excluding the
footnotes thereto) of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP;
(2) to
the extent not otherwise included, any obligation by such Person to be liable for, or to pay, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, on the obligations of the type
referred to in clause (1) of a third Person (whether or not such items would appear upon the balance sheet of the such obligor or guarantor), other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments
for collection in the ordinary course of business; and
(3) to
the extent not otherwise included, the obligations of the type referred to in clause (1) of a third Person secured by a Lien on any asset owned by such first
Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such first Person;
provided,
however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, Indebtedness shall be deemed not to include Contingent Obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business.
"Independent
Financial Advisor" means an accounting, appraisal, investment banking firm or consultant to Persons engaged in Similar Businesses of nationally recognized standing that is,
in the good faith judgment of the Issuer, qualified to perform the task for which it has been engaged.
194
Table of Contents
"Initial
Purchasers" means Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., and SunTrust Robinson Humphrey.
"Intercreditor
Agreement" means the intercreditor agreement dated as of the Issue Date among the Issuer, the Guarantors, the Trustee, the Notes Priority Collateral Agent and the ABL
Facility Security Agent, as it may be amended from time to time in accordance with the Indenture.
"Investment
Grade Rating" means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody's and BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P, or an equivalent rating by any other
Rating Agency.
"Investment
Grade Securities" means:
(1) securities
issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States government or any agency or instrumentality thereof (other than Cash Equivalents);
(2) debt
securities or debt instruments with an Investment Grade Rating, but excluding any debt securities or instruments constituting loans or advances among the Issuer and
its Subsidiaries;
(3) investments
in any fund that invests exclusively in investments of the type described in clauses (1) and (2) which fund may also hold immaterial amounts of
cash pending investment or distribution; and
(4) corresponding
instruments in countries other than the United States customarily utilized for high quality investments.
"Investments"
means, with respect to any Person, all investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the form of loans (including guarantees), advances or capital
contributions (excluding accounts receivable, trade credit, advances to customers, commission, travel and similar advances to officers and employees, in each case made in the ordinary course of
business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities issued by any other Person and investments that are required by GAAP to be classified
on the balance sheet (excluding the footnotes) of the Issuer in the same manner as the other investments included in this definition to the extent such transactions involve the transfer of cash or
other property. For purposes of the definition of "Unrestricted Subsidiary" and the covenant described under "Certain CovenantsLimitation on Restricted Payments":
(1) "Investments"
shall include the portion (proportionate to the Issuer's equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of a Subsidiary of
the Issuer at the time that such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that upon a redesignation of
such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the Issuer shall be deemed to continue to have a permanent "Investment" in an Unrestricted Subsidiary in an amount (if positive) equal to:
(a) the
Issuer "Investment" in such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; less
(b) the
portion (proportionate to the Issuer equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of such Subsidiary at the time of such
redesignation; and
(2) any
property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be valued at its fair market value at the time of such transfer, in each case as determined in good
faith by the Issuer.
"Issue
Date" means July 29, 2010.
"Issuer"
has the meaning set forth in the first paragraph under "General".
"Legal
Holiday" means a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which commercial banking institutions are not required to be open in the State of New York.
195
Table of Contents
"Lien"
means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien (statutory or otherwise), pledge, charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or
not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to
sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction; provided that in no
event shall an operating lease be deemed to constitute a Lien.
"Moody's"
means Moody's Investors Service, Inc. and any successor to its rating agency business.
"Net
Income" means, with respect to any Person, the net income (loss) of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of Preferred Stock dividends.
"Net
Proceeds" means the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale, including any cash received upon the sale or
other disposition of any Designated Non-cash Consideration received in any Asset Sale, net of the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale and the sale or disposition of such Designated
Non-cash Consideration, including legal, accounting and investment banking fees, and brokerage and sales commissions, any relocation expenses incurred as a result thereof, taxes paid or
payable as a result thereof (after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements), amounts required to be applied to the repayment of principal, premium,
if any, and interest on Indebtedness secured by a Lien permitted under the Indenture on assets that do not constitute Collateral required (other than required by clause (1) of the third
paragraph of "Certain CovenantsLimitation on Sales of Assets") to be paid as a result of such transaction and any deduction of appropriate amounts to be provided by the
Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as a reserve in accordance with GAAP against any liabilities associated with the asset disposed of in such transaction and retained by the Issuer or any of
its Restricted Subsidiaries after such sale or other disposition thereof, including pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters
or against any indemnification obligations associated with such transaction.
"Non-Conforming
Plan of Reorganization" means any plan of reorganization that grants any Noteholder Secured Party any right or benefit, directly or indirectly, which right or
benefit is prohibited at such time by the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement.
"Notes
Priority Collateral" means the portion of the Collateral as to which the Notes and Guarantees have a first-priority security interest subject to certain Permitted Liens as
described under "Security for the NotesNotes Priority Collateral".
"Notes
Priority Collateral Agent" means the "Collateral Agent" under the Indenture and under the Security Documents, and any successor thereto in such capacity.
"Obligations"
means any principal, interest (including any interest accruing subsequent to the filing of a petition in bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding at the rate
provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, whether or not such interest is an allowed claim under applicable state, federal or foreign law), penalties, fees, indemnifications,
reimbursements (including reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit and banker's acceptances), damages and other liabilities, and guarantees of payment of such principal, interest,
penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities, payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness.
"Officer"
means the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, any Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President or Vice President, the Treasurer or the
Secretary of the Issuer or of any other Person, as the case may be.
196
Table of Contents
"Officer's
Certificate" means a certificate signed on behalf of the Issuer by an Officer of the Issuer, or on behalf of any other Person, as the case may be, who must be the principal
executive officer, the principal financial officer, the treasurer or the principal accounting officer of the Issuer or such other Person, that meets the requirements set forth in the Indenture.
"Opinion
of Counsel" means a written opinion from legal counsel who is reasonably acceptable to the Trustee and, if applicable, the Notes Priority Collateral Agent. The counsel may be an
employee of or counsel to the Issuer, the Trustee or the Notes Priority Collateral Agent.
"Other
Pari Passu Lien Obligations" means any Additional Notes and any other Indebtedness having Pari Passu Lien Priority relative to the Notes with respect to the Notes Priority
Collateral, either Pari Passu Lien Priority or no Lien with respect to the ABL Priority Collateral and substantially identical terms as the Notes (other than issue price, interest rate, yield and
redemption terms) and any Indebtedness that refinances or refunds (or successive refinancings and refundings) any Notes or Additional Notes and all obligations with respect to such Indebtedness;
provided, that such Indebtedness may (a) contain terms and covenants that are, in the reasonable opinion of the Issuer, less restrictive to the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries than the
terms and covenants under the Notes; provided that such Indebtedness has Pari Passu Lien Priority relative to the Notes; and (b) contain terms and covenants that are more restrictive to the
Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries than the terms and covenants under the Notes so long as prior to or substantially simultaneously with the issuance of any such Indebtedness, the Notes and the
Indenture are amended to contain any such more restrictive terms and covenants; provided further, that such Indebtedness shall have a stated maturity date that is the same as or later than that of the
Notes.
"Pari
Passu Lien Priority" means, relative to specified Indebtedness, having equal Lien priority on specified Collateral and either subject to the Intercreditor Agreement on a
substantially identical basis as the holders of such specified Indebtedness or subject to intercreditor agreements providing holders of the Indebtedness intended to have Pari Passu Lien Priority with
substantially the same rights and obligations and Lien priority that the holders of such specified Indebtedness have pursuant to the Intercreditor Agreement as to the specified Collateral.
"Permitted
Asset Swap" means the concurrent purchase and sale or exchange of Related Business Assets or a combination of Related Business Assets and cash or Cash Equivalents between the
Issuer
or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and another Person; provided, that any cash or Cash Equivalents received must be applied in accordance with the "Certain
CovenantsLimitation on Sales of Assets" covenant.
"Permitted
Investments" means:
(1) any
Investment in the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;
(2) any
Investment in cash and Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities;
(3) any
Investment by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in a Person that is engaged in a Similar Business if as a result of such Investment:
(a) such
Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary; or
(b) such
Person, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys a division, a line of
business or substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary,
and,
in each case, any Investment held by such Person; provided, that such Investment was not acquired by such Person in contemplation of such acquisition, merger, consolidation or transfer;
(4) any
Investment in securities or other assets not constituting cash or Cash Equivalents and received in connection with an Asset Sale made pursuant to the provisions of
"Certain
197
Table of Contents
CovenantsLimitation
on Sales of Assets" or any other disposition of assets not constituting an Asset Sale;
(5) any
Investment existing on the Issue Date;
(6) any
Investment acquired by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries:
(a) in
exchange for any other Investment or accounts receivable held by the Issuer or any such Restricted Subsidiary in connection with or as a result of a bankruptcy,
workout, reorganization or recapitalization of the issuer of such other Investment or accounts receivable; or
(b) as
a result of a foreclosure by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any
secured Investment in default;
(7) Hedging
Obligations permitted under clause (11) of the covenant described in "Certain CovenantsLimitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness
and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock";
(8) additional
Investments having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (8) that are at that time
outstanding (without giving effect to the sale of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such sale do not consist of cash or marketable securities), not to exceed the greater of
(x) $20.0 million and (y) 2.5% of Total Assets at the time of such Investment (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving
effect to subsequent changes in value);
(9) Investments
the payment for which consists of Equity Interests (exclusive of Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer; provided, however, that such Equity Interests will not
increase the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (3) of the first paragraph under the covenant described in "Certain CovenantsLimitation on Restricted Payments";
(10) guarantees
of Indebtedness permitted under the covenant described in "Certain CovenantsLimitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance
of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock";
(11) any
transaction to the extent it constitutes an Investment that is permitted and made in accordance with the provisions of clause (6) of the second paragraph of
the covenant described under "Certain CovenantsTransactions with Affiliates";
(12) Investments
consisting of purchases and acquisitions of inventory, supplies, material or equipment;
(13) Investments
consisting of the licensing or contribution of intellectual property pursuant to joint marketing arrangements with other Persons;
(14) advances
to, or guarantees of Indebtedness of, employees not in excess of $1.0 million outstanding at any one time, in the aggregate, and advances to employees
solely for the purchase of Capital Stock of the Issuer not to exceed $2.5 million outstanding at any one time, in the aggregate;
(15) loans
and advances to officers, directors and employees for business-related travel expenses, moving expenses and other similar expenses, in each case incurred in the
ordinary course of business; and
(16) Investments
in foreign entities engaged in a Similar Business not in excess of $25 million in the aggregate.
198
Table of Contents
"Permitted
Liens" means, with respect to any Person:
(1) pledges
or deposits by such Person under workmen's compensation laws, unemployment insurance laws or similar legislation, or good faith deposits in connection with bids,
tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases to which such Person is a party, or deposits to secure public or statutory obligations of such Person or deposits of cash or
U.S. government bonds to secure surety or appeal bonds to which such Person is a party, or deposits as security for contested taxes or import duties or for the payment of rent, in each case incurred
in the ordinary course of business;
(2) Liens
imposed by law, such as carriers', warehousemen's and mechanics' Liens, in each case for sums not yet overdue for a period of more than 60 days or being
contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings or other Liens arising out of judgments or awards against such Person with respect to which such Person shall then be proceeding with an appeal or
other proceedings for review;
(3) Liens
for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges not yet overdue for a period of more than 60 days or payable or subject to penalties for nonpayment or
which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings;
(4) Liens
in favor of issuers of performance and surety bonds or bid bonds or with respect to other regulatory requirements or letters of credit issued pursuant to the
request of and for the account of such Person in the ordinary course of its business;
(5) survey
exceptions, encumbrances, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights-of-way, sewers, electric lines,
telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning or other restrictions as to the use of real properties, landlord liens and Liens incidental, to the conduct of the business of such
Person or to the ownership of its properties which were not incurred in connection with Indebtedness and which do not in the aggregate have a material adverse effect on said properties or materially
impair their use in the operation of the business of such Person;
(6) Liens
securing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to clause (5) or (13) of the second paragraph under "Certain
CovenantsLimitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock";
(7) Liens
existing on the Issue Date (other than Liens securing the ABL Facility Debt);
(8) Liens
on property or shares of stock of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary; provided, however, such Liens are not created or incurred in connection
with, or in contemplation of, such other Person becoming such a Subsidiary; provided, further, however, that such Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Issuer or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries;
(9) Liens
on property at the time the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary acquired the property, including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into
the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, however, that such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition; provided, further,
however, that the Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;
(10) Liens
securing Indebtedness or other obligations of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary permitted to be incurred in accordance
with the covenant described under "Certain CovenantsLimitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock";
199
Table of Contents
(11) Liens
securing Hedging Obligations so long as related Indebtedness (if any) is, and is permitted to be under the Indenture, secured by a Lien on the same property
securing such Hedging Obligations;
(12) Liens
on specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person's obligations in respect of bankers' acceptances issued or created
for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods;
(13) leases,
subleases, licenses or sublicenses (including real property and intellectual property rights) granted to others which do not materially interfere with the
ordinary conduct of the business of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;
(14) Liens
arising from Uniform Commercial Code financing statement filings regarding operating leases entered into by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the
ordinary course of business;
(15) Liens
in favor of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary;
(16) Liens
on equipment of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries granted in the ordinary course of business to the Issuer's clients;
(17) Liens
to secure any refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement (or successive refinancing, refunding, extensions, renewals or replacements) as a whole,
or in part, of any Indebtedness secured by any Lien referred to in the foregoing clauses (6), (7), (8), (9), (10), (11) and (14); provided, however, that (a) such new Lien shall
be limited to all or part of the same property that secured the original Lien (plus improvements on such property), and (b) the Indebtedness secured by such Lien at such time is not increased
to any amount greater than the sum of (i) the outstanding principal amount or, if greater, committed amount of the Indebtedness described under clauses (6), (7), (8), (9), (10),
(11) and (14) at the time the original Lien became a Permitted Lien under the Indenture, and (ii) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums, related to
such refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement;
(18) deposits
made in the ordinary course of business to secure liability to insurance carriers;
(19) other
Liens securing obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business which obligations do not exceed $10.0 million at any one time outstanding;
(20) to
the extent not an Event of Default under clause (5) under the caption "Events of Default and Remedies", Liens arising by reason of a judgment, decree or order
and Liens that are required to protect or enforce any rights in any administrative, arbitration or other court proceedings;
(21) Liens
in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods in the
ordinary course of business;
(22) Liens
(i) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code on items in the course of collection,
(ii) attaching to commodity trading accounts or other commodity brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business, and (iii) in favor of banking institutions arising as a
matter of law encumbering deposits (including the right of set-off) and which are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry;
(23) Liens
encumbering reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to commodity trading accounts or other brokerage accounts
incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes;
200
Table of Contents
(24) Liens
that are contractual rights of set-off (i) relating to the establishment of depository relations with banks not given in connection with the
issuance of Indebtedness, (ii) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations
incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries or (iii) relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers of the Issuer or
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;
(25) Liens
securing Senior Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to the first paragraph of the covenant described under "Certain
CovenantsLimitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock"; provided that any such Indebtedness has Pari Passu Lien Priority relative to the
Notes; and provided further that at the time of incurrence and after giving pro forma effect thereto, the Senior Secured Leverage Ratio would be no greater than 2.5 to 1.0;
(26) Liens
securing Indebtedness incurred pursuant to clause (1) of the second paragraph of the covenant described under "Certain
CovenantsLimitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock"; provided that (1) any such Liens on Notes Priority Collateral shall rank
junior in priority to the Liens on the Notes Priority Collateral securing the Notes and related Guarantees and (2) the holder of such Lien either (x) is subject to an intercreditor
agreement consistent with the Intercreditor Agreement on the same basis as the ABL
Secured Parties or (y) is or agrees to become bound by the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement on the same basis as the ABL Secured Parties;
(27) Liens
securing the Notes and the Guarantees (and the exchange Notes and the exchange Guarantees) outstanding on the Issue Date, Refinancing Indebtedness with respect to
such Notes, and the Guarantees relating thereto and any Obligations with respect to such Notes, Refinancing Indebtedness, and Guarantees;
(28) Liens
on the Notes Priority Collateral in favor of any collateral or security agent relating to such collateral or security agent's administrative expenses with respect
to the Notes Priority Collateral;
(29) Liens
contained in purchase and sale agreements limiting the transfer of assets pending the closing of the transactions contemplated thereby;
(30) Liens
that may be deemed to exist by virtue of contractual provisions that restrict the ability of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries from granting or permitting to
exist Liens on their respective assets;
(31) Liens
securing Cash Management Obligations so long as such Lien is on the same property which secures Indebtedness permitted pursuant to clause (1) of
"Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock"; and
(32) Liens
not otherwise permitted pursuant to the preceding clauses (1) through (31) securing Indebtedness that do not exceed $10 million in the
aggregate at any one time outstanding.
For purposes of determining compliance with this definition, (A) Permitted Liens need not be incurred solely by reference to one category of Permitted
Liens described above but are permitted to be incurred in part under any combination thereof and (B) in the event that a Lien (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of one or more of the
categories of Permitted Liens described above, the Issuer shall, in its sole discretion, classify (but not reclassify) such item of Permitted Liens (or any portion thereof) in any manner that complies
with this definition and will only be required to include the amount and type of such item of Permitted Liens in one of the above clauses and such Lien will be treated as having been incurred pursuant
to only one of such clauses.
201
Table of Contents
For
purposes of this definition, the term "Indebtedness" shall be deemed to include interest on such Indebtedness.
"Person"
means any individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any
agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.
"Preferred
Stock" means any Equity Interest with preferential rights of payment of dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution, or winding up.
"Public
Equity Offering" means any public sale of common stock or Preferred Stock of the Issuer (excluding Disqualified Stock), other than:
(1) public
offerings with respect to the Issuer's common stock registered on Form S-8;
(2) issuances
to any Subsidiary of the Issuer; and
(3) any
such public sale that constitutes an Excluded Contribution.
"Qualified
Proceeds" means assets that are used or useful in, or Capital Stock of any Person engaged in, a Similar Business; provided that the fair market value of any such assets or
Capital Stock shall be determined by the Issuer in good faith.
"Rating
Agencies" means Moody's and S&P or if Moody's or S&P or both shall not make a rating on the Notes publicly available, a nationally recognized statistical rating agency or
agencies, as the case may be, selected by the Issuer which shall be substituted for Moody's or S&P or both, as the case may be.
"Receivables"
means all of the following now owned or hereafter arising or acquired property of Issuer or any Guarantor: (a) all accounts; (b) all amounts at any time
payable to Issuer or any Guarantor in respect of the sale or other disposition by any Issuer or any Guarantor of any account; (c) all interest, fees, late charges, penalties, collection fees
and other amounts due or to become due or otherwise payable in connection with any account; (d) all payment intangibles of Issuer or any Guarantor and other contact rights, chattel paper,
instruments, notes, and other forms of obligations owing to Issuer or any Guarantor, in each case arising from the sale and lease of inventory, licensing of inventory or the
rendition of services or otherwise directly related to any accounts or inventory of Issuer or any Guarantor (including, without limitation, chooses in action, causes of action, or other rights and
claims against carriers and shippers, rights to indemnification, and identifiable proceeds thereof, casualty or any similar types of insurance, in each case relating to ABL Priority Collateral and
identifiable proceeds thereof).
"Registration
Rights Agreement" means the Registration Rights Agreement with respect to the Notes dated as of the Issue Date, among the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers
and any registration rights agreement entered into in connection with any issuance of Additional Notes.
"Related
Business Assets" means assets (other than cash or Cash Equivalents) used or useful in a Similar Business, provided that any assets received by the Issuer or a Restricted
Subsidiary in exchange for assets transferred by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary shall not be deemed to be Related Business Assets if they consist of securities of a Person, unless upon receipt
of the securities of such Person, such Person would become a Restricted Subsidiary.
"Representative"
means any trustee, agent or representative (if any) for an issue of Senior Indebtedness of the Issuer.
"Restricted
Investment" means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.
"Restricted
Subsidiary" means, at any time, any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Issuer (including any Foreign Subsidiary) that is not then an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided,
however, that
202
Table of Contents
upon
the occurrence of an Unrestricted Subsidiary ceasing to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary, such Subsidiary shall be included in the definition of "Restricted Subsidiary."
"S&P"
means Standard & Poor's, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and any successor to its rating agency business.
"Sale
and Lease-Back Transaction" means any arrangement providing for the leasing by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of any real or tangible personal
property, which property has been or is to be sold or transferred by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary to a third Person in contemplation of such leasing.
"SEC"
means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.
"Secured
Indebtedness" means any Indebtedness of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries secured by a Lien.
"Securities
Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.
"Security
Documents" means the security agreements, pledge agreements, mortgages, deeds of trust, deeds to secure debt, collateral assignments, control agreements and related agreements
(including, without limitation, financing statements under the Uniform Commercial Code of the relevant jurisdictions), as amended, supplemented, restated, renewed, refunded, replaced, restructured,
repaid, refinanced or otherwise modified from time to time, creating the security interests in the Collateral as contemplated by the Indenture.
"Senior
Indebtedness" means:
(1) all
Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Guarantor outstanding under the ABL Facility and related Guarantees (including interest accruing on or after the filing of any
petition in bankruptcy or similar proceeding or for reorganization of the Issuer or any Guarantor (at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, regardless of whether or not a
claim for post-filing interest is allowed in such proceedings)), and any and all other fees, expense reimbursement obligations, indemnification amounts, penalties, and other amounts
(whether existing on the Issue Date or thereafter created or incurred) and all obligations of the Issuer or any Guarantor to reimburse any bank or other Person in respect of amounts paid under letters
of credit, acceptances or other similar instruments;
(2) all
Hedging Obligations (and guarantees thereof) owing to a Lender (as defined in the ABL Facility) or any Affiliate of such Lender (or any Person that was a Lender or
an Affiliate of such Lender at the time the applicable agreement giving rise to such Hedging Obligation was entered into), provided that such Hedging Obligations are permitted to be incurred under the
terms of the Indenture;
(3) any
other Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Guarantor permitted to be incurred under the terms of the Indenture, unless the instrument under which such Indebtedness is
incurred expressly provides that it is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or any related Guarantee; and
(4) all
Obligations with respect to the items listed in the preceding clauses (1), (2) and (3);
provided,
however, that Senior Indebtedness shall not include:
(a) any
obligation of such Person to the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries;
(b) any
liability for federal, state, local or other taxes owed or owing by such Person;
203
Table of Contents
(c) any
accounts payable or other liability to trade creditors arising in the ordinary course of business;
(d) any
Indebtedness or other Obligation of such Person which is subordinate or junior in any respect to any other Indebtedness or other Obligation of such Person; or
(e) that
portion of any Indebtedness which at the time of incurrence is incurred in violation of the Indenture.
"Senior
Secured Indebtedness" means any Indebtedness (other than Capitalized Lease Obligations) that is secured by a Lien on any Collateral that ranks pari passu or senior in priority to
the Lien securing the Notes pursuant to the Intercreditor Agreement or otherwise, including the Notes and any other Pari Passu Lien Obligations.
"Senior
Secured Leverage Ratio" means as of any date of determination (the "Determination Date"), the ratio of (a) the aggregate Senior Secured Indebtedness of the Issuer and its
Restricted Subsidiaries as of the Determination Date to (b) EBITDA of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for the most recently ended four fiscal quarters for
which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the Determination Date.
For
purposes of making the computation referred to above, Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, consolidations and disposed operations (as determined in accordance with GAAP)
that have been made by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to the Determination
Date
shall be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming that all such Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, consolidations and disposed operations (and the change in any associated fixed charge
obligations and the change in EBITDA resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period. If since the beginning of such period any Person that
subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries since the beginning of such period shall have made any Investment, acquisition,
disposition, merger, consolidation or disposed operation that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Senior Secured Leverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma
effect thereto for such period as if such Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation or disposed operation had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter
period.
For
purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to a transaction, the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by the chief financial officer of the
Issuer.
"Significant
Subsidiary" means any Restricted Subsidiary that would be a "significant subsidiary" as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of
Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such regulation is in effect on the Issue Date.
"Similar
Business" means any business conducted or proposed to be conducted by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries on the Issue Date or any business that is similar, reasonably
related, incidental or ancillary thereto.
"Subordinated
Indebtedness" means, with respect to the Notes,
(1) any
Indebtedness of the Issuer which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes, and
(2) any
Indebtedness of any Guarantor which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Guarantee of such entity of the Notes.
204
Table of Contents
"Subsidiary"
means, with respect to any Person:
(1) any
corporation, association, or other business entity (other than a partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity) of which more than 50% of
the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time of
determination owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof or is consolidated under GAAP with such
Person at such time; and
(2) any
partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity of which
(x) more
than 50% of the capital accounts, distribution rights, total equity and voting interests or general or limited partnership interests, as applicable, are owned or
controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof whether in the form of membership, general, special or limited
partnership or otherwise, and
(y) such
Person or any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person is a controlling general partner or otherwise controls such entity.
"Total
Assets" means the total assets of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, as shown on the most recent balance sheet of the Issuer or such other Person
as may be expressly stated.
"Treasury
Rate" means, as of any Redemption Date, the yield to maturity as of such Redemption Date of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and
published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) that has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to the Redemption Date (or, if such Statistical
Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from the Redemption Date to February 1, 2013; provided, however, that if
the period from the Redemption Date to February 1, 2013 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of
one year will be used.
"Trust
Indenture Act" means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S.C §§ 77aaa-777bbbb).
"Unrestricted
Subsidiary" means:
(1) any
Subsidiary of the Issuer which at the time of determination is an Unrestricted Subsidiary (as designated by the Issuer, as provided below); and
(2) any
Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.
The
Issuer may designate any Subsidiary of the Issuer (including any existing Subsidiary and any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such
Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries owns any Equity Interests or Indebtedness of, or owns or holds any Lien on, any property of, the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer (other than solely any
Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated); provided that
(1) such
designation complies with the covenants described under "Certain CovenantsLimitation on Restricted Payments"; and
(2) each
of:
205
Table of Contents
has
not at the time of designation, and does not thereafter, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable with respect to any Indebtedness pursuant to
which the lender has recourse to any of the assets of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary.
The
Issuer may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that, immediately after giving effect to such designation, no Default shall have occurred and
be continuing and either:
(1) the
Issuer could incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test described in the first paragraph under
"Certain CovenantsLimitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock"; or
(2) the
Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Issuer its Restricted Subsidiaries would be greater than such ratio for the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately
prior to such designation,
in
each case on a pro forma basis taking into account such designation.
Any
such designation by the Issuer shall be notified by the Issuer to the Trustee by promptly filing with the Trustee and the Notes Priority Collateral Agent a copy of the resolution of
the board of directors of the Issuer or any committee thereof giving effect to such designation and an Officer's Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing provisions.
"Voting
Stock" of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the board of directors of such Person.
"Weighted
Average Life to Maturity" means, when applied to any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as the case may be, at any date, the quotient obtained by dividing:
(1) the
sum of the products of the number of years from the date of determination to the date of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Indebtedness or
redemption or similar payment with respect to such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock multiplied by the amount of such payment; by
(2) the
sum of all such payments.
"Wholly-Owned
Subsidiary" of any Person means a Subsidiary of such Person, 100% of the outstanding Equity Interests of which (other than directors' qualifying shares) shall at the time
be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries of such Person.
206
Table of Contents
BOOK-ENTRY SETTLEMENT AND CLEARANCE
The exchange notes will be issued in the form of one or more permanent global notes in definitive, fully registered form without
interest coupons and will be deposited with the Trustee as custodian for DTC and registered in the name of Cede & Co., as nominee of DTC.
Ownership
of beneficial interests in each global note will be limited to persons who have accounts with DTC, or DTC participants, or persons who hold interests through DTC participants.
We expect that under procedures established by DTC:
-
-
upon deposit of each global note with DTC's custodian, DTC will credit portions of the principal amount of the global note
to the accounts of the DTC participants; and
-
-
ownership of beneficial interests in each global note will be shown on, and transfer of ownership of those interests will
be effected only through, records maintained by DTC (with respect to interests of DTC participants) and the records of DTC participants (with respect to other owners of beneficial interests in the
global note).
Beneficial
interests in the global notes may not be exchanged for notes in physical, certificated form except in the limited circumstances described below.
Book-Entry Procedures for the Global Notes
All interests in the global notes will be subject to the operations and procedures of DTC, Euroclear and Clearstream. We provide the
following summaries of those operations and procedures solely for the convenience of investors. The information in this section concerning DTC, Euroclear and Clearstream and their
book-entry systems has been obtained from sources that we believe to be reliable, but neither we nor the initial purchasers take any responsibility for or make any representation or
warranty with respect to the accuracy of this information. DTC, Euroclear and Clearstream are under no obligation to follow the procedures described herein to facilitate the transfer of interest in
global notes among participants and account
holders of DTC, Euroclear and Clearstream, and such procedures may be discontinued or modified at any time. Neither we, the guarantors, the trustee nor any paying agent will have any responsibility
for the performance of DTC, Euroclear and Clearstream or their respective participants or indirect participants of their respective obligations under the rules and procedures governing their
operations.
DTC
has advised us that it is:
-
-
a limited purpose trust company organized under the laws of the State of New York;
-
-
a "banking organization" within the meaning of the New York State Banking Law;
-
-
a member of the Federal Reserve System;
-
-
a "clearing corporation" within the meaning of the Uniform Commercial Code; and
-
-
a "clearing agency" registered under Section 17A of the Exchange Act.
DTC
was created to hold securities for its participants and to facilitate the clearance and settlement of securities transactions between its participants through electronic
book-entry changes to the accounts of its participants. DTC's participants include securities brokers and dealers, including the initial purchasers; banks and trust companies; clearing
corporations and other organizations. Indirect access to DTC's system is also available to others such as banks, brokers, dealers and trust companies; these indirect participants clear through or
maintain a custodial relationship with a DTC participant, either directly or indirectly. Investors who are not DTC participants may beneficially own securities held by or on behalf of DTC only through
DTC participants or indirect participants in DTC.
207
Table of Contents
So
long as DTC's nominee is the registered owner of a global note, that nominee will be considered the sole owner or holder of the notes represented by that global note for all purposes
under the indenture. Except as provided below, owners of beneficial interests in a global note:
-
-
will not be entitled to have notes represented by the global note registered in their names;
-
-
will not receive or be entitled to receive physical, certificated notes; and
-
-
will not be considered the owners or holders of the notes under the indenture for any purpose, including with respect to
the giving of any direction, instruction or approval to the Trustee under the indenture.
As
a result, each investor who owns a beneficial interest in a global note must rely on the procedures of DTC to exercise any rights of a holder of notes under the indenture (and, if the
investor is not a participant or an indirect participant in DTC, on the procedures of the DTC participant through which the investor owns its interest).
Payments
of principal, premium (if any) and interest with respect to the notes represented by a global note will be made by the Trustee to DTC's nominee as the registered holder of the
global note. Neither we nor the Trustee will have any responsibility or liability for the payment of amounts to owners of beneficial interests in a global note, for any aspect of the records relating
to or payments made on account of those interests by DTC, or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records of DTC relating to those interests.
Payments
by participants and indirect participants in DTC to the owners of beneficial interests in a global note will be governed by standing instructions and customary industry practice
and will be the responsibility of those participants or indirect participants and DTC.
Transfers
between participants in DTC will be effected under DTC's procedures and will be settled in same-day funds. Transfers between participants in Euroclear or
Clearstream will be effected in the ordinary way under the rules and operating procedures of those systems.
Cross-market
transfers between DTC participants, on the one hand, and Euroclear or Clearstream participants, on the other hand, will be effected within DTC through the DTC participants
that are acting as depositaries for Euroclear and Clearstream. To deliver or receive an interest in a global note held in a Euroclear or Clearstream account, an investor must send transfer
instructions to Euroclear or Clearstream, as the case may be, under the rules and procedures of that system and within the established deadlines of that system. If the transaction meets its settlement
requirements, Euroclear or Clearstream, as the case may be, will send instructions to its DTC depositary to take action to effect final settlement by delivering or receiving interests in the relevant
global notes in DTC, and making or receiving payment under normal procedures for same-day funds settlement applicable to DTC. Euroclear and Clearstream participants may not deliver
instructions directly to the DTC depositaries that are acting for Euroclear or Clearstream.
Because
of time zone differences, the securities account of a Euroclear or Clearstream participant that purchases an interest in a global note from a DTC participant will be credited on
the business day for Euroclear or Clearstream immediately following the DTC settlement date. Cash received in Euroclear or Clearstream from the sale of an interest in a global note to a DTC
participant will be received with value on the DTC settlement date but will be available in the relevant Euroclear or Clearstream cash account as of the business day for Euroclear or Clearstream
following the DTC settlement date.
DTC,
Euroclear and Clearstream have agreed to the above procedures to facilitate transfers of interests in the global notes among participants in those settlement systems. However, the
settlement systems are not obligated to perform these procedures and may discontinue or change these procedures at any time. Neither we nor the Trustee will have any responsibility for the performance
by DTC,
208
Table of Contents
Euroclear
or Clearstream or their participants or indirect participants of their obligations under the rules and procedures governing their operations.
Certificated Notes
Notes in physical, certificated form will be issued and delivered to each person that DTC identifies as a beneficial owner of the
related notes only if:
-
-
DTC notifies us at any time that it is unwilling or unable to continue as depositary for the global notes and a successor
depositary is not appointed within 90 days;
-
-
DTC ceases to be registered as a clearing agency under the Exchange Act and a successor depositary is not appointed within
90 days;
-
-
we, at our option, notify the Trustee that we elect to cause the issuance of certificated notes; or
-
-
certain other events provided in the indenture should occur.
209
Table of Contents
MATERIAL UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS
The following discussion describes certain U.S. federal income tax consequences relevant to the exchange of the outstanding notes for
the exchange notes (collectively, the "notes") pursuant to the exchange offer and the ownership and disposition of the exchange notes. This discussion is not a complete analysis of all potential U.S.
federal income tax consequences and does not address any tax consequences arising under any state, local or foreign tax laws or U.S. federal estate or gift tax laws. This discussion is based upon the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, which we refer to as the Code, U.S. Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, judicial decisions, and published rulings and administrative pronouncements
of the Internal Revenue Service, which we refer to as the IRS, all as in effect on the date of this prospectus. These authorities are subject to change, possibly retroactively, resulting in tax
consequences different from those discussed below. No rulings have or will be sought from the IRS with respect to the matters discussed below, and there can be no assurance that the IRS will not take
a different position concerning the tax consequences of the exchange of the outstanding notes for the exchange notes pursuant to the exchange offer and the ownership or disposition of the exchange
notes, or that any such position would not be sustained by a court.
This
discussion is limited to holders who hold the notes as "capital assets" within the meaning of Code Section 1221 (generally, property held for investment). This discussion
does not address all of the U.S. federal income tax consequences that may be relevant to a holder in light of such holder's particular circumstances or to holders subject to special rules under the
U.S. federal income tax laws, such as banks, financial institutions, U.S. expatriates, insurance companies, regulated investment companies, real estate investment trusts, "controlled foreign
corporations," "passive foreign investment companies," dealers in securities or currencies, traders in securities, partnerships or other pass-through entities (or investors in such
entities), U.S. holders (as defined below) whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar, persons subject to the alternative minimum tax, tax-exempt organizations and persons holding
the notes as part of a "straddle," "hedge," "conversion transaction" or other integrated transaction.
As
used herein, "U.S. holder" means a beneficial owner of the notes who is treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as:
-
-
an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;
-
-
a corporation, or other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, created or organized in or
under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;
-
-
an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or
-
-
a trust if (i) a U.S. court is able to exercise primary supervision over its administration and one or more U.S.
persons have authority to control all its substantial decisions or (ii) the trust was in existence on August 20, 1996, was treated as a U.S. person prior to such date, and validly
elected to continue to be so treated.
A
"non-U.S. holder" is a beneficial owner of the notes who is an individual, corporation, estate or trust for U.S. federal income tax purposes and who is not a U.S. holder.
If
a partnership or other entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds the notes, the tax treatment of a partner generally will depend on the status of the
partner and the
activities of the partnership. Partnerships and their partners should consult their tax advisors as to the tax consequences to them of the ownership and disposition of the notes.
Holders
of the notes should consult their own tax advisors with regard to the application of the tax consequences discussed below to their particular situations as well as the
application of any state, local, foreign or other tax law, including gift and estate tax laws, and any tax treaties.
210
Table of Contents
Exchange Pursuant to the Exchange Offer
The exchange of the outstanding notes for the exchange notes pursuant to the exchange offer will not be treated as an "exchange" for
U.S. federal income tax purposes because the exchange notes will not be considered to differ materially in kind or extent from the outstanding notes. Accordingly, the exchange of the outstanding notes
for the exchange notes will not be a taxable event to holders for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Moreover, the exchange notes will have the same tax attributes and tax consequences as the
outstanding notes exchanged therefore, including without limitation, the same issue price, adjusted issue price, adjusted tax basis and holding period.
YOU SHOULD CONSULT YOUR TAX ADVISOR REGARDING THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO YOU OF THE EXCHANGE OF OUTSTANDING NOTES FOR EXCHANGE NOTES PURSUANT TO
THIS EXCHANGE OFFER AND THE OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF THE EXCHANGE NOTES, AS WELL AS ANY TAX CONSEQUENCES ARISING UNDER ANY STATE, LOCAL OR FOREIGN TAX LAWS, OR ANY OTHER U.S. FEDERAL TAX
LAWS.
Classification of the Notes
In certain circumstances (see "Description of NotesOptional Redemption" and "Description of NotesRepurchase
at the Option of HoldersChange of Control"), we may be obligated to pay amounts in excess of stated interest or principal on the notes. Our obligation to pay any such excess amounts may
implicate the provisions of the U.S. Treasury Regulations relating to "contingent payment debt instruments." We intend to take the position that the notes should not be treated as contingent
payment debt instruments because of the possibility of such payments. This position is based in part on assumptions regarding the likelihood, as of the date of issuance of the notes, that such
additional payments will not have to be paid. Assuming such position is respected, a holder generally would not be required to include any income in respect of the foregoing contingencies unless and
until any of such contingencies occurred. Our position is binding on a holder unless the holder discloses its contrary position in the manner required by applicable U.S. Treasury Regulations. Our
position, however, is not binding on the IRS. If the IRS were to challenge this determination, a holder might be required to accrue income on its notes in excess of stated interest and original issue
discount (if any), and to treat as ordinary income, rather than capital gain, any income realized on the taxable disposition of a note. This disclosure assumes that the notes will not be considered
contingent payment debt instruments. Holders are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the potential application of the contingent payment debt regulations to the notes and the
consequences thereof.
U.S. Holders
Absent an election to treat all interest on a note as original issue discount, as discussed below under "Election to Treat
All Interest as OID," payments of stated interest on the notes generally will be taxable to a U.S. holder as ordinary income at the time such payments are received or accrued, in accordance with such
holder's method of accounting for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Beginning after December 31, 2012, certain U.S. holders who are individuals, estates or trusts will be subject to a newly
enacted additional 3.8% tax on payments of stated interest and any original issue discount on the notes.
The notes will be treated as issued with original issue discount, which we refer to as OID, in an amount equal to the difference
between their stated principal amount and their "issue price." The "issue price" of the notes is the first price at which a substantial amount of the outstanding notes were
211
Table of Contents
sold
for cash (excluding sales to bond houses, brokers or similar persons or organizations acting in the capacity of underwriters, placement agents or wholesalers).
Subject
to the rules described below under "Acquisition Premium" and "Amortizable Bond Premium," U.S. holders must include OID in gross income (as ordinary
income) on a constant yield basis in advance of the receipt of cash attributable to that income irrespective of their method of tax accounting. However, U.S. holders generally will not be required to
include separately in income cash payments received on the notes to the extent such payments constitute payments of previously accrued OID.
The
amount of OID includible in gross income by a U.S. holder is the sum of the "daily portions" of OID with respect to the note for each day during the taxable year or portion of the
taxable year in which such U.S. holder holds such note, which we refer to as accrued OID. The daily portion is determined by allocating to each day in any "accrual period" a pro rata portion of the
OID allocable to that accrual period. The "accrual period" for a note may be of any length and may vary in length over the term of the note, provided that each accrual period is no longer than one
year and each scheduled payment of principal or interest occurs on the first day or the final day of an accrual period. The amount of OID allocable to any accrual period is an amount equal to the
excess, if any, of (i) the product of the note's "adjusted issue price" at the beginning of such accrual period and its yield to maturity (determined on a constant yield method, compounded at
the close of each accrual period and properly adjusted for the length of the accrual period) over (ii) the aggregate amount of all stated interest allocable to the accrual period. OID allocable
to the final accrual period is the difference between the amount payable at maturity (other than a payment of stated interest) and the adjusted issue price at the beginning of the final accrual
period. The "adjusted issue price" of a note at the beginning of any accrual period is equal to its issue price increased by the accrued OID for each prior accrual period and reduced by any payments
previously made on such note other than payments of stated interest. The "yield to maturity" of the notes is the discount rate that, when used in computing the present value of all principal and
interest payments to be made on the notes, produces an amount equal to the issue price of the notes. Under these rules, a U.S. holder will have to include in income increasingly greater amounts of OID
in successive accrual periods.
If a U.S. holder acquires a note at a cost that is less than its adjusted issue price on the acquisition date, the amount of the
difference is treated as "market discount" for U.S. federal income tax purposes, unless the difference is less than .0025 multiplied by the note's stated redemption price at maturity multiplied by the
number of complete years to maturity of the note from the date of acquisition (in which case, the difference is "de minimis market discount"). In general, market discount will be treated as accruing
ratably over the remaining term of the note or, at the holder's election, on a constant yield to maturity basis. If a constant yield election is made, it will apply only to the note for which it is
made and may not be revoked.
A
U.S. holder may elect to include market discount in income currently as it accrues. Once made, this election will apply to all market discount obligations acquired by the U.S. holder
on or after the first day of the first taxable year to which the election applies and may not be revoked without the consent of the IRS. A U.S. holder's tax basis in a note will be increased by the
amount of market discount included in the holder's income under the election. If a holder does not elect to include accrued market discount in income over the remaining term of the note, the holder
may be required to defer the deduction of a portion of the interest on any indebtedness incurred or maintained to purchase or carry the note until maturity or until a taxable disposition of the note.
If
a U.S. holder acquires a note at a market discount, the holder will be required to treat any gain on the disposition of the note as ordinary income to the extent of accrued market
discount not
212
Table of Contents
previously
included in income with respect to the note. If a U.S. holder disposes of a note with market discount in certain otherwise nontaxable transactions, the U.S. holder must include accrued
market discount in income as ordinary income as if the holder had sold the note at its then fair market value.
If a U.S. holder acquires a note at a cost less than or equal to the sum of all amounts payable on the note after the acquisition date
other than stated interest, but greater than the note's adjusted issue price on the acquisition date, the holder will be treated as acquiring the note at an "acquisition premium." Unless an election
is made, the holder generally will reduce the amount of OID otherwise includible in gross income for an accrual period by an amount equal to the amount of OID otherwise includible in gross income
multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the excess of the holder's initial basis in the note over the note's adjusted issue price on the acquisition
date and the denominator of which is the excess of the sum of all amounts payable on the note after the acquisition date other than qualified stated interest over the note's adjusted issue price on
the acquisition date. Alternatively, the U.S. holder may elect to compute OID accruals by treating the acquisition of the note as a purchase at original issuance and applying the constant yield method
described above.
A U.S. holder generally will be considered to have acquired the note with amortizable bond premium if the holder acquires the note for
an amount greater than the stated principal amount. A U.S. holder generally may elect to amortize bond premium under a constant yield method from the acquisition date to the note's maturity date (or,
if it results in a smaller amount of amortizable premium, to an earlier call date with reference to the amount payable on the earlier call date such as described under "Description of Exchange
Notes Optional Redemption"). Once made, this election applies to all debt obligations held or subsequently acquired by the holder on or after the first day of the first taxable year to
which the election applies and may not be revoked without the consent of the IRS. The amount amortized in any taxable year generally is treated as an offset to interest income on the note and not as a
separate deduction.
A U.S. holder may elect to treat all interest (including any stated interest, OID, market discount and de minimis market discount, as
adjusted by any amortizable bond premium or acquisition premium) on a note as OID and calculate the amount includible in gross income under the constant yield method described above. The election must
be made for the taxable year in which the U.S. holder acquires the note, and may not be revoked without the consent of the IRS. If a note was acquired with market discount, this election will result
in a deemed election to accrue market discount in income currently with respect to the note and all other market discount obligations acquired by the holder on or after the first day of the taxable
year to which the election first applies. Similarly, if a note was acquired with amortizable bond premium, this election will result in a deemed election to amortize bond premium with respect to the
note and all other debt obligations held or subsequently acquired by the holder on or after the first day of the taxable year to which the election first applies. U.S. holders should consult their tax
advisors about this election.
The
rules regarding OID, market discount, acquisition premium and amortizable bond premium are complex. Accordingly, prospective investors should consult their own tax advisors regarding
the application of the rules described above.
213
Table of Contents
A U.S. holder will recognize gain or loss on the sale, exchange (other than for exchange notes pursuant to the exchange offer or
pursuant to a tax-free transaction), redemption, retirement or other taxable disposition of a note equal to the difference between the amount realized upon the disposition (less a portion
allocable to any accrued and unpaid stated interest that the holder has not elected to treat as OID as discussed above, which will be taxable as interest if not previously included in income) and the
U.S. holder's adjusted tax basis in the note. A U.S. holder's adjusted tax basis in a note generally will be the U.S. holder's cost therefor, increased by OID (net of any reduction in OID made to
reflect acquisition premium) and market discount previously included in gross income and decreased by amounts of amortizable bond premium used to offset stated interest income with respect to the
note. Other than as described above under "Market Discount," this gain or loss generally will be a capital gain or loss, and will be a long-term capital gain or loss if the
U.S. holder has held the note for more than one year. Long-term capital gains of non-corporate holders are currently subject to tax at a reduced rate. The deductibility of
capital losses is subject to limitations. Beginning after December 31, 2012, certain U.S. holders who are individuals, estates or trusts will be subject to a newly enacted additional 3.8% tax
on capital gains from the sale or other taxable disposition of the notes.
Information with respect to interest and OID paid on the notes and gross proceeds paid on a taxable disposition of the notes to U.S.
holders, other than certain exempt holders, will be required to be furnished to such holders and to the IRS.
A
U.S. holder may be subject to backup withholding (currently at a rate of 28%) on interest (including OID) received on the notes and on the proceeds received upon the sale or other
disposition (including a retirement or redemption) of such notes. Certain holders generally are not subject to backup withholding. A U.S. holder generally will be subject to backup withholding if such
holder is not otherwise exempt and:
-
-
such holder fails to furnish its taxpayer identification number, which, for an individual, is ordinarily his or her social
security number;
-
-
such holder furnishes an incorrect taxpayer identification number;
-
-
we are notified by the IRS that such holder is subject to backup withholding because it has failed to properly report
payments of interest or dividends; or
-
-
such holder fails to certify, under penalties of perjury, that it has furnished its correct taxpayer identification number
and that the IRS has not notified the U.S. holder that it is subject to backup withholding.
U.S.
holders should consult their tax advisors regarding their qualification for an exemption from backup withholding and the procedures for obtaining such an exemption, if applicable.
Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Taxpayers may use amounts withheld as a credit against their U.S. federal income tax liability or may claim a refund if they timely provide certain
information to the IRS.
Non-U.S. Holders
Interest and OID paid to a non-U.S. holder will not be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% (or, if applicable, a
lower treaty rate) provided that:
-
-
such interest and OID is not effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder's conduct of a trade or business
in the United States;
214
Table of Contents
-
-
such holder does not directly, indirectly, actually or constructively own 10% or more of the total combined voting power
of all of the classes of our stock (which should include for these purposes our currently outstanding convertible notes because we are treating the convertible notes as stock for federal income tax
purposes);
-
-
such holder is not a controlled foreign corporation that is related to us; and
-
-
either (1) the non-U.S. holder certifies in a statement provided to us or our paying agent, under
penalties of perjury, that it is not a U.S. person and provides its name and address (which certification may be made on IRS Form W-8BEN, or applicable successor form), (2) a
securities clearing organization, bank or other financial institution that holds customers' securities in the ordinary course of its trade or business and holds the notes on behalf of the
non-U.S. holder certifies to us or our paying agent under penalties of perjury that it, or the financial institution between it and the non-U.S. holder, has received from the
non-U.S. holder a statement, under penalties of perjury, that such holder is not a U.S. person and provides us or our paying agent with a copy of such statement or (3) the
non-U.S. holder holds its notes through a "qualified intermediary" and certain conditions are satisfied.
If
the requirements described above are not satisfied, the gross amount of any payments of interest and OID made to the non-U.S. holder that are not effectively connected
with the non-U.S. holder's conduct of a U.S. trade or business will be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at a rate of 30% (or, if applicable, a lower treaty rate). Interest and OID
that is effectively connected with a non-U.S. holder's conduct of a trade or business in the United States will be taxed as discussed below under "U.S. Trade or Business."
Even
if the above conditions are not met, a non-U.S. holder may be entitled to a reduction in or an exemption from withholding tax on interest and OID under an income tax
treaty between the United States and the non-U.S. holder's country of residence. To claim such a reduction or exemption, a non-U.S. holder generally must complete IRS
Form W-8BEN and claim this reduction or exemption on the form. In some cases, a non-U.S. holder instead may be permitted to provide documentary evidence of its claim to
an intermediary, or a qualified intermediary already may have some or all of the necessary evidence in its files.
The
certification requirements described above may require a non-U.S. holder to provide its U.S. taxpayer identification number in order to claim the benefit of an income tax
treaty or for other reasons. Special certification requirements apply to intermediaries. Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the certification requirements
discussed above.
A non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax or withholding tax on gain recognized on the
sale, exchange, redemption, retirement or other disposition of a note unless (i) such gain is effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder's conduct of a trade or business in the
United States (in which case, such non-U.S. holder will be taxed as discussed below under "U.S. Trade or Business") or (ii) such holder is an individual present in the
United States for 183 days or more during the taxable year of the disposition and certain other conditions are met (in which case, such holder will be subject to a U.S. federal income tax of
30% (or, if applicable, a lower treaty rate) on such gain, which may be offset by certain U.S. source capital losses).
If interest, OID or gain from a disposition of the notes is effectively connected with a non-U.S. holder's conduct of a
trade or business in the United States and, if an income tax treaty applies, the non-U.S. holder maintains a "permanent establishment" in the United States to which the interest,
215
Table of Contents
OID
or gain is attributable, the non-U.S. holder generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the interest, OID or gain on a net basis in the same manner as if it were a U.S.
holder. If interest income received (including OID) with respect to the notes is effectively connected income,
the 30% withholding tax described above will not apply (assuming the appropriate certification is provided, which may be done by filing a properly executed IRS Form W-8ECI). A
foreign corporation that is a holder of a note also may be subject to a branch profits tax equal to 30% of its effectively connected earnings and profits for the taxable year, subject to certain
adjustments, unless it qualifies for a lower rate under an applicable income tax treaty. For this purpose, interest or OID on a note or gain recognized on the disposition of a note will be included in
earnings and profits if the interest, OID or gain is effectively connected with the conduct by the foreign corporation of a trade or business in the United States.
Backup withholding generally will not apply to payments of interest (including OID) made by us or our paying agent, in such capacities
to a non-U.S. holder of a note if the holder certifies as to its non-U.S. status in the manner described above under "Non-U.S.
HoldersInterest." However, information reporting on IRS Form 1042-S may still apply with respect to interest payments (including OID). In addition, information
regarding interest (including OID) payments on the notes may be made available to the tax authorities in the country where the non-U.S. holder resides or is established, pursuant to an
applicable income tax treaty.
Payments
of the proceeds from a disposition (including a retirement or redemption) by a non-U.S. holder of a note made to or through a foreign office of a broker will not be
subject to information reporting or backup withholding, except that information reporting (but generally not backup withholding) may apply to those payments if the broker
is:
-
-
a U.S. person;
-
-
a controlled foreign corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes;
-
-
a foreign person 50% or more of whose gross income is effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business for a specified
three-year period; or
-
-
a foreign partnership, if at any time during its tax year, one or more of its partners are U.S. persons who in the
aggregate hold more than 50% of the income or capital interest in the partnership, or if at any time during its tax year, the foreign partnership is engaged in a U.S. trade or business.
Payment
of the proceeds from a disposition (including a retirement or redemption) by a non-U.S. holder of a note made to or through the U.S. office of a broker generally will
be subject to information reporting and backup withholding unless the beneficial owner certifies as to its non-U.S. status or otherwise establishes an exemption from information reporting
and backup withholding.
Non-U.S.
holders should consult their tax advisors regarding application of withholding and backup withholding in their particular circumstance and the availability of, and
the procedure for obtaining an exemption from, withholding, information reporting and backup withholding under current U.S. Treasury Regulations. In this regard, the current U.S. Treasury Regulations
provide that a certification may not be relied on if the payer knows or has reason to know that the certification may be false. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Taxpayers may use amounts
withheld as a credit against their U.S. federal income tax liability or may claim a refund if they timely provide certain information to the IRS.
You should consult your tax advisor regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences to you of the exchange of the outstanding notes for the exchange notes and
the ownership and disposition of the exchange notes, as well as any tax consequences arising under any state, local or foreign tax laws, or any other U.S. federal tax laws.
216
Table of Contents
PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION
Each broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for its own account pursuant to the exchange offer must acknowledge that it will
deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such exchange notes. This prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with
resales of exchange notes received in exchange for outstanding notes where such outstanding notes were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. We have agreed
that, for a period of 180 days after
the expiration date, we will make this prospectus, as amended or supplemented, available to any broker-dealer for use in any such resale. All dealers that effect transactions in these securities,
whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus.
We
will not receive any proceeds from any sale of exchange notes by broker-dealers. Exchange notes received by broker-dealers for their own account pursuant to the exchange offer may be
sold from time to time in one or more transactions in the over-the-counter market, in negotiated transactions, through the writing of options on the exchange notes or a
combination of the methods of resale, at market prices prevailing at the time of resale, at prices related to such prevailing market prices or negotiated prices. Any such resale may be made directly
to purchasers or to or through brokers or dealers who may receive compensation in the form of commissions or concessions from any such broker-dealer or the purchasers of any such exchange notes. Any
broker-dealer that resells exchange notes that were received by it for its own account pursuant to the exchange offer and any broker or dealer that participates in a distribution of such exchange
notes may be deemed to be an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act and any profit on any such resale of exchange notes and any commissions or concessions received by any such persons
may be deemed to be underwriting compensation under the Securities Act. The letter of transmittal states that, by acknowledging that it will deliver and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer
will not be deemed to admit that it is an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act.
For
a period of 180 days after the expiration date, we will promptly send additional copies of this prospectus and any amendment or supplement to this prospectus to any
broker-dealer that requests such documents in the letter of transmittal. We have agreed to pay all expenses incident to the exchange offer (including the expenses of one counsel for the holders of the
notes) other than commissions or concessions of any brokers or dealers,, and pursuant to the terms of the registration rights agreement, will indemnify the holders of the notes (including any
broker-dealers) against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.
217
Table of Contents
LEGAL MATTERS
The validity of the securities offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Latham & Watkins LLP, Chicago, Illinois.
EXPERTS
The financial statements as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, and for each of the three years in the period ended
December 31, 2009, included in this Registration Statement have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report
appearing herein (which report expresses an unqualified opinion on the consolidated financial statements and includes an explanatory paragraph referring to (1) uncertainties resulting from the
consequences of the bankruptcy proceedings and (2) the order by the Bankruptcy Court confirming the plan of reorganization effective at the close of business on February 26, 2010). Such
consolidated financial statements have been so included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.
218
Table of Contents
ACCURIDE CORPORATION
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
|
|
|
|
|
Audited Consolidated Financial Statements as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 and for the years
ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
|
|
|
|
|
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
|
|
|
F-2
|
|
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2009 and 2008
|
|
|
F-3
|
|
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and
2007
|
|
|
F-4
|
|
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity (Deficiency) for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2009,
2008 and 2007
|
|
|
F-5
|
|
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and
2007
|
|
|
F-6
|
|
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009
|
|
|
F-7
|
|
Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements as of and for the nine
months ended September 30, 2010 and 2009
|
|
|
|
|
Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets (unaudited) as of September 30, 2010 and December 31,
2009
|
|
|
F-58
|
|
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations (unaudited) for the three and nine months ended September 30,
2010 and 2009
|
|
|
F-59
|
|
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity (Deficiency)
(unaudited) for the nine months ended September 30, 2010
|
|
|
F-61
|
|
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (unaudited) for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 and
2009
|
|
|
F-62
|
|
Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited) for the three and nine months ended
September 30, 2010 and 2009
|
|
|
F-63
|
|
F-1
Table of Contents
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To
the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
Accuride Corporation
Evansville, Indiana
We
have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Accuride Corporation (Debtors-in-Possession) and subsidiaries (the "Company") as of
December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders'
equity (deficiency), and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2009. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's
management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.
We
conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to
obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal
control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances,
but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes
examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well
as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In
our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Accuride Corporation
(Debtors-in-Possession) and subsidiaries at December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the
period ended December 31, 2009, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
As
discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company and its U.S. subsidiaries have filed for reorganization under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy
Code. The accompanying consolidated financial statements do not purport to reflect or provide for the consequences of the bankruptcy proceedings. In particular, such consolidated financial statements
do not purport to show (1) as to assets, their realizable value on a liquidation basis or their availability to satisfy liabilities; (2) as to prepetition liabilities, the amounts that
may be allowed for claims or contingencies, or the status and priority thereof; (3) as to stockholder accounts, the effect of any changes that may be made in the capitalization of the Company;
or (4) as to operations, the effect of any changes that may be made in its business.
As
discussed in Note 21 to the consolidated financial statements, on February 18, 2010, the Bankruptcy Court entered an order confirming the plan of reorganization which
became effective after the close of business on February 26, 2010. Under the plan of reorganization, the Company is required to comply with certain terms and conditions as more fully described
in Note 21 to the consolidated financial statements.
/s/
DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
Indianapolis,
Indiana
March 29, 2010
F-2
Table of Contents
ACCURIDE CORPORATION
(DEBTORS-IN-POSSESSION)
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except for per share data)
|
|
December 31,
2009
|
|
December 31,
2008
|
|
ASSETS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CURRENT ASSETS:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
56,521
|
|
$
|
123,676
|
|
|
Customer receivables, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $2,329 and $1,743 in 2009 and 2008, respectively
|
|
|
60,120
|
|
|
70,485
|
|
|
Other receivables
|
|
|
6,181
|
|
|
7,734
|
|
|
Inventories
|
|
|
50,742
|
|
|
78,805
|
|
|
Supplies, net
|
|
|
16,600
|
|
|
18,501
|
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
2,811
|
|
|
1,955
|
|
|
Income tax receivable
|
|
|
1,542
|
|
|
1,140
|
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
|
|
|
4,620
|
|
|
5,463
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
|
199,137
|
|
|
307,759
|
|
PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT, net
|
|
|
229,527
|
|
|
258,638
|
|
OTHER ASSETS:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
127,474
|
|
|
127,474
|
|
|
Other intangible assets, net
|
|
|
89,230
|
|
|
97,482
|
|
|
Deferred financing costs, net of accumulated amortization of $7,360 and $4,940 in 2009 and 2008, respectively
|
|
|
4,282
|
|
|
5,559
|
|
|
Marketable securities and other investments
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,000
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
22,020
|
|
|
6,638
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TOTAL
|
|
$
|
671,670
|
|
$
|
808,550
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIENCY
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
$
|
31,277
|
|
$
|
63,937
|
|
|
Accrued payroll and compensation
|
|
|
14,318
|
|
|
19,651
|
|
|
Accrued interest payable
|
|
|
3,571
|
|
|
12,505
|
|
|
Accrued workers compensation
|
|
|
7,038
|
|
|
7,969
|
|
|
Debt
|
|
|
397,472
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accrued and other liabilities
|
|
|
20,609
|
|
|
21,556
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities
|
|
|
474,285
|
|
|
125,618
|
|
LONG-TERM DEBT
|
|
|
|
|
|
651,169
|
|
DEFERRED INCOME TAXES
|
|
|
14,274
|
|
|
12,554
|
|
NON-CURRENT INCOME TAXES PAYABLE
|
|
|
7,914
|
|
|
8,715
|
|
OTHER POSTRETIREMENT BENEFIT PLAN LIABILITY
|
|
|
61,292
|
|
|
50,400
|
|
PENSION BENEFIT PLAN LIABILITY
|
|
|
35,932
|
|
|
31,941
|
|
OTHER LIABILITIES
|
|
|
4,125
|
|
|
1,968
|
|
LIABILITIES SUBJECT TO COMPROMISE
|
|
|
302,114
|
|
|
|
|
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Notes 11 and 17)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIENCY:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred Stock, $0.01 par value; 5,000,000 shares authorized and 1 issued
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common Stock, $0.01 par value; 100,000,000 shares authorized, 48,139,000 and 36,573,000 shares issued, and 47,562,000 and 35,869,000 shares outstanding in
2009 and 2008, respectively
|
|
|
476
|
|
|
359
|
|
|
Additional paid-in-capital
|
|
|
268,106
|
|
|
263,858
|
|
|
Treasury stock76,000 shares at cost in 2009 and 2008
|
|
|
(751
|
)
|
|
(751
|
)
|
|
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
|
|
|
(48,376
|
)
|
|
(29,672
|
)
|
|
Accumulated deficiency
|
|
|
(447,721
|
)
|
|
(307,609
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stockholders' deficiency
|
|
|
(228,266
|
)
|
|
(73,815
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TOTAL
|
|
$
|
671,670
|
|
$
|
808,550
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See notes to consolidated financial statements.
F-3
Table of Contents
ACCURIDE CORPORATION
(DEBTORS-IN-POSSESSION)
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years ended December 31,
|
|
(In thousands except per share data)
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
NET SALES
|
|
$
|
570,193
|
|
$
|
931,409
|
|
$
|
1,013,686
|
|
COST OF GOODS SOLD
|
|
|
572,495
|
|
|
875,809
|
|
|
927,192
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
GROSS PROFIT (LOSS)
|
|
|
(2,302
|
)
|
|
55,600
|
|
|
86,494
|
|
OPERATING EXPENSES:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Selling, general and administrative
|
|
|
42,448
|
|
|
55,202
|
|
|
55,798
|
|
|
Prepetition professional fees
|
|
|
17,015
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Impairment of goodwill and other intangibles
|
|
|
3,330
|
|
|
277,041
|
|
|
1,100
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
INCOME (LOSS) FROM OPERATIONS
|
|
|
(65,095
|
)
|
|
(276,643
|
)
|
|
29,596
|
|
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest income
|
|
|
720
|
|
|
1,288
|
|
|
1,952
|
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(60,473
|
)
|
|
(52,688
|
)
|
|
(50,296
|
)
|
|
Loss on extinguishment of debt
|
|
|
(5,389
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other income (loss), net
|
|
|
6,888
|
|
|
(4,821
|
)
|
|
6,978
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LOSS BEFORE REORGANIZATION ITEMS AND INCOME TAXES
|
|
|
(123,349
|
)
|
|
(332,864
|
)
|
|
(11,770
|
)
|
|
Reorganization Items
|
|
|
14,379
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LOSS BEFORE INCOME TAXES
|
|
|
(137,728
|
)
|
|
(332,864
|
)
|
|
(11,770
|
)
|
INCOME TAX PROVISION (BENEFIT)
|
|
|
2,384
|
|
|
(4,598
|
)
|
|
(3,131
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NET LOSS
|
|
$
|
(140,112
|
)
|
$
|
(328,266
|
)
|
$
|
(8,639
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average common shares outstandingbasic
|
|
|
39,028
|
|
|
35,538
|
|
|
35,179
|
|
Basic loss per share
|
|
$
|
(3.59
|
)
|
$
|
(9.24
|
)
|
$
|
(0.25
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average common shares outstandingdiluted
|
|
|
39,028
|
|
|
35,538
|
|
|
35,179
|
|
Diluted loss per share
|
|
$
|
(3.59
|
)
|
$
|
(9.24
|
)
|
$
|
(0.25
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See
notes to consolidated financial statements.
F-4
Table of Contents
ACCURIDE CORPORATION
(DEBTORS-IN-POSSESSION)
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIENCY)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
|
|
Common
Stock and
Additional
Paid-in-
Capital
|
|
Treasury
Stock
|
|
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
|
|
Retained
Earnings
(Deficiency)
|
|
Total
Stockholders'
Equity
(Deficiency)
|
|
BALANCE at January 1, 2007
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
256,090
|
|
$
|
(751
|
)
|
$
|
(23,100
|
)
|
$
|
31,343
|
|
$
|
263,582
|
|
|
Net loss
|
|
$
|
(8,639
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(8,639
|
)
|
|
(8,639
|
)
|
|
Exercise of share-based awards
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,190
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,190
|
|
|
Stock compensation expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,719
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,719
|
|
|
Adoption of FIN 48
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,047
|
)
|
|
(2,047
|
)
|
|
Other comprehensive income:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pension liability adjustment (net of tax)
|
|
|
13,995
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13,995
|
|
|
|
|
|
13,995
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive income
|
|
$
|
5,356
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BALANCEDecember 31, 2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
262,999
|
|
|
(751
|
)
|
|
(9,105
|
)
|
|
20,657
|
|
|
273,800
|
|
|
Net loss
|
|
$
|
(328,266
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(328,266
|
)
|
|
(328,266
|
)
|
|
Exercise of share-based awards
|
|
|
|
|
|
431
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
431
|
|
|
Reversal of tax benefit of share-based awards
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,647
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,647
|
)
|
|
Stock compensation expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,434
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,434
|
|
|
Other comprehensive income:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pension liability adjustment (net of tax)
|
|
|
(20,567
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(20,567
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
(20,567
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive loss
|
|
$
|
(348,833
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BALANCEDecember 31, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
264,217
|
|
|
(751
|
)
|
|
(29,672
|
)
|
|
(307,609
|
)
|
|
(73,815
|
)
|
|
Net loss
|
|
$
|
(140,112
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(140,112
|
)
|
|
(140,112
|
)
|
|
Exercise of share-based awards
|
|
|
|
|
|
47
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
47
|
|
|
Exercise of warrants
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,985
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,985
|
|
|
Stock compensation expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
333
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
333
|
|
|
Other comprehensive income:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pension liability adjustment (net of tax)
|
|
|
(18,704
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(18,704
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
(18,704
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive loss
|
|
$
|
(158,816
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BALANCEDecember 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
268,582
|
|
$
|
(751
|
)
|
$
|
(48,376
|
)
|
$
|
(447,721
|
)
|
$
|
(228,266
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See notes to consolidated financial statements.
F-5
Table of Contents
ACCURIDE CORPORATION
(DEBTORS-IN-POSSESSION)
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended December 31,
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss
|
|
$
|
(140,112
|
)
|
$
|
(328,266
|
)
|
$
|
(8,639
|
)
|
|
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and impairment of property, plant and equipment
|
|
|
47,413
|
|
|
44,021
|
|
|
55,912
|
|
|
|
Amortizationdeferred financing costs
|
|
|
4,557
|
|
|
1,235
|
|
|
1,235
|
|
|
|
Amortizationother intangible assets
|
|
|
4,922
|
|
|
5,398
|
|
|
5,674
|
|
|
|
Loss on extinguishment of debt
|
|
|
5,389
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Reorganization items
|
|
|
14,379
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payments on reorganization items
|
|
|
(5,559
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss on disposal of assets
|
|
|
305
|
|
|
3,160
|
|
|
433
|
|
|
|
Provision for deferred income taxes
|
|
|
864
|
|
|
(6,264
|
)
|
|
(8,450
|
)
|
|
|
Non-cash stock-based compensation
|
|
|
333
|
|
|
2,434
|
|
|
2,719
|
|
|
|
Loss on sale of marketable securities
|
|
|
1,100
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Impairments of investments
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,056
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Impairments of goodwill and other intangibles
|
|
|
3,330
|
|
|
277,041
|
|
|
1,100
|
|
|
|
Change in warrant liability
|
|
|
(594
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Paid-in-kind interest
|
|
|
9,421
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Changes in certain assets and liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Receivables
|
|
|
11,918
|
|
|
8,145
|
|
|
55,470
|
|
|
|
Inventories and supplies
|
|
|
29,964
|
|
|
15,806
|
|
|
12,667
|
|
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other assets
|
|
|
368
|
|
|
(26,708
|
)
|
|
11,142
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
|
(20,968
|
)
|
|
(13,027
|
)
|
|
(25,873
|
)
|
|
|
Accrued and other liabilities
|
|
|
(6,342
|
)
|
|
4,804
|
|
|
(20,448
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
|
|
|
(39,312
|
)
|
|
(9,165
|
)
|
|
82,942
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchases of property, plant and equipment
|
|
|
(20,364
|
)
|
|
(29,685
|
)
|
|
(36,499
|
)
|
|
Cash distribution from investmentTrimont
|
|
|
280
|
|
|
353
|
|
|
427
|
|
|
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
446
|
|
|
Purchase of marketable securities
|
|
|
|
|
|
(5,000
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Sale of marketable securities
|
|
|
3,900
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other investments
|
|
|
(18,689
|
)
|
|
(975
|
)
|
|
(740
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used in investing activities
|
|
|
(34,873
|
)
|
|
(35,307
|
)
|
|
(36,366
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Debtor in possession borrowing
|
|
|
21,467
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payments on long-term debt
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(70,000
|
)
|
|
Increase in revolving credit advance
|
|
|
49,315
|
|
|
78,444
|
|
|
5,000
|
|
|
Decrease in revolving credit advance
|
|
|
(53,000
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
(5,000
|
)
|
|
Credit facility amendment fees
|
|
|
(10,797
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from employee stock option and stock purchase plans
|
|
|
45
|
|
|
416
|
|
|
3,006
|
|
|
Tax effect from employee stock option exercises
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,647
|
)
|
|
1,149
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
|
|
|
7,030
|
|
|
77,213
|
|
|
(65,845
|
)
|
INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
|
|
|
(67,155
|
)
|
|
32,741
|
|
|
(19,269
|
)
|
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTSBeginning of year
|
|
|
123,676
|
|
|
90,935
|
|
|
110,204
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTSEnd of year
|
|
$
|
56,521
|
|
$
|
123,676
|
|
$
|
90,935
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Supplemental cash flow information:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash paid for interest
|
|
$
|
41,051
|
|
$
|
43,499
|
|
$
|
46,794
|
|
|
Cash paid for income taxes
|
|
$
|
777
|
|
$
|
2,231
|
|
$
|
2,101
|
|
|
Cash paid for capital leases
|
|
$
|
493
|
|
$
|
200
|
|
$
|
214
|
|
Non-cash transactions:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchases of property, plant and equipment in accounts payable
|
|
$
|
1,401
|
|
$
|
5,115
|
|
$
|
8,221
|
|
|
Issuance of warrants
|
|
$
|
4,655
|
|
$
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
Exercise of warrants
|
|
$
|
3,985
|
|
$
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
Financing fees related to the DIP credit facility
|
|
$
|
3,533
|
|
$
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
See notes to consolidated financial statements.
F-6
Table of Contents
ACCURIDE CORPORATION
(DEBTORS-IN-POSSESSION)
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share data)
Note 1Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Basis of Consolidation
The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Accuride Corporation (the "Company") and its
wholly-owned subsidiaries, including Accuride Canada, Inc. ("Accuride Canada"), Accuride Erie L.P. ("Accuride Erie"), Accuride de Mexico, S.A. de C.V. ("AdM"), AOT, Inc.
("AOT"), and Transportation Technologies Industries, Inc. ("TTI"). TTI's subsidiaries include Bostrom Seating, Inc. ("Bostrom"), Brillion Iron Works, Inc. ("Brillion"), Fabco
Automotive Corporation ("Fabco"), Gunite Corporation ("Gunite"), and Imperial Group, L.P. ("Imperial"). All significant intercompany transactions have been eliminated.
Subsequent
events have been evaluated for potential recognition and disclosure through March 29, 2010, the date that these financial statements are filed with the Securities and
Exchange Commission. See Note 21, Subsequent Events.
Bankruptcy Filing
On October 8, 2009, The Company and its United States ("U.S.") subsidiaries (the "Debtors") filed voluntary petitions for
relief under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code (the "Bankruptcy Code") in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the District of Delaware (the "Bankruptcy Court"). The Company's
Mexico and Canada subsidiaries were not included in the filings and will continue their business operations without supervision from the Bankruptcy Court and will not be subject to the requirements of
the Bankruptcy Code. See Note 21, Subsequent Events.
Accounting
standards applicable to companies in Chapter 11, generally do not change the manner in which financial statements are prepared. However, it does require that the
financial statements for
periods subsequent to the filing of the Chapter 11 petition distinguish transactions and events that are directly associated with the reorganization from the ongoing operations of the business.
Revenues, expenses, realized gains and losses, and provisions for losses that can be directly associated with the reorganization and restructuring of the business must be reported separately as
reorganization items in the statements of operations. The balance sheet must distinguish prepetition liabilities subject to compromise from both those prepetition liabilities that are not subject to
compromise and from postpetition liabilities. Liabilities that may be affected by a plan of reorganization must be reported at the amounts expected to be allowed, even if they may be settled for
lesser amounts. In addition, cash provided by reorganization items must be disclosed separately in the statements of cash flows. The Debtors operated pursuant to Chapter 11 under the Bankruptcy
Code and continuation of the Company as a going-concern was contingent upon, among other things, the Debtors' ability (i) to comply with the terms and conditions of the DIP financing agreement
described in Note 21; (ii) to develop a plan of reorganization and obtain confirmation under the Bankruptcy Code; (iii) to reduce unsustainable debt and other liabilities and
simplify our complex and restrictive capital structure through the bankruptcy process; (iv) to return to profitability; (v) to generate sufficient cash flow from operations; and
(vi) to obtain financing sources to meet our future obligations. The confirmation of the Plan of Reorganization and execution of the postpetition credit agreement and postpetition senior
convertible notes on February 26, 2010 (the "Effective Date"), allowed us to emerge from bankruptcy, which resolved these uncertainties.
F-7
Table of Contents
ACCURIDE CORPORATION
(DEBTORS-IN-POSSESSION)
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share data)
Note 1Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)
Fees
related to the evaluation of alternatives for addressing the failure to comply with certain financial covenants under our prepetition Credit Agreement were recognized as a component
of Operating Expenses.
Liabilities Subject to Compromise
As a result of the Chapter 11 filing, the payment of prepetition indebtedness may be subject to compromise
or
other treatment under the Debtors' plan of reorganization. Generally, actions to enforce or otherwise effect payment of prepetition liabilities are stayed. Although prepetition claims are generally
stayed, at hearings held on October 9, 2009, the Court approved the Debtors' "first day" motions generally designed to stabilize the Debtors' operations and cover, among other things, human
capital obligations, supplier relations, customer relations, business operations, tax matters, cash management, utilities, case management and retention of professionals.
Undisputed
post petition claims in the ordinary course of business are being paid. In addition, the Debtors may reject prepetition executory contracts and unexpired leases with respect
to the Debtors' operations, with the approval of the Court. Damages resulting from rejection of executory contracts and unexpired leases are treated as general unsecured claims and were classified as
liabilities subject to compromise. On November 3, 2009, the Court established November 30, 2009 as the bar date. The bar date is the date by which claims against the Debtors arising
prior to the Debtors' Chapter 11 filings must be filed if the claimants wish to receive any distribution in the Chapter 11 cases. On November 9,
2009, the Debtors commenced notification, including publication, to all known actual and potential creditors informing them of the bar date and the required procedures with respect to the filing of
proofs of claim with the Court.
Liabilities
subject to compromise consist of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2009
|
|
Debt
|
|
$
|
275,000
|
|
Accrued interest
|
|
|
15,976
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
|
7,978
|
|
Executory contracts and leases
|
|
|
3,160
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities subject to compromise
|
|
$
|
302,114
|
|
|
|
|
|
On
the Effective Date of our Plan or Reorganization, the debt and accrued interest was cancelled. The subordinated senior note holders received 98 million shares of our
postpetition common stock and the accounts payable liabilities were subsequently paid. See Note 21.
Reorganization Items
Reorganization items such as certain revenues, expenses such as professional fees directly related to the process of
reorganizing
the Debtors under Chapter 11, realized gains and losses, and provisions for losses resulting from the reorganization and restructuring of the business are separately disclosed. The Debtors'
reorganization items incurred from the filing date of October 8, 2009 through December 31, 2009, consist of professional, financing, and other fees directly related to reorganization,
excluding prepetition fees, of approximately $14.4 million. Professional fees directly
F-8
Table of Contents
ACCURIDE CORPORATION
(DEBTORS-IN-POSSESSION)
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share data)
Note 1Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)
related
to the reorganization include fees associated with advisors to the Debtors, unsecured creditors and secured creditors. From October 8, 2009 through December 31, 2009,
approximately $5.6 million of professional fees were paid and $3.5 million of financing fees were incurred.
Prepetition Professional Fees
Special legal and other advisors fees associated with our prepetition reorganization efforts, including preparation
for
the bankruptcy filing, are reflected in prepetition professional fees in the consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2009.
Business of the Company
We are engaged primarily in the design, manufacture and distribution of components for trucks, trailers and certain
military
and construction vehicles. We sell our products primarily within North America and Latin America to original equipment manufacturers and to the aftermarket.
Management's Estimates and Assumptions
The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally
accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosures of contingent assets and
liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
Revenue Recognition
Revenue from product sales is recognized primarily upon shipment whereupon title passes and we have no further obligations to
the
customer. Provisions for discounts and
rebates to customers, and returns and other adjustments are provided for as a reduction of sales in the same period the related sales are recorded.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents include all highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less at the
time
of acquisition. The carrying value of these investments approximates fair value due to their short maturity.
Included
in other assets at December 31, 2009, is restricted cash of $15.6 million related to drawn letters of credit.
Inventories
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market. Cost for substantially all inventories is determined by the first-in,
first-out method ("FIFO"). We review inventory on hand and write down excess and obsolete inventory based on our assessment of future demand and historical experience. We also recognize
abnormal items as current-period charges. Fixed production overhead costs are based on the normal capacity of the production facilities.
Supplies
Supplies primarily consist of spare parts and consumables used in the manufacturing process. Supplies are stated at the lower of cost or
market. Cost for substantially all supplies is determined by a moving-average method. We perform annual evaluations of supplies and provide an allowance for obsolete items based on usage activity.
Property, Plant and Equipment
Property, plant and equipment are recorded at cost and are depreciated using the straight-line method over
their expected useful lives. Generally, buildings and
F-9
Table of Contents
ACCURIDE CORPORATION
(DEBTORS-IN-POSSESSION)
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share data)
Note 1Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)
improvements
have useful lives of 15-30 years, and factory machinery and equipment have useful lives of 10 years.
Deferred Financing Costs
Costs incurred in connection with the Credit Agreement and issuance of senior subordinated notes (see Note 6) were
originally deferred and are being amortized over the life of the related debt using the effective interest method. Deferred financing costs related to prepetition senior subordinated debt that is
subject to compromise were recognized as reorganization items during the year ended December 31, 2009. Debt issuance costs and discounts on prepetition senior debt were not adjusted because we
continued to make payments based on the original contract terms.
Goodwill
Goodwill consists of costs in excess of the net assets acquired in connection with the Phelps Dodge Corporation ("PDC") acquisition of us
in
1988, the Accuride Erie and AdM acquisitions in 1999, and the TTI acquisition in 2005. In accordance with ASC 350,
IntangiblesGoodwill and
other,
we test goodwill for impairment at least annually or more frequently if impairment indicators arise. See Note 4 for a discussion of recorded impairments.
Intangible Assets
In accordance with ASC 350, our indefinite lived intangibles assets (trade names) are not amortized but are reviewed for
impairment
at least annually or more frequently if impairment indicators arise. The lives for the definite-lived intangibles assets are reviewed annually to ensure recoverability when events or changes in
economic circumstances indicate the carrying amount of such assets may not be recoverable. See Note 4 for a discussion of recorded impairments.
Long-Lived Assets
We evaluate our long-lived assets to be held and used and our amortizing intangible assets for impairment
when events or changes in economic circumstances indicate the carrying amount of such assets may not be recoverable. Impairment is determined by comparison of the carrying amount of the asset to the
undiscounted net cash flows expected to be generated by the related asset group. Long-lived assets to be disposed of are carried at the lower of cost or fair value less the costs of
disposal.
Pension Plans
We have trusteed, non-contributory pension plans covering certain U.S. and Canadian employees. For certain plans, the
benefits are based on career average salary and years of service and, for other plans, a fixed amount for each year of service. Our net periodic pension benefit costs are actuarially determined. Our
funding policy provides that payments to the pension trusts shall be at least equal to the minimum legal funding requirements.
Postretirement Benefits Other Than Pensions
We have postretirement health care and life
insurance benefit plans covering certain U.S. non-bargained and Canadian employees. We account for these benefits on an accrual basis and provide for the expected cost of such
postretirement benefits accrued during the years employees render the necessary service. Our funding policy provides that payments to participants shall be at least equal to our cash basis obligation.
Postemployment Benefits Other Than Pensions
We have certain post-employment benefit plans, which provide severance benefits, covering
certain U.S. and Canadian employees. We account for these benefits on an accrual basis.
F-10
Table of Contents
ACCURIDE CORPORATION
(DEBTORS-IN-POSSESSION)
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share data)
Note 1Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)
Income Taxes
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are computed based on differences between financial statement and income tax bases of assets and
liabilities using enacted income tax rates. Deferred income tax expense or benefit is based on the change in deferred tax assets and liabilities from period to period, subject to an ongoing assessment
of realization of deferred tax assets. Management judgment is required in developing our provision for income taxes, including the determination of deferred tax assets, liabilities and any valuation
allowance recorded against the deferred tax assets. We evaluate quarterly the realizability of our net deferred tax assets by assessing the valuation allowance and adjusting the amount of such
allowance, if necessary. The factors used to assess the likelihood of realization are our forecast of taxable income and the availability of tax planning strategies that can be implemented to realize
the net deferred tax assets. We have concluded that we will more than likely not realize the benefits of certain deferred tax assets, totaling $114.0 million, for which we have provided a
valuation allowance. See Note 9 for a discussion of valuation allowances.
In
July 2006, the FASB issued ASC 740-10,
Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes,
to address the noncomparability in
reporting tax assets and liabilities resulting from a lack of specific guidance in ASC 740,
Accounting for Income Taxes,
on the uncertainty in income
taxes recognized in an enterprise's financial statements. Specifically, ASC 740-10 prescribes (a) a consistent recognition threshold and (b) a measurement attribute for the
financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken, and provides related guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in
interim periods, disclosure, and transition. The impact of the adoption of ASC 740-10 on January 1, 2007, was to decrease retained earnings by $2.1 million, increase
goodwill by $0.7 million, decrease income taxes payable by $6.1 million, decrease net deferred tax liabilities by $2.7 million, and increase non-current income taxes
payable by $11.6 million.
Research and Development Costs
Expenditures relating to the development of new products and processes, including significant improvements and
refinements to existing products, are expensed as incurred. The amounts expensed in the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007 totaled $6.8 million, $10.9 million and
$7.3 million, respectively.
Foreign Currency
The assets and liabilities of Accuride Canada and AdM that are receivable or payable in cash are converted at current exchange
rates,
and inventories and other non-monetary assets and liabilities are converted at historical rates. Revenues and expenses are converted at average rates in effect for the period. The
functional currencies of Accuride Canada and AdM have been determined to be the U.S. dollar. Accordingly, gains and losses resulting from conversion of such amounts, as well as gains and losses on
foreign currency transactions, are included in operating results as "Other income (loss), net." We had aggregate foreign currency gains of $7.1 million and $6.6 million for the years
ended December 31, 2009, and 2007, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2008 we had an aggregate foreign currency loss of $5.2 million.
Concentrations of Credit Risk
Financial instruments that potentially subject us to significant concentrations of credit risk consist principally
of
cash, cash equivalents, customer receivables, and derivative financial instruments. We place our cash and cash equivalents and execute derivatives with
F-11
Table of Contents
ACCURIDE CORPORATION
(DEBTORS-IN-POSSESSION)
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share data)
Note 1Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)
high
quality financial institutions. Generally, we do not require collateral or other security to support customer receivables.
Derivative Financial Instruments
We use derivative instruments to manage exposure to foreign currency, commodity prices, and interest rate risks.
We
do not enter into derivative financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes. The derivative instruments used by us include interest rate, foreign exchange, and commodity price instruments.
All derivative instruments are recognized on the consolidated balance sheet at their estimated fair value. As of December 31, 2009, there were no derivatives designated as hedges for financial
reporting purposes.
Interest Rate Instruments
From time to time, we use interest rate swap agreements as a means of fixing the interest rate on portions of our
floating-rate debt. The interest rate
swap agreements are not designated as hedges for financial reporting purposes and are carried in the consolidated financial statements at fair value, with all realized and unrealized gains or losses
reflected in current period earnings as a component of interest expense. As of December 31, 2009, we had one interest rate swap agreement to exchange, at specified intervals, the difference
between 3.81% from March 2008 through March 2010, and the variable rate interest amounts calculated by reference to the notional principal amount of $125 million. As of December 31,
2009, we had a liability of $1.1 million included in accrued and other liabilities on the consolidated balance sheet. On March 10, 2010 we terminated the swap agreement and paid the
outstanding liability.
Foreign Exchange Instruments
We had $21.8 million of outstanding foreign currency exchange instruments for the year ended December 31,
2008. We had no outstanding instruments for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2007. Foreign currency forward contracts are carried in the consolidated financial statements at fair value,
with unrealized gains or losses reflected in current period earnings as a component of "Other income (loss), net." The settlement amounts are also reported in the consolidated financial statements as
a component of "Other income (loss), net." As of December 31, 2008, no derivatives were designated as hedges for financial reporting purposes.
Commodity Price Instruments
We periodically use commodity price swap contracts to limit exposure to changes in certain raw material prices.
Commodity
price instruments, which do not meet the normal purchase exception, are not designated as hedges for financial reporting purposes and, accordingly, are carried in the financial statements at fair
value, with realized and unrealized gains and losses reported in current period earnings as a component of "Cost of goods sold." While we had no commodity price instruments outstanding for the years
ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, the notional amount of commodity price instruments at December 31, 2007 was $12.5 million.
F-12
Table of Contents
ACCURIDE CORPORATION
(DEBTORS-IN-POSSESSION)
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share data)
Note 1Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)
The
pre-tax realized and unrealized gains (losses) on our derivative financial instruments for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007 recognized in our
consolidated statements of operations are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest Rate Instruments
|
|
Foreign Exchange
Instruments
|
|
Commodity Instruments
|
|
|
|
Realized
Gain (Loss)
|
|
Unrealized
Gain (Loss)
|
|
Realized
Gain (Loss)
|
|
Unrealized
Gain (Loss)
|
|
Realized
Gain (Loss)
|
|
Unrealized
Gain (Loss)
|
|
2007
|
|
$
|
2,644
|
|
$
|
(2,323
|
)
|
$
|
3,426
|
|
$
|
283
|
|
$
|
(251
|
)
|
$
|
(452
|
)
|
2008
|
|
|
(1,338
|
)
|
|
(4,362
|
)
|
|
(849
|
)
|
|
843
|
|
|
(1,001
|
)
|
|
452
|
|
2009
|
|
|
(4,968
|
)
|
|
4,217
|
|
|
2,396
|
|
|
(843
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings Per Share
Earnings per share are calculated as net income (loss) divided by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding
during
the period. Diluted earnings per share are calculated by dividing net income (loss) by this weighted-average number of common shares outstanding plus common stock equivalents outstanding during the
year. Employee stock options outstanding to acquire 1,566,428 shares in 2009, 1,356,419 shares in 2008, 1,176,276 shares in 2007 and a warrant exercisable for 239,003 shares outstanding in 2009 were
not included in the computation of diluted earnings per common share because the effect would be anti-dilutive.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
Numerator:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss
|
|
$
|
(140,112
|
)
|
$
|
(328,266
|
)
|
$
|
(8,639
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Denominator:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic weighted average shares outstanding
|
|
|
39,028
|
|
|
35,538
|
|
|
35,179
|
|
|
Effect of dilutive share-based awards
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dilutive weighted average shares outstanding
|
|
|
39,208
|
|
|
35,538
|
|
|
35,179
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock Based Compensation
As described in Note 10, we maintain stock-based compensation plans which allow for the issuance of incentive stock
options, or ISOs, as defined in section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), nonstatutory stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units, stock
appreciation rights ("SARs"), deferred stock, dividend equivalent rights, performance awards and stock payments (referred to collectively as Awards), to officers, our key employees, and to members of
the Board of Directors. Effective January 1, 2006, we adopted ASC 718,
Stock Compensation
. Under the modified prospective method of adoption,
compensation expense related to share-based awards is recognized beginning in 2006.
Recent Accounting Adoptions
ASC 805
In December 2007, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued SFAS No. 141(R),
Business
Combinations
, which replaces SFAS No. 141,
Business Combinations
.
F-13
Table of Contents
ACCURIDE CORPORATION
(DEBTORS-IN-POSSESSION)
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share data)
Note 1Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)
SFAS No. 141(R)
requires the acquirer of a business to recognize and measure the identifiable assets acquired, the liabilities assumed, and any non-controlling interest in
the acquiree at fair value. SFAS No. 141(R) also requires transaction costs related to the business combination to be expensed as incurred. SFAS No. 141(R) applies prospectively to
business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after the beginning of the first annual reporting period beginning on or after December 15, 2008. We adopted SFAS No. 141(R)
on January 1, 2009 and it had no material impact on our consolidated financial statements.
ASC 810-10
In December 2007, the FASB issued the
Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial
Statements
topic in the FASB Accounting Standards Codification.
Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements
requires all entities to report noncontrolling (minority) interests in subsidiaries as equity in the consolidated financial statements. Its intention is to eliminate the diversity in practice
regarding the accounting for transactions between an entity and noncontrolling interests.
Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements
applies to fiscal years and interim periods beginning on or after December 15, 2008. We adopted
Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial
Statements
topic on January 1, 2009 and it had no material impact on our consolidated financial statements.
ASC 815-10
In March 2008, the FASB issued
Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging
Activities
in the FASB Accounting Standards Codification.
Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities
amends
and expands the disclosure requirements to provide a better understanding of how and why an entity uses derivative instruments, how derivative instruments and related hedged items are accounted for,
and their effect on an entity's financial position, financial performance, and cash flows.
Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging
Activities
is effective for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after November 15, 2008. We adopted
Disclosures about Derivative
Instruments and Hedging Activities
topic on January 1, 2009 and it had no material impact on our consolidated financial statements.
ASC 855-10
We adopted
Subsequent Events
topic in the FASB Accounting Standard Codification
for the Quarterly Report for the period ended June 30, 2009.
Subsequent Events
establishes general standards of accounting for and disclosure of
events that occur after the balance sheet date but before financial statements are issued, which are referred to as subsequent events. The statement clarifies existing guidance on subsequent events,
including a requirement that a public entity should evaluate subsequent events through the issue date of the financial statements, the determination of when the effects of subsequent events should be
recognized in the financial statement and disclosures regarding all subsequent events. Adoption of the
Subsequent Events
topic did not have a material
affect on our consolidated financial statements. See Note 21.
ASC 820
In April 2009, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued accounting guidance on interim disclosures about fair value of
financial
instruments. This guidance amends previous guidance to require disclosures about fair value of financial instruments for interim reporting periods of publicly traded companies as well as in annual
financial statements. This guidance also amends previous guidance to require disclosures in summarized financial information at interim
F-14
Table of Contents
ACCURIDE CORPORATION
(DEBTORS-IN-POSSESSION)
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share data)
Note 1Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)
reporting
periods. This guidance was effective for interim reporting periods ending after June 15, 2009. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on our consolidated
financial statements.
ASC 105-10
In June 2009, the FASB issued ASC topic 105 (formerly Statement of Financial Standards (SFAS) No. 168,
The
Hierarchy of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles
). ASC 105 contains guidance which reduces the U.S. GAAP hierarchy to two levels, one
that is authoritative and one that is not. This pronouncement became effective September 15, 2009. The adoption of this pronouncement did not have a material impact on our consolidated
financial statements.
ASC 820-10
In February 2008, the FASB issued the
Effective Date of FASB Statement
No. 157
topic in the FASB Accounting Standards Codification, which delayed the effective date of fair value measurements for nonfinancial assets and liabilities to
fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2008, except for items that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in the financial statements on a recurring basis. The adoption of ASC
820-10 did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.
ASC 715-20
In March 2008, the FASB issued the
Employers' Disclosures about Postretirement Benefit Plan
Assets
topic in the FASB Accounting Standards Codification. The statement requires disclosures of the objectives of postretirement benefit plan assets, investment policies and
strategies, categories of plan assets, fair value measurements of plan assets, and significant concentrations of risk.
Disclosures about Postretirement Benefit Plan
Assets
is effective for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2008. The adoption of ASC 715-20 increased our disclosures, but did not
have an impact on our consolidated financial statements.
New Accounting Pronouncements
ASC 810
In June 2009, the FASB finalized SFAS No. 167, Amending FASB interpretation No. 46(R), which was later superseded by the FASB
Codification and included in ASC topic 810. The provisions of ASC 810 provide guidance in determining whether an enterprise has a controlling financial interest in a variable interest entity. This
determination identifies the primary beneficiary of a variable interest entity as the enterprise that has both the power to direct the activities of a variable interest entity that most significantly
impacts the entity's economic performance, and the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits of the entity that could potentially be significant to the variable interest entity.
This pronouncement also requires ongoing reassessments of whether an enterprise is the primary beneficiary and eliminates the quantitative approach previously required for determining the primary
beneficiary. New provisions of this pronouncement are effective January 1, 2010. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of adopting this pronouncement.
Note 2Operational Restructuring
During 2008, in response to the slow commercial vehicle market and the decline of sales, management undertook a review of current operations that led to a comprehensive restructuring
plan. During 2008, we approved a restructuring plan to more appropriately align our workforce in response
F-15
Table of Contents
ACCURIDE CORPORATION
(DEBTORS-IN-POSSESSION)
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share data)
Note 2Operational Restructuring (Continued)
to
the relatively slow commercial vehicle market. Continuing in 2009, we announced additional actions in regards to the restructuring plan that focused on the consolidation of several of our
facilities.
Restructuring
costs are shown below by reportable segment:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
December 31, 2009
|
|
Year Ended
December 31, 2008
|
|
Wheels
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Employee severance costs
|
|
$
|
606
|
|
$
|
3,819
|
|
|
Pension curtailment
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,063
|
|
|
Lease and other contractual commitments
|
|
|
141
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Subtotal
|
|
|
747
|
|
|
4,882
|
|
Components
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Employee severance costs
|
|
|
182
|
|
|
1,863
|
|
|
Lease and other contractual commitments
|
|
|
3,219
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other asset disposals
|
|
|
|
|
|
252
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Subtotal
|
|
|
3,401
|
|
|
2,115
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Employee severance costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
95
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Subtotal
|
|
|
|
|
|
95
|
|
Corporate
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Employee severance costs
|
|
|
1,037
|
|
|
2,226
|
|
|
Impaired investments and other charges
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,094
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Subtotal
|
|
|
1,037
|
|
|
5,320
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
5,185
|
|
$
|
12,412
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Of
the $12.4 million restructuring expenses recognized in 2008, $7.4 million was recorded in cost of goods sold and the remaining $5.0 million was recorded in
selling, general and administrative operating expenses. Of the $5.2 million restructuring expenses recognized in 2009, $4.2 million was recorded in cost of goods sold and the remaining
$1.0 million was recorded in selling, general and administrative operating expenses. Included in restructuring expenses during 2009 was $3.2 million for the abandonment of our warehouse
in Bristol, Indiana.
F-16
Table of Contents
ACCURIDE CORPORATION
(DEBTORS-IN-POSSESSION)
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share data)
Note 2Operational Restructuring (Continued)
The
following is a reconciliation of the beginning and ending restructuring reserve balances for the periods ended December 31, 2008 and 2009:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Employee
Severance Costs
|
|
Lease and Other
Contractual Costs
|
|
Total
|
|
Balance December 31, 2007
|
|
$
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
Costs incurred and charged to operating expenses
|
|
|
1,914
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,914
|
|
|
Costs incurred and charged to cost of goods sold
|
|
|
6,089
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,089
|
|
|
Costs paid or otherwise settled
|
|
|
(3,722
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
(3,722
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance December 31, 2008
|
|
$
|
4,281
|
|
$
|
|
|
$
|
4,281
|
|
|
Costs incurred and charged to operating expenses
|
|
|
1,037
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,037
|
|
|
Costs incurred and charged to cost of goods sold
|
|
|
788
|
|
|
3,360
|
|
|
4,148
|
|
|
Adjustments(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
59
|
|
|
59
|
|
|
Costs paid or otherwise settled
|
|
|
(5,420
|
)
|
|
(259
|
)
|
|
(5,679
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2009
|
|
$
|
686
|
|
$
|
3,160
|
|
$
|
3,846
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
-
(1)
-
Represents
accretion of interest on discounted restructuring liabilities.
The
remaining accrued liabilities will be paid in 2010.
Note 3Inventories
Inventories at December 31, 2009 and 2008, on a FIFO basis, were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
Raw materials
|
|
$
|
14,432
|
|
$
|
22,839
|
|
Work in process
|
|
|
15,566
|
|
|
21,930
|
|
Finished manufactured goods
|
|
|
20,744
|
|
|
34,036
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total inventories
|
|
$
|
50,742
|
|
$
|
78,805
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note 4Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets
Goodwill and any indefinite-lived intangible assets are assessed for impairment annually, or more frequently if circumstances indicate impairment may have occurred. The analysis of
potential impairment of goodwill requires a two-step approach. The first step is the estimation of fair value of each reporting unit. The midpoint of the range of reorganization values,
$563 million, in our Plan of
F-17
Table of Contents
ACCURIDE CORPORATION
(DEBTORS-IN-POSSESSION)
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share data)
Note 4Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets (Continued)
Reorganization,
which was approved by the bankruptcy court, is used as the fair value of the Company. This fair value was allocated to the reporting units for the step one analysis. If step one
indicates that impairment potentially exists, the second step is performed to measure the amount of impairment, if any. Goodwill impairment exists when the implied fair value is less than its carrying
value. Based on the analysis performed, no impairment for goodwill existed as of December 31, 2009. As such, we were not required to complete the second step. Because fresh-start reporting will
be adopted on the Effective Date of February 26, 2010, the reorganization value will be allocated to the assets of the post-emergence Company. The allocation process has commenced,
but is not completed or available in preliminary form. At this time, we are reasonably certain that goodwill and intangibles as of the emergence date will be materially different from carrying amounts
recorded as of December 31, 2009.
Due
to the significant decline in our stock price resulting from overall economic and industry conditions, we determined that an indicator of impairment existed as of June 30,
2008, and performed the appropriate analysis. The results indicated that impairments existed in our Components and Other reportable segments. We recorded estimated goodwill and other intangible asset
impairment charges of $193.1 million and $19.1 million, respectively, during the quarter ended September 30, 2008, related to the impairment indicator as of June 30, 2008.
As
a result of finalizing our impairment test from June 30, 2008 and performing our annual impairment test on November 30, 2008, we recognized goodwill and other intangible
asset impairment charges of $250.5 million and $26.6 million, respectively, during 2008. Similarly, we recognized other intangible asset
impairment charges of $3.3 million during 2009. Such charges are non-cash and did not affect our liquidity, tangible equity or debt covenant ratios.
The
carrying amounts of goodwill for each of the two years ended December 31, 2009 by reportable segment are, as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
Wheels
|
|
Components
|
|
Other
|
|
Corporate
|
|
Total
|
|
Balance as of December 31, 2007
|
|
$
|
123,199
|
|
$
|
243,915
|
|
$
|
11,690
|
|
$
|
|
|
$
|
378,804
|
|
|
Impairment losses
|
|
|
|
|
|
(243,915
|
)
|
|
(7,415
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
(251,330
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance as of December 31, 2008
|
|
$
|
123,199
|
|
$
|
|
|
$
|
4,275
|
|
$
|
|
|
$
|
127,474
|
|
Balance as of December 31, 2009
|
|
$
|
123,199
|
|
$
|
|
|
$
|
4,275
|
|
$
|
|
|
$
|
127,474
|
|
F-18
Table of Contents
ACCURIDE CORPORATION
(DEBTORS-IN-POSSESSION)
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share data)
Note 4Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets (Continued)